diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-14 20:05:17 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-14 20:05:17 -0700 |
| commit | d5ebc5998bee1174c73dec38697ffcd1e32fb949 (patch) | |
| tree | 737168c707d30403a68a6c999cd10980451b5af2 | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36202-8.txt | 6000 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36202-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 103934 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36202-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 145386 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36202-h/36202-h.htm | 7820 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36202-h/images/border1.png | bin | 0 -> 26620 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36202-h/images/border2.png | bin | 0 -> 3892 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36202-h/images/border3.png | bin | 0 -> 2446 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36202.txt | 6000 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36202.zip | bin | 0 -> 103896 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 |
12 files changed, 19836 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/36202-8.txt b/36202-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2f3c180 --- /dev/null +++ b/36202-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,6000 @@ +Project Gutenberg's Nan Sherwood on the Mexican Border, by Annie Roe Carr + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Nan Sherwood on the Mexican Border + +Author: Annie Roe Carr + +Release Date: May 24, 2011 [EBook #36202] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK NAN SHERWOOD ON THE MEXICAN BORDER *** + + + + +Produced by Stephen Hutcheson, eagkw, Roger Frank and the +Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + + + + + + + + + NAN SHERWOOD + ON THE + MEXICAN BORDER + + BY + + ANNIE ROE CARR + + [Illustration] + + THE WORLD SYNDICATE + PUBLISHING COMPANY + CLEVELAND NEW YORK + + + + + _Published 1937 by + The World Syndicate Publishing Co._ + + [Illustration] + + _Printed in the United States of America_ + + + + + TABLE OF CONTENTS + + + CHAPTER PAGE + + I UNEXPECTED GUESTS 1 + + II YOU'RE GOING WITH ME 12 + + III ADAIR MACKENZIE SPEAKS UP 24 + + IV TROUBLE AT THE BORDER 32 + + V TELL US ABOUT THE HACIENDA 40 + + VI SOMETHING ABOUT MEXICO 48 + + VII BESS SMELLS A ROMANCE 57 + + VIII TROUBLE FOR RHODA 66 + + IX RESOLUTIONS 73 + + X FIRST MEXICAN EXPERIENCE 81 + + XI A LEGEND 90 + + XII LINDA RIGGS TURNS UP 97 + + XIII NAN TURNS PHOTOGRAPHER 104 + + XIV SMUGGLERS 111 + + XV A BULLFIGHT 117 + + XVI END OF THE FIGHT 124 + + XVII A HASTY DEPARTURE 132 + + XVIII LINDA PERFORMS AN INTRODUCTION 140 + + XIX FLOATING GARDENS 149 + + XX GOOD-BYE TO MEXICO CITY 156 + + XXI THE HACIENDA 165 + + XXII STUBBORN FOOLS 174 + + XXIII IN A PATIO 183 + + XXIV STOLEN! 189 + + XXV BESS HAS SUSPICIONS 195 + + XXVI SERENADERS 200 + + XXVII WALKER DEPARTS 208 + + XXVIII NAN'S BIG ADVENTURE 214 + + XXIX HAPPILY EVER AFTER! 220 + + + + +NAN SHERWOOD ON _the_ MEXICAN BORDER + +[Illustration] + +CHAPTER I + +UNEXPECTED GUESTS + + +Elizabeth Harley jumped down from her bicycle and dropped it noisily +against the steps of the Sherwood back porch. + +"Nan, oh, Nan!" she called. + +There was no answer. She ran up the steps and into the cottage, letting +the screen door bang behind her. A friend since primary school days of +Nan Sherwood, she was like one of the family and always ran into the +Sherwood home on Amity Street without the formality of ringing the +doorbell or pausing to knock. + +Now she was more than anxious to find Nan. She had something important +to tell her, news, she felt, that had to be told right away. + +Grace and Rhoda and Laura and Amelia, the whole crowd that had gone to +England to see the king and queen crowned in Westminster the year before +were coming to Tillbury by motor to spend a couple of weeks. Nan and +Bess had invited them during the last busy days at school, but Bess had +only just now received a telegram saying they could come. Oh, there was +so much to do! + +"Nan, Nan!" she called again. They would have to have parties and +picnics and hikes. Bess's mind was busy planning even as she wondered +where in the world Nan was. They would have a steak fry down on the +shore of the lake. They would stay late and after the moon was up, they +would sit on the shore and sing and talk and build the fire up high and +then when the embers were low, they would toast marshmallows and talk +some more until it was time to go home. But where was Nan? + +Bess called again. Again there was no answer, but Bess heard the sound +of voices in the front of the house. She walked on through. Excited +herself, she failed to notice the excitement in the voices that +attracted her, so when she stuck her head through the door between the +hall and the Sherwood front parlor, she was taken completely by +surprise. + +There were strangers in the room! Bess withdrew her head in +embarrassment, but Nan had seen her and came towards her laughing. + +"Oh, Bess," she said, reaching her hand out toward her friend and +pulling her into the room. "Come on in, you are just the person we +wanted to see." + +"Yes, Bess, it's so," Mrs. Sherwood nodded her head reassuringly at her +daughter's young friend. + +"Yes, lassie, come in," one of the strangers, a white-haired old man +spoke up. "Come over here by me, and let me look at you." His bright +blue eyes twinkled as he noted the blush on the girl's cheek but he did +nothing to relieve her embarrassment. On the contrary, he adjusted his +glasses on his nose, and carefully looked her up and down. + +"Hm-m-m, a pretty bit," he smiled as he rendered his verdict and then +reached over and drew Nan, who was standing close beside Bess, near to +him. "So this is another of the lassies who went over to see the good +king crowned," he addressed his remark to Nan. "And I gather you are +pretty good friends." + +Nan and Bess both nodded at this. + +"And you go to the same school and you pay attention to your lessons and +you mind your own business?" The old gentleman tried to look severe as +he asked these questions. + +"We try to, sir." Bess found her voice at last. + +"You obey your elders and you think you are going to spend your +vacation here in Tillbury, a God-forsaken place, with a half dozen +bright lassies like yourself?" + +"Yes, sir. No, sir. Yes, sir." Bess didn't know what to answer. This +strange old man was like no one she had ever met before. She wanted to +protest that Tillbury was not a God-forsaken place, that she and Nan +both liked it, but she didn't quite dare. She wanted to speak up and +tell him that vacation in Tillbury with all her friends would be fun, +but she didn't dare do that either. She didn't quite know what to think +of this white-haired gentleman who seemed so fond of Nan and was so +outspoken. In her confusion, she was tongue-tied. + +But he wasn't. Each time that he opened his mouth, the words that came +forth were more astonishing than they had been before. Bess found +herself listening in amazement. + +"Well, you're not going to stay here in Tillbury for the summer," he +continued his discussion of Bess and Nan's vacation. "I won't have it. +And your friends aren't going to either. You're all coming with me. +England one summer, and Tillbury the next. Forsooth! I thought you all +had more imagination than that. You, Nan, I'm disappointed in you." His +eyes twinkled merrily as he looked at his young cousin, for the stranger +was Adair MacKenzie, first cousin to Mrs. Sherwood, and a wealthy +Memphis, Tennessee, business man. + +"Now, let's see, when can we start?" He took out his watch as he spoke. +"Hm-m-m. It will take a little time to pack," he reflected. "Lassies are +such fussy creatures. They have to have two or three dresses--" + +"Two or three!" Nan exclaimed, "Why, cousin Adair, we have to have just +dozens if we are going to stay away all summer." + +"Who said you were?" The old Scotchman roared and then threw back his +head and laughed long and heartily at the young girl who seemed so +self-possessed no matter what he said or did. Nan laughed with him and +then, turning toward Bess, she introduced her eccentric old relative and +his pretty daughter, Alice, a young lady about five years older than Nan +who, up to this time, had said nothing, but had watched her father with +amusement. + +At the introduction, Adair MacKenzie bowed gracefully and, taking Bess's +hand lightly in his, kissed it quickly. "You're a nice lassie," he said +then. "Now let's all sit down and talk a while about this trip to +Mexico." + +"To Mexico!" Bess was wide-eyed as the exclamation slipped off her +tongue. "Are we going to Mexico?" + +"Why, yes. That was all settled weeks ago," MacKenzie knitted his brows +as he looked at Bess. "Such a bright young lassie and yet she didn't +know that!" + +"Don't mind father," Alice took Bess's hand in hers. "He goes about +planning all these things and never says anything to anyone until he has +everything all ready. It used to wear me out, but now I think it is +quite charming of him. Of course, it keeps everyone at home in a +constant state of turmoil and it makes the housekeeper furious, but then +we manage." + +"Manage!" the old man exploded again. "Manage! Why, you imp, you, you +love it and you know you do. It's the spice of life to you. Mexico, +Europe, Alaska, South America, Egypt, why, the world's a place to live +in, not just to read about. India and China and Japan, these are places +we haven't been." + +"And daddy, we're not going just yet." Alice acted as though she wanted +to forestall any possibility of their starting off the next day or the +next hour for the Orient. "Remember, it's Mexico we're going to this +summer. We're going to live in that big hacienda that was dumped into +your hands when you sued those clients of yours that were exporters in +Mexico City. Oh, daddy, remember, when you came back the last time, you +said it was a grand old place with gorgeous vines flinging scarlet +sprays all over everything." + +"Yes, I remember. I said that the sunsets were more gorgeous, the birds +more brilliant, the flowers brighter, the moon more silver, the sea +bluer than anything we've ever seen." + +"And that wasn't all you said," Alice seemed to be baiting her father +now. + +"I know it." He fell right into the trap of the daughter whom he adored. +"I said also that there was a bunch of darn Mexicans cluttering up the +place down there who put the politeness of us Southerners to shame. +Never saw anything like it," he turned to Mrs. Sherwood with this. "They +fall all over themselves every time they turn around, and women just eat +it up. Can't stand it myself. Never get anything done. Have to change +that." + +Mrs. Sherwood laughed softly at this. Adair had not changed a bit since +she saw him last, and that was longer ago than she liked to remember. +That was at her wedding. She smiled now to herself in recalling it. She +and Bob, in their anxiety to escape from the wedding reception without +being followed, had taken Adair into their confidence. He had promised +to get them a horse and buggy, to see that they got off safely to the +train that was to bring them up North on their honeymoon. He had told +them to leave everything to him, and, in their innocence, they had. + +Adair had meant well, but somehow or other in his peremptory handling of +events, he got everything in such confusion that practically the whole +town turned out to see the Sherwoods off. They, in their turn, almost +missed the train, for the horse and buggy never did arrive. However, it +had all turned out happily, and when the bride and groom stood on the +back of the train and waved to their friends, they had an especially +fond feeling for Adair. He, however, felt pretty glum, and their last +view of him was of a perplexed young man standing off alone on one +corner of the station platform, wondering how in the world all of the +people had happened to be there. + +No, Adair, she could see, hadn't changed a bit. He still liked to manage +people, still liked to follow up any impulsive idea that came to his +active mind. Through the years, tales of his adventures had reached her +by letter from friends and relatives. Adair himself was not given to +writing. "Takes too much time," he said. "Can't sit still that long." + +His visit now was a surprise. He had arrived, unannounced, when she and +Nan were in a turmoil unpacking the trunks that Nan had brought back +from school with her. Only the peremptory peal of the doorbell had +announced his coming. When she opened the door, he had taken her in his +arms and kissed her and then, without even introducing Alice whom she +had never met, he began immediately to call for Nan. + +"Where's that girl?" he asked almost before he was inside the door. +"Come all the way up here from Memphis to see her and then she doesn't +even come to greet me." In his impatience, he pounded on the floor with +his cane. Mrs. Sherwood called her daughter. + +"You're Nan," he said positively, when Nan finally entered the room. +"I'm Adair. I would have known you anyplace. You look and walk and talk +(Nan hadn't said a word) just like your mother. The same eyes, the same +hair, the same determined chin. Now I believe everything I've been +hearing about you. Didn't before. Sounded like a bunch of nonsense to +me." + +"Young school girl takes part in English coronation. Young school girl +saves child from rattlesnake. Young school girl saves life of old lady. +Didn't believe a word of it. Now I do. You're going to Mexico with me." + +"Adair MacKenzie!" Mrs. Sherwood exclaimed. "Will you please lay your +cane aside, take off your coat, put your hat down and have a chair +before you go sweeping Nan off her feet with your scatterbrained ideas. + +"Nan, don't worry, darling," she turned toward her daughter and laughed. +"This man is really quite harmless. He is Adair MacKenzie, our cousin. +Remember, the one we wrote to some years ago when we were in such +trouble. He can't help being like this. He's always been so." + +"Well, well, well!" Adair grinned rather winningly at Mrs. Sherwood. "I +must say, Jessie, you haven't changed either. Still think you can manage +me, do you? Alice," he turned toward his daughter now for the first +time, "this woman you see here is the only woman who ever thought she +could wind me around her finger." + +Mrs. Sherwood and Alice exchanged sympathetic glances at this. Alice, +too, if her father only knew it, had her ways of managing him. Nan's +mother knew this instinctively and liked Alice. + +Nan liked her too. She was tall, slender, with blond curly hair and deep +blue eyes. She was pretty and happy looking. And she liked Nan and hoped +against hope that her father could work out his plan to induce Nan and +her friends to come to Mexico with them. She sat quietly by while he +plunged into the matter. + +"Come here, Nancy," he commanded when he had taken off his coat. Nan +walked across the room and stood in front of him. "You want to go to +Mexico?" + +Nan hesitated. She had never before thought of going to Mexico. + +"You want to go to Mexico? Yes, or no?" + +"Why, I can't." Nan hesitated as she answered. + +"No such word. Never say can't to me. Don't like it. Why can't you?" +Adair MacKenzie frowned at Nan. + +"Why, sir, I have friends coming to stay with me for a few weeks. I +can't run away from them." Nan hardly knew what to say. + +"You like them?" + +"Of course." + +"Are they as nice as you?" + +"Nicer." + +"Don't be modest. They couldn't be. When are they coming?" + +"I'm not just sure. Perhaps next week." + +"That's all right then. They'll come with us. We'll all go to Mexico +together. Now, that's taken care of." + +It was on this decision, that Bess had entered the room so +unexpectedly. + + + + +CHAPTER II + +YOU'RE GOING WITH ME + + +"But do you think the others can go?" Bess asked anxiously when Adair +MacKenzie and Alice had driven off in search of Mr. Sherwood. "To bring +him home where he belongs when he has visitors," Adair had said. + +"What do you think, Momsey?" Nan referred the question to her mother. +The three were in the kitchen where Mrs. Sherwood was bustling about +preparing a company dinner. + +"The good Lord only knows," Mrs. Sherwood shook her head as she sifted +more flour on her biscuit dough and then kneaded it lightly and +expertly. "I can only tell you two girls this. When Adair MacKenzie sets +out to do something, he usually does it. He has a way about him that +almost always wins people over to his side." + +"Yes, but to Mexico. He wants to take us all to Mexico and he doesn't +even know us!" Bess couldn't believe it, not even after seeing and +hearing the old Scotchman. "And if I can't believe it," she questioned, +"how in the world will the others when they haven't even seen him or +heard him talk?" + +"Don't you worry, Bessie," Mrs. Sherwood looked affectionately at this +girl who was almost a second daughter to her. "They'll be both seeing +him and hearing him talk before long now. If I know Adair MacKenzie at +all, he'll be at work on this thing before another day is up. And if +he's one-half the man he used to be, you might just as well begin +packing tonight." + +"You mean to say you are sure we will all go?" Bess was incredulous. + +"Yes, you'll go and have the grandest time you ever have had," Mrs. +Sherwood said confidently. "There never was another man like Adair +MacKenzie." + +"Then I'm going?" Nan had, despite her cousin's assurance, been somewhat +doubtful. She knew that her mother had wanted her to stay at home this +summer, that she had been lonesome without her daughter the summer +before and was planning all sorts of little surprises for this vacation. + +"Go! Of course you're going!" Mrs. Sherwood nearly dropped her biscuit +dough in her surprise at Nan's question. "And I shouldn't be a bit +surprised if your father and I were to go at least part way with you. +Adair said something about it. Aye, but he's a thoughtful soul." + +So it came about that Rhoda Hammond, Grace and Walter Mason, Amelia +"Procrastination" Boggs, and Laura Polk, all school chums of Bess and +Nan, in the days that followed, received telegraphic invitations to +spend the summer with Nan in Mexico. + +While each of them is laying her plans, packing her clothes and wiring +"Santa Claus", as Laura Polk immediately dubbed Cousin Adair, let's +briefly review the adventures of Nan Sherwood and her friends up to this +point. + +Nan was born in Tillbury, a pleasant little town, some distance from any +big city, and her early school days were spent with Elizabeth Harley, +the only one of Nan's many friends who has followed her through all of +her adventures. + +In the first book of the series, "Nan Sherwood at Pine Camp" or "The Old +Lumberman's Secret" Nan and Bess are pals at Tillbury High School. Here +Nan is extremely popular with all of her classmates and excels in +sports. She and Bess have grand times together, though the Sherwoods +live on a reduced income while Bess, the daughter of one of Tillbury's +wealthiest families, has everything that money can buy. + +The first big disagreement the girls ever have comes in the opening +chapters of this book when Bess, having decided to go away to an +exclusive boarding school on the shores of Lake Michigan, tries to +induce Nan to go with her. Though Nan wants with all her heart to go, +she absolutely refuses to ask her parents because she knows that they +cannot afford to let her. She is happy later at her decision, because on +the eve of it, she discovers that her father has lost his job in the +Tillbury Mills. Everything looks extremely dark for the Sherwoods. +Momsey Sherwood is ill and Papa Sherwood, because of his age, is +complete at a loss as to know where to turn for a job. + +However, when things are darkest, Mrs. Sherwood receives two letters. +One from Scotland informs her that she is sole heir of a fortune in +Scotland, and the other, from her cousin Adair MacKenzie, whom we have +already met, promises her aid until such time as she can collect on her +inheritance. With this, Nan's parents leave for Scotland and pack Nan +off to Northern Wisconsin where she spends an exciting year in the +lumber country with an uncle and aunt. Here, in chapter after chapter +that are full of thrills for Nan, those about her, and the reader, the +plucky young girl solves a mystery that, in the end, clears her uncle's +title to a valuable piece of property. + +In the next volume of the series, "Nan Sherwood at Lakeview Hall" or +"The Mystery of the Haunted Boathouse" our young heroine goes off to +school with Bess. And there never was a nicer school anyplace than +Lakeview Hall. Situated on a bluff overlooking the lake it's like an old +castle. Mrs. Cupp, assistant to Dr. Beulah Prescott, is the keeper and +the girls, early in the volume, learn to respect her, if not to admire +her. Here, they make the acquaintance of a number of new friends. + +There are Grace Mason and her brother Walter, children of a wealthy +Chicago family; Laura Polk, a red-headed girl whose lively imagination +and ready tongue are constantly getting her into difficulties; Amelia +Boggs, a serious book-loving soul with a roomful of clocks; and finally, +Linda Riggs, a snobbish, spoiled child, who is extremely jealous of Nan +and her well-deserved popularity. + +Last, but not least, there is the boathouse ghost around whom is woven a +mystery that brings Nan and Walter Mason together in such a way that +they develop a keen admiration for one another. This book is chock full +of adventure, excitement and mystery and Lakeview Hall is the center of +it all. + +Her friendship with Grace and Walter bring about her next big +experience, a visit to Chicago. In "Nan Sherwood's Winter Holidays" or +"Rescuing the Runaways" the Lakeview Hall crowd spends Christmas +vacation in Grace Mason's palatial Chicago home. The story of Nan's +meeting with a very famous movie star and her solution to the mystery +surrounding the strange disappearance of two young farm girls who have +come to the city to go into the movies is recounted in this volume. + +Next, Nan and her friends go off on a visit to a western ranch, the home +of Rhoda Hammond, a school chum. Here the northern girls get their first +taste of what it is to live in the wide open spaces of the west. The +story of lost treasure that is told in this volume of the series, "Nan +Sherwood at Rose Ranch" or "The Old Mexican's Treasure" is one that no +admirer of plucky Nan Sherwood would want to miss. + +The year that follows this western adventure is a pleasant one at +Lakeview Hall and at its end, we find Nan and her friends trekking off +to Florida and Palm Beach. So, in "Nan Sherwood at Palm Beach" or +"Strange Adventures Among the Orange Groves" in a background of wide +sandy beaches, beautiful graceful palms, and a hotel that overlooks the +sea, a villain who has tried to cheat one of Nan's many acquaintances +out of her fortune, comes to a well-deserved end, and Nan emerges a +heroine once more. At the end of this volume, we find that Walter and +Nan are becoming more and more fond of one another, and we see the +Lakeview Hall girls teasing them about it again and again. + +In the sixth volume, Mrs. Sherwood's Scotch connections bring about an +invitation to Nan to visit Scotland and the family estate of her +mother's people. Bess is heartbroken that her friend is going away +without her. However, she tries to conceal her disappointment and joins +with Nan's other friends in planning a grand farewell party. The party +proves to be a surprise all round and the great day ends with an +announcement by Dr. Prescott that she is taking a party of six girls +abroad to see the king and queen of England crowned! Such excitement! +Such last minute rush! Such fun! Never was there a happier, more +exciting, more adventurous crossing of the ocean than the Lakeview Hall +crowd enjoyed on the S. S. Lincoln. And the whole is rounded out in the +last chapter with Nan as a lady-in-waiting to the Queen at the +coronation. How this all came about is a story that all Nan Sherwood +fans will want to read. + +It was the part his little cousin had played in the coronation that made +Adair MacKenzie resolve to hunt her up. It was this that brought him to +Tillbury and the cottage on Amity street on the day the present volume +opens. + +"Good biscuits!" Adair MacKenzie bit off a piece of their lightness the +evening the present story opens. They were all sitting at the Sherwood +dinner table. There he sat, chewing reflectively, as he glanced down the +table at young Nan. + +"So you helped crown the good queen," he remarked, "And it didn't go to +your head. You're a good lass. You Blakes," he turned to Mrs. Sherwood +now, "were always a bunch of modest creatures. That's why I like you. +Now, Bessie there," he pointed to Bess who had stayed for dinner, "she's +not so modest, but she's kind and loyal. She's a little spoiled, but +she'll get by." + +Bess blushed all shades of the rainbow at Adair's frankness. Used to +being babied and somewhat pampered at home, his outspokenness troubled +her. She felt strangely like crying. Nan caught her eye and smiled +encouragingly. Mrs. Sherwood patted her hand beneath the tablecloth. And +Alice, well, Alice was a dear, for she turned the conversation toward +school, and both Nan and Bess utterly forgot themselves in telling of +the horse show in which they had both taken part during the last week at +school. + +"So you think you can ride, eh?" Adair MacKenzie was secretly pleased +at both of the young girls. "Well, we'll see. I'll put you each on a +Mexican mule and let you try to climb a mountain and see what happens." +He chuckled at the thought. + +Alice laughed merrily at this. "Well, you'll never get me on one," she +vowed. "Once was enough. Instead of the mule pulling me up the narrow +path, I pulled the mule up. I never worked harder in my life." + +"Oh, my sweet, you never worked at all." Adair shook his finger at his +daughter. "But you'll work this summer--if that old housekeeper of ours +keeps her resolution not to go down to that dirty hole which we call a +hacienda. The words are hers," he explained to Nan and Bess. + +"She once, when she was a very young girl, spent a summer on a sugar +beet farm here in the north. A lot of Mexicans worked on it. They were +miserably treated and poorly paid. As a result their huts were like +hovels. She saw some of them and now she says that wild horses couldn't +drag her into that country down there. She'd rather see me starve first. +But I'll get her yet." Adair MacKenzie smiled as though he liked +opposition. "I'll show her who is boss," he ended. + +"Of course you will, daddy," Alice agreed. "But now tell us, when are we +going? How long are we going to stay? And whom have you invited?" + +This last question put Adair MacKenzie in a corner and he knew it. +Really, a very kind and extremely impulsive soul, when he went on these +summer jaunts for pleasure he was apt to go about for weeks, inviting +all his friends. As a result, no matter how large the house was he +rented, it was always too small, and no matter what preparation Alice +made for guests, they were always inadequate. + +Now, as he sat thinking, a mischievous light came into his eye. "There +is only one that I've invited," he teased, "besides these girls that +will interest you." + +"And that is--?" + +"Walker Jamieson, that smart-alecky reporter that we met in San +Francisco a couple of years ago. Remember?" + +"Remember? Of course I remember and he wasn't smart alecky. He was kind +and sweet and--" But Alice didn't finish her sentence, for she became +conscious of the fact that all the eyes around the dinner table were on +her. She blushed prettily. + +"Anyway," she justified herself, "he'll be a help in handling you, for +he's smart, almost as smart as you are, daddy." + +"A reporter! You mean to say a real newspaper reporter will be down +there with us?" Nan couldn't contain herself any longer. + +"Yep, a no good reporter." Adair MacKenzie tried hard to look +disdainful as he said this, but he didn't succeed very well and both Nan +and Bess guessed that he had a genuine regard for the "young scamp" as +he called him. "Got to have someone around," he muttered as he drank his +coffee, "to help handle you women, even if it's a young scalawag who +spends all his time tracking down stories for your worthless newspaper." + +"Stories!" Bess and Nan were wide-eyed. + +"Now, see here," Adair shook his finger in the direction of the two +young girls, "reporters are no good. They're a lazy lot that hang around +with their feet on desks pretending to think. Think! Why, I never knew +one yet that had a thought worth telling, let alone writing. + +"This one that you are going to meet is no better than the rest. M-m-m, +and no worse either," he conceded as he noted the expression on Alice's +face. "I asked him to come along because he has a knack of making things +lively wherever he is. + +"Soon's he gets those two big feet of his down off his desk, he makes +things hum. That's the way he is, lazy one minute, full of action the +next. If there's absolutely nothing happening, he knows how to stir +things up. I rather like a man like that--not that I like him," he added +hastily, "but if we're going to go across the border this summer, got to +have someone like him around. Might just as well be Jamieson as anyone +else." + +"And will he write stories while we're there and will they be in the +paper?" Nan was reluctant to let the conversation about the young +reporter drop. + +"Never can tell anything about people like him," Adair MacKenzie shook +his head as though he would be the last person in the world to predict +anything about reporters. Could he have looked into the future he would +have shaken it even more violently, for in the next few weeks Walker +Jamieson, with the help of Nan and the Lakeview Hall crowd, was to +uncover in Mexico one of the biggest stories of the year. + + + + +CHAPTER III + +ADAIR MACKENZIE SPEAKS UP + + +It all started in Laredo, Texas, just after Nan and her guests had been +met by Adair MacKenzie, Alice, and that amazing young newspaper man, +Walker Jamieson. + +"Got everything?" Adair MacKenzie asked gruffly when the bevy of pretty +young girls, all in their early teens, had stepped, one after the other, +from the streamlined train that had brought them from St. Louis. They +had met in that city, all except Rhoda whose home, as those who have +read "Nan Sherwood at Rose Ranch" will remember, was in the South. She, +therefore, had joined the party at beautiful San Antonio. From there on, +the girls had all been together. + +"I-I-I guess so," Nan answered her eccentric old cousin slowly as she +looked about first at her friends and then at the suitcases and bags +that the porters were setting on the station platform beside them. + +"Looks it." Adair MacKenzie agreed laconically. "Got almost as many +bags as Alice here and I thought that she carried more junk than any +other woman alive. So these are the girls. H-m-m." He looked at the +Lakeview Hall group in much the same manner that he had appraised Bess +just three weeks before. + +"Let's see," he began, and Nan's eyes twinkled as she realized that he +was not going to keep his conclusions to himself any more than he had +before. "You're Laura," he said positively, picking the red-headed girl +out of the crowd as though he had studied a photograph of her until he +couldn't possibly mistake her features. + +"And that red hair's going to get you in trouble sometime," he continued +his characterization. "Got a temper now. I can see that. A ready tongue +too, I'll wager. But you'll get by if you can go on laughing at +yourself. You've got a sense of humor. Keep it." + +"Yes, sir," Laura answered as meekly as she could. She had already been +warned, on the train, by Bess as to what to expect, so this frank +analysis of her character did not take her altogether by surprise. + +"And you, Miss," the old Scotsman went on around the circle of girls +enjoying himself hugely as he characterized his young cousin's friends, +"you," he was looking at Amelia as he spoke, "are the one that has all +of those clocks. You're too serious. You'll learn down here in this lazy +country that time just doesn't matter. Ask anybody to do anything for +you and he'll nod his head slowly and mutter, if he's got enough pep, +'Si, si, seņor, maņana!' He'll do anything in the world you want him to +do, maņana, and maņana never comes. + +"However, you and I will get along. I like you. You are punctual. It's a +virtue. Never been late for anything in your life, have you?" + +Amelia hardly knew what to answer, for Adair had made time seem both +important and unimportant. + +"Speak up," the old man looked at her kindly now. "Don't be modest like +my young cousin here. Well, never mind," he passed Amelia by as he saw +that he had embarrassed her beyond her ability to speak. "I'll take care +of you later," he ended before he turned to Rhoda. + +"From the West, aren't you?" he questioned the proud brown-eyed young +girl. "Can tell in a minute. That carriage, the way you hold your head, +your clear eyes. Even if I hadn't heard that Western accent, I would +have known." Adair MacKenzie was proud of his ability to read character, +and as he went from one of the young lassies to the other, he was +pleased with himself and pleased with them, for their quiet acceptance +of his outspokenness. + +"A city girl. Just a little too shy." Grace's turn came last, and she +had been dreading it. "You've got to learn to stick up for your own +rights," he had struck home here, he knew, and though he realized that +Grace could take it with less equilibrium than any of the rest, he +wasn't going to spare her. + +"Say, 'boo,' to you," he went on, "And you'll run. Isn't it so?" + +Grace said nothing, but nodded her head. + +"Try saying 'boo!' back sometime," he advised in a quieter tone than he +had used to any of the other girls, "and see what happens. If the person +you say it to doesn't run, stand your ground and say it again, louder. +But be careful," he patted Grace on the shoulder, "and don't scare +yourself with your own voice." + +At this everyone laughed, including Grace, and Alice MacKenzie took her +father by the arm and started toward the station. "If you don't look +out, father," she warned, "I'll say 'boo!' to you and then you'll jump." + +"Oh, go along with you," Adair MacKenzie pounded his cane on the wooden +platform, and then shook it at his daughter, "If you don't behave +yourself, I'll give you one last spanking that will hold you until you +are as old and gray as I am." + +For answer, Alice laughed provocatively up into his face. + +"Now, come on, you girls," Adair frowned as best he could under the +circumstances, "we've got to get along. And you too, you get a move on," +he pointed his cane, with this, at a tall, lanky blond young man. + +At this, Nan and Bess, Rhoda and Grace, Laura and Amelia with one accord +turned their eyes on Walker Jamieson. + +"It's real, girls." Walker grinned down into their faces. "It moves and +speaks, eats and sleeps just like the rest of the world. It does +everything but work." So saying, he winked quite openly at Alice and +lengthened his steps so that he walked beside her father. + +"First truth I've ever heard you utter," Adair MacKenzie tried to sound +brusk, but didn't succeed very well. The truth was, of course, that he +was intensely pleased with the prospect of spending his summer with this +crowd of young people. And, though he would be the last person in the +world to admit it, he was intensely flattered that this brilliant young +newspaper man was in the party. "Not that he came," he thought to +himself as he noted, with some satisfaction, the regard with which +Walker seemed to hold Alice, "to keep me company." He sighed deeply as +he finished the thought. Alice was his only child. + +"Got everything?" Adair MacKenzie repeated the question with which he +greeted the girls as they all approached the customs office. "Baggage +checks? Tourist cards?" + +At this, they all opened their purses and rummaged around in them. + +"Shades of Glasgow." Laura murmured into Nan's ears. "Seems good to be +going through this red tape again, doesn't it?" + +Nan nodded. She felt much the same as she did the day they had first +stepped foot on foreign soil, an unforgettable experience that they all +had talked over again and again since that morning in May when the great +boat had been moored to the dock and they had walked, one after the +other, down the gangplank to set their feet in Scotland for the first +time. The adventures that had followed had made their vacation the most +exciting of their lives as those who have read "Nan Sherwood's Summer +Holidays" all agree. Now, as they all walked forward toward the offices +of the Mexican officials, Nan wondered idly what further adventures were +in store for her. + +"Seņorita, your bag, seņorita." + +"Why don't you answer when you are called?" Walker Jamieson dropped +back into step beside Nan. "Lady," he prodded Nan with his elbow, "the +handsome young Mexican with the neat little mustache that is running +after us, is calling you." + +"Me?" Nan's voice had a surprised ring to it. "Am I Seņorita?" + +"None other, for months to come, now." Walker Jamieson answered. "You +are Seņorita Sherwood and you had better answer when these Seņores call +or they will be so much insulted that they will never recover." + +"Oh, I'm sorry," Nan looked genuinely regretful as she turned to the +tall thin native that had been following her. + +"It is nothing," he dismissed her concern with a wave of his hands, "but +the Seņorita has dropped her purse. May I give it to her?" He bowed +gracefully as he presented it, and Nan felt that he couldn't possibly +have presented the finest gift in the world with more grace. + +However, before she could possibly thank him, he disappeared. She turned +to follow the others into the offices, rummaging through her purse, even +as they had done, as she went. + +"Why, it's gone!" Nan looked first at her purse and then in the +direction in which the obliging young Mexican had vanished. + +"Uh-huh, we should have guessed," Walker Jamieson shook his head sadly. +"Dumb of me. What did he get?" + +"My visitor's pass!" Nan exclaimed. "Now, what will I do?" +Involuntarily, they both looked toward Adair MacKenzie who was just +disappearing through the door. Then they laughed. + +"I don't know, kid," Walker liked this youngster that Alice had already +filled his ears with tales about. "But you're in for it. It's tough, +these days, getting duplicates of the things. Shall I break the news to +the ogre," he nodded in Adair MacKenzie's direction. "He'll explode, but +you've just got to take it." + + + + +CHAPTER IV + +TROUBLE AT THE BORDER + + +"Here, here, what's eating you two?" Adair MacKenzie came bursting forth +from the door he had entered just a few moments before Nan's encounter +with the Mexican. "H-m-m, lost your pass, I'll wager." With the uncanny +instinct of many peppery old gentlemen, Adair MacKenzie as soon as he +saw the baffled expression on Nan's face, jumped immediately to the +right conclusion. + +"Might have known that would happen. Should have taken care of them all +myself. Can't depend on women and girls. Always tell Alice that. Ought +to have a safe place to keep things. Old pouch my mother used to strap +around her waist was a good idea." + +Nan couldn't restrain the smile that came to her eyes at this. She had +known one person in her life who tied a bag around her waist. That was +grim old Mrs. Cupp, assistant to Dr. Beulah Prescott, principal at +Lakeview Hall. Legend had it that Mrs. Cupp had a dark secret the key to +which she carried in the black bag which someone, in days long before +Nan and Bess descended on Lakeview Hall, had seen. Whether or not it was +so, Nan didn't know, but at Lakeview Hall, the words "Keep it a secret" +were generally expressed by saying "Put it in the black bag." + +"Laughing at me, Miss!" Adair's roar brought Nan out of her reveries. +She jumped, and looking up into his face, she winged her way from +Lakeview Hall on the shores of the Great Lakes back to Laredo, Texas and +the immediate problem of the lost visitor's pass. + +"I said you should take care of your things the way I do," he roared +again. "See," he pushed his hand inside his topcoat pocket, "Always know +where my things--" the end of the sentence was lost in a sputter, as +Adair MacKenzie searched frantically in pocket after pocket for his +visitor's pass. It was gone! + +"W-w-why, somebody's picked my pockets. Can't allow this. Where's a +policeman? You, you, why don't you do something instead of standing +there and laughing?" Adair shook his cane at Walker Jamieson who was +grinning broadly at the spectacle of the old man fuming and sputtering +now, not at his own negligence, but at the inefficiency of a government +that would allow such things to happen. His tirade against Nan and her +carelessness were utterly forgotten. + +But it wasn't necessary for Walker to do anything. Adair, in his +outburst, railing against governments in general now, calling down the +wrath of the gods on the heads of all policemen, and expressing himself +most forcibly on the subject of newspaper men in particular, attracted a +crowd. Shortly, English and Spanish words were being flung this way and +that and everyone was arguing, but what it was all about no one seemed +to know. + +"Why, daddy, what has happened?" Alice having heard the excitement from +her seat in the office where her father had left her had worked her way +through the crowd, and now put a restraining hand on his arm. + +Immediately, he was quiet. "I'm sorry, dear," he looked down at her +shamefacedly, "but these blundering Mexicans have lost not only that +poor young girl's," he pointed to Nan with his cane, "visitor's pass, +but mine too. It's an outrage! That's what it is, an outrage. And I +won't stand for it." + +"Oh, Walker," Alice turned to the young reporter now, "What shall we +do?" + +"I beg your pardon, Miss," the voice was that of a Texas Ranger with a +big ten-gallon hat who had watched the whole scene with some amusement, +"but if you'll step right over to the offices there" he nodded in the +direction of the door from which Alice had emerged a moment before, "Mr. +Nogales will take care of you." + +"Thanks," Walker acknowledged the information, grinned, as though he was +sharing a joke with the stranger, took both Alice and her father by the +arm, and, with Nan, worked his way out of the crowd. + +"It's a difficult problem." Lozario Nogales gave a slight Spanish accent +to his words as he spoke to the Americans who, a few moments after the +scene above, were ushered into his office. "You see, it's like this--" +he spoke slowly and fingered a pencil as he chose his words, for English +did not come any too easily to him. + +"Nonsense! No difficulties at all." Adair MacKenzie was always impatient +with slow speech, "all you have to do is write out another of those +cards for each of us. Take you a minute. They're nothing but a lot of +silly red tape anyway. If I had my way about it, there would be no +passports, no customs, no visitors' passes, no anything that impedes +free movement of people across the borders. It's all foolishness the way +you Mexicans do these things." Thus, with utter inconsistency, Adair +MacKenzie, in a moment's time placed the whole burden of border +regulations in the laps of the Mexicans. + +"But Seņor," Lozario felt that he never would become accustomed to the +ways of these Americans, and of this American in particular, "there are +the rules." + +"Rules! What rules?" Adair stormed further, then he caught Alice's eye +and capitulated, "Well, what are we to do?" + +"It's simply this," Mr. Nogales was more than grateful for Alice's +presence which gave him at last an opportunity to speak, "there has been +a good deal of smuggling across the borders in the past few months, and +your American government has made new rules about the issuing of +duplicates when passes are lost." + +"Smuggling?" Walker Jamieson now spoke up for the first time since the +party entered the office. "Smuggling what?" + +"Well, the American gentleman knows that immigration laws prohibit the +free passage of certain nationalities into the United States." + +Walker nodded. His work in San Francisco had brought this fact most +forcibly to his mind again and again, for there he had worked often +among the Chinese and the Japanese and numbered among them many close +friends. These people admired him and respected him greatly. They +thought that because he was a newspaper man, he could do anything in the +world for them that he wanted to do. + +As a consequence, they were constantly coming to him with tales of +wives or mothers or children that they wanted to see, but could not get +into the United States because of the immigration laws. + +"And the seņor knows that these people somehow or other manage to get +across the border in spite of these laws?" Mr. Nogales continued. He +liked this young man. + +"Yes." Walker knew that too. Often he had been amazed while covering his +beat in Chinatown to meet the very mothers, wives, or children he had +been asked to "get here for me, please, Mr. Jamieson" a few days after +being asked. + +However, as he threaded through the dark streets of the famous San +Francisco Chinatown this surprise always wore off. The ways of the +people he was among were so silent and mysterious, even to him working +among them and calling them "friends", that he had grown to take such +sudden appearances for granted. + +"Well, just lately," Mr. Nogales went on, "there have been even more +than the usual number of persons smuggled across. Your government and +mine has been working hard on the problem of putting an end to this. +One means of stopping it has been to check most thoroughly the +issuance of all duplicate visitor's passes." + +Nan was beginning to see light in the whole situation now. Immigration +laws and the smuggling of aliens across the border was something she had +studied about in social science classes at Lakeview. This scene in the +Laredo offices was a school lesson brought to life. + +Nan vaguely remembered, as she stood there listening and watching, that +Laura had once had a special report to give on this particular subject. +She remembered because it was at the time the girls were planning a big +spread down at the boathouse, and Laura had been so excited about the +whole thing that she had gone to class utterly unprepared. In the few +minutes before the assembly bell rang Nan helped her out, and so Laura +had managed to struggle through the social science hour. + +Nan turned. She wished that Laura and the rest were here now, but she +knew that they were waiting in an outer office. + +"Then you think," Walker Jamieson's words brought Nan back to the +present plight of herself and her cousin Adair, "that there is a regular +trade in visitors' passes, that the pickpocket who got ours wanted +nothing else?" + +"You had no money stolen, did you?" Mr. Nogales queried. + +"Uh-h-h-" Adair MacKenzie had been silent for a long while for him. Now +he rummaged through his pockets even as Nan checked on the contents of +her purse. + +"Just as I thought," Mr. Nogales nodded his head, as the two agreed that +all their money was there. "Your visitors' passes are the only thing +missing. Just a moment, please, I'll see what can be done." With this, +he disappeared into the office of his superior, and Adair MacKenzie +followed him. + +Nan, Alice, and Walker Jamieson looked hopelessly at one another as +Adair disappeared from their view. + + + + +CHAPTER V + +TELL US ABOUT THE HACIENDA + + +"What did you think?" Laura inquired afterwards when the girls were all +settled in a hotel close to the border for the night. "That the walls of +that inner office would just cave in when Mr. MacKenzie started +bellowing." + +"Why, Laura Polk, how disrespectfully you talk!" Bess exclaimed from her +place in front of the dressing table where she was brushing her hair. +"And Mr. MacKenzie is our host too. If it weren't for him we wouldn't be +down here now. At this minute we'd probably be on the shores of a lake +near Tillbury." + +"Oh, Bess, you know I'm not one bit disrespectful, really," Laura +retorted. "I like Mr. MacKenzie real well and you know I do. I'd give +anything in the world to be able to roar the way he does." There was +genuine longing in her voice as she spoke. "Just imagine," she +continued, "how handy that roar would have come in the night we routed +the ghost. I just think," she continued to play with the idea of making +use of Adair MacKenzie's roar, "how handy it would come in, if we were +to meet Linda Riggs. + +"Couldn't we manage," she was lying prone on the bed, and, as this new +idea came to her, she cupped her chin in her hands and looked off into +space, "to have your cousin around sometime when Linda Riggs was +present. I'd love to have him analyze her the way he did us today. Such +fun!" Laura's eyes danced merrily at the thought. + +"And then I'd like to have her open her mouth to protest," Laura +continued, "and have him roar at her. Oh, I'd give a million dollars, +a trillion dollars," she amended generously, "to hear that roar." + +"You and me too," Bess joined in. "By the way, have any of you heard +anything about her lately." + +"Not I," Nan answered, "and I must say the less I hear about her and the +less I see of her, the better. There was a rumor, you know, at school +that she was going to be allowed to come back this fall." + +"I know it," Bess somehow always managed to hear all the rumors, "and I +can't for the life of me understand why Dr. Prescott would ever let her +reenter. Certainly, she's no credit to Lakeview Hall, or to any school +for that matter. If I were a principal I wouldn't let her in my school. +In fact, if I got the chance at all, I'd just slam the door right in her +face." + +"Oh, Bess, do you ever sound as though you meant it? Cousin Adair +should hear you talk now. He thinks that Laura has a temper. He should +hear you sometimes." Nan laughed at her pal. + +"I know it, but I think I'm more than justified. She's certainly caused +us plenty of trouble from the very first time we ever met her. I'll +never forget how she embarrassed us on the train that took us to +Lakeview the first time." + +"Nor how Professor Krenner took our part," Nan added. + +"Nor how you outwitted her and drove up to school in the back of Walter +Mason's car as though you were a princess returning to her palace," +Laura giggled. "There never was a freshman created more of a stir than +you did that night. Boy, did we ever put our heads together in corridor +four and decide that we would have to put you in your place right away," +she continued slangily. + +"And did I ever hate you, Laura Polk," Bess laughed now at the +recollection. "You embarrassed me so about that lunch box that when I +went to bed that night I cried myself to sleep." + +"Poor Bessie," Laura sympathized. "You were such a proud little thing +that I never in the world thought I'd ever be able to get along with +you." + +"Get along with Bess!" Nan exclaimed, "if you had ever heard what Bess +said about you that night, you would have been surprised that she ever +spoke to you again." + +"What did you say, Bess?" Laura looked positively impish as she looked +at Bess's reflection in the mirror. + +"Oh, I don't remember." Bess was obviously concealing the truth. + +"You do too," Amelia joined in as she wound the pretty little travelling +clock that had been given her the week before. + +"If you don't tell, I will," Nan was enjoying the situation as much as +the rest, for she saw that Bess was not really embarrassed. + +"Go ahead then and see if I care," Bess retorted, giving a few final +strokes to her hair. + +"Well, you said," Nan began slowly, "that that homely red-headed Polk +girl was just as mean as she could be!" + +"Did she say that?" Laura laughed heartily. Even in those days she would +have been the first to laugh at herself. Now she could laugh doubly, for +the homely red-headed girl had, since then, blossomed out into a pretty, +fair complexioned curly headed miss with a very pleasing personality. + +And so the girls continued for some time to talk over events and +happenings that are recounted in other books of this series until Laura +turned to Nan, "Anyway," she said, "if we may return to the present and +Laredo, Texas, will you please tell us just how your cousin managed to +extract those passes from the authorities this afternoon? I respected +his abilities to get what he wanted from the moment mother capitulated +and let me come down here with what she called, 'a perfect stranger,' +but I never respected them as much as I did when I saw that white +uniformed official bowing you people out of that office as though you +were the President's party itself." + +"Wasn't he just grand!" Nan's eyes were alight at the recollection. +"That man was none other than a special aid to the Mexican consular +office here in Laredo, and he nearly fell all over trying to help us +after cousin Adair ceased his storming and told those people who he was. +I never saw anything like it in my life. + +"It was 'Si, seņor, this,' and 'Si, seņor, that' until Alice and Walker +and I began to think that we were really somebody, if only by reflected +glory." + +"Well, you certainly looked like somebody very important when you came +out," Bess agreed. "I wondered for a moment whether I had really heard +allright when you went in." + +"Then you did hear us?" Nan laughed. + +"All Mexico did," Laura put in. "Really, at first we thought another +revolution was taking place. Grace here was looking around for +someplace to hide herself. Amelia was clutching her watch to her with +a look of determination which said as plainly as anything 'no foraging +rebel is going to get this' and Rhoda looked as though she wished she +had brought her trusty six shooter along. And then when we had gotten +ourselves all worked up to the point of accepting the inevitable, who +should come round the corner but you and Mr. Jamieson, Alice and her +father!" + +"You sound as though we disappointed you," Nan remarked. + +"Oh, not at all." Laura hastened to correct this impression. "I don't +believe Mr. MacKenzie has ever disappointed anyone in his life. He just +couldn't. Not with that cane, that roar, and that honesty which stops at +nothing. He's a dear. Now tell us, Nan, all you know about this place we +are going to." + +"I've done that a thousand times since I met you in St. Louis," Nan +responded as she pulled off her dress and slipped her arms into the +lounging robe that the Lakeview Hall girls had given her at a surprise +party in her honor more than a year before. + +"Oh, no, you haven't," Laura denied. "We made you spend most of the +time telling us about this angel of a cousin that appeared out of a +clear sky and offered to take us all to Mexico. Doesn't sound real even +now when we're here." + +"There's one thing about it," Amelia added, "if one can't have rich +relations oneself, the next best thing in the world is to have charming +friends who have them." + +"Here, here!" Laura raised a protesting hand. "You're out of order. The +first thing you know Nan will be thinking we're fond of her." + +"Oh, you old ducks," Nan looked at them all fondly. "Don't you know that +cousin Adair knew that if he didn't invite all of you that I wouldn't +come at all? Now, let's forget all of this gratitude stuff. It +embarrasses me." + +"All right then," Bess agreed, "but you really haven't told Rhoda +anything at all about the hacienda, Nan." + +"I don't know anything myself," Nan admitted after some hesitation. +"I've tried and tried to get cousin Adair to tell me something about the +place, but he just won't say anything. I'm not sure whether he knows and +won't tell or whether he doesn't know himself. At any rate, he's being +extremely mysterious about the whole thing. Says that we didn't see +anything when we saw Emberon, that this place that we are going has that +beat all hollow. Now what do you people make of that?" + +"Dungeons, secret passage, weird wailing of bagpipes, that's what +Emberon had," Laura summarized. "If this Mexican hacienda has anything +better to offer, I'd like to see it." + +"And so would I," Nan agreed. She almost resented the idea that anything +could possibly be any nicer than the old Blake estate in Scotland. "And +listen, he says this further, that if we think we had adventures in +Scotland and England, we just haven't seen anything yet. What in the +world do you suppose he means?" + +"If Doctor Prescott said that, or Mrs. Cupp, or your father or mine," +Rhoda answered, "I might possibly hazard a guess as to what was meant, +but there's no telling about this cousin of yours, Nan." + +"No, he's as unpredictable as the seasons, Alice says, and the only +thing we can do is wait." Nan sounded as though waiting was the hardest +thing in the world to do. + + + + +CHAPTER VI + +SOMETHING ABOUT MEXICO + + +"What's this?" Laura questioned the next morning when she came upon +Amelia in her hotel room reading diligently from a book. + +"Oh, nothing." Amelia barely looked up. + +"Come on, tell aunty," Laura teased. "Nobody else is up yet and I've +simply got to talk to someone." + +"You mean there's no one else about, so you'll talk to me. Well, I like +that!" Amelia returned to her book as though she were really indignant. + +"You know I didn't," Laura sounded very conciliatory--for her. "It's +just this; I've got the whim-whams something terrible. Did you ever have +the whim-whams, Amelia?" + +"Can't say I did," Amelia answered. "At least I didn't call them any +such name as that." + +"Then you know what I mean?" Laura looked very serious. + +"You mean," Amelia turned the open book over on her lap and answered +Laura's question, "that you have awakened early in a hotel in a strange +city, that you want like anything to go off exploring, that you know you +can't, and that the next best thing you can find to do is to annoy +someone else who can't go either." + +"My dear professor," Laura assumed as serious a mien as possible, "you +have hit the well-known nail squarely on the head. It must be that you +have the whim-whams too. Now what is that you are reading?" + +"Well, if you must know," Amelia gave in, "It's a guidebook to Mexico." + +"Ah, what could be better." Laura herself reached for the book. "Let's +see what this country across the street from this hotel is like." + +"It does seem funny, doesn't it," Amelia said, "that when we look out +our hotel windows we are looking into a foreign country. It doesn't look +any different. It doesn't sound any different. And it doesn't--" + +"Smell any different," Laura finished, "and that's the most surprising +thing of all, because according to Mr. MacKenzie, Mexico is just the +smelliest place on God's green earth." + +"Did he tell you that too?" Amelia asked. "Really, when he finished the +tirade against the country that he delivered to me after dinner, I began +to wonder why in the world he ever brought along five such nice girls as +we." + +"Five? What's the matter, 'Mealy, can't you count before breakfast? +There are six of us." + +"I said five _nice_ girls," Amelia insisted. "He might have had one of +several reasons for bringing you along." + +"Such as--" Nan had come into the room just in time to hear this last. + +"Oh, he might have wanted to make the world a better place for the rest +of us to live in by losing Laura, making her a target for the +revolutionists, feeding her to the bulls, or just leaving her here as +food for the fleas," Amelia responded airily, and then she put her arm +around Laura's shoulder as though to show her that she didn't mean a +word of what she was saying. + +"They do say," Grace added as she joined the group, "that the fleas here +are man-sized. That reporter told me last night that the reason they +give us mosquito netting to put over us at night is that the fleas and +the mosquitos wage a nightly battle as to who is going to carry off the +Americans." + +"And you believed him?" Laura laughed. + +"Well, not exactly," Grace answered, "but I did carefully tuck my +netting all round me last night." + +"He told me lots of things about Mexico, too," Nan added, "and I don't +know which of them to believe. This is a queer country we are going +into, full of so many strange legends, so many different kinds of people +that any wild tale at all might be true." + +"That's what I was thinking," Amelia agreed, "when Laura came into the +room this morning. This guidebook here is full of all sorts of queer +tales." + +"Such as--?" Nan queried. + +"Oh, you people in there," Bess called from another room, "wait until +Rhoda and I come before you talk any more about Mexico. We want to hear +too." + +"All right, slow-pokes," Nan called back, "but you'll have to hurry. +We're supposed to be downstairs for breakfast with Cousin Adair in +exactly one-half hour." + +At this, Bess and Rhoda came into Amelia's room and the girls, all +dressed in sports clothes, settled themselves to learn something about +the country they were going to visit. + +"It says here," Nan began, for she had long ago lifted the guidebook +from Amelia's lap, "that Mexico is a Latin-American country south of the +United States of America. The Gulf of Mexico is to the east and the +Pacific Ocean to the west." + +"Oh, we know that," Bess interrupted impatiently, "tell us something +that is different." + +"Well, how's this?" Nan queried, "Mexico is a land of great contrasts. +About sixty percent of its population are Indians who live in a backward +civilization that weaves its own clothes, grinds its own corn, does +everything for itself by hand. The other forty percent is advanced and +modern. The first can neither read nor write. The latter attends modern +schools and universities. + +"Nothing in Mexico, in its history, its climate, its people, or its +landscape is dull or monotonous." + +"That's better," Bess approved. She was not one to care much for facts +or figures. + +"Oh, there are more interesting things than that in the book," Amelia +reached for it. "Here let me read you something that I found this +morning." + +"Just a second," Nan held on to it, "How in the world do you pronounce +these words with all their z's and x's. No wonder there are so many +people that can't read or write. I wouldn't be able to write myself if +I lived here. Imagine living in a place called I x m i q u i l p a n or +X o c h i m i l c o." She spelled them all out because she couldn't +possibly pronounce them. "They must all be Indian words dating from the +time of the Aztecs," Nan went on. "Look, they all have beautiful +meanings. + +"Chalchihuites is translated into 'Emeralds in the Rough', Tehuacan, +'Stone of the gods', Chiapas, 'River of the Lime-leaved Sage', and +Tzintzuntzan, 'Humming Bird'. And here's a place I want to go, +Yecapixtla or 'Place Where People Have Sharp Noses'." + +"What a funny place that must be," Laura laughed with Nan, "I'll bet +they all spend their time minding one another's business." + +"They probably have a factory there," Nan went on, "for turning out +people like Mrs. Cupp and they have catalogues showing the sharp, +sharper, and sharpest noses." + +"And when a school principal wants to hire an assistant that will see +everything and hear everything he pays top price and gets the sharpest," +Laura liked the idea. "We ought to go there," she ended, "if it's only +to get a postcard so that we can send it back to Mrs. Cupp with the +words 'Wish you were here'." + +"Oh, Laura, you old meany," Nan laughed. "You know she isn't half as bad +as you make her out to be." + +"No, she isn't," Laura agreed. "Lakeview Hall certainly wouldn't be +complete without her. Why, down here in Mexico--well, on the border of +Mexico--when I'm going farther and farther away from her all the time, I +can almost believe that I'm fond of her. But don't let me talk about +it," she pretended to sniff as though she was going to cry, "or I'll be +getting homesick for her." + +"Small chance of your ever getting homesick for anyone," Bess remarked, +"but let's hear what it is Amelia wants to tell us about and then go +downstairs, I'm almost starved." + +"Oh, I'm sorry, Amelia," Nan handed over the book, "I didn't mean to +monopolize it." These Lakeview Hall girls, together for so many years +under all sorts of circumstances, were still polite to one another and +thoughtful about little things. They teased one another, laughed at one +another's faults, and quarreled sometimes among themselves, but they +were always eager to forgive and more than anxious to please. This was +why they had been friends for so long. They were never really jealous of +one another and were always ready to praise anyone in the group who did +anything outstanding. + +"It's all right, Nan," Amelia answered as she reached for the book. "I +merely thought that this story of the founding of Mexico City might be +fun to read. It's short, Bess, so we'll be downstairs in just a few +minutes. Here it is. + +"'When the Aztecs, a people that inhabited this part of Mexico long +before the coming of the white man from across the water, were wandering +from place to place in search of a spot on which to establish +themselves, their head priest had a vision. + +"'In it, he saw their War God and heard him telling them to go on and on +until they found an eagle on a cactus growing from the rock. The cactus, +the War God said, was the heart of his treacherous nephew who had waged +war against him and lost. As punishment, he had been put to death and +his heart was torn from him and thrown into the lake. It fell upon a +rock among the reeds, and from it grew a cactus so big and strong that +an eagle, seeking a place to build his nest, had made his home upon it. + +"'The Aztecs heeded the words of their War God as told them by the +priest. For years they wandered, until finally, one morning very early, +their long search was rewarded. They came upon the eagle on the cactus! +His wings were extended to the rays of the sun and in his claws he held +a snake. + +"'So it was here that they built their city and even to this day, the +cactus and the eagle, holding a snake in his beak, is Mexico's emblem.'" +With this, Amelia closed the book. + +"So that's why I've been seeing that symbol on so many Mexican things +all these years," Nan commented. "I've wondered what it meant, but was +always too lazy to look it up. How strange the history of this country +is that we are going into! I wonder what will happen." + +"Probably everything," Laura said, "so, now I think we'd better go +downstairs and eat, fortify ourselves so to speak for any emergency." + +"Guess you're right," Nan laughed. And with this, Nan and her friends +all hurried down to breakfast and to the beginning of another day in +their Mexican adventure. + + + + +CHAPTER VII + +BESS SMELLS A ROMANCE + + +"Well, how are the charming seņoritas this morning?" Walker Jamieson +dropped his feet from the chair next to him and rose as Nan and her +friends entered the lounge of the hotel. + +"Let's see, one, two, three, four, five, yes, there are six of you +still. There was no victory for the mosquitoes last night I can see. I +had an idea," he nodded his head slowly as though he had been seriously +considering the subject, "that all would go well after my joust with the +man-sized monster that forced its way into my room. Boy, was it a big +one! It had a million legs like tentacles that wound themselves around +me so that if it hadn't been for my trusty Excalibur, none of us would +have been here this morning. It was a fight." He shook his head as +though the recollection was more than he could bear. + +"Yes, we can see it was." Alice, too, had been waiting for the girls to +appear. "We can see the marks of the bloody battle all over your face." + +"Can you really?" Walker Jamieson grinned down at the girl who was just +a foot shorter than himself. "Well, they are all for you ladies," he +pretended now to doff a big sombrero and sweep it across in front of him +in the most approved style. + +"What's all this nonsense?" Adair MacKenzie joined the party. "Can't +stand silliness any time, and least of all before breakfast. Now, get +out into that dining room and eat." + +At this, the whole party moved. "Don't intend to spend the summer in +Laredo," Adair muttered as he followed them. + +Breakfast was a silent meal--silent that is, save for Adair's sputtering +into his coffee. At its finish, he pushed his plate back, called the +waiter and gave him an extraordinarily large tip, and turned to his +young cousin. + +"Well, Nancy," he said agreeably, "How are things with you this fine +morning? Ready to move on? And you, Bess, and all the rest of you, are +you all right? Now, let me tell you all a secret," he went on as he +realized how quiet everyone had been throughout the meal, "I'm not +really such a bad old soul. Oh, I lose my temper at times. I admit +that," he said generously, "but I'm not bad, not bad at all." He shook +his head as though he was entirely satisfied with himself and the world +in general. + +"And you there, Jamieson, you're not bad either," he went on. + +Walker nodded his head as though he acquiesced entirely and Alice beamed +on everyone. It was nice to have everyone in such a happy frame of mind, +she thought, and then, for luck, crossed her fingers. + +"And now, daddy," she ventured while he was still in his expansive mood, +"What's on the program for today?" + +"Oh, lots of things, lots of nice things," he looked very pleased with +himself. "First off, how soon can you all be ready to move on? We should +be moving along to Mexico City, a grand place, one of the most +interesting cities I've ever visited. What say you, Jamieson?" + +"Eh, what?" Jamieson had been quite bowled over by the old man's sudden +change in mood and had been wondering whether it would be the right time +now to ask whether he could kidnap Alice for part of the morning. He was +trying to signal her to ask her opinion, when the question was addressed +to him. Now, he was at a complete loss, for he had heard nothing of the +conversation that preceded the query. + +"I say," Adair repeated his question patiently, "isn't Mexico City a +grand place?" + +"Yes, yes, a grand place," Walker answered absently. Had Alice +understood what he was signaling? He couldn't be sure. What was she +telling him with her lips. Was it "Better wait" or "Better not." "What?" +The question came out audibly without his realizing it. + +It was Nan, the darling, who saved the day. She had been watching the +frantic efforts of Walker Jamieson to communicate with Alice and noted +his lack of success. She, too, had been trying to read Alice's answer +and was as startled as Walker when his "what?" was voiced. Now, like a +"veteran" (Walker used the word later when he promised to buy her +something, anything from a gorgeously colored serape to an jade bracelet +for coming to his rescue) she filled the breach. + +"I said," she affirmed, looking at Walker as though she was answering +his question, "that we can all be ready to leave about noon, if it +pleases cousin Adair." She turned to her cousin somewhat diffidently as +she added this last. The truth was, of course, that she and her friends +could have left in an hour, in a half hour, but it was fun trying to +help Walker and Alice out. + +"Let's see," Adair took out his big gold watch and considered. "Noon. +That gives us a few hours to make a good start on our way before dark. +Could you make it by eleven?" + +Nan looked at Walker. "Eleven-thirty." She read his lips. + +"Eleven-thirty," she smiled up at her cousin. + +"You little beggar, you," he tweaked the pink ear that showed just +beneath her brown bobbed hair, "you'll be able to barter with those +Mexicans like a veteran. It's your Scotch blood." He looked proud of her +as he turned to the others, "Well, Nan here says 'eleven-thirty', so +eleven-thirty it is. Now get out, all of you, I've got some business to +attend to, and I don't want to see any more of any of you until it's +time to leave. No, not even you," he added as he looked at Alice. + +They all strolled out of the dining room together and Walker executed a +few fancy little steps for Nan's benefit, as, when they reached the +elevators, he and Alice went on past them to the doors and out. + +"Why, Nan Sherwood, it's a romance. Walker Jamieson is in love with +Alice MacKenzie. I'll bet you anything." Bess's face was all alight as +she closed the door of Nan's room. "It's just thrilling. Did you see the +way the two of them walked away together. Why, they were so glad you +said you couldn't be ready until eleven-thirty! I just know they were!" +Bess was fairly bubbling over with excitement. "Didn't you see it at +all?" + +"See what?" Nan pretended innocence. + +"Why, how glad they were, of course," Bess seemed impatient with Nan's +inability to see a romance when it was right under her nose. + +"Oh, Bess, you imagine things," Nan answered. She didn't want Bess to be +aware at all that she had tried to help Alice and Walker out. + +"Imagine things! You're just blind, that's all," Bess was very proud of +her discovery. "They are in love with one another and they'll get +married in Mexico. You'll be the maid of honor and we'll be the +bridesmaids and everything will be just grand, won't it?" + +"Bess, Bess," Nan laughed, "how you do jump to conclusions! Have you +ever considered that the bride has to have someone to give her away and +have you tried to imagine cousin Adair giving Alice away?" + +Bess was all soberness immediately. "No, I didn't think of that," she +admitted. "Oh, what can we do about him?" she puckered her brows as if +Adair was an immediate and very difficult problem. "If we could get him +right after he has had a good breakfast," she laughed, "maybe he would +be as nice as he was this morning and then I'm sure everything would be +all right." + +"Or," she continued, as a new and better idea came to her, "they could +elope. Wouldn't that be exciting, Nan? And just think how mad your +cousin would be. No, that's not so good either. Mr. MacKenzie would +probably disown Alice and then they wouldn't have all his money." + +"Bess!" Nan exclaimed, "how you do run on." + +"Yes, I know," Bess agreed, "but it's such a perfectly entrancing +subject. She's a darling and so is he. Why, he's almost as nice as +Walter Mason," she added slyly. + +Nan ignored this last. "Walker is nice, isn't he?" she said. "And he and +Alice do look dear together." + +"He's swell," Bess said slangily. "He's tall and handsome and full of +fun. Do you know, I think sometimes that Mr. MacKenzie does like him, +for all the way he calls him 'lazy' and a 'no-good reporter.'" + +"Of course he does," Nan agreed, "and Walker likes him too. I just know +it." + +Bess looked at Nan questioningly at this latter bit of information. Did +Nan know something she didn't know? + +"Anyway, we'll just have to wait and see what happens," Nan tried to +dismiss the subject. + +"I suppose so," Bess sighed, "but it would be such fun to be an +attendant at a wedding." + +"Oh, Bessie," Nan ruffled her friend's hair, "you're such a romantic +soul. I'll bet that you think that if worse came to worse and cousin +Adair insisted that Alice marry someone else, Walker would ride up on a +charger and carry Alice off the way young Lochinvar did in that poem we +learned back in the fifth grade. Remember?" + +"You mean the one about Lochinvar coming up out of the West, 'through +all the wide world his steed was the best,'" Bess laughed. + +"Yes, that's the one," Nan assented. "Remember how we loved that thing +and how we used to say over and over again the stanza that followed the +one where he asked the bride to dance with him + + 'One touch to her hand, and one word in her ear + When they reach'd the hall door, and the charger stood near; + So light to the croupe the fair lady he swung, + So light to the saddle before her he sprung! + She is won! we are gone, over bank, bush, and scaur; + They'll have fleet steeds that follow, quoth young Lochinvar.'" + +"And then at the end," Bess went on, "there was this, + + 'There was racing and chasing, on Cannobie lea, + But the lost bride of Netherby ne'er did they see. + So daring in love, and so dauntless in war, + Have ye e'er heard of gallant like young Lochinvar?'" + +"Oh, Nan," Bess laughed when she had finished, "when I was a kid I +thought there couldn't possibly be anything more romantic than that." + +"Nor I neither," Nan admitted, "And I thought of it often when we were +in Scotland last summer. But do you know, Bess," she giggled, "that +Young Lochinvar of today would have to dash up in a car--" + +"Yes, or in Mexico it might be a burro," Bess laughed heartily at the +thought. + +"Say, what are you two making such a rumpus about," Laura stuck her head +in through the door. "First thing you know, they'll be locking you up as +a couple of laughing hyenas, because you are making such a racket." + +"Come on in, Laura," Nan invited, "We've just got a silly streak, that's +all. Bess, here, had a couple of crazy ideas that she aired. She's all +right now. You can come in," she finished reassuringly. "What's up?" + +"Oh, nothing," Laura answered in such an unusual tone that Nan knew +immediately something was wrong. + +"Come, what is it?" she asked again, going over to Laura and closing +the door behind her. + + + + +CHAPTER VIII + +TROUBLE FOR RHODA + + +"Oh, it's Rhoda," Laura admitted when the door was closed. "Nan, +something terrible's happened and Rhoda is in her room crying her eyes +out. Won't you come and see if you can't do something for her." + +"Of course," Nan started for the door at once. "But what's happened?" +She and Bess asked this last together. + +"Rhoda just received a telegram from her father asking her to come home +at once." + +"Why?" + +"Oh, girls," Laura herself was almost in tears, "Rhoda's mother is +seriously ill and they don't know whether or not she will live until +Rhoda gets there." + +"Go downstairs," Nan took command of the situation at once, "and find +cousin Adair. Tell him what's happened and ask him what to do. I'll go +to Rhoda. Bess, you had better come too," she continued. "Somebody will +have to fix her bags so that she can leave at once. Now, don't any of +you cry in front of Rhoda, we've got to help her to be as brave as +possible. Maybe it isn't as bad as it seems." With this Nan and Bess and +Laura set about to help their friend and, for the time, all thoughts of +their Mexican journey were forgotten. + +Mrs. Hammond, Rhoda's mother, had entertained the girls a couple of +years previous to the present story, on the Hammond ranch in the West. +They all remembered her as a beautifully graceful, sweet woman. Blind +for many years, she had not let her affliction crush her spirit and was, +perhaps, one of the happiest, nicest people they had ever known. + +Those who have read "Nan Sherwood at Rose Ranch or The Old Mexican's +Treasure" will remember Mrs. Hammond too and remember well her first +meeting with the girls. + +"I'll never forget it," Nan had told her own mother again and again. "As +we rode up to the veranda of the low-roofed ranch house Mr. and Mrs. +Hammond stood there on the porch waiting for us. She was a tall lovely +person. I liked her the moment I saw her. As I came up the steps behind +her friend, Mrs. Janeway, she took hold of me and asked 'Who is this?' + +"Before I had a chance to answer she ran her fingers lightly over my +face, even feeling my ears and the way my hair fluffed over my forehead +and the way my eyebrows were. Then, without any hesitation and before I +had said anything at all, she said, 'Why, this is Nan Sherwood that I +have heard so much about.' + +"When I asked her how she knew, she laughed the prettiest laugh I've +ever heard, outside of yours, and said that she knew because Rhoda had +written home about me and because she was a witch. She knew the others +by touch too. Oh, she was such a nice person and so good to us all the +while we were there! + +"She never once said a thing about her blindness. She seemed to take it +for granted and never excused herself on account of it. + +"I only hope that, if ever anything terrible happens to me, I will +remember her and be as sweet and uncomplaining about it as she is." + +The other girls had felt the same as Nan. All had left Rose Ranch with a +very warm feeling for Mrs. Hammond and they were all better girls for +having met her. + +In the days that followed their return to school that year they sent her +a gift along with their bread-and-butter notes. Ever after that, boxes +Rhoda received from her Western home always contained some sort of +goodies specially marked for Rhoda's Lakeview Hall friends. So Mrs. +Hammond had become a well-beloved friend to them all. + +Now, when the telegram came telling of her serious illness, they all +felt personally concerned. + +"Oh, Nan," Laura came into the room where Nan was helping Rhoda dress +and comforting her as much as possible, "I can't find your cousin +anyplace. He seems to have gone out on business and he didn't leave word +with anyone as to where he was going." + +"Well, we've got to find him, that's all." Nan was not one to give up +easily in any circumstances. "Have you tried to locate Walker Jamieson?" + +"Yes, and I can't find him or Alice either. You don't know where they +were going, do you?" + +"No." Already Nan was regretting that she had helped Alice and Walker +out. She felt that she needed them now, very much. "I tell you what you +do, you call up the railway station and find out what are the best +possible train connections that Rhoda can make. Then reserve her a +compartment. After that call those offices where we were yesterday and +ask whether cousin Adair is there or is expected. + +"By the time you finish, Rhoda will be ready and we'll be downstairs at +the telegraph desk. We are going to wire her father so that he can have +someone at the station to meet her." + +At these instructions, Laura flew across the hall to her own room to +make the calls, for she wished to keep things as quiet as possible +around Rhoda. In the meantime, both Amelia and Grace had heard what had +happened and came to help. + +The girls were all sticking together in trouble even as they always did +in pleasure, and it was a great comfort to completely bewildered Rhoda. + +Now, as Nan completed the job of helping Rhoda dress and Bess finished +packing her bags, there was a gentle knock on the door and a gentle +voice inquired, "May I come in?" It was Alice. + +"Walker's gone for father," she said, "And Laura's asked me to tell you +that there's a train out in a half hour. Is everything ready?" + +Rhoda nodded her head, but said nothing. She was trying hard now not to +cry. + +"So you know where cousin Adair is?" Nan looked across the room at +Alice. + +"No, but Walker will find him and have him here in no time at all," +Alice replied quietly and confidently. + +She had hardly finished the sentence, when those in the room heard the +firm tread of Adair MacKenzie in the hall and heard his voice boom out, +"Porter, porter, come here, and take these bags." + +It was good to hear him, good to hear his decisiveness. Everyone in the +room felt better as soon as he opened the door. + +"Here, here, what's all this?" He looked at Rhoda's red eyes. "Come, +girl, buck up," he patted her roughly on the shoulder. "Ready, are you?" + +"You're going by plane. It leaves in fifteen minutes and there's a taxi +waiting downstairs. That red-headed girl, what's her name, got you a +compartment in a train, but we've cancelled that. + +"Now, that good-for-nothing newspaper friend of my daughter's is +downstairs putting through a long distance call so that you can talk to +your father before you leave here. + +"You can tell him that this is a private plane and that it will +practically drop you in your own back yard. Do they have back yards +where you come from?" + +Rhoda nodded. How good everyone was being to her. + +"Now, now, don't thank me," Adair MacKenzie forestalled her thanks. +"Help a nice girl like you out any time I can. Ready? You better go +downstairs. You've just got time to talk to your father before you make +the plane. You'll find everything comfortable there. + +"Come, you, Nan," he motioned to his cousin, "You're the only one that +can come along with us. Don't want a lot of fuss. See the rest of you +later." With this, he hurried Nan and Rhoda out of the room and down the +elevator so quickly that Rhoda, in doing things, got control of herself, +just as Adair MacKenzie had known she would. + +The talk with her father was comforting, but not encouraging, and it was +with a heavy, heavy heart that Rhoda Hammond waved good-by to her +friends at the airport a few minutes later. + +Nan stifled a sob as the plane taxied across the field and rose into the +air. Adair MacKenzie looked down on her. "There, there, child," he said +gently, "Things will turn out all right and we'll make this up to the +girl sometime later." + +Nan caught her upper lip between her teeth and tried to smile up at +him. "Please, please, make everything right." It was a prayer that she +breathed. + + + + +CHAPTER IX + +RESOLUTIONS + + +It was a sad little party that drew out of Laredo that afternoon. The +thoughts of Nan and her friends were all with Rhoda. At every turn they +wondered where she was and what she was doing. + +Only Adair MacKenzie's insistence had made them depart from the city on +the border at all. + +"Got to be on our way now," he had said brusquely when he and Nan had +driven up to the hotel after seeing Rhoda off. "Now, get busy, you," he +ordered the girls after they had heard the details of Rhoda's departure +from Nan. "Can't stay around here any longer. Sick and tired of this +place. Nothing but a hole in the wall. Don't like it. Don't like the +people. We're leaving. Get busy, I say." He tapped his cane impatiently +on the floor of the hotel veranda. "I mean you and you and you." He +pointed with it to each separate member of the party. + +The girls jumped. Alice jumped. And Walker Jamieson jumped. Everyone got +busy and in an hour's time they were all sitting on the veranda, dressed +for traveling, waiting for the car to come. + +"What are you doing here?" Adair MacKenzie appeared in the doorway. +Short and somewhat stocky with a face that was perpetually tanned and +dressed as he was in a white suit and large white panama hat, he looked +like a permanent part of the scene about him. Nan, as she looked at him +felt proud. Despite all his blustering, his ordering of people around, +and his abrupt manner, he was kind and gentle at heart. This, she knew, +was the reason for his success. This was why everyone who had ever known +him liked him and loved him. + +Now, characteristically, he followed his abrupt question with a piece of +information that laid bare his softness and unfailing thoughtfulness. + +"Get inside, all of you," he ordered, "there are long distance calls +coming through for each of you from your parents. Can't have you mooning +around," he muttered, "waiting for mail in order to find out whether or +not your mothers and fathers are well. You, Nancy, your call is waiting +now. Just talked to Jessie myself in Memphis. She's fine, just fine. +Never felt better in her life she says. Might have known it in the first +place. The Blakes are strong people." + +With this, he walked away. "No nonsense, now," he grumbled as he +disappeared and each of the girls went in to talk from a telephone booth +on the southern border of the United States to her parents in the north. + +How exciting it was to talk over that great distance! How good it seemed +to the girls to hear their mother's voices! Nan talked to both her +father and mother in Tennessee, and as she did, she imagined just how +they looked, the expressions on their faces when they said certain dear, +familiar things and the look in their eyes when they laughed. It was +almost like having them in the same room with her. + +As she hung up, a wistful expression crossed her face, one that Adair +MacKenzie, standing off to one side of the room noted. "What's the +matter, Nancy?" he asked in a softer tone than Nan had ever heard him +use. + +"Lonesome?" Adair questioned further. + +"Oh, a little bit," Nan smiled. "Sometimes, I miss Momsey a great, great +deal." As she spoke her thoughts slipped back to those first days at +Pine Camp recounted in the first volume of the Nan Sherwood series when +it was so hard to fight off the wave of homesickness that came over her. + +"Not going to back down on me and go home, are you?" Adair MacKenzie +asked the question half in fun and half in seriousness. + +"Oh, no," Nan laughed. "I couldn't do that." + +"That's the spirit!" Nan's cousin applauded. "Never back down on +anything you set out to do. When you start a thing, finish it. That's +the way people get places. Made me what I am. Never started a thing yet +I didn't finish." + +Nan looking at him, believed it. He had the air about him of one that +accomplishes things. You could see it in the way he walked, the way he +talked. "Doesn't make any difference," he continued, "what it is, a +school lesson, a vacation, a housekeeping task for your mother. If you +begin it, finish it." He said this last so emphatically that Nan looked +about her half expecting to find something that she should finish right +away. + +"Doesn't make any difference," he went on, "how hard the thing is or how +much you want to do something else. Do the thing you first started and +do it as well as you possibly can. Understand what I mean?" Nan's cousin +looked at her very intently for a moment and then he ruffled her pretty +brown hair with his rough hand. "Of course you do, child," he smiled at +her. "You're as bright as they make them." + +"Dad, oh, dad!" Alice MacKenzie joined the two. "You're wanted. The +car's ready and the driver wants to know when we're going to start." + +"Start!" Adair MacKenzie, the soft mood having slipped away from him +now, roared. "Haven't I been waiting around here for an hour now for +that old sluggard. And then he has the effrontery to send word to me +that he's waiting! The dolt! I'll fix him. I'll fix him, if it's the +last thing in the world I do! Thinks I'm a softy, does he? I'll show +him!" With this, Adair MacKenzie went fuming from the room. + +Fifteen minutes later Nan Sherwood and her friends, Walker Jamieson, and +Alice and her father were riding along the road toward Mexico City. + +"Got this telegram just before we left," Adair MacKenzie felt in his +pockets for the yellow paper, "It's from that Hammond girl." He turned +it over to Nan who read aloud to the others. + +"Arrived safely at San Antonio. Plane there ready to take me on. Called +home again. Mother holding her own. Love. Rhoda." + +Nan's voice was husky as she finished. She folded the telegram slowly +and thoughtfully, thinking of the struggle that was going on at Rose +Ranch and remembering her own concern years back over her own mother's +health. + +"There, Nan," Bess laid a gentle hand on her friend's. "Don't look so +worried. I'm sure things will turn out for the best." + +"Oh, Bess, if they don't," Nan half whispered in return, "It will leave +Rhoda and her father all alone. It will make things so hard, for +everyone just worships Mrs. Hammond." + +"I know," Bess's voice was heavy too, "but don't think of those things." +The role of consoler was new to Bess, but instinctively she was saying +just the right thing. "Mrs. Hammond just has to get well, and so she +will. I feel sure that what I'm saying is true. Oh, Nan, don't cry," +Bess's own voice was full of tears. + +"Here, here, what's happening back there?" Adair MacKenzie turned from +his place next to the driver and frowned at the girls. "Can't have this. +No blubbering on this trip." + +Nan smiled a wan smile at the word. + +"Thought you were a brave girl," Adair went on. "Now, dry away those +tears," he ended, and turning, resumed his work of instructing the +driver as to how to drive. + +It was Laura who unthinkingly started them all off again. + +"Makes you think, doesn't it," she remarked, "of the number of things +you overlook doing for your mother when you're around her? Will I ever +be good," she continued, "when I get home. I'll wash the dishes, set the +table, run to the store, do anything and everything without question." + +Laura sounded so serious and so unlike herself in her seriousness that +even Nan had to smile, as she agreed. "That's just the way it makes me +feel," she said. + +"Oh, Nan," Bess protested, "and you're always so good to your mother. +I'm the one that's mean. Why, I never do a thing around the house if I +can help it." And Bess spoke the truth. The daughter of a family that +had plenty of money, Bess was a pampered child. As a general rule, she +had little regard for either of her parents. Whatever she wanted, she +asked for without regard for cost. What she couldn't get from her +mother, she frequently managed to get from her father, and the two were +well on the way toward spoiling her utterly when she went off to +Lakeview with Nan. + +There, away from home among strangers in a place where she had to live +up to certain well-defined rules, Bess had improved considerably. Those +that have watched her since her first appearance in "Nan Sherwood at +Pine Camp" have seen a change come over her gradually. She is a little +more thoughtful, a little more considerate of other people, but she +still has a selfish streak which at times like the present confronts her +so that her conscience pricks her sharply. + +"When I get home," Bess spoke more quietly than was her wont, "I'm +going to do a little reforming myself. I'm going to pay more attention +to what mother has to say. I'm going to be a better daughter." + +"And I am too," Laura agreed. + +"And I," Grace and Amelia said this together. + +So even while Rhoda Hammond in a plane that was winging its way toward +her western home, was remembering little, dear things about the mother +she was so fond of, her friends were thinking of her and making +resolution after resolution about their own conduct toward their +parents. + + + + +CHAPTER X + +FIRST MEXICAN EXPERIENCE + + +The days that followed were punctuated by telegrams received from Rhoda. + +"Arrived safely." That was the first one. It told nothing at all of her +mother's condition. + +"Mother's condition very serious. Not much hope." That was the second +and the girls scarcely had the heart to go on with Adair MacKenzie's +party. Privately, they gave up hope entirely, but Adair tried to keep +their spirits up. "Never can tell about these things," he said after +reading the message. + +"Some improvement. Pray. Love. Rhoda." The third one read, and everyone +felt better. + +Then for two days, there was no word, and everyone's hope just dwindled +away to nothing. During these days, it was Walker Jamieson with his +knowledge of Mexico and its ways that put what life there was into the +party. + +The eight hundred miles over the new Pan-American highway from Laredo +to Mexico City was through gorgeous tropical and mountain scenery, and +all the way Walker regaled the girls with stories and legends about +Mexico and its history. + +He told bloody stories of bandits coming down out of the hills, +attacking travelers, kidnaping them and then robbing them, or holding +them for huge ransom. He told of warfare between the Mexicans and the +Indians back in the hills. He told of lost tribes who still worshipped +the Sun God, talked their native tongue, still lived in the way those +who had built the pyramids had lived. + +Alice listened breathlessly to all he had to say. Nan and her friends +hung on his every word. Adair MacKenzie listened and grunted +noncommittally. + +From Laredo to Monterey, he told these stories and from Monterey to +Villa Juarez until everyone, whether he would admit it or not, felt +deeply the spell of Mexico. + +Then from Villa Juarez to Tamazunchale, across rivers that were bordered +by heavy tropical foliage, everyone except Adair MacKenzie was more or +less silent absorbing quietly the beauty about. + +"Listen!" Nan had the temerity to interrupt one of Adair's outbursts +against their chauffeur. Surprised by the command, Adair chuckled and +kept quiet. Nan had heard the song of a tropical bird. Its call was +picked up by another on the other side of the road. The chauffeur slowed +down and then, at Adair's command, stopped. + +For a few moments everyone listened, and then Nan pushed open the door +of the car and got out. The others followed. To the right and to the +left of them the luxuriant growth made the place like nothing else they +had ever seen before. The birds that flew out of the thicket were +gorgeous things in brilliant colors. The butterflies that drifted from +flower to flower were lovely too. But the biggest surprise of all was +the orchids. + +"Why, they grow wild!" Bess was amazed. The only ones she had ever seen +before had been in the window of a florist's shop on Madison Avenue in +Chicago and in a shoulder corsage worn by Linda Riggs at a school ball. +This last had made Bess exceedingly envious, despite the fact that Linda +had been reprimanded afterwards, by Dr. Prescott, for wearing it. And +now, here they were growing all about her, wild! Bess could scarcely +believe her eyes. + +Walker Jamieson laughed at her. "You like them?" he asked. "Didn't know, +did you, that they grew any place outside of a hothouse?" + +Bess shook her head. It was the first time in her life that she had +ever really been moved by nature in any form. The others felt the same. +The air seemed quiet and heavy and yet full of all sorts of strange +noises too. Grace was timid in the face of all the strangeness and held +on to Nan's hand. + +Nan's eyes were big and wondrous. It was like tropical jungles that she +had read about. It was like something she had never even dared hope to +see. She was quiet. Silently Adair MacKenzie watched her, and felt +pleased with himself that he had shown it to her. In regarding her, he +felt almost as though he himself had created it for her special benefit. + +She caught his glance, looked up at him and grinned. "Wish I could take +a piece of it home with me," she said. + +"You can." Walker Jamieson sounded as though that would be the simplest +thing in the world. + +"How?" Nan asked in the tone of one who didn't believe a word of what +she heard. + +"Easy." Jamieson's eyes twinkled, for he knew that she thought that this +was only another bit of his foolishness. "All you've got to do is get a +camera and take a picture. Then you'll have it for life." + +"But I can't," Nan was serious too now. + +"Why?" + +"First, I've no camera and secondly, I don't know how to take pictures." + +"Oh, we'll take care of that," Walker Jamieson waved these difficulties +aside as though they didn't amount to anything. "I've got a camera in +the car, and, if you want, I'll show you how to get the best results. +I'm in your debt anyway," he whispered. + +"Do you mean that about the camera and everything?" Nan was incredulous. + +"Mean it? It's a promise, isn't it?" Walker drew Alice into the +conversation. + +She nodded her head happily. She knew, if Nan didn't, that Walker had +made a hobby of photography and just the year before, had won a prize in +a national show. + +"We'll begin, just as soon as we get back in that car," Jamieson +promised further. "When we get to Mexico City, we'll buy some more films +and the camera is yours to do with as you will until we return to the +States." + +So, because of an impulsive wish and an impulsive promise, Nan began +almost immediately to develop a hobby that, even before her Mexican +adventure was over, was going to have amazing consequences. + +From Tamazunchale to Mexico City, the drive was quite another +experience. The road now was hewn out of sheer mountain rock. The car +climbed and climbed, until the girls' ears felt strange and Bess +declared that she could hardly breathe. She forgot this, however, when +they, upon Alice's insistence, this time, got out again. All around +them, huge mountain peaks rose to great heights making them all, except, +perhaps, Adair MacKenzie, feel small and insignificant. + +Straight down below them they saw rivers and waterfalls that looked +small and white and unimportant, like a thread that some mighty hand had +dropped carelessly in the greenness. Then they got in the car, went down +the mountainside again, and they came to a lovely white village in a +fertile green valley. + +Here they stopped and ate. + +"Can't understand this jargon," Adair MacKenzie laid the menu that had +been given him down and looked utterly disgusted. + +"No sense in their making it like this," he continued as though it was a +personal insult that anyone should presume to speak or write any other +language than English. "Can't see how they can understand it +themselves." + +In the end, it was Walker Jamieson who did the ordering. "How about +some nice mode de guajolote?" he grinned at Nan and her friends as he +put the question. "It's turkey to you," he explained when they laughed, +"stuffed turkey to be exact and a choice bit here. With it, we'll have +tortillas, the Mexican substitute for bread, and frijoles, the favorite +Mexican bean. Sound all right?" + +The girls nodded as they tried to find the items on their own menus. And +Adair MacKenzie grunted that he would take the same. + +The meal wasn't entirely a success. Nan and her friends enjoyed it, but +Adair MacKenzie grumbled throughout despite all that Alice could do to +mollify him. + +"Never mind, daddy," she said at last, "in a couple of more days we'll +be at the hacienda--" + +"Yes, and that housekeeper of ours better be there, or I'll fire her." +Adair was off again. + +Alice restrained a smile. For twenty years now, Adair had been firing +the housekeeper and for twenty years she had been running him and his +house just as she pleased. It was a joke that the motherly old lady and +Alice shared. + +"She'll be there," Alice tried to reassure him, "and so will that +Chinese cook that we have heard so much about." + +Nan and the rest looked up from their turkey, half expecting a story, +but Alice said nothing further. They finished the meal in silence and +followed Adair to the car. + +Then, by way of Zimapan, an attractive hillside village, remembered +ever afterwards by the girls for its huge cacti, some more than +thirty-five feet high, they continued on toward Mexico City. They passed +through Tasquillo, and then over a sandy road between other tall cacti +to Ixmiquilpan, a picturesque town where native Indians were tending +sheep and spinning along the streets. + +Here Nan took a picture, the first of many she was to take, of the girls +as they stood in a market where they had just bought some gayly woven +baskets. The sight of the Indians brought more stories to Walker's mind +and so, in the few miles that lay between them and their stopping place +for the night, he told more tales. + +He told stories of buried treasure left by the Aztecs in deep +underground chambers, of turquoise and jade that was more lovely than +any the modern world has discovered. He told of gold so plentiful that +it had no value, of great temples that American Museums were spending +hundreds of thousands of dollars to rebuild. + +He knew all the stories, because, since his early childhood, spent in +California where Mexican labor was plentiful because it was cheap, he +had been interested in the country. + +When, on the third day of their journey, they approached Mexico City, +Walker Jamieson was in a particularly expansive mood, one designed to +keep their minds off the question of what word they would find from +Rhoda in the capital. + +"Below you, ladies and gentlemen," he said with a great sweep of his +arm, "you see Mexico City, the capital of this surprising republic of +Mexico. There you will find romance, adventure, everything." + + + + +CHAPTER XI + +A LEGEND + + +"Mexico City," he went on, as though he were a guide introducing a party +of tourists to its first sight of a city, "lies, as you can see from +here, in a mountain valley on the Great Central Plateau. Constructed on +a former lake by those Aztecs who once made of this whole region a grand +and glorious place, it was called by them 'Tenochtitlan', an Aztec word +meaning 'Belonging to the property of the Temple.' + +"When the Spaniards conquered Tenochtitlan, they found grand palaces +and elegant homes under the shadow of the mountains that lie all about. +They found gardens more beautiful and more highly cultivated than any +they had ever known. They found wealth and splendour such as not even +their vivid imaginations had ever constructed. They found everything," +he finished dramatically, "and they drove the people who had conceived +it out, and they took it unto themselves, and it went to ruin. You see +now, the modern city, and as you go through its streets, you will find +everywhere evidences of all these changes living side by side with the +new that the present generation is in the process of building up." + +Walker Jamieson had started his little harangue half in fun, but as +always when he talked about the old city, he grew serious as he went on. +Now, as he noted the half scowl on Adair MacKenzie's face, the look of +interest on Alice's, and the attention of Nan Sherwood and her friends, +he paused. + +"How am I doing?" he directed the question to the group in general. + +Adair MacKenzie grunted. + +Alice beamed, her eyes full of pride in him. + +And Nan and her crowd nodded their heads for him to go on. + +"So, my public adores me," he said in a mocking self-satisfied tone that +caused Alice and Nan to laugh aloud. + +With this he wrapped his guide's cloak about him again and went on. + +"As you go about," he said, "and look up from day to day at the +mountains that surround you, you will soon be able to name them all from +Chiquihuite, 'the basket', to El Cerro Gordo, 'the fat hill', but there +is none that has a more fascinating story than La Sierra Madre over +there to the west." He pointed as he spoke. "That's the famous one with +the two volcanoes, Ixtaccihuatl, 'the white woman', and Popocatepetl, +'the mountain that smokes'. + +"At one time, before the great Cortez conquered the country, these +volcanoes were worshipped as deities. There were days set aside for +their veneration, feasts in their honor, and elaborate ceremonies." + +"Just imagine," Laura interrupted, "having a feast in honor of a +mountain." + +"Strange, isn't it?" Walker Jamieson agreed. "But wait, I have even +stranger things to tell you." + +"I have no doubt." The remark was Adair MacKenzie's who, whether he +would admit it or not, was really enjoying himself thoroughly. + +"Ixtaccihuatl had a wooden idol representing her in the Great Temple and +Popocatepetl a representation of dough of amarand and maize seeds. These +idols you will see in the great museums of the city. The legend that +surrounds them, if you will bear with me, goes something like this. + +"Ixtaccihuatl was the beautiful daughter of a proud and powerful Aztec +Emperor and his only child. As such, she was heir to his throne and +watched and guarded throughout her youth. Her father adored her, but as +he grew old and weak and his enemies began to wage war against him, he +realized more and more how difficult it would be for a woman to hold +together his vast and wealthy empire. So he set out to find a husband +worthy of his daughter, worthy of the splendour that would be hers after +his death. + +"He called to his aid all the proud young warriors of his tribe and +offered his daughter in marriage and his throne to the one among them +who would conquer his enemies. + +"This Popocatepetl that you see yonder went into the fight. He had long +been in love with the beautiful princess. + +"The war was long. It was cruel. It was bloody. But Popocatepetl endured +to the end. Ah, but he was proud and triumphant when he saw that it +would surely be he who would return to claim the princess whom he loved. + +"But alas, his triumph was short-lived. His enemies, having failed in +battle, stooped to the lowest form of deceit. They sent back to the +Princess the false news that her beloved had been killed. She languished +and became ill of a strange malady that not even the smartest witch +doctors in the realm could cure her of. She died. + +"Popocatepetl's grief was more than he could bear. He wished to die too, +so he caused to be constructed a great pyramid upon which he himself +laid the beautiful Ixtaccihuatl. Next to it, he built another. There, he +stands, holding a funeral torch. + +"The snow has enfolded her body and covered that of the man that would +have married her, but it has never covered the torch which burns on, a +symbol of the love of Popocatepetl for Ixtaccihuatl." + +"And the smoke," Nan said quietly when she saw that he had finished, "of +the volcano is the smoke of the torch's flame." + +"Smart girl," Walker Jamieson slipped into a lighter mood now. + +"And they believed that story?" Bess sounded incredulous. + +"Yes, O doubtful one," Laura answered the question, "and they had feasts +for the couple. Didn't you listen to the beginning?" + +"Hm-m, they probably weren't edible," Adair MacKenzie suddenly +remembered the meal he had found so distasteful a short time before. + +Walker winked at Alice who patted her father on the arm, "Never mind, +dad," she said, "there'll be food that you like later on." + +"Too late then." Adair MacKenzie was not to be mollified now. "Be all +burned up before then by these confounded Mexican chiles. Must have a +million varieties. Find them in everything. Afraid even to order +ice-cream. Probably comes with a special chile sauce on it. Somebody +ought to teach these Mexicans how to eat. Do it myself if I had time. +Always think that when I come here. Teach them that and how to build +roads," he added as the car bumped over the highway. + +"Anyway, we're coming into some sort of civilized city, now." He looked +about himself with some degree of satisfaction, for as Walker had +proceeded with his account of the legend of the two famous volcanoes, +the car had been progressing toward the city. Now it was on the +outskirts and Nan and Bess, Grace and Amelia and Laura were craning +their necks so as not to miss one single sight. + +"How nice it would be," Amelia remarked to the group after she had +missed something that Walker had pointed out on the side of the road +opposite to the one she had been watching, "to have a face on all sides +of your head so that you could see all ways at once." + +"Well, all I can say is," Laura returned dryly, "that you are doing +pretty well with the one that you have. You might have missed the old +flower woman back there, but you are certainly making up for it now." +With this she laughed and pushed Amelia's head, that was now blocking +her own line of vision, out of the way. + +"Such pretty young girls," Nan remarked as the car stopped at a +crossroad to let a half dozen Mexicans cross the street. + +"Aren't they though?" Bess agreed. "One of them looked just like +Juanita. Remember?" + +Of course Nan remembered the girl that had been involved in the hidden +treasure plot that was recounted in the story "Nan Sherwood at Rose +Ranch." The thought of her now brought Rhoda back to mind and her +mother, and with it a return of the anxiety they had felt at not having +heard recently from their friend. + + + + +CHAPTER XII + +LINDA RIGGS TURNS UP + + +Adair MacKenzie was quick to note the change in their mood. "Wells Fargo +and Co., Madero 14." He gave instructions to the chauffeur, and then +turned to Nan. "It's the American Express of this country," he explained +in a tone that indicated that they had no right to call it other than +the "American Express". "We'll pick up mail there. You see." + +"What have you done to the old man?" Walker Jamieson questioned as he +helped Nan out of the car a few minutes later. "Why, Alice," he +continued, assisting her too, "he's practically putty in her hands." + +"I know," Alice smiled as she took Nan's arm and walked along beside +her. "It is amazing and I'm almost jealous. I thought that I was the +only one in the world that could manage him." She looked fondly in the +direction of Adair MacKenzie who had already passed through the door and +was at the counter inside demanding his mail. + +"See, what did I tell you?" He asked triumphantly when they all entered +together. "There's a whole bunch of mail here. See." He held up a truly +large package of letters, letters from home for each of the girls. As +they all crowded around him, he teased them by delaying the process of +handing them out. + +"Let's see, this one looks interesting, mighty interesting." He lingered +over the address. "But the writing isn't very clear." + +Alice reached for it as though to help him out. He raised his arm high. +"No, it's not for you," he shook his head at her. "This mailman always +delivers his mail to the proper person. Now, stand back all of you, +while I look again." + +"This is as bad or worse than it is at school when they distribute mail, +isn't it?" Laura nudged Nan. "But look, isn't the old duck getting a +kick out of it all?" + +Nan nodded. There was only one thing that she was really impatient +about. She wanted to know now, right away, whether there was any word +from Rhoda. She felt as though she couldn't stand it a moment longer not +to know. + +"Please, Cousin Adair," she begged, "is there anything there at all from +Rhoda?" + +"Yes, father, tell us quickly," Alice chimed in. + +"Oh, I'm sorry," Adair MacKenzie was immediately all contrition. "H-m-m, +wait." He leafed quickly through the pack. + +"Yes, there is something," he admitted at last. "It's addressed to +Nan." With this he handed a yellow telegram over to her. "Take it +easily," he advised, while they all waited anxiously for Nan to open +it. She tore the seal, pulled the message out, dropped it in her +nervousness, and then when it was restored to her hands, read it slowly +to herself. + +At long last she looked up. "It's--" she caught her breath before she +could continue--"all right. Rhoda's mother is going to get well." Saying +this, she passed the telegram over to Bess and Laura, and then, before +she realized at all what was happening, her eyes welled up with tears. + +"Why, Nan, darling!" Alice exclaimed, "don't cry. Everything's all right +now. Come," she drew from her own purse a pretty white handkerchief and +wiped Nan's tears away, "you'll have us all in tears." + +Nan took the handkerchief away from her and wiped her own eyes, hard. +Then she smiled. "Don't mind me," she laughed. "I'm just an old silly. +Please, cousin Adair, what's in the rest of that package." + +"Yes, what's in it?" Even Adair MacKenzie sounded as though he had lost +possession of himself for a moment. Now, he collected himself again and +took the party in his hands, as he had had it before. "Too much stalling +around here," he grumbled to no one in particular, and then went on with +the distribution of the mail. + +The letters from home were fun to get, fun to read, and fun to share. +Each one was read and re-read a dozen times by the girl that received +it, and then it was passed around and enjoyed by all the others. There +were letters from their mothers and fathers and letters from their +friends. There was a round robin from their pals at school. + +Though all of them had news, this last had the choicest bits. + +"Do you know that," it began, "Professor Krenner and Dr. Beulah Prescott +are going to be married before the summer is over?" + +"Nan," Bess stopped Nan who was reading the bit aloud to the others, "is +it true? Did I hear you right?" + +"I guess you did," Nan's eyes looked merry now. She of all the girls had +been the only one who knew that this announcement was coming. Beloved by +Dr. Beulah and the best student and most wide-awake person that had ever +come to Dr. Krenner's attention, she had been in their confidence before +school had closed. + +The romance between the Principal of Lakeview and one of its most +scholarly instructors had blossomed the summer the two had escorted the +present group of girls on their European trip. Professor Krenner joined +the party in London, just before the coronation. There he and Dr. +Prescott learned of the million and one things they had in common. Nan +knew of this, knew too that the wedding was to take place in the chapel +at Lakeview just before school opened. Already, she had planned to +attend. + +Now, she went on with the reading of the round robin. "Do you know," she +continued, "that the old boathouse where we had that grand party on +Bess's twenty-five dollars, is going to be pulled down and a big new one +built? + +"That the dormitories are being redecorated and that corridor four where +we have rooms is going to have all the walls done over and that serapes +will look especially nice hanging on them? + +"And that, and this is the biggest piece of news of all, Linda Riggs is +someplace in Mexico?" + +"No!" the exclamation was Bess's. If it was possible to say that one +girl in the room disliked the proud Linda more than the rest, Bess was +that girl. + +"I hate her. I just hate her." Bess had said vehemently many times. And +well she might, for often in the days that followed the registration of +Bess and Nan at Lakeview, Linda had purposely embarrassed and humiliated +them. At first, Bess, because she naturally coveted wealth, and Linda +was a very wealthy girl, had tried to make friends with "Her Highness" +as Laura dubbed Linda. But her efforts always ended disastrously. + +Nan, as all those who have followed the fortunes of the young girl know, +time and again tried to help Linda. Once or twice she was instrumental +in saving her life. But despite this, whenever Linda was in a position +to do so, she managed to belittle Nan, to snub her rudely, to make her +just as uncomfortable as she possibly could. + +So Nan and Bess had particular reasons for disliking the girl who had +even been expelled from school for one bit of meanness that caused an +explosion which might easily have cost the lives of many of the Lakeview +Hall students. Linda, in other words, was cordially hated by most of the +students of the fashionable boarding school. + +Now, the news that she was in Mexico brought consternation to the group. + +"It's just as I've always said," Bess fumed. "It's impossible to go +anyplace without having her turn up." + +"Probably likes you and just won't admit it." Laura could well afford to +add fuel to the flame. Linda generally avoided her. + +"She doesn't like me and you know it, Laura Polk," Bess exclaimed. "Why +she had to come down here when there's all the rest of the world for her +to travel in, I don't know. But you can just be sure of this, no good +will come of it." + +"Sh! Bess," Nan warned as she looked over to one side where Adair +MacKenzie, Alice, and Walker Jamieson were deep in consultation. + +"I'm sorry, Nan," Bess lowered her voice, "but I just don't seem to be +able to control myself when that girl comes to mind. She's caused us so +much unhappiness that I can't stand her." + +"I know," Nan was genuinely sympathetic, "but don't you worry, we +probably won't see her at all. Mexico, after all, is a pretty big +place." + +"Yes, it has twenty-seven states, besides the Federal District and the +Territory of Lower California." Laura quoted the guidebook glibly. + +"Doesn't make any difference," Bess said firmly. "If she's anywhere in +the country, there's no escaping her. We'll meet her." She ended +positively. + +How truly Bess spoke, the crowd was soon to find out, but the +circumstances and the far-reaching results must be left to other +chapters. + + + + +CHAPTER XIII + +NAN TURNS PHOTOGRAPHER + + +"Well, what's on the program this morning?" Adair MacKenzie was in a +genial mood the day after the telegram had informed the girls that +Rhoda's mother was going to recover. + +He had had a good night's sleep and a generous well-cooked breakfast in +the fashionable hotel where he had chosen to take his brood. Though he +had complained about the coffee in no uncertain terms, as is the custom +of most Americans traveling in foreign countries, the rest of the food +had seemed good and now he acted as though he was entirely at the +disposal of his guests. + +"What do you say, Jamieson?" He turned to the young newspaper man. "Got +any ideas?" + +"Only those that we talked over at Wells Fargo's yesterday." Walker +Jamieson assumed a mysterious air. + +"Oh, that, that has to wait until the afternoon," Adair MacKenzie looked +mysterious too. + +"Then we might just explore the city, take the buses and street cars +and find out how the natives get around. We might let the girls get a +glimpse of The Cathedral, one of the most important in all of the +Americas. It was built over the old Aztec Templo Mayor and it took two +and a half centuries to build." + +"Two and a half centuries to build a church!" Laura exclaimed. + +"What can you expect?" Adair MacKenzie asked in a tone that indicated he +was not the least bit surprised, "of a nation that has 'maņana' for its +motto?" + +Walker Jamieson laughed heartily at this. "Well, maybe you are right," +he admitted, "but I don't think you'll find your interpretation in any +guidebook. They say merely that the Indians contributed a third of the +cost and all the work and that 'many died each day due to the long hours +of unaccustomed strenuous work.'" + +"That's right, they'll never admit they are wrong," Adair shook his +head as though this fact grieved him deeply. "Never be afraid, you Nan," +he pointed his finger sternly at his young cousin, "to admit you are +wrong. Best medicine in the world. If you are wrong say so. It's good +for you." Adair MacKenzie had a habit of talking thus in circles, +agreeing with himself over some great truth. Now he nodded his head with +great satisfaction as though he himself made a practice of admitting his +mistakes. + +Walker looked at Alice. Alice looked at Walker. They both laughed. Both +knew that the old man had never in his life admitted that he had made a +mistake. Both at this moment thought him charming and lovable. + +"Well, shall we leave The Cathedral out then?" Walker Jamieson was +always willing to give in in little particulars. "There's plenty else to +see, palaces, parks, markets. Why, there's a whole new city to explore." + +"Won't leave anything out," Adair MacKenzie looked at his watch as he +spoke, "but we've got to do everything up in a hurry. Haven't got much +time to stay in this city. Got a telegram this morning from the +caretaker at the Hacienda. Expects us there within the next couple of +days." + +"Oh, daddy," Alice laughed. "That's the way you always are. Always +wanting to move on just as soon as we arrive at a place." + +"And you," he twitted, "maņana is always good enough for you. You're +just a lazy beggar. Now, what do you want to do today." + +"Oh, everything, just everything," Alice looked as though she would +like to do it all and do it now. She had that happy faculty that some +people have of always having a good time no matter what happens. + +Nan had it too. The word "bore" which slips so easily from the tongues +of many young people who really shouldn't know what boredom is, had +never crossed her lips. Life seemed too full of adventure, too full of a +number of things to do for her to even think of applying it to herself. +Linda Riggs might have used the word, but never Nan, and never Alice. + +"Well, there's your answer," Adair MacKenzie turned to Walker when Alice +answered that she wanted to do "just everything." "It's a typical +woman's answer. Now, do what you want to with it." + +"O-kay." Walker Jamieson assumed the responsibility willingly enough. +"Now, listen here," he turned to the girls and assumed a serious air and +a stern one that unfortunately didn't impress them at all, and said, +"we've got just about four hours in this day to do with as you want to +do." + +"Four hours!" Nan exclaimed, "why, how short the days are here! It's +only nine o'clock now, or is Amelia's watch slow?" She had been looking +at Amelia's wrist as she spoke. + +"I said four hours." Walker repeated, still sternly. + +"He said four hours." Adair MacKenzie was equally stern. + +"Then, why don't you get started," Alice teased. + +"Come on, here. We are." Walker pretended that he was angry and that +Alice's remark was just the last straw. He took her by the arm and with +the others following after, they all left the dining room, walked +through the lounge and then out into the morning sunshine. + +The four hours flew by. They shopped in the busy Mexican markets, +bartered with natives, dressed in brilliantly colored blankets and huge +sombreros, bought serapes, beautiful Indian pottery, some opals that +were sold by the dozen, handwoven baskets and a million and one little +things that Walker declared would fill a trunk. + +Nan took her camera along and snapped pictures of everyone, pretty +Mexican seņoritas selling flowers, little Mexican boys who were +boot-blacks, proud of the American slang they had learned in the movies, +and whole families complete with shawls, squatting over low fires making +tortillas for whomsoever would buy. + +She took pictures until in her enthusiasm she forgot herself entirely +and asked Adair MacKenzie if he would please hold a little Mexican baby +while she photographed it. + +As soon as the question was out of her mouth, she realized that she had +made a mistake. + +What a torrent it brought forth! Adair MacKenzie blustered as he had +never blustered before. He would see himself tied and hung before she +would ever find him even touching one of those kids. Why, the idea. Did +she think he was an embassador of good will, that he was down there to +kiss babies and wear serapes to show that he was just one of the people. +Did--d--did she think he was--why, what did she think he was? He +stuttered in his surprise. + +Finally, Nan and Walker and Alice and all the rest broke down in +laughter, for Adair MacKenzie was certainly outdoing himself. + +With this, he stopped in amazement. And they were laughing at him! "No +respect any more at all," he muttered and then he laughed too. + +"You, Walker, you," he took the remaining bit of his impatience out on +that able young man, "you've no sense at all in that head of yours. Let +the girls get out of hand all the time. Now, I'm going to take charge of +the party. Had enough of your nonsense. Come on, you," he turned to Nan +and the rest with this, "there'll be no more pictures today. We're going +back to the hotel now." + +"And then what?" Alice ventured to ask. + +"You'll see. Just wait. You'll see. This is my party now." So, he +right-about-faced and went striding from the market with the others +following him. + + + + +CHAPTER XIV + +SMUGGLERS + + +"A bullfight, Bess, we're going to a bullfight," Nan exclaimed as she +and Bess dressed for the afternoon excursion with Adair MacKenzie. + +"Why, Nancy Sherwood, I never in all the world thought you were the +bloodthirsty creature that you are," Bess laughed at her pal. + +"Oh, you are just the same, Elizabeth Harley," Nan returned. "When +Cousin Adair told us at the luncheon table what we were going to do this +afternoon, you were just as excited as the rest of us." + +"I know it," Bess confessed. "But I expect to hold my ears and close my +eyes through the worst parts. They do say they can be very gory +spectacles with blood streaming all over everything." + +"That's right," Nan admitted. "It scares me to think of that part, but I +want to see it anyway." As the girls talked, they dressed, combed their +hair, and then tidied up the room. + +"Ready?" Laura stuck her head through the door and asked. "Amelia and +Grace are already downstairs. We better get started, or Grace will be +backing down. Really, I think she's scared to death, but is afraid to +admit it. Me, I'm going to love this." + +"Me, too," Nan admitted. "I can hardly wait. I've read about them so +often. Remember the lecturer at Lakeview who had all those slides about +bullfights in Spain. I've wanted to see one ever since then." + +"Yes, Mrs. Cupp was so angry over that. She didn't think it was the +proper sort of thing for young ladies to see. She thought it would +coarsen them," Laura finished primly. "Wait until we get back to +Lakeview, will we ever have some tales to tell her that will make her +hair stand on end! She'll have to go to bed for a week to recover." + +"Oh, Laura," Nan laughed, "you sound as though you'd be brave enough to +tell her all about it yourself." + +"Well, if I'm not," Laura joined in the laughter, "because we aren't +exactly bosom pals, you know, she'll find out. Nothing escapes her." + +"Truer words were never spoken," Nan agreed as she adjusted her hat in +front of the mirror. "Come on, now, I'm ready. Are you, Bess?" + +"Just a second." Bess was rummaging through her purse. "There's +everything here except the thing I want." + +"Looks almost like an over-night bag," Laura commented as Bess poured +the contents out on the dresser. + +"What in the world are you looking for?" Nan asked somewhat impatiently. +Bess never could find things in her purse because she had a habit of +saving everything and never cleaning the pocket-book out. + +"Oh, my passport--I mean my visitors' pass." Bess really did look +worried. "I had it this morning. I know I did." + +"All I can say is," Laura commented dryly, "if you've lost that, you +might just as well go out and drown yourself, because if you don't, Mr. +MacKenzie will roar so loud when you tell him that the earth will just +open up and swallow us all." + +"I know it." Bess was almost in tears. She didn't like to be roared at. +She took scoldings harder than anyone else in the crowd, because at home +she had always been made to feel that what she did was right. + +"Bessie, you're such a silly," Nan laughed. "You've got the wrong +pocket-book. That isn't the one you had with you this morning. You had +the little black one and that's over there on your trunk. Remember, you +put it there when you came in so that you would be sure to know where it +was when you wanted it again." + +Bess laughed too now. "Isn't that just like me, always hunting for +something and always finding it just where it ought to be?" + +"I do that too," Laura sympathized as they three left the room. And so +does everyone, but Bess had a habit of getting confused and impatient as +soon as things went wrong and using all her energy in getting excited. +Nan generally remained calm and found things. Laura was calm too and +that because she never took anything very seriously. If she couldn't +find one thing, another would do, and so she always went happily on her +way. + +Bess was thinking of this, as Nan pushed the button for the automatic +elevator. "But you couldn't have substituted anything for the visitors' +pass." She directed her remark to Laura as though they had been talking +over the thing she was thinking about. + +"Whatever are you talking about?" Laura laughed. "Or, is it a secret? +You know what happens to people in this country who go around talking to +themselves? They throw them to the bulls. Now, come on, Bessie," she +finished. "You may be a harum-scarum child, but we love you. Cheer up." + +At this, the elevator jolted and settled to its place on the first +floor and the three girls stepped out to find Adair, Alice, Walker +Jamieson and the rest all waiting for them. + +"Thought you had cold feet, and were backing out." Walker Jamieson +greeted them with this sally as they all walked down the entrance stairs +and out to their waiting car. + +"Look!" Nan pointed at a street car they were passing. + +"At what?" Laura questioned. + +"Oh, you were too late," Nan answered while she adjusted her camera so +that it would be ready for her to take pictures when she wanted to. +"There was a sign on that car which said, 'Toreo.'" + +"What does that mean?" Grace questioned. + +"Bullfight, darling, that's where you are going now," Laura answered. +"See, there's the sign that Nan saw again. It's on the front of that bus +that's stopped across the street. This must be a holiday. Practically +everyone seems to have dusted off his best sombrero and come out on the +streets." + +"It's a holiday everyday here." Adair MacKenzie turned around to join in +the conversation. "Saw a calendar of festivals posted in the hotel +lobby. No end to it. No wonder the people never get anything done." + +"I saw that too," Walker Jamieson remarked. "Saw something else posted +on a bulletin board that was interesting. It was a warning to everyone +to take good care of his visitor's pass. Right beside it was the +announcement of a reward being offered to anyone who could give +information as to the whereabouts of one Antonio Mazaro, an American +citizen and former aviator, who is suspected of being an accomplice in +an international smuggling ring." + +"They must be the smugglers Mr. Nogales told us about at the border," +Nan remarked. + +Walker Jamieson said nothing further. The truth, was, however, that he +had just an hour before received an assignment from a big New York +newspaper to cover certain aspects of this smuggling ring story, and he +was already wondering whether or not it was going to be possible for him +to go on to the Hacienda as he had planned. + +"These Mexicans will never catch anyone, much less a band of American +crooks." Adair MacKenzie looked around again. "Need a couple of good +G-men down here, if they're going to find out anything at all." + +"Think so too," Walker agreed, "they are sending some down, I +understand." + +"You got your nose in the story?" Adair MacKenzie asked abruptly, and +everyone looked at Walker, waiting for his answer. + + + + +CHAPTER XV + +A BULLFIGHT + + +"Oh, always interested in whatever goes on," Walker answered +off-handedly. "You know how it is. See a story breaking, you want to be +in on the kill. Just can't help yourself. Gets in your blood, after +you've worked on any paper for a while. + +"Back four years ago, I went up into northern Canada for a vacation. +Chose that spot because I thought it would be far away from newspapers +and stories of all kinds. I guess I was feeling rather disgusted with +everything and wanted to get away, so when an old newspaper buddy who +had struck out a claim for himself asked me to go up and do a little +prospecting for gold with him, I jumped at the chance. + +"It looked like an ideal set-up. We were to go alone to his cabin which +was miles away from civilization and stay there for the summer. We +stocked up with plenty of food, some books I had been wanting to read +for a long time, and took a radio along. + +"I had a book I wanted to write, something I had started and never +found time to finish. Oh, it was nothing," he added as Nan and the rest +looked impressed. "All newspaper people think that some day they'll +write a book that will take the world by storm. + +"Well, I thought I would finish that, do some prospecting and just have +a nice quiet time for myself. The chap I was going up with was a nice +sort of fellow, quiet like myself. + +"We went by train as far as we could go, and then got an old Indian to +paddle us the rest of the way in a canoe. It was nice going. We took it +leisurely, stopped and fished along the banks of the river, and camped +for three days in a gorgeous spot that seemed as remote from +civilization as any place could possibly be. + +"Things went along quite perfectly until one night--this was after we +had been in the camp for a couple of weeks--there was a radio call +'Plane carrying doctor and infantile paralysis serum to Canadian outpost +in Northwest down. Position approximately'--Oh, I've forgotten what it +was now, but it was not far from our camp. + +"The next morning we were up at daybreak and by the next afternoon we +had located the plane. The pilot was dead, but the doctor, though +suffering from a broken leg and shock, was still living. After we had +fixed him up, we spent the night trying to get the plane's radio to the +point where it would function, so that we could get the news back to +civilization. + +"But things were so radically wrong with it, that my pal finally decided +that he would set out for the nearest outpost, traveling as we had when +we came, walking and by canoe. In the meantime, the doctor was fretting +and stewing because he couldn't get to the station that was in such +urgent need of medical aid, so partly on this insistence, partly because +I'm a stubborn fool when I start out to do anything, I kept tinkering +around with the radio. + +"Finally, the thing came to life, and we were able to get in touch with +the outside world. You know as well as I what happens in such cases. It +wasn't long before I was up to my neck, sending exclusive stories back +to my old sheet and then, when another plane came to take the doctor and +brought with it a whole flock of reporters, I was swamped with work. + +"I grumbled, but I loved it, and when the story died down and I was +called back to work on an assignment that I was more than proud to +accept I was like a kid with a new toy. Never so glad to get back into +harness in my life. + +"I feel now, a little the way I did then. Mexico and the land of maņana +spelled romance and rest to me in the city room where I do my daily +stint. But now I want neither of them. I smell a story." + +With this, he sniffed the air as though he was actually trying to get +the direction of the scent. Alice laughed and held her hand on the +handle of the door. "Maybe you do," she said, "but you're not leaving us +today, at least not this minute. Walker Jamieson, we're headed for a +bullfight and you're going along with us whether you want to or not." + +There was no protest, and Walker was glad afterwards when he pieced the +little sections of the plot together that he hadn't struck out on the +trail of the story before that memorable bull-fight. + +"And what's the man with the wheelbarrow doing in the parade?" Nan asked +the question of Walker Jamieson. + +They were all sitting now in the huge arena, "Plaza de Toros," the most +important bull-fighting ring in all Mexico. The place was packed and Nan +thought as she looked out over the people that she had never in her life +seen such a gay colorful crowd, nor one in such an excited mood. + +They were sitting on the shady side of the ring, "Sombra" it was called, +the seats of which cost twice the price of those on the sunny side, or +"Sol." + +It was four o'clock exactly and the cuadrilla or parade that precedes +every bull-fight had just entered the arena. Everyone was standing up +shouting, waving his sombrero, and cheering for his favorite. + +"That's a secret, not to be divulged until later," Walker answered Nan's +question. + +"I didn't know it would be like this," Grace, generally so quiet and +shy, said. Her face was all alight and she was waving the pillow that +had been bought for her to sit on, as were all the rest of the girls and +women in the place. Laura was waving hers too, and so were Bess and Nan +and Amelia. + +Down in the ring below them the parade was marching around. First came a +man on a spirited horse that pranced and danced and bowed its head to +the ground again and again as the rider circled the ring. Then followed +the matadores or bullfighters themselves in brilliant costumes that +proclaimed to everyone that they were the heroes of the hour. It was for +them that pillows were waved and cheers echoed back and forth across the +ring. + +"Oh, they're gorgeous, simply gorgeous," Nan was carried away with the +excitement. "What are they called?" she pointed her finger to a number +of men now riding on horseback and directed her question to Walker. + +"And look, what are they?" Laura turned to him at the same time. She was +pointing to men in white suits, red sashes, and caps who came in on +mules. + +"One at a time, please," Walker laughed at their excitement. "Nan's +first. Those men on horseback are the picadores. Watch them later. And +you, Seņorita," he turned to Laura, "you asked about the wise monkeys, +'monosabios' we Mexicans call them. When the fight's over they'll drag +out the dead bull." + +"Oh!" The exclamation was Grace's. She had forgotten that a bullfight +meant that there would be blood and killing. + +Walker looked at her questioningly and then at Alice. "Here was a girl," +the glances they exchanged said, "that would have to be watched at the +killing." + +Now, below them, the horseman leading the procession bowed before the +judge of the bullfight, the formation disbanded, and the ring cleared +for the entrance of the first bull. + +It came in, charging from a door that was opened below the ring, went +bellowing madly across the arena, and charged straight into a target +that maddened it further. + +Now the prettiest, most graceful part of the whole spectacle began. + +Two helpers carrying lovely bright capes stepped from the side into the +arena. One of them waved his cape, attracting the attention of the bull +which came rushing toward the bright moving object. The helper danced +gracefully aside. The bull turned and rushed at him again, putting his +head down and going for him with his horns. But the man was graceful and +daring and teasing and avoided him. + +Now the other helper waved his cape and was equally provocative and the +bull went for him with the same lack of success. + +So they played back and forth, tantalizing the bull, attracting it with +one cape and distracting it with another until it was thoroughly +maddened. + +Then the rider came in on his horse and the rider and the horse teased +the bull further. So it went until the climax when the third and most +important part of the fight began--the actual killing of the bull. + + + + +CHAPTER XVI + +END OF THE FIGHT + + +The ring was in a furor when Bess clutched Nan's arm. "Look, Nan, look," +she said. "It's she. It's Linda. Look, Nan." + +Nan's eyes were riveted on the ring, where the bullfighter with his +spear was waiting for a propitious moment to plunge it into the mad +bleeding animal that was lunging at him. + +"Just a minute, Bess," Nan hadn't heard what her friend had said. The +horror and cruelty and yet the excitement of the scene before her was +holding all her attention. + +Down there before her the bullfighter was fighting a championship fight. +He was playing with the bull, teasing him toward him and then skillfully +dancing away. The end was imminent. The fighter was waiting only for an +opportunity to make the clean, quick plunge that would finish the fight +with one stroke. + +Now, the moment seemed near and everyone, Nan and her friends, and the +more than twenty thousand other people in the great ring stood up, +cheering for the finish. + +The fighter closed in and then drew back to make the lunge, but there +was blood on the ground beneath his feet and he slipped. The bull gave a +mighty roar and went toward him, his horns lowered. The fight had +turned. There could be only one possible end now. Death for the fighter. + +But wait. That fighter is clever. He gracefully pulls aside so the +menacing horns glance across his arm. He jumps up from the ground, pulls +his arm back, and before the bull has had a chance to recover from his +surprise, that fighter is, with one mighty thrust, plunging the spear +straight through the bull's heart. + +There, it's over now. The fighter has fought the fight that will surely +bring him the trophy, a pair of little gold ears. The throng, wild with +excitement, throws hats, scarfs, pillows, everything loose that it can +lay its hands on into the ring as the hero of the hour slowly walks +around and bows with arms thrown out wide as though to embrace the whole +cheering multitude. + +Everything is gay and happy now. Even the man that follows after the +hero and picks up the hats, scarfs, and pillows that litter the ground +and tosses them lightly back to the owners above is laughing. Yes, even +the man that pushed the wheelbarrow in the grand opening procession is +happy, basking in reflected glory, as he trundles his burden around the +ring, sprinkling sawdust over the blood spots. + +It was not until the monosabios, "wise monkeys", came to drag out the +bull, destined now for food for a nearby hospital, that Bess again tried +to attract Nan's attention. + +"Nan, I tell you that that's Linda Riggs down there below us," she said +insistently this time. "Look at the way she's tossing her head and +talking to that man that's next to her. You would think that he was a +prince, a handsome prince, the way she is acting." + +"Why, Bess, you're right. That is Linda." Nan at last drew her eyes away +from the ring and looked at the girl Bess was pointing to. + +"Yes, and I'm sure she saw us a while ago," Laura contributed. She too +had been watching the girl that the Lakeview crowd had grown to dislike +so cordially. "You know the way she always looks around her to see +whether there is anyone she really ought to be decent to, anyone that +might be able to do something for her. Well, she did that when she first +came in. I saw her, but I wasn't going to say anything because I didn't +want to spoil the fun we were having." + +"I'll bet she sneered when she saw us," Bess said. "She's always hated +us and especially since we had the laugh on her on the boat last +summer." + +"Oh, Bess, that wasn't exactly a laugh," Nan protested. "The girl almost +drowned." + +"Yes, and you went and saved her. And what thanks did you get?" Bess +could always be indignant when she thought of Linda Riggs. "You should +have let her alone. I would have. I would have enjoyed seeing the waves +wash her over-board. I would have looked over the rail and laughed when +I saw her screaming and waving her arms and trying to keep herself from +going under." + +"You little fiend!" Nan exclaimed. "How can you say such things?" + +"Because they are true," Bess retorted. "People like her shouldn't be +allowed to clutter up things. She makes everybody that knows her +unhappy, so what good is she anyway? Her father is always trying to get +her out of trouble. Look at her down there now. You can see by the way +she's holding her head that she's mean and proud and deceitful." + +"Bess, be quiet!" Nan warned. "You'll have everyone looking at you. +Linda is a little prig and she does make trouble and I don't like her +any more than you do, but there's no use making things unpleasant +because she's happened to turn up here where we are. Forget her." + +"Forget her!" Bess exclaimed. "You can't forget a thorn that's forever +sticking in your flesh. Trying to forget her doesn't do any good. She +always makes trouble. It's best to watch her so that you will be +prepared for what happens." + +Perhaps Bess was right. Certainly, if at other times Nan and Bess had +been more watchful they might have been able to avoid trouble. But Nan +always believed that there was some good in everyone and she was always +trustful. She felt often that Linda, because of her wealth and the fact +that her mother was dead and her father tried to give her everything she +wanted, was not entirely to blame for her actions. And Bess, well, +Bess's attitude toward Linda had changed considerably since their first +meeting. + +Then Bess had thought that the daughter of the railroad magnate would +be a nice person to have for a friend, for Bess was decidedly impressed +by her wealth, by the way she ordered people around, and the way she +dressed. Bess had even written home in the first days at school and told +her mother that she didn't have at all the proper kind of clothes to +wear, if she was going to chum around with people that amounted to +something. She had Linda in mind when she wrote it, Linda's clothes and +Linda's social position. But Linda had soon shown Bess that there was no +room for her in her world. + +Girls that Linda called friend, if there was any such word in her +vocabulary, had to bow to all her wishes. She liked them only if they +thought everything she did and said was right. No girl could be her +friend and have a will of her own. No girl could be her friend and have +other friends too. Linda wanted to be the very center of everyone's +attention. As a consequence she had no real friends at all. + +Bess never analyzed this to herself, but after one or two attempts to go +around with Linda, she gave up entirely and grew to dislike her very +much, as all the readers of the Nan Sherwood series know. She disliked +her particularly because of the mean things she had done to Nan, for if +Bess had no other outstanding characteristic, she did have a sense of +justice that was almost as strong as Nan's. + +This she had although her sympathies were not as deep nor as +understanding as Nan's. Bess was apt to accept or reject things and +people on account of appearances. Nan never did this. She liked everyone +and had always had some sort of sixth sense that made her look beneath +surfaces and find the true person. Thus she made friends with all sorts +of people. + +This was the reason that Nan led such an adventurous life. This was the +reason everyone liked her. Everyone called Linda snobbish. A few people +called Bess the same. But no one ever thought of applying the word to +Nan. + +And Nan seldom talked about people. So now, as the girls sat in the +arena in Mexico City waiting for the next bullfighter to come into the +ring, Nan was doing her best to quiet her friend. + +"There's no reason whatsoever to get so excited," she said in an +undertone to Bess. "She's sitting way down below us so we won't have to +even talk to her when we go out. We'll be up the stairs and out the exit +before she does. We'll probably never even see her again while we're +here." + +"That's right," Laura agreed, talking in a whisper too. "And though you +might think that you could prepare yourself for what might happen if you +did encounter Linda, you never could. No one ever knows what that girl +might do. And, Elizabeth Harley, you're not smart enough to guess." +Laura being Laura with her red hair and her love for battle couldn't +resist adding this thrust. + +"Well, I could try anyway," Bess retorted. + +"Say, what are you people all talking about so quietly?" Amelia leaned +over and asked now. "Why, you didn't even pay any attention when Mr. +Jamieson took Grace out." + +"Took Grace out!" Nan exclaimed, noticing now for the first time that +two in the party were missing. "Why?" + +"She almost fainted when she saw all the blood streaming from the bull, +so just before he was killed, Walker Jamieson took her by the arm and +said they were going for a walk and would be back soon." + +"I don't blame her," Bess said emphatically. "I would have fainted +myself--" + +"--if you had been watching the bullfight instead of Linda Riggs," Nan +supplied the end of the sentence. + +"I guess you are right," Bess laughed. "That girl certainly does have a +habit of getting in my hair. I'm always on pins and needles whenever she +is around." + +"There, Bessie," Nan tried to smooth her friend's ruffled feelings. +"Just you sit quietly and watch the next fight and you'll feel better. +We'll see that Linda doesn't cross your path." + +"She hadn't better," Bess replied and then did try to devote herself to +watching the next fight on the program. + + + + +CHAPTER XVII + +A HASTY DEPARTURE + + +"Sit quietly and watch a bullfight!" Adair MacKenzie had heard Nan's +counsel to Bess. "Never heard of such a thing. Never saw such a thing +happen. Couldn't possibly sit quietly and watch a bullfight. Too +exciting. Too much blood and gore. No place to bring a woman." + +Adair had been upset by Grace's fainting spell and now he was sorry he +had ever brought the girls here. Already he was casting about in his +mind for something else to do that would wipe the memory of the +unpleasantness of the spectacle out of their minds. He was oblivious of +the fact that none of them outside of perhaps Nan and Amelia had +witnessed the fight with their whole attention. He didn't yet know the +story of Linda. The fact that her presence distracted them consequently +had gone unobserved. + +"Got your things? Come on. We're going now." Abruptly he made up his +mind and plunged into action without further ado. + +"But father," Alice demurred. + +"Don't 'but' me," Adair answered. "We're going to get out of this +outlandish place right away. Can't have you all fainting on my hands. +Ready?" He was already halfway out the row and effectively blocking the +view of the ring of all the people who had seats behind his party. But +it didn't matter to him. In fact, he was so concerned with his own +immediate problem that no one else in the world existed. Now he turned +around again to see if the girls were following him. + +"Fine spectacle for civilized people to put on," he muttered. "Hurry, +you people. Can't be all day getting out of here." + +"That's right." The voice that agreed with him was an American voice and +it startled him. Adair looked up. "What's that?" he asked the question +gruffly. + +"I said, 'that's right,'" the stranger answered. He was sitting about +three rows behind where Adair was standing. + +"What do you mean?" Adair looked more belligerent than ever. + +"I mean you can't be all day getting out of here." The voice in back +answered positively. + +"W-w-why, you old--old--old," Adair spluttered. He could think of no +epithet appropriate and yet forceful enough to call his critic in the +presence of the girls. So his spluttering died away as he brandished his +cane and just stood and looked. + +"Daddy, daddy," Alice put a soft hand on his arm. "Do come. We are +blocking the view." + +"Nothing to see down there anyway," Adair returned. "These Americans," +he went on talking loudly and looking back at the man above him, "come +down here and think they can run everything. Want to tell us to move on. +Who do they think they are anyway?" + +"Sh, daddy." Alice was worried for fear her father would start a fight, +even while she was secretly amused that he was accusing a fellow +countryman of doing the very thing that he was guilty of. "We must get +down and out so that we can find how Grace is," she added tactfully. + +"Well, I'm hurrying just as fast as these Mexicans will let me," Adair +answered. "I always said they were the slowest, most inconsiderate +people in the world." + +Adair was wrong in what he said, and he knew it. As he was now +sputtering about them being inconsiderate, so often he had sputtered +because of their patient consideration for other people. Then he had +said that they were too polite. + +However, Adair prided himself on his willingness to change his mind. +"Only dunces never contradict themselves," he often said. + +Now, Alice and the girls were themselves moving along as fast as they +could behind him, so, though he continued to mutter and even brandish +his cane at others whom he suspected of calling at him in Spanish, he +was soon safely out in the aisle and they all hurried up the stairs and +out. + +"O-o-ooh, but that was close," Laura's eyes were dancing at the +recollection of the scene in the stands as she and Nan stepped out into +the street. + +"Wasn't it though?" Nan was laughing too, now, though at the time, she, +like Alice, had been worried for fear Adair would come to blows with the +American. + +"Two Americans come to blows at a bullfight," Laura said, "and the +bullfight is forgotten." + +"That's just what I was afraid of," Nan whispered. "These people in this +country are so hot-headed that I was afraid there would be a general +riot, before we got out of there. They were all worked up so over the +first fight that they would have entered our private little fray without +any question." + +"That's what I thought too," Laura agreed. "And did you see the +expression on Bess's face?" + +"No," Nan returned, "but I can just imagine what it was like. She hates +scenes of any kind. I do too, but this one was almost funny. Cousin +Adair is so quick tempered that he glides in and out of trouble with the +greatest of ease." + +"Doesn't he though?" Amelia contributed. "It fascinates me when I see +one of his explosions coming. Every time he opens his mouth, he gets in +deeper." + +"That is funny when you see it happen to someone else," Laura agreed +somewhat ruefully. "But when it happens to you, if you have a sensitive +soul, like mine, it's pretty embarrassing." Laura was in earnest, for +her quick tongue often did its work before she had a chance to stop it. +"Oh Laura," her mother had more than once shaken her head over her +daughter's failing, "you need to count to a hundred at least when you +feel your cheeks flushing and your head getting hot with anger. And you +need to button your mouth up tight, or you'll always be terribly +unhappy." + +Laura thought of this now, and giggled. + +"Well, I don't know what's so funny," Bess remarked. She still felt +irritated at what had happened. "Maybe if you had seen Linda Riggs +looking around at us, you wouldn't be giggling the way you are. I wish I +could have just gone right through that floor." + +"But it was concrete and you couldn't." Laura pretended to be very +practical. + +"That is, not without hurting herself," Amelia appended. + +"Oh, it isn't funny." Bess was genuinely upset. She would have hated the +scene anyway, and when it occurred in Linda's presence, she hated it +doubly. "You should have seen the look of pity and disgust and triumph +on her face when she saw that it was our party that was making all the +fuss," Bess went on, growing more vehement the more she talked. "It was +positively humiliating." + +More than any of the others, Bess cared about what other people thought +of her. Always conscious of herself and eager to make a good impression, +she was always upset when things went wrong at all. When they did not +run just according to the way she thought they should, in public +especially, she felt like hiding her head and running. "It's the way I +am and I can't help it," she retorted once when Nan accused her of being +over-sensitive, and so she never made the proper effort to overcome her +failing. + +"Who cares what Linda thinks?" Laura said airily as Walker and Grace +joined the party, and the incident was forgotten, for the moment, while +everyone made a fuss over Grace. + +"You're just a sissy," Laura teased. "See a little bit of blood and you +go off in a faint. What will you do when we start dissecting things in +biology at school next fall?" + +"I don't know." Grace looked worried as though she was going to have to +do the dissecting right away. + +"Tut! Tut! We'll worry about that when the time comes," Adair MacKenzie +answered as though it was his problem to be handled in due course. "How +are you now?" He looked at Grace closely while he asked the question. +"Feeling all right again, are you?" He spoke gently, as he might have +spoken to Alice, his daughter, and a warm feeling of sympathy toward him +went through all those standing around. + +"Why," Nan said afterward, and Bess had to agree, "I believe he was +irritable up in the stands because he was worried about Grace." + +"I suppose so." Bess was much less tolerant of other people's failings +than her friend. "But that was no excuse for him to get all riled up. I +can't forget the way Linda looked." + +"Bessie, forget it." Nan spoke sharply. "It's not important at all. It +doesn't matter what Linda thinks of us. And it is important that we not +criticise Cousin Adair. After all, we are his guests." + +"You are right," Bess agreed. She could, on occasion, be generous in +yielding when she knew she was in the wrong. + +As they talked these things over, the whole party walked toward the +waiting car. Again, it was a voice from the United States that arrested +them, but one more softly spoken than that they had heard in the +grandstands. + +"I beg your pardon," it said. Nan and her Lakeview Hall companions +looked up startled. The speaker who had accosted them was accompanied by +none other than Linda Riggs! + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII + +LINDA PERFORMS AN INTRODUCTION + + +"I beg your pardon." Linda Riggs' companion spoke again, "but could you +direct us to Avenida Chapultepec?" + +Before anyone could answer Linda rushed over to Nan and took her by the +arm. "Why, Nancy Sherwood!" she exclaimed as though Nan was the best +friend she had in the world. "I'm so surprised to see you here. When did +you arrive? Isn't this city just perfectly gorgeous? More quaint, don't +you think, than anything we saw in Europe?" + +Nan was at a loss as to what to say. Deep within her she was entirely +out of patience with the situation. Linda was being disgustedly +affected. She was talking slowly, dragging her vowels and gesturing with +her hands, acting as a person twice her age might act and even then be +nauseous. But Linda disregarded Nan's coolness. + +"And you, Bess," Linda turned to Elizabeth Harley. "Imagine seeing you +here. Isn't it all too romantic for words, a whole crowd of Lakeview +Hall people meeting in this far-off corner of the globe. The most +astounding things do happen, don't they?" + +"Yes, they do," Laura remarked dryly, looking Linda up and down as she +did so. + +"And you, Laura Polk. Why, you are all together, I do believe." Linda +acted as though she had made a brilliant observation. She was having a +difficult time, even for her, in the situation, for her effusions were +being received rather coldly to say the least. + +"I'd like to have you meet my friend, Arthur Howard," she went on, +forcing Nan to introduce her and her companion to her cousin and Alice. + +"Hm! Glad to meet you." Adair MacKenzie said abruptly. "Got to be going +now. Sorry, don't know the way to Avenida whatever-it-was-you-said. +Can't keep any of these streets straight in my mind. They're all mixed +up." With this, he summarily herded his daughter, Nan, Laura, Bess, and +Amelia toward the car where Walker Jamieson and Grace who had gone on +alone together were waiting. Linda and her companion were thus left +behind. + +"Nan," Grace hardly waited until the girls were in the car beside her +before she asked the question, "was that Linda Riggs that you were +talking to out there?" + +"None other," Laura answered. "And why are you giggling so, Bess. A few +moments ago you were all hot and bothered about Linda and now you're +laughing. Will you please make up your mind about what you're thinking." + +"Oh, it's so funny." Bess was off again. "Did you see the way she looked +when Mr. MacKenzie walked away so suddenly. I do believe that she +thought we would fall all over her the way she was falling all over us. +Oh, dear, did that do my heart good!" Bess sounded positively gleeful. + +"Mine too." Laura was laughing with her. + +"And do you remember," Bess went on, "how, when Mr. MacKenzie analyzed +all of us when he first met us, we wished that some day he would have +the chance to do it to Linda. Well, that wish almost came true down +there. I do believe that if we had stayed a moment longer he would have +done it. I was hoping--" + +"Elizabeth Harley! I thought you didn't like Cousin Adair," Nan, too, +was tickled at the whole situation. + +"Oh, I do now," Bess capitulated. "I just love him. Do you know that's +the first time since we've known her, that we've seen her as embarrassed +as she makes us sometimes. How I wish we had stayed just a moment +longer." + +"What's this about your just loving someone?" Adair turned around to +join in the conversation. + +Bess blushed. + +"Well, all I can say is," he went on when she failed to answer. "I hope +it's not that girl back there that we just met that you're being so +enthusiastic about. Don't like her at all myself. No character. She's +snippy. She's deceitful. Can't even talk without putting on airs. Can't +stand her. Hope she's no friend of yours." He turned to Nan as he said +this last. + +Nan shook her head and said nothing further. She felt, and rightly so, +that it was unnecessary to discuss Linda among people who did not know +her. This was a consideration that Linda would never have shown Nan. In +fact, time and again, Linda had purposely attempted to blacken Nan's +character in front of strangers. This was one reason that Bess, loyal as +she was to Nan, disliked Linda so much. + +"Can't tolerate people who are affected," Adair MacKenzie went on +blustering as the car drove out into the street. "And didn't like that +man she was with either. He didn't have a very honest look about him." + +"But he was nice-looking." Bess let the words out before she realized +what she was doing, and the wrath of Adair MacKenzie descended upon her. + +"Nice-looking! That's all you think of. Nice-looking, bah! Can't judge +people by their looks. It's what's in their eyes and their hearts that +counts. Have to see that before you can accurately decide what they are. +Anybody can dress up and make a good appearance. You, Bessie," he +lowered his tone at a look from Alice, "you've got to learn something +about true values before you get much older. You're a nice sort of girl, +but you put too much emphasis on money and worldly goods. You'll have to +be taught sometime that they are not so important as you think. + +"That goes for all of you," he ended, sweeping them all with his glance. +"You've all had easy lives, so you don't know yet, really, what's worth +while and what isn't." + +"Now, that girl back there," he resumed his talk after a few moments of +silence, "she has no conception what-so-ever of worth. What's her name, +anyway?" he asked. + +"Linda Riggs," Nan answered. + +"Not the daughter of the railroad king?" + +"That's right." Nan nodded her head. + +"Knew him, when he was a young fellow," Adair paused, remembering his +own youth. "He was a nice chap then. Can't understand how he could have +reared such a poor excuse for a daughter. We belonged to the same +college fraternity. He was president of it at one time I think. Always +helping people out. Everybody liked him. That's how he happened to get +on in the world the way he did. Met up with someone who had lots of +dough and no son to carry on the family name. Riggs seemed to fill the +bill, so the wealthy old codger took him into his business and taught +him the ropes. + +"Riggs wore well, and when the old man died he inherited the fortune. +Sounds like a fairy story, but those things happen. Jamieson here must +know the tale." + +Walker nodded in agreement. "Do. Interviewed the old bird one time under +particularly difficult circumstances. There was a big railroad merger +story about to break, and nobody wanted to talk. I got wind of it +through a hot tip from a stooge in New York. Tried everything in order +to get the story, and finally in desperation went to Riggs himself. It +was rumored that he had the controlling interest in the stock. I had to +go through a dozen secretaries before I finally got to him. + +"Then he didn't want to talk either. However, some little thing I said +in passing, captured his fancy, and before I knew it, I was laying all +my cards on the table and he was putting them together so that they made +sense. When we were finished, I realized that I had one of the biggest +stories of the year and was about to grab my hat and run out to put it +on the wires, when he put out a restraining hand. 'Sorry,' he said, 'but +I must ask you to keep this quiet for twenty-four hours longer. If you +promise, I assure you that no one else will get the release until your +paper has the scoop all sewed up.' + +"In a way I was up a tree, because I knew that if the story had leaked +out to me, someone else was very likely to get wind of it too. I +hesitated. He stuck out his hand as though to shake mine and he did it +in such a frank friendly fashion, that I agreed to what he asked, even +though I knew it was a dumb thing to do under the circumstances. + +"But there was something about the man that inspired confidence and +regard." + +"Lived up to the agreement, didn't he?" Adair said positively. + +"Sure did," Walker assented, "and under difficulty too. Just as I +suspected, some other paper did get wind of the story and sent one of +their ace men out to get the details. Riggs let him in, quizzed him to +find out what he knew, excused himself, and then called me to tell me +that the time was up, that I'd better shoot the yarn right through if I +wanted to scoop the rest of the dailies. + +"Well, after he did that, he went back into his office and told the +other reporter the whole story he had told me. It took him three hours +to tell it, and when my competitor came out of the office our extras +were already on the street." + +"That was the Midwestern merger, wasn't it?" Adair questioned. + +"Right!" Jamieson agreed. "Remember it, don't you? But you chits," he +turned his attention to the girls who had been listening with their +customary attention to his tale, "you wouldn't remember. You were hardly +out of your cradles then. Nan here was probably still creeping around in +rompers. Bess, well, Bess probably didn't creep, that was too dirty for +her, but she was probably beginning to put her hands up to her father +and saying, 'gimme'." + +This brought a laugh from everyone, including Adair MacKenzie. + +"Can't understand," he returned to the question of Linda, "how a girl +with a father like Riggs could be such an obnoxious person." + +"Oh, there are lots of explanations," Walker answered. "I happen to know +that his wife died when the girl was just a baby. He was all broken up +and turned to the child for comfort. Guess he lavished all his attention +on her and spoiled her." + +"Sounds plausible," Adair agreed, and then looked at Alice. "See how I +ruined my daughter with kindness," he twitted. "Let her get out of hand +completely. Now I can't do anything with her." + +"Want to get rid of her?" Walker winked at Alice, as he asked the +question. + +"What's that?" Adair was startled. + +"Oh, nothing, dad," Alice frowned at Walker. "Where are we going now." + +"Don't know." Adair took out his watch as he shook his head. He +frowned. "Guess we can make it though," he continued, laughing with the +others at his own inconsistency. + + + + +CHAPTER XIX + +FLOATING GARDENS + + +"Xochimilco or place of flowers. How lovely," Nan spoke softly in the +presence of the beauty before her. + +Adair MacKenzie in his desire to introduce the girls to something that +would make them forget the bullfight had brought them to one of the +prettiest places in all Mexico. Now, he was looking exceedingly pleased +with himself. + +"Oh, daddy," Alice too was thrilled at the spectacle before them. "Many, +many times I've heard of the floating gardens of Mexico and I've always +wanted to see them." + +"Well, there they are," Adair said as off-handedly as possible under the +circumstances. "Now you see them." + +They laughed at his matter-of-factness. + +"If you will allow me," Walker Jamieson who had deserted the party +immediately after the car had been parked, now brought a canoe he had +rented and paddled up one of the many canals before them to a stop at +their feet. He stood up and held out his arm to Alice. + +"Fair lady, you come first." He said as he helped her in and assisted +her to a seat opposite him. "And now, Nan." So one after the other he +helped the members of the party to places in the large canoe. + +"H-h-hm," Adair MacKenzie cleared his throat as he seated his bulk. +"Now, I'd say this is more in keeping with what young ladies should +like. How about it?" He addressed his question to Grace who was beaming +beside him. + +She nodded in agreement. + +Everyone was completely happy as Walker pushed the canoe off. So the +rest of the afternoon was whiled away in paddling lazily through the +flower-bordered canals. + +"Why are they called floating gardens?" Nan addressed her question to +Walker who seemed a fountainhead of information about all sorts of +things. + +"Simply because they float," Walker answered as he disentangled his +paddle from some lily stems along the side. + +"But you can't actually see them move," Nan said as she peered earnestly +at one of the many islands. + +"No, you can't, now," Walker agreed. "But there was a time, Miss +Curiosity, ages ago when these beautiful gardens actually did float from +place to place, a time when you didn't know from one day to the next +just where you'd wake up and find a certain particularly beautiful one." + +"Why?" The subject was an intriguing one and Nan wanted to know all +about it. + +"Oh, they say," Walker continued quietly, "that the earth of the gardens +lies on interlacing twigs. Naturally before the water filled in as it is +now, these twigs moved with the current and carried their burden of +earth and flowers along with them. + +"This was always a beautiful spot," he continued, "even back before the +Aztecs found the eagle on the cactus and conquered the region and +settled their capitol. When they did all this and found themselves with +leisure on their hands, the nobles made of this place a playground, and +the Aztec papa and mama came here with the Aztec child for Sunday +picnics. + +"Today, if I hadn't been as energetic as I am," he paused and grinned at +the snort that this brought forth from Alice's father, "a descendant of +these same Aztecs, who still, by the way, speaks the tongue of his +forefathers, would have been plying this gondola. The Aztecs still live +around here and still preserve many of the ancient customs of their +people." + +He rested the paddle on the side of the canoe as he finished and, as +water dripped from it making little rings in the canal, he sat idly +dreaming. The canoe drifted along and came to rest under an over-hanging +willow. No one spoke. It was a magic moment, for the sun was setting and +sending low rays over the water. Tropical birds were singing +full-throated songs and in the distance they could hear, faintly, the +sound of music. + +Finally, Alice spoke. "It can't be very different," she said, "than it +was centuries ago. For the same exotic flowers ran wild here then that +do now, and the same birds sang. How queer that makes me feel. Century +after century has unrolled and yet this is the same." + +"I know." Walker looked across at her. "Makes you feel, doesn't it, that +time isn't so important after all, that a philosophy in which 'maņana' +is the all-important word is perhaps not such a bad one after all." + +"Here, here," Adair MacKenzie broke the spell. "Don't go preaching that +maņana business to these girls. They are lazy enough as it is. Look at +them now, will you?" + +In truth, the girls did all look comfortable and lazy, entirely at peace +with themselves and the world and not at all like the busy energetic +beings that they were at school. + +"The world doesn't seem real, does it?" Nan looked at Bess as she made +this observation. + +"No," Bess answered. "Not real at all. This, I believe, is the most +romantic spot we have ever been in." + +"Yes," Nan agreed idly, and for some reason or other her thoughts +drifted back towards home and school and then to Walter, Grace's +brother. + +"I've been meaning to tell you," Grace broke in on her train of thought +as though she knew what had been going on in Nan's mind. "Mother said in +that letter I got at Wells Fargo's this morning that she had consented +to let Walter go on a motor trip through the West and Mexico with his +Spanish teacher." + +"Yes." Nan's voice betrayed her interest, and she was conscious as she +spoke that all the girls were suddenly more alert. The piece of news was +one they were interested in too. + +"It seems," Grace went on, pleased that she had the attention of +everyone, "that every year he takes a group down through this district +so that they can hear Spanish spoken by the people whose tongue it is. +Walter likes Spanish and so he's going along with them." + +"When will he be here," Bess asked the question which she knew Nan +wanted to ask but wouldn't in face of the interest that everyone was +showing in the matter. + +"Oh, mother wasn't sure," Grace answered. "It all depends on so many +things. They'll be gone the whole summer and will linger at the places +the boys seem to like the best. It seems that the teacher leaves the +itinerary almost entirely up to them." + +"Sounds like fun." Nan tried to be casual and general as she spoke, but +she didn't altogether succeed. + +"What's all this about?" Adair MacKenzie had caught the drift of the +conversation. "Who is this Walter anyway?" + +"He is Grace's brother," Nan answered. + +"Yes?" Adair was not to be put off so easily. + +"And he went with us to Rose Ranch a few summers ago and met us in +London with Grace's mother and dad last year." Nan thought it would be +better for her to answer the questions. + +"Hm-m-m. Think I understand." Adair appeared to be devoting much thought +to this "understanding" business for he said nothing further for a +while. Finally, as though he suddenly remembered what they had been +talking about, he returned to the subject. + +"Why can't the young hoodlums--I have no doubt but what they are young +hoodlums, all boys are--stop at the hacienda with us for a few days?" he +asked. + +Grace's face beamed at this. "Why, how nice!" she exclaimed, "but just +think, there will be five of them at least." + +"What of it?" Adair dismissed this as an objection. "Got lots of room. +We'll make a party of it when they come and serve them a real Mexican +meal." Adair seemed to have forgotten entirely that he personally +despised Mexican cooking. "Hot tamales, tortillas, everything." He waved +his hand grandly as though the whole world would be at the disposal of +the boys for the asking. + +"Like boys anyway," Adair went on. "Girls are a nuisance. Always +fainting. Oh, it doesn't matter," he glossed over this last part of +conversation as he saw the blood mounting to Grace's cheeks. "Just like +to have boys around." He ended rather weakly. "Now, let's see. It's +getting pretty dark, better move on." He motioned to Walker who +obediently took the paddle in hand and began the leisurely journey back. + + + + +CHAPTER XX + +GOOD-BY TO MEXICO CITY + + +"Oh, yesterday was a grand day!" Nan stretched her arms wide and high as +she sat up in her bed the next morning. + +"Yes, wasn't it?" Bess rolled over in her bed and looked at Nan. "It was +just full of surprises. I don't know what I liked the best." + +"I do," Nan said promptly. + +"What?" + +"Oh, Cousin Adair. I think he's a darling." + +"He'd probably roar a mighty roar if he heard you say that," Bess +laughed at the prospect, "but you know, I quite agree with you, even if +it isn't my friend that he has invited to stop at the hacienda." + +"But Walter's a friend to all of us," Nan protested. + +"Yes, yes, of course," Bess agreed. "He's a friend to all of us and a +particular friend to you." + +"Bessie, if this big pillow wasn't so soft," Nan looked at the pillow +she was holding in her hand speculatively, "I'd heave it over at you so +fast that you wouldn't know what had struck you." + +"That's all right, Nancy," Bess laughed. "I understand. You don't like +to be teased." + +"Wasn't it fun last night?" Nan changed the subject completely. + +"What was fun?" Bess could remember so many nice things that she really +didn't know which one Nan was talking about. + +"Dinner on the bank of the canal at Xochimilco," Nan answered promptly. +"I'll never forget it. The lights. The flowers. The music. Who would +ever think to look at him and hear him talk that Cousin Adair would be +romantic enough to think up anything like that?" + +"I know it." Bess idly watched an insect that was buzzing around the +room. "I was much surprised. Then I began to wonder if it wasn't Walker +Jamieson's idea after all. You know he has a clever way of suggesting +things to your cousin, so that when your cousin decides what to do it +appears as though he thought up the idea originally." + +"Why, Bess." Nan appeared to be horrified at the thought. + +"Oh, you know it's so." Bess looked over at Nan. "It's lots of fun to +watch him do it. Do you know, sometimes I think that he's almost clever +enough to make Mr. MacKenzie think that the idea of his marrying Alice +was his, Mr. MacKenzie's I mean, originally. Do you suppose?" + +"Bess, if you don't stop speculating about that, I don't know what I'm +going to do to you." Nan laughed. "You know you might spoil everything +by talking about it," she ended seriously. "For all you know the idea +has never once entered Walker Jamieson's head." + +Bess hooted at this. "Don't you ever think that," she said finally, +"because it isn't true and you know it isn't." + +"Say, what are you two people doing in bed at this hour?" Laura stuck +her head in the doorway and inquired. "Don't you know that it's long +past time to get up." + +"Oh, bed's so nice," Nan answered, "I just hate to get up." + +"Well, all I can say is," Laura finished before she closed the door, +"the temperature downstairs is slightly chilly, and if you know what's +good for you, you'll be out of there in a jiffy." + +"Right-o." Nan jumped up at this bit of information. "Hi! Laura," she +called after her friend, "come back here a minute. Was there any mail +this morning," she asked as Laura's red head reappeared. + +"Nothing for us," Laura answered, "but your cousin got something that +made him blow up. That's why I'm telling you to hurry. I gather from +certain orders I overheard him giving the chauffeur that he wants to +start immediately, if not sooner, for the hacienda." + +"Really?" Bess asked, as she too jumped out of bed. "You mean we are +going to leave Mexico City today." + +"That's the impression I'm trying hard to convey," Laura responded. "And +I think that if you two lugs want any breakfast at all, you better get a +hustle on." With this she closed the door definitely and disappeared. + +Needless to say, Nan and Bess hurried as they had not hurried for a long +time. "Getting ready for an early morning class in the winter has +nothing on this," Bess laughed as she tied a bright three-cornered scarf +around her neck and pulled it in place. + +"I'll say it hasn't," Nan agreed, quickly tying the laces in her white +oxfords. "A lick and a promise and we're ready to go." With this she +bounded across the room and opened the door wide for her friend. + +"Such energy!" Bess exclaimed as though horrified. She was never one to +be as exuberant as Nan. She was always more dignified and more correct. +Nan was more natural and more full of fun. She did what she liked to do, +for the most part, simply because it was fun. Bess was more apt to do +things because other people did them. Nan was a leader, and Bess, the +follower. That was, perhaps, the reason they had been friends for so +long. They were alike in some respects, but totally different in others. + +Now, as they came down the broad stairway of the big hotel lobby +together, this difference was most plain. Adair MacKenzie, pacing up and +down the lobby even as he did in his office when he was at work, stopped +to look at them. + +"She'll get by," he thought with satisfaction as he noted Nan's bright +face and free, graceful walk. "'bout time you two made your appearance," +he said aloud and assumed a grim appearance. "Finished a day's work +myself already. Guess it's another to get you people started." + +"Started?" Nan questioned. + +"Can't stay here all the time." Adair answered her question. "Anyway, I +just got word that the housekeeper is arriving tomorrow and I've got to +get down there and have things straightened around before she puts in an +appearance. These ornery housekeepers, you know, have to be babied. If +you don't, they leave every time you turn around. Someday, someone will +invent a robot that will do the work, and then--" + +"You won't have a housekeeper to scold anymore, daddy," Alice +interrupted and finished for him. + +"Serve her right," Adair answered as though the housekeeper would be the +loser. "Can't see that she's any good anyway." + +"So we're leaving." Walker Jamieson joined the rest in the lobby. He had +been out for an early morning walk and looked fresh and full of life as +he came in. "Got your camera, Nan?" he turned to her when he spoke. + +"Upstairs," Nan answered. + +"Let's take a few pictures," Walker suggested. In the face of Adair's +morning state, this seemed a daring thing to suggest, and Nan looked at +Adair to see his reaction. He seemed not to be listening. + +"Run along," Alice gave Nan a little shove. "Dad's going to be busy for +the next half hour or so, finishing up some business here, so if we +hurry, we can take all the pictures we want to." + +At this Nan did go upstairs for her camera. She was anxious enough to, +but she had hesitated because she never liked to be the one to arouse +her cousin. + +Now, she almost petted the camera as she returned with it. She loved it +and was already looking forward to the day when she could own one +herself, for she had made up her mind, since Walker had been giving her +instructions to learn all she possibly could about taking pictures. This +was the reason she took pictures of everyone and everything she saw +until Walker declared that the authorities would be questioning her on +suspicion that she was a spy of some sort. + +"Me, a spy?" Nan laughed at the thought. + +"Well, you do look harmless," Walker agreed, "but then strange things do +happen, especially to people who spend all their time taking pictures. +How many have you got now?" + +"Oh, I don't know," Nan laughed. + +"Come on, 'fess up'," Walker urged. + +"Let's see there must be a dozen rolls upstairs," Nan admitted. "It will +cost a fortune to develop them, won't it?" + +"What do you say to my buying some developer and pans and whatever else +is needed and taking them along to the hacienda with us?" Walker asked. +"We could develop all your films there then, for practically nothing." + +"I'd like that," Nan agreed enthusiastically, "but I thought you had +some big story you were going to work on down there." + +"Oh, that can wait." Walker Jamieson acted as though stories did wait +for people and laughed at himself while he did it. "Anyway it will +only take a jiffy to teach you all I know about the photography +business." + +"All right then," Nan agreed. + +So it came about that Nan and Walker went to the hacienda supplied with +everything to develop pictures. How fortunate this was! But then that +story belongs to later chapters. + +"Well, eagle eye, how's the camera working this morning?" Laura inquired +as Nan and Walker went out into the lovely patio of their hotel. "Want +to take some pictures of me draped around one of those tall white +pillars?" + +"Do one of you strung from that balcony, up there, kid," Walker offered +generously. + +"Thank you, kind sir," Laura replied graciously, "but since I'm going to +need my neck for a little while longer, I must refuse--with regret of +course." + +"On second thought, perhaps that is best," Walker agreed. "It would be a +shame to spoil this lovely scene this fine morning." + +"It is pretty, isn't it?" Nan looked about her with great satisfaction. +The patio or courtyard so familiar to Spain is a part of the Mexican +scene too, and this one where Nan was taking pictures was particularly +lovely with its gay flowers, deep green foliage, and pond all surrounded +by the pinkish colored walls of the hotel itself. + +"Oh, but I hate to leave all this," Nan remarked when the pictures were +taken and she and Laura and Walker were returning to the hotel lobby. + +"And so do we," the other girls chorused, as the party all came +together. + +"Ah, you go, but you return." Walker sounded quite poetic as he said +this. "And then, remember, you have no conception of the adventures the +hacienda holds in store for you." + +"Have you?" The girls looked suspiciously at Walker, when Nan asked this +question. + +His answer was a mysterious look. + + + + +CHAPTER XXI + +THE HACIENDA + + +"That must be it over there," Walker Jamieson pointed to a low rambling +building nestled among the hills, as the car swung around a curve in the +road. + +The party had, despite sundry irritating delays, left Mexico City in the +middle of the forenoon, and now, as evening approached they did sight +the hacienda, their destination and proposed home for the summer. + +"About time," Adair MacKenzie said curtly. "Hundred miles from Mexico +City. Humph! That's what they told me in Memphis. Hundred miles maybe, +as the crow flies, but on this treacherous piece of bandit-infested +highway it's at least two hundred." + +He looked about him, as he finished, as though he was daring someone to +gainsay him. No one accepted the dare. + +"What's the matter?" he surveyed the silent group. "All worn out?" +Again, there was no answer. + +"Say, you," he looked directly at Nan now, "are you backing down on +your old cousin? Don't know what's happened," he continued. "Can't even +get anyone to fight with me any more." He really sounded pathetic. + +At this, the whole group broke down in laughter. + +"What is this?" Adair laughed too now, but his face bore a puzzled +expression. + +"Nothing, dad." Alice wiped the tears from her eyes. + +"Don't say nothing to me, child." Adair brandished his cane as though he +was going to take Alice over his knee and spank her. "What were you +trying to do," he jumped to the correct conclusion immediately, "give me +the silent treatment?" + +Alice nodded her head half guiltily, half roguishly. The idea had been +hers. + +"Your mother tried that years ago," Adair reminisced. "It didn't work +then, and it's not working now. It's better to give me an opportunity to +explode," he advised. "Volcanoes have to erupt or something terrible +happens." + +"That's what I said, sir." Walker Jamieson agreed with the old man. + +"You mean to say, to sit right there and say," Adair exploded "that you +had the gall to liken me to a volcano?" + +Walker nodded his head in agreement. + +"You-you-you, why, I like you!" Adair thrust out his hand and shook that +of the young reporter. "You say what you think no matter how dire the +consequences. Maybe you're not such a bad reporter after all." He said +this as though he was making a great concession. + +"Yes, sir. No, sir." Walker hardly knew what to say in the face of all +this unexpectedness. + +"Now, come on here," Adair turned around and addressed this to the +driver. "Can't this old jallopie do more than 15 miles an hour even when +it sees its berth in the distance." He too, pointed to the white +buildings that stood out from the green foliage around them. + +"Not a bad looking place, from here." He went on contentedly. "Supposed +to be one of the finest in the district, but you never can tell about +such comparisons. Been fooled too many times to believe much of what I +hear now. Take everything with a grain of salt. + +"Hear that, girl?" He turned to Nan. "Best always not to believe what +you hear. Discount at least fifty percent and then draw your own +conclusions. That right, Jamieson?" + +Walker nodded his head in complete agreement. It was one of the first +lessons he had learned as a cub reporter. + +Now, as they talked, the car climbed a steep hill. At the top, they +turned to the right and came upon the hacienda. + +"How perfectly lovely!" Alice's face was all aglow as she caught her +first real glimpse of the place. The buildings were in Spanish style of +a stucco material of a color bordering on the pink. There were iron +balconies, large windows, and a courtyard or patio complete with palms, +a fountain, and seats. + +The girls had thought that there could be nothing in the world so pretty +as the patio in their hotel in Mexico City, but here already was one +that surpassed it. + +"Humph!" Adair MacKenzie was as pleased as the others at his first sight +of the place, but more cautious than they and more reluctant to let his +real feelings be known, he let his "Humph!" be his only comment as he +descended from the car and walked with the others through the archway +into the courtyard. + +There crowds of natives awaited the arrival of the new master, and the +overseer of the place hurried forth to greet him. + +"Eet ees a pleasure, seņor," he said as he took Adair's hand and bowed +deeply. The rest in the party smiled and hung back at this bit of +Mexican courtesy. Walker grinned broadly. + +"You, Seņorita, are next," he whispered in Alice's ear. "Are you +prepared to have your hand kissed by a servant who would consider it an +honor to die in your service?" + +"Be still," Alice murmured, and then smiled as the overseer did come +forward, take her hand and bow deeply. "Buenos días, seņorita," he +greeted her. "May your stay here be as pleasant to you as your honoring +us with your presence has been to us." + +"Come on, now," Adair was always impatient with the elaborate courtesies +of the south, impatient probably because he never felt at ease with +them. "I always suspect," Alice laughed once when she and Walker were +talking about Adair's abruptness, "that he's more than a little afraid +that some day some one of these strangers will break down and kiss him +on the cheek." + +"I wonder what he would do?" Walker paused in speculation. + +"You might try it yourself, sometime, and find out," Alice retorted. + +"Do you want to have me ousted bag and baggage from your presence, fair +lady?" Walker questioned, but Alice never had a chance to answer, for +just at that moment her father came upon the two and demanded all their +attention. + +Alice smiled over this in recollection now as they went through the +door of the main building and into a spacious entrance hall with its big +winding stairway, its high-beamed ceiling, and its pretty tiled floor. +Walker caught the smile and guessed at its origin, but he said nothing +as they were all escorted up the broad steps to their quarters. + +"Ours, all ours?" Bess questioned when the Lakeview Hall girls were +conducted to a suite of five rooms overlooking on one side the patio and +the other, a river, broad fields, and mountains in the distance. + +"Si, si, Seņoritas," the smiling Mexican maid, Soledad, who was to be +theirs during their stay, hadn't understood the question, but "Si, si," +seemed the proper answer. Now she bustled about trying to help them +until her curiosity as to what was going on downstairs got the better of +her and on some slight pretext she left. + +"Just think of it!" Bess exclaimed when she had disappeared. "A whole +suite of rooms of our own, a maid, and everything, oh, everything we can +wish for. It's a magic country and Adair MacKenzie is the presiding +genie." + +"Well, he is in one way," Laura admitted dryly. "When he waves his wand +things happen." + +"Yes, and he goes up in smoke," Nan added. + +"Right," Laura laughed, "and there's no one that can do it more +expertly." + +Alone now, the girls went from one to another of their rooms enjoying +everything. Even Grace, accustomed as she was to luxury, was greatly +impressed. She had never been in a house like this before. + +The rooms were big and spacious with heavy oaken furniture, thick rugs, +tapestries, and beds so high that it was necessary to climb up a little +ladder in order to get to them. Each room had big double windows opening +out onto the patio. + +Bess stood out on hers and looked down on the courtyard below where +maids were already busy setting a table under a tree centuries old. "Do +they ever serenade people here," she directed her question toward those +inside. + +"I hear that they do, sometimes," Nan called back. "But you have to wait +for a clear night, with a sky that's blue as blue can be, a moon big and +silver, shining low over these pretty buildings, and stars that are +bigger and closer to earth than any you have ever seen." + +"Why, Nan Sherwood," Bess came into the room now. "Where did you learn +all these things?" + +"Oh," Nan shrugged her shoulders, "this atmosphere gets into your blood +and you just can't help yourself. There is only one regret that I have." + +"And that?" Bess couldn't imagine anyone having any regrets at this +time. The world seemed just perfect to her now. + +"That Rhoda isn't here with us," Nan replied promptly. She had been +thinking of Rhoda a great deal in the past few days that had been such +fun. + +"I know," Grace agreed with Nan softly. "I have been thinking of her +too. We should be hearing from her now in a few days because in those +last letters that we sent we told her to direct all future mail to this +place." + +"I wonder how you get your mail here," Laura said. "Do you suppose a +Mexican caballero comes dashing up on a donkey, sweeps his hat in a wide +arc toward the ground, and then deposits the bills and things as though +they were special messages from the king of Spain?" + +"Oh, Laura, don't be silly," Bess was taking her romance seriously and +didn't want it to be spoiled with laughter. "Do you suppose," she turned +to Nan now, "that all those people that we saw down there in the +courtyard live on this estate." + +"Probably those and many more," Nan assented, "but we'll have to wait +for the tour of the estate that's been promised before we know for sure. +And there are a million other things, at least that I want to know +about." + +"Me too," Laura agreed, and the rest chimed in, for this Mexican +hacienda was something that captured the imagination of all of them. + + + + +CHAPTER XXII + +STUBBORN FOOLS + + +"Oh, Bess, you should see yourself now," Nan laughed the next morning. +It was early and the girls were all mounted on mules as they passed +through the archway of the patio and out into the gardens with their +huge palms and brilliant flowers and birds. + +"Feel like a fool myself," Adair grumbled as he tried to adjust his +position on the beast he was riding. And truly, he was a ridiculous +figure. + +"Well, dad," Alice pretended that she was trying to mollify him, "you +just weren't made to ride a mule. Nor were you," she looked at Walker +Jamieson's long dangling legs as she spoke. + +"Nor you either," Walker retorted laughing. "You're too little. Hey, +you," he broke off his conversation with Alice quickly and called to +Nan, "don't do that." + +"What?" Nan asked innocently. + +"You know. Don't look so innocent." + +"Nan Sherwood!" Bess guessed at what Walker was driving at. "You're not +taking pictures of us in _these_ outfits are you?" + +"She not only is, but she has," Walker answered before Nan could say +anything. "I saw her sliding that little camera back into its case." + +"Nan, please," Alice joined in the protest, "have mercy on us and think +how our children and grandchildren will laugh if they ever see pictures +of us riding mule-back. We're all perfect sights." + +But Nan had already taken the pictures, so the protests came too late. +Now it was Adair MacKenzie who diverted their attention. "Get along +there. Get a move on, you slow poke." Adair was kicking the sides of his +mule with real force. But the mule was accustomed to such treatment and +he only raised his ears lazily, turned his head slowly and looked at his +rider sleepily. Then he stopped, dead in his tracks. + +"Get along there, get along, I say," Adair kicked the mule again. "Can't +you understand plain English?" + +"Understands only Spanish, I guess, Mr. MacKenzie," Walker said. "Try +that on him." + +"If he can't understand English, the best language in the world, he +can't understand anything," Adair was as stubborn as the mule he was on, +but for once all his railing, all his sputtering, all the ordering that +he could do, didn't accomplish a thing. The mule just wouldn't move. + +"Here you," Adair called ahead to their guide who had philosophically +shrugged his shoulders at the outburst of the new master, and sat now, +on his mule on the trail above waiting for the party to move on. At the +call, he ambled back to see what was wrong. + +"Hey, you," Adair was impatient with everyone and everything now. "Get a +hustle on. It's today we want to see this blasted estate, today. Not +maņana." + +The guide understood one word, 'maņana.' His face broke into a broad +grin. "Si, si, seņor. Si, Seņoritas." He was more than glad that these +strangers could speak his language. Now, he broke out into a voluble +explanation, all in Spanish of course, as to how to treat a mule. + +Walker stood off laughing heartily at the whole situation. Adair +MacKenzie did not understand one single word of what was being said to +him, but it was coming forth so fast that he could neither interrupt nor +stop the flow. For once in his life he looked utterly helpless. + +Alice was as amused as Walker. "Poor dear," she said, "to think that he +should come all of this way to be baffled by a mule and a man whose +philosophy says 'tomorrow', we will do it 'tomorrow'." + +Adair saw their smiles. It was more than he could stand, more than any +man could stand. Awkwardly, he dismounted from his beast, walked around +in front and shook his ever present cane at him. The beast did nothing +but blink. + +"Why, wh-wh-why, you good-for-nothing, senseless, no-count, beast you," +he burst forth in a torrent, "if you think you can stop me, you're +mistaken. You'll go up there if I have to carry you and you'll not take +a picture of that either," Adair turned to Nan with this last. It was +somehow much more satisfying to explode to Nan than to either the beast +or the Mexican. + +"No, cousin," Nan answered as seriously as she could. + +"And don't be meek either." He brandished his cane again. "Never get +anyplace like that." There was no satisfying the man now. Neither +agreement nor disagreement could placate him. Nan kept still. + +It was Alice finally, who smoothed his ruffled feelings and got him back +on the mule. "Now, daddy," she said quietly, "if you'll just sit quietly +and wait, the mule will go, but you can't beat him into action the way +you do me." Saying this she laughed up at him. He stooped over and +kissed her. + +It was nice to see this father and daughter together. They seemed to +understand one another perfectly. Adair, explode as he might, could +never frighten Alice. She knew how soft-hearted and kind he was +underneath all his crust. She had known from babyhood that he wouldn't +intentionally, for all his angry outbursts, hurt anyone. + +Now, having smoothed his ruffled feelings some, she let Walker assist +her back on her mule. The party moved slowly along the narrow stony +trail while huge limbs of great palm trees waved slightly above them. + +Reaching the top of a high hill on the estate they looked out over the +countryside. + +"What's that?" Laura, ever curious, indicated a point in the distance, +something that showed black against the sky and that clearly had been +built by man. + +Walker drew forth his field glasses and directed his glance toward the +object. "Can't be sure," he rendered his verdict after some thought, +"but think it might be a pyramid. There are several in the district you +know. Perhaps the most famous of them all is the one that a hunter down +from New York discovered three or four years ago. It's rather +inaccessible, but such an old one that some old codger in the East with +a lot of money on his hands donated a considerable sum to have it +opened." + +"What did they find?" Nan asked. + +"Oh, lots of dried up bones." + +"That all?" Nan sounded disappointed. + +"Well, not exactly," Walker admitted and then stopped. He enjoyed +teasing these youngsters. + +"Well, what did they find then," Nan persisted. + +"Some jewels. Some gold. Some exceptionally fine pottery." + +"And--" Nan saw that he was still holding out. + +"Some poison spiders that killed three members of the excavation party. +Now you satisfied?" Walker grinned down at her. + +"Well, yes," Nan agreed. "But I still want to visit a pyramid sometime." + +"Visit those in Egypt," Walker advised. "There's nothing more +impressive." + +"You been there?" Nan questioned. The path was wide enough so that they +could ride now with their mules side by side. + +"Yes, years ago, with my father," Walker answered. "He had a bad case of +the wanderlust, so whenever he could scrape a few dollars together, off +he would go to some outlandish place." + +"Taking your mother with him?" + +"Oh, sometimes. She went up into Alaska when he went to pan gold from +the streams. She went down into South America when he went as an +engineer on a big industrial project. And she went when he set out for +Russia after the revolution, but after that she gave up." + +"You must be like your father," Nan commented. + +"Oh, a little," Walker admitted. "But I haven't quite got the wanderlust +as much as he has. He could go into raptures over anything that was far +away from him. I've been thinking of him a lot today, riding over this +estate. He spent some time down here in Mexico, and never grew tired of +extolling the country. This was after my mother died. + +"Though we are not entering the country at all that he was fondest of, +I've been thinking of his descriptions of it, especially after seeing +that pyramid in the distance. + +"It was down in Oaxaca and was called, I believe, Tehuantepec. It took +days to get there by horseback, according to his account, and the route +was through tropical jungles more dense than any others in the world. +You see my father never saw mediocre things," he explained by the way. + +"The City itself lay on a river by the same name in a gorgeous tropical +setting surrounded by orchards and many gardens, all shaded by flowering +trees and palms. + +"The population was largely Indian, a tribe that had its own language +and preserved its own traditions, but it seems that above all this +particular tribe was known for its beautiful women, more independent, +more lovely, and more beautifully dressed than any of the women in other +tribes. + +"He described them as being tall, well-built, and industrious. Their +dresses consisted of long full skirts made of bright colors with a deep +white flounce at the bottom, that swept the ground and covered their +bare feet. The blouse was short and square-necked and for adornment they +wore much jewelry, earrings and long heavy chains hung with ten and +twenty American gold pieces. + +"They had a graceful carriage, walking straight and firmly with an ease +that only those women who have been trained to carry things on their +head have. These people, he said, carry their flowers, fruit, and foods +to the market in painted gourd bowls perched firmly on the crowns of +their heads. + +"Ah, yes, those people were perfect, more perfect my father said than +any he had ever come across. But then, my father," Walker admitted +boyishly, "always did tell a grand tale." + +"So that's why you became a newspaper man," Nan concluded. + +"Yes, I suppose so," Walker admitted. "You know this taste for queer +places and queer things is often bred right in your bones." + +"Say, what are you two talking about back there?" Adair MacKenzie +suddenly became conscious of the fact that two in his party were paying +no attention whatsoever to him and his troubles with his mule. Had he +had a horse, he would liked to have galloped back beside them, but with +a mule there was no galloping. As it was he turned the mule's head +sharply. + +It was just too much. The mule was tired of his burden anyway, so +before anyone realized at all what was happening, Adair was deposited +firmly on the ground and the mule, with more intelligence perhaps than +he had been given credit for, was gazing at him soberly. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIII + +IN A PATIO + + +"Are you hurt? Daddy, are you hurt?" Alice cried, but even as she did, +tears of laughter were rolling down her cheeks. She had never in her +life seen her father in such a ridiculous position, which was saying +something, for Adair MacKenzie had a knack of getting himself in more +absurd situations than anyone else in the world. + +"Stop your blubbering." Adair was thoroughly irritated this time. "I'll +conquer you yet." He scolded the mule. "Think you can vanquish Adair +MacKenzie, do you? I'll show you." But to all of this scolding that fell +dully on the tropical verdure about them, that sounded harsh and out of +place in the soft greenness of the scene, the mule never blinked an +eyelash. + +"Daddy, are you hurt?" Alice repeated her question as she took hold of +one arm while Walker Jamieson took the other. + +But their offers of assistance went unappreciated. Adair MacKenzie +merely shook off their hands, used his own to push himself up, and then +stood, brushing himself off while he continued his tirade. + +"Now, you're going home, and you're going to stay there." Adair +spluttered off into the kind of scolding that he might have given an +erring child. With this, he about faced and walked, leading the mule +beside him the three miles back to the hacienda. + +It was a quiet party, but one full of suppressed mirth, that wound its +way back over the path. The Lakeview Hall girls could scarcely contain +themselves until they got in their apartments. + +"It was just perfect." Laura laughed heartily. + +"Did you see the way he looked, and the way the donkey looked?" Amelia +asked. + +"They just stared at one another until I thought that cousin Adair would +beat the beast with his cane." + +"I thought of that, too," Bess said. "But I guess he's too kind-hearted +to do anything like that." + +Bess was right. Adair MacKenzie had never in his life made any attempt +to hurt a dumb animal in any way until that morning when he had dug his +heels in irritation into the mule's side. At home, he always had animals +about him, a dog that was now well along in years, a stable full of +horses, and yes, a mule that he once bought on the street when he saw +its master trying to beat it into moving along. + +"The crust of that mule," Laura said slangily. "Did it ever do my heart +good to see its stubbornness matched against Mr. MacKenzie's! I wonder +what kind of a character sketch he would make of it, if he had the +chance, that is, I mean, if the mule could understand him." + +"Probably, 'stubborn fool' and let it go at that," Nan answered. "Anyway +his troubles with that mule will never be forgotten." + +"And 'stubborn as a mule', will always mean something to us now," Nan +added. "Now, we've got to get ready and get downstairs. Dinner's going +to be ready very shortly." + +So the girls changed their clothes, washed, combed and presented +themselves downstairs all clean and neat. + +There was no one around. They walked through the great hall and out into +the patio. Still they found no one except the servants. + +"I never saw so much help in all my life," Grace remarked. "Why, just +millions of people work here. I haven't seen the same person twice at +all." + +"Didn't you hear Walker Jamieson say that labor's cheap in this +country?" Nan explained. "Everyone has one or two or three servants. But +I wonder where cousin Adair and everyone is now." + +She hadn't long to wait, for just as she spoke they heard loud voices +from the direction of the kitchen at the back, and shortly Adair, Alice +and Walker appeared. + +"There that's done," Adair slapped his hands together as though he had +just disposed of a mighty problem. "Trouble, trouble all the while," he +looked at the girls as he spoke. "If it isn't one thing, it's another. +One moment it's a mule and the next it's a woman." He looked utterly +worn out, and Nan felt sorry for him. + +"Oh, daddy, don't take Mrs. O'Malley too seriously," Alice tried to ease +his worry. + +"Too seriously! Well, I like that," Adair exclaimed. "When the best +housekeeper in all Christendom threatens to walk out on you, tell me +now, what are you supposed to do? Say, all right, go ahead? Just what +would you do, now?" He looked at Alice. + +She hesitated. + +"There," he didn't give her a chance to answer, "she'd walk out on you +before you did anything. You can't hesitate in serious matters like +this. You have to act. But never mind," he turned to his guests, "you +don't need to worry. I have acted. Mrs. O'Malley has promised to stay. +The Chinese cook has promised to stay. Everyone's staying. There'll be +no deserting the ship on this trip." + +"That's fine, daddy," Alice complimented him. "And now when do we have +dinner?" + +"Dinner? Where's dinner?" Adair was off again. He picked up a bell and +rang it forcefully. Everyone, except the famous Mrs. O'Malley and the +Chinese cook came running. People came out of doors, in through the +arches of the patio, and stuck their heads out from windows. Everyone +thought that there was something radically wrong. When they saw that it +was just the American again, they disappeared as quickly as they came. + +The old women shook their heads. Would he never learn, they wondered, +that there was no necessity to rush anything, that if you let things +just go their own quiet, placid way, they would eventually work +themselves out. They couldn't understand this man who had come to them +as their master. Already, thanks to the guide of the morning, legends +about him and his wrath were spreading around the place. The wireless +that civilization knows is fast, but the grapevine among the Mexican +Indians was even more effective. + +When he saw the commotion he had caused, Adair MacKenzie sat down, and +shortly dinner appeared, as it would have appeared even though he had +done nothing. + +The dinner was good and the cool fruit juices that followed it were +good. And everyone sat, as long as the warmth of the day permitted, in +the patio under the tropical sky and talked some, sat silent more, for +it was all very peaceful. + +"So you're not going to work on that smuggling story after all?" Adair +MacKenzie asked Walker just before they all got up to go in. + +"Well, I wouldn't say that," Walker answered carefully. "Feel the need +of a little rest now and I like this place and I like the people and +it's hard to tear myself away." + +"We thank you, don't we?" Adair took his daughter's hand in his. He +felt vaguely that there was something more serious in all of this than +appeared on the surface, but just now he was too tired to question. He +squeezed Alice's hand. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIV + +STOLEN! + + +"Nan, it's a letter from Rhoda," Bess repeated the information twice +before she got any response at all, and then it was only a grunt. It was +the morning after the famous mule-back excursion, and Nan was in her +room alone until Bess's entrance. + +"Whatever are you doing?" Bess asked when she saw that Nan, strangely +enough, didn't seem to be interested in her bit of information. + +"Oh, Bess, I can't find it anyplace," Nan looked as though the world had +come to an end. She had all that she could do to keep from crying. + +"Find what?" + +"Oh, my ring. You know the one I mean, the one old Mr. Blake gave me in +Scotland last summer. He said it was a family heirloom and that I should +keep it as long as I lived and then see that it was passed on down to my +children. Now, it's gone and I'm sure I left it in this room when we +went away yesterday." + +"Are you sure, Nan?" Bess looked worried too, now. The ring was a +lovely thing with the bluest of blue sapphires in an old-fashioned gold +setting. Bess had coveted it herself, and often wanted to wear it. But +she respected Nan's sentiment about the bit of jewelry enough to have +not even asked to try it on. + +Now it was gone! + +"When did you wear it last?" + +"Bess, I had it on yesterday morning before we went on that trip by +muleback and I took it off because I was afraid I would lose it. I left +it in this box I'm sure, and it isn't here now. I've looked through it a +dozen times." As she finished, she proffered the box to Bess, who took +it, opened it up, and carefully looked through the trinkets contained +therein. The ring wasn't there. + +"Have you told anybody, yet?" Bess questioned. + +"No, but if it doesn't come to light pretty soon, I'm going to tell +cousin Adair. I'm almost afraid to do that, because he values the ring +almost as much as I. He saw it once, he said, when he was in Scotland, +and he was proud to think that it came to me. Now I've lost it, and I'm +sure he'll think that I've been very careless." + +"It doesn't matter what he thinks," Bess said firmly. "You'd better +tell him right away. If someone has stolen it, he's the only one that +can find the culprit. Come on, let's go downstairs now. Or do you want +me to hunt first?" + +"Yes, do that." Nan did dread telling Adair MacKenzie of her loss. + +Bess looked thoroughly, but nowhere could she find the ring. + +So together, the two girls went down the stairs, Bess this time in the +role of comforter. + +They found Adair out in the gardens talking as best he could with an old +gardener who knew at least a few words of English. Adair looked up at +their entrance. + +"So you like flowers, too," he greeted them. Nan nodded her head, and +then couldn't say anything for a few minutes. + +"Why, what's the matter, Nancy child," Adair was all sympathy as he +noted the worried look on the girl's face. "Nothing serious, I hope." + +"I'm afraid it is," Nan answered. "You know my ring--" + +"The sapphire ring that you brought home from Scotland?" Adair said. + +"Yes," Nan nodded her head to indicate that he was right. "It's +missing." + +"What do you mean, missing?" Adair asked. "Have you lost it?" + +"No, it was in my room, and it's gone now." Nan said this very +positively. + +"Gone, gone where?" Adair flared up as usual. + +"That's what I don't know," Nan was having a difficult time being +patient. "I wish I did." + +"You think it's stolen." Adair now had the girls by the arm and was +taking them back to the hacienda. + +"I don't like to say that," Nan hedged. + +"If that's what happened, speak up." Adair wanted to get to the bottom +of this right away and although he was very fond of Nan he wasn't going +to spare her or her feelings any now. The ring, he felt, was a personal +loss to him too and as he went into the house, he was determined to find +it. + +First he quizzed all the girls to find out, if by chance, they knew of +anything that would indicate that Nan was mistaken. They didn't. No one +had seen her wearing it after the time at which she said she had put it +away. + +Then he quizzed all of the upstairs' servants. This was done with +Walker's help, since he was the only one in the crowd that knew any +Spanish at all. Again, there was no light cast on the mystery. + +He called in all the rest of the house servants, with no results. Then +he blustered and fumed and threatened, but this to no avail. + +Finally, with one last grand threat that he would find out who the +culprit was in spite of everybody, he sent everyone from the room. + +The girls went up to their quarters together. + +"Now, who do you suppose could have done anything like that?" Bess +wondered as they all sat around listlessly and hopelessly, for there was +nothing that they could do. "Do you suspect anyone, Nan?" + +"No one in this whole wide world." Nan answered wholeheartedly. "The +servants since we have been here have all been just as nice as they +could be. I don't think there is a one of them that would stoop to +anything like that." + +"It doesn't seem possible," soft-spoken Grace agreed, "but then someone +has taken it. We're sure of that." + +"As sure as we are of anything," Nan said. + +"Is it very valuable, Nan?" Amelia asked. + +"Oh, I don't know that," Nan answered. "I think, however, that the value +is mostly sentimental. It was originally given to one of the Blakes as a +reward by the king. It was supposed then to have the power to bring the +king's soldiers to the help of the person wearing it, in whatever +trouble he might be. + +"There is a story that once, someone who owned it committed treason and +was about to be beheaded when he brought forth the ring. It saved him, +even then, and instead of killing him they banished him to another +country for ten years. Ordinarily, it would have been death or a life +banishment, but the ring's power was mighty." + +"Maybe then," Laura suggested, "if you or your cousin will offer a +reward, the ring will turn up. The person that stole it probably thought +that it was valuable." + +"I thought of that," Nan answered, "but cousin Adair says 'no,' that he +will get the ring back without any such monkey business. So I guess +we'll just have to leave it up to him." + + + + +CHAPTER XXV + +BESS HAS SUSPICIONS + + +They did leave it up to Adair MacKenzie, and for several days nothing +happened. The house was like a morgue, for everyone suspected everyone +else and the servants were all under suspicion. + +Finally, Nan couldn't stand it any longer, and decided to do a little +investigating on her own. It was Bess who put her on the track. + +"I don't trust Chinamen," Bess had confided and then felt foolish +immediately afterward, for if there was one thing that Nan resented +above all others, it was race prejudice in any form. + +"Oh, Bess, don't be silly," Nan dismissed the statement shortly. + +"But I don't," Bess persisted. + +"Elizabeth Harley," Nan exclaimed, "if you make that remark again, I'll +never speak to you as long as I live." Nan was cross and irritable these +days, because nothing seemed to be going right and she felt that if she +hadn't said anything about the ring in the first place, everyone would +be enjoying themselves. + +"But Nan," Bess put her arm around her friend. "I don't mean it all the +way you think. I haven't liked the cook ever since that first day when +he had a fight with Mrs. O'Malley and she's such a dear too." + +"Oh, but Bess, you know how that happened," Nan protested. "Mrs. +O'Malley went into the kitchen that he had run for some twenty years and +tried to tell him what to do. He just wouldn't stand for it." + +"Even then, I don't like him." Bess persisted. "He's been horrid and +mean to all of us ever since we've been here. I think he stole your +ring, and if you don't do something about it, I'm going to tell Mr. +MacKenzie myself." + +"See here, Bess," Nan was very serious now. "If you don't keep quiet +about what you have just been saying to me, I'm going to be very angry. +I don't want suspicions being cast on people who haven't done anything, +and I don't think he has, honestly." + +Bess paused and thought before she said anything further. + +"And Bess," Nan said more softly now, "don't resent the way I've talked +to you these days. I feel very troubled." + +Bess felt badly too now. It wasn't very often that Nan let her temper +get away with her, and since she had, Bess thought, she must be more +troubled than any of us realize. So the subject was dropped between the +two friends. + +But Bess's remarks had done their work. When Nan was alone, the thought +of what Bess had said, came back to her again and again. She dismissed +it impatiently at first, but then little things about the cook began to +come to her attention constantly. + +Finally she determined to do something about it all and so, one day when +she was alone, she went back to the kitchen. + +She was just about to open the door and go through when she heard loud +voices. + +"I tell you it's not enough," one, an American voice was saying. + +"Alle samee, it's all I can get." The voice of the cook came to her in +reply. + +Nan stopped, startled. This, why, this verified Bess's suspicions. Nan +stood back and listened further, but heard nothing. She had come in on +the end of the argument. Shortly, she heard a door slam on the other +side of the kitchen, and then there were no more sounds at all. + +She waited for some time, and then cautiously opened the door and went +in. + +Over in one corner, the cook, alone, was busy preparing the evening +meal. He looked up as the girl entered, and was on the point of +reprimanding her for invading his quarters when he stopped, recognizing +her. He waited then, resentfully, for her to speak. + +Nan was equally wary however, so there was a moment of embarrassed +silence, before either said anything. Then, as they stood waiting, a +call outside distracted their attention. + +The cook answered it, and when he returned, they both felt more at ease. +He brought her a stool to sit on and offered her some of his choice +cookies, so before long they were talking to one another. They talked +about little things, and Nan went away without mentioning the ring or +the conversation she had heard at all. + +But she went back the next day. Following this procedure it wasn't long +before the cook poured out his whole sorry tale. + +Nan later, when she got Walker Jamieson alone, told it and swore him to +secrecy. + +"Then he took the ring," Walker concluded, when the story had all been +told. + +"He hasn't said so," Nan was being very careful that the facts were all +understood as they were, not as other people might imagine them to be. + +"No, not in so many words," Walker agreed, "but then, he did. You and I +know that, and it's not necessary to tell anyone at all anything about +this yet. It's a bigger story than you realize," he ended, "and it has +many, many more angles than this particular one. Let me work on it +awhile without any interference." + +Nan agreed to this, and so the two conspirators parted. + + + + +CHAPTER XXVI + +SERENADERS + + +"What's going on downstairs?" Laura came into Nan's room quietly. "Of +course, it's none of my business," she went on, "but everything seems to +be in an uproar. Your cousin is ranting around as I've never seen him +rant before, and Walker Jamieson is there and he looks as though +everything is wrong with the world." + +"Why, I don't know," Nan looked up from the diary she was writing, a +diary in which she kept a day by day account of her trip. But she looked +worried. Had Walker, after all, told the story that they had promised to +keep a secret and was her cousin insisting on getting to the bottom of +everything right away? + +"What were they talking about?" she asked Laura. + +"I don't know," Laura answered. "When I came through the room, they +stopped, and seemed to be waiting until I got out, before continuing. I +got the point and hurried. I was only after a magazine that I had left +in the room, anyway. But even for the short time I was in there, the air +seemed so heavy with emotion that you could cut it." + +"And you didn't hear anything?" Nan repeated the thought of her former +question. + +"I said, 'no'." Laura insisted. "Why, what did you expect me to hear?" +She looked at her friend intently. As Bess often did in similar +circumstances, Laura now felt that Nan knew much more about what was +going on downstairs than she wanted to reveal. + +"Oh, nothing," Nan managed to say this airily, as though she truly had +had nothing in view when she asked the question. So saying, she screwed +the top on her fountain pen, put her diary away, and stamped a letter +she had just written home. With these little things done, she turned +again to Laura, "Do you know that Grace's brother and his friends are +expected here at the hacienda tomorrow?" she asked. + +"Are they? Tomorrow?" Laura had been out in the courtyard watching some +Mexican youngsters at play when Grace had told Nan. Now, the information +was a surprise to her. "What's been planned? How many will there be? How +long will they stay?" The questions rolled off her tongue one after the +other, until Nan stopped her. + +"Oh, Laura," she said, "one at a time, please. We've not planned +anything definite yet and we don't know how many nor how long, but we're +hoping that they can stay at least a week. Isn't it all going to be +fun!" + +"Yes," Laura was almost as excited as Nan. "It's going to be grand to +have them all here. Now, let's go and get the other girls and plan +something." + +But before they could get out of the room, the others came bursting in. +"Oh, do you know," Bess got the words out first, "Walter and his friends +probably will arrive tonight." Amelia and Grace nodded their heads in +unison. + +"How do you know?" Nan asked. + +"Here's a telegram." Grace waved it in the air. "It says," she read, +"'Arriving tonight. Six of us. Anxious to see you. Walter.' I wonder +when they'll get here." Saying this, she went over to the windows and +looked down into the courtyard as though she expected them at once. Then +she turned toward the others again, "How good it's going to be!" she +exclaimed. "I've been a little lonesome for someone from home ever since +Rhoda's mother became so ill." + +"Have you, Gracie?" Nan put her arm affectionately around the more +timid girl's shoulder. "I guess we all have been. It will be good to see +Walter because he has seen all our parents since we left. Now let's go +downstairs and tell cousin Adair." + +But the girls lingered a little while longer, talking and planning. "It +must have been fate that kept us there," Laura laughed afterwards, for +one of the very nicest things of all their trip happened just before +they departed. + +It was Nan who heard it first, that faint far-away sound of the +strumming of a guitar. "Sh! Quiet!" she broke in on the hubbub in the +room. "What's that I hear?" They all listened for a second. + +"Oh, nothing." Laura waved the question aside, "and do you think we can +get Mr. MacKenzie to go with us again on a mule ride over the estate?" +she went on with the planning of entertainment for the boys. + +"It is too something," Nan insisted, for she heard again the sound of +music. "Listen!" + +"Oh, Nan, you're hearing things," Laura perhaps was more impatient than +any of the others, for she was intrigued with the idea of asking Adair +to get on a mule again, and she wanted to talk about it. + +"She isn't either." Bess heard the strains now. "I hear something too." + +"Come--oh, look!" Nan was at a balcony window beckoning the others +eagerly. They all clustered round her, and there in the moonlit +courtyard below them Walter and his friends were serenading the girls. +When they all appeared, the music grew louder, stronger, and the boys +harmonized their voices as they sang for the second time, + + "Soft o'er the fountain, + Ling'ring falls the southern moon; + Far o'er the mountain, + Breaks the day too soon! + + In thy dark eyes' splendor, + Where the warm light loves to dwell, + Weary looks, yet tender, + Speak their fond fare-well. + Nita! Juanita!--" + +As they swung into the chorus, the girls, laughing but enjoying it all +thoroughly, pulled flowers that they had picked that day from the garden +from their dresses and threw them down. The chorus ended, and the girls +clapped. The boys laughed up at them, and others in the courtyard who +had been attracted by the music called for more. + +It was all very gay and happy. The boys did sing an encore, and then as +Alice and Adair came out on the veranda they broke off, and Walter went +up the steps and introduced himself and his friends. The girls came down +and they all had a merry evening together, talking over the million and +one things that had been happening. + +It was not until the afternoon of the next day, that Nan and Walter had +a moment alone together. Then she told him the story of her missing +ring. + +"Then the cook didn't actually tell you that he took it?" Walter asked +at the end. + +"No, but he implied it," Nan answered, "and I'm as sure he did as I am +certain that he is not to be blamed." + +Walter couldn't restrain the smile that came at this. Nan always +trusted people, always felt that there was good in everyone. This was +one of the things that first attracted Walter to her. Somehow, she, +unlike many others her own age, never found enjoyment in criticising +others. She seemed to understand their faults and to be able to explain +them sympathetically no matter what they were. Now, in talking of the +man whom she felt sure had stolen her ring, she honestly believed that, +in doing so, he had been influenced by conditions over which he had no +control. She felt sorry for him, and didn't want to do him any injury. +This was one of the big reasons why she had pledged Walker Jamieson to +secrecy. + +"And what does Mr. MacKenzie think of all of this?" Walter asked just +before Nan left him to dress for dinner. + +"Oh, he doesn't know anything about it at all," Nan hastened to explain, +"and I don't want you to say a thing. This is all a secret +until--until--until--" + +"Until what?" Walter looked at the young girl curiously, as she stopped +midway in her sentence. + +"Until it's solved," Nan smiled at her friend, and then refused to +explain further. + +"Nancy Sherwood," Walter spoke seriously now, "if you're not careful, +you're going to get yourself all involved in a plot that might hurt you. +Come, be sensible for once. Either forget the ring entirely, or tell +your cousin all that you know about it. Promise?" + +Nan shook her head. She couldn't tell Walter that she and Walker had +already made certain promises about the ring and the Chinaman's part in +its disappearance. She couldn't tell him that the reporter sensed a big +story and asked her to protect the details until he had arrived at a +solution. She couldn't tell him, but she wanted to. + +Now it was Grace who saved what otherwise might have been an +embarrassing situation. She came out into the corner of the patio where +Nan and Walter were standing. + +"Nan," she asked, "did you know that Walker Jamieson left the hacienda +early this afternoon and that he took his bags with him?" + +"Left the hacienda!" Nan exclaimed, "are you sure, Grace?" + +"As sure as I am of anything," Grace replied, "and if you don't believe +me you can either wait to see if he appears at dinner, or you can go in +right now and ask Bess." + + + + +CHAPTER XXVII + +WALKER DEPARTS + + +However, it was Bess who sought Nan out, and that before Grace had +barely had time to finish divulging her bit of news. + +"What did I tell you?" Bess greeted Nan as soon as she could find her. + +"What do you mean?" Nan retorted. + +"I mean that talk we had some time ago up in your room." + +"What talk?" Nan pretended to have forgotten. + +"You know as well as I," Bess responded impatiently. "I mean that talk +about Walker and Alice. It was nice, but it's all over now." + +"What do you mean?" + +"I mean that Walker talked to your cousin sometime yesterday, that your +cousin was simply furious, and that Walker Jamieson has left, never to +return!" + +"Oh, Bess, don't get romantic about it," Nan said abruptly. "Now get +your breath and tell me actually what you know." + +"I have," Bess insisted. "Walker wanted to marry Alice and Adair +MacKenzie said 'no!' Walker left without saying goodby to anyone and +nobody knows when he is going to return if at all. Alice has gone to her +room, and everybody in the house is all broken up, except the old +housekeeper. All she does is shake her head and say 'You just wait. This +will all be all right in the end. Young people are too hasty.' + +"Imagine that!" Bess ran on indignantly. "She says young people are too +hasty, when all the trouble here is caused by Mr. MacKenzie and he +certainly isn't young!" + +"Elizabeth Harley, you be careful!" Nan warned her friend. "You don't +know for sure whether what you are saying is true or not. You'll have +everybody in trouble if you don't watch out." + +"But Nan, I could just cry," Bess protested. "He is such a nice person +and so is she. And now it's all spoiled." + +"Hush, Bess," Nan spoke more softly now. Then she looked over at Walter +as though begging him to leave them for a few moments which he did. + +"Now, see here," she spoke sternly to Bess when he disappeared. "If +there is anything at all in what you say, and I doubt it, there is +nothing in the world to be gained by crying and talking and +interfering." + +"I'm not interfering!" Bess was indignant. + +"Well, then talking about it," Nan corrected herself. "We can't do +anything about it except sit around and wait. I don't believe that +Walker has gone away for the reason you say he has at all, and if he +has, he'll be back." + +"Well, if he hasn't gone away for that reason, why has he gone at all?" +Bess demanded. + +"You can't tell," Nan answered lamely. Why was it, she thought, that she +was forever running into the secret that she had promised Walker she +would keep. She had done the same thing ten minutes ago with Walter. Now +she was doing it with her best friend. "You've just got to wait and find +out," she added. + +"Come on, Bess," she made a decided effort to change the subject, "let's +go in and get the camera. I want to take some pictures of the boys. +Anyway we are neglecting them by staying out here like this." + +"Neglecting them!" Bess exclaimed. "They've done nothing all day but sit +around and loaf. They're a lazy bunch, and we all had such high hopes." +She let her sentence die away tragically. + +"Why," she wrinkled up her nose at Nan, as she spoke, "are boys in +general so dumb? Oh, Walter's all right, but all the rest are just like +bumps on a log." + +"No, they aren't," Nan denied. "Don't you remember last night when they +were all out there below our balconies? You didn't think they were bumps +on a log then, did you?" + +Bess shook her head and her eyes shone. "No, that was grand," she said. +"But today, they just don't do anything." + +"Maybe they think that we're neglecting them?" Nan suggested. + +"Well, let them," Bess flounced away from Nan and into the house. + +Nan looked bewilderedly after her. "What can be wrong with Bess," she +asked herself and then did go after her camera. If Bess didn't want any +pictures of the visitors, she did. + +A few hours later, after an afternoon siesta and a long cool refreshing +drink of fruit juices beneath the palms of the courtyard, everyone felt +better. Alice's eyes were red and swollen with crying, but she made an +appearance. Adair MacKenzie was even more terse than usual, but he was +kinder too. And Bess who had but three hours before found the boys so +disagreeable now was surrounded by them. She was telling them in low +tones of the donkey episode of the day before. + +It was all very cheerful and pleasant despite the emptiness that was +felt because of Walker's absence. However, no one mentioned his name. In +fact, he might have remained away from the hacienda, away from Alice, +indefinitely, if it hadn't been for Adair himself, Adair and Nan. + +"Well, well, girls, how do you like your new home now?" Adair MacKenzie +was feeling somewhat talkative after his long refreshing drink of +loganberry juice. "A pretty nice place, isn't it?" He looked about +himself with a satisfied sort of appreciation. Adair MacKenzie for all +of his Scotch blood and his leanings toward economy really liked the +good things of life. This southern home pleased him. + +"It's grand, Cousin Adair," Nan answered for them all. "Perfectly grand. +There's only one thing that's lacking." + +"And that?" + +"We're missing Rhoda. She was so excited about the plans to come down +here that she could hardly contain herself, and now we won't see her all +summer. We won't see her until we get back to school in the fall." + +"Who said you wouldn't?" Adair asked suddenly. "Don't jump to +conclusions like that. Just to show you how wrong you are--you're +leaving tomorrow morning by plane to visit with this Hammond girl over +the week end, and then if it's at all possible, she is to come back with +you to stay here for a week or two. Now, how's that?" + + + + +CHAPTER XXVIII + +NAN'S BIG ADVENTURE + + +Nan couldn't answer for a moment, then unexpectedly, even to herself, +she threw her arms around Adair MacKenzie's neck and kissed him. + +"Tut! Tut!" he straightened his necktie and adjusted the soft white +collar of his shirt after her hug. "Can't stand for this. What's the +matter? Aren't you pleased?" + +"Oh, dear!" Nan's face was flushed and her eyes bright as she answered. +"There was never in all this wide world a nicer cousin than you are +being to me." + +"Wait a second," Adair was immensely pleased at this outburst. "What +will these young men all think of you? Want to make them jealous of an +old codger like me? Better watch out." + +Nan looked at the boys sitting around the ground and in the big +comfortable chairs and blushed furiously. She had completely forgotten, +at the announcement of her proposed journey that anyone else was present +beside the girls whom she knew so well. + +But her embarrassment couldn't last long in the face of the excitement. + +Nan was going for Rhoda! Nan was going by plane to get Rhoda and bring +her back. Nan was going to start the next morning and by Monday she +would be back, having flown half the length of Mexico to the border and +then from there to Rose Ranch. + +It was exciting to think of, but then a thousand, a million times more +exciting in reality, for all sorts of unexpected things were to come +about as the result of that ride. + +Now, Nan could scarcely contain herself as she sat in the group and +listened to the little everyday things they were talking about. The only +thing that really penetrated her consciousness was the fact that she was +leaving and that when she returned Walter and his friends would have +left. + +Adair brought this fact to life. In his free open, hospitable style, he +tried to induce the youngsters to linger. He liked them, liked the +excitement they had caused, for in spite of Bess's complaint to Nan that +they were a dull lot, they kept things moving from the moment they +serenaded their hostesses until they left. + +Through the days there had been hikes, parties, a visit into the +interior by auto, and an excursion to a small village where the Indians +were celebrating a native holiday. They had seen them dressed in native +dress, dancing native dances with all the abandon of a people freed from +the daily routine, and they had witnessed one of their elaborate +religious rites in which the ritual of the church and the ritual of +pagan ancestors who had worshipped the Sun God were mingled with one +another to result in a queer worship that was unlike anything any place +else in the world. + +Then they all went to a moving picture show where Roberta Taylor, the +pretty little American actress whom everybody adored spoke in Spanish. +How queer that seemed! They had all seen the film--it was an old one--in +a theatre in Chicago, but how different it seemed now with all the +conversation translated into Spanish. They giggled when the heroine +looked up at her tall American hero and murmured "Seņor, Seņor," and +when he greeted her with "Buenos Días" and other common Spanish phrases. +It was all very charming and amusing and everyone had a grand time. + +But now Nan was going to leave and the boys were going to leave. The +evening, in spite of the excitement about Nan's proposed journey, turned +a little sad when they all gathered around Walter and his guitar to sing +as they had each night since he arrived. The songs they sang were all +sad little songs. + +By next morning all this was forgotten. The girls were all thrilled +over Rhoda's coming. They had telegraphed to tell her what was happening +and she had wired back that her mother was well enough now so that she +could carry out the plans that Adair MacKenzie had made with such +enjoyment, for he did enjoy doing things for other people. He liked +being Santa Claus the year round. + +So, by ten o'clock the next day a whole caravan drew up to the airport +and Walter, his friends, Bess, Laura, Grace, Amelia, Adair and Alice saw +Nan off. How exciting it was, getting the ticket, standing by while the +plane's motors were warmed up, and then, when the passengers started to +get in, taking pictures of the plane, of the people around it, and of +the crew. + +Finally, she was off and Nan was soaring over the heads of all her +friends. She looked out the window and waved a big white handkerchief, +but already she seemed part of the clouds and those below, waving too, +couldn't see her. + +How much fun it was climbing, climbing, climbing. Nan wasn't worried at +all. She looked out. Around her were clouds and beneath her the +mountains of Mexico were stretched out. She was higher than the +mountains! Her spirits soared with the thought and she looked around at +her fellow passengers, two men who were in earnest conversation, a woman +with a small child beside her, and another man who seemed to be alone. + +None of them looked particularly interesting and Nan returned to her +watching of the landscape, so when, after they had traveled for some +time, there was a commotion up in the pilot's cabin and the one traveler +who seemed alone stood up and quietly ordered everyone to put his hands +up, Nan was taken completely by surprise. + +"Hands up, there, you!" The remark was addressed to Nan when she failed +to comply with the first request. She put her hands up. The woman with +the baby screamed. The baby cried. Nan put her hands down and moved to +help the two. + +"Put your hands up there!" the order came again in good American +diction. Nan did. The voice meant business. + +Now the plane began to rock. It slowed down some and glided down a hill +of air to taxi across a field in a place far removed from civilization. + +Now, for the first time, Nan was really frightened. Somehow, up in the +air, she hadn't been very scared. It had all happened too suddenly. Now, +with her feet on the ground, however, she felt as though she was going +to faint. She clenched her fists at her side, gritted her teeth, and +stood waiting for the next move. + +It came, quickly. Everyone was ordered to surrender his pass to cross +the border, told to remove his luggage, and then together, they were +hurried over the rough ground to a cabin and locked in. + +Shortly, they heard the motors of the great plane again and then the +drone as it swung around over head and went off in the direction it was +headed for before anything happened--the United States. + +The passengers, they were only Nan and the woman with the baby--the men +had all been involved in the plot--looked at one another in +consternation. What had happened? Were they being kidnapped and why? How +long would they be left in this deserted spot? + +They tried the doors and the windows. Someone outside yelled a warning +to them. They paced the floor and the baby cried a pathetic little cry. +They tried to help it, but still it cried, a baffled little cry. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIX + +HAPPILY EVER AFTER! + + +"Passenger plane X 52 headed toward the border missing. Nan Sherwood--" + +Walker Jamieson in a newspaper office in Mexico City got no further as +the news came over the wire. He grabbed a phone, asked for long +distance, and called the hacienda. + +Yes, they had received the news. No, they didn't know anything beyond +what Walker did. Nan was traveling alone. Walker breathed a deep sigh of +relief at this. He had been afraid that Alice was with her. + +It was all a complete mystery. Couldn't Walker do something? This plea +came from Alice herself and it wrung his heart. + +"I'll try." These were the words with which he hung up and somehow they +comforted the young woman on the phone. She turned to her father and +said simply, "It was Walker. He'll help." + +And Walker did. While government planes swooped back and forth again +and again across the country looking for a wrecked plane, Walker was +busy working out his own theories. + +"I tell you," he was calling his New York editor, "there's a whale of a +good story here, one that's bigger than anyone has guessed. This is no +mere plane accident. + +"How do I know? Oh, just smart that way. Can't tell you more now. Want +to go through with it? It will cost plenty of dough. Need a plane and a +couple of darn good pilots. + +"Sky's the limit, you say? Okey-doke." With this he slammed the receiver +down and was off. + +He went to the United States Embassy, called the hacienda again, hired a +plane and zoomed off in the direction X52 was headed for when it +disappeared. + +For hours he and his pilot combed the district and found nothing that +satisfied Walker. Then, along about nightfall a lone shack in a deserted +district attracted his attention. The plane dropped down. + +Nan heard it, from her shack prison she heard it and thought that it +was the X52 returning. While she waited, she didn't know what she wanted +the more--to have the plane come or have it stay away. If it stayed +away, she thought, that somehow, some way they could get out of the +cabin, but to what end she couldn't imagine. In the meantime, she was +concerned over the child and the fear that it would starve. + +She waited tensely as the motor died, as she heard footsteps approaching +the cabin. + +A voice called. + +Where had she heard it before? Could it possibly be--Walker! Was she +dreaming? She heard it again. This time she answered and a great flood +of relief came over her. It was he! She ran to the door and shook it, +although she had done it a dozen times before during the day and nothing +had happened. Because Walker was here now, because there was someone out +there that she knew, she felt that almost anything might come true. She +pushed and shouted and beat upon the door. + +Walker called to her again. This time she answered. His relief was as +great as hers. She was alive. His hunch was right! He too beat upon the +door with all his strength, pulled and pushed, but to no avail. Then he +and the pilots got a beam and rammed it into the unresisting blockade. +After what seemed hours, the door moved on its hinges, then gave way and +Walker found Nan, the pluckiest little girl in the world he said later, +unharmed by her experience. + +"But Mr. Jamieson," Nan questioned him as the plane he had brought took +to the air with the pilots and the other prisoners, the woman and child, +"how did you guess what had happened?" + +He didn't hear her at first. He was already busy planning the release on +the tale he had pieced together. + +The lead--"Plucky Nan Sherwood Found Alive in Deserted Shack in +Wilderness. Gang of smugglers exposed in daring attempt to take plane +load of Chinese across the border." + +Sounded good, he was thinking, but they really hadn't been exposed as +yet. He knew how they worked, but he didn't know who they were. He +turned now to Nan to see if he could find a clue. + +"What did the men who imprisoned you look like?" he questioned her. + +Nan described them briefly. + +"Did you hear or see anyone besides the people you saw in the plane?" he +questioned. + +Nan hadn't, but as he talked she had an inspiration. "Oh, I know, maybe +I can help you!" she exclaimed. Then she told him of the pictures she +had snapped before boarding the transport. + +The rest of the plane ride was a dash toward a place where the pictures +could be developed. One by one they were brought forth from the +developing fluid, until it seemed as though the inspiration had not been +such a fortunate one after all. But Walker didn't give up. It was the +last one that brought the desired results. + +"Why, I know that man." Walker Jamieson summoned forth from his long +experience as a newspaperman, the recollection of a story about an +aviator who had been discharged from the airplane mail service because +of irregularities. Here was a picture of the man. + +Nan took it up and studied it. "Why, I know him too!" she exclaimed. + +"Of course you do," Walker agreed. "He was one of the men who held up +the plane, wasn't he?" + +"Yes, and not only that," Nan now divulged a surprising bit of +information, "he was present at the bull fight in Mexico City a few days +ago." + +"What do you mean?" Walker looked at her intently. + +"He was there with a former schoolmate, a Linda Riggs, and he was +introduced to Cousin Adair by her." + +"His name?" + +Nan searched back in her memory before she answered. "Arthur--" + +"Howard?" Walker supplied the name. + +"That's right." Nan was smiling now, thinking of Bess's glee when she +found out what a position Linda would be in when this story came out. + +"So, you perhaps can even locate him," Walker looked at the amazing +youngster beside him. + +"Linda is staying--oh, I don't know." Nan looked disappointed as she +remembered that they hadn't exchanged addresses with the girl. But it +didn't matter, before the night was over, Linda Riggs, thoroughly +frightened because she had unwittingly entertained and been entertained +by an international crook, revealed all she knew about his whereabouts. +And before the morning run of the great metropolitan daily that Walker +was associated with had gone to press, the story was completed. + +Arthur Howard using visitors' passes stolen at the border and altered to +suit his needs passed back and forth freely between the United States +and Mexico. He was engaged in smuggling Chinese across and in this +particularly daring attempt to finish up a big job had, after he held up +the plane on which Nan had been a passenger, loaded it heavily with men +who had paid high prices to make the trip. + +The Chinese cook at the hacienda had been involved because he had paid a +high price to try to get a relative of his across. The ring stolen from +Nan was his last desperate effort to finish his payments, payments which +had been draining all of his resources for months and had taken all of +his life's savings. This was the part of his story that he had told Nan +after she had won his confidence. + +Needless to say, Arthur Howard and his gang were rounded up by a group +of United States G-men and he received a long prison sentence after a +startling trial. + +But to Nan and her friends at the hacienda, the most important result of +the whole complicated affair was a certain wedding. + +"Your cousin just couldn't be mean after Walker found you," Bess hugged +Nan in her excitement. "And there is to be that wedding that we talked +about, and you are going to be maid of honor and we're all going to be +bridesmaids. It will be in the garden and there will be lots of guests +from all over the country and maybe Walter will be back here. Oh, Nan, +I'm so excited!" + +"And that isn't the half of it," Nan finished. "Cousin Adair has given +this place to Walker and Alice and he's settled a large sum of money on +them and he's inviting Momsey and Papa down for the wedding. Oh, Bess, +and Rhoda's going to come too, but not by plane," she added. "Everything +is just perfectly grand!" + +So, let's leave Nan Sherwood and her friends to a happy, happy time, to +finish out a summer in Mexico that was more exciting than they ever +imagined a summer could possibly be. + + + + +Transcriber's Notes + + +Obvious printer's errors were silently corrected. Otherwise spelling, +hyphenation, interpunction and syntax of the original have been +preserved. + + + + + + +Line 1142: some-place should be non-hyphenated. + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Nan Sherwood on the Mexican Border, by +Annie Roe Carr + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK NAN SHERWOOD ON THE MEXICAN BORDER *** + +***** This file should be named 36202-8.txt or 36202-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/3/6/2/0/36202/ + +Produced by Stephen Hutcheson, eagkw, Roger Frank and the +Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/36202-8.zip b/36202-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..74c887d --- /dev/null +++ b/36202-8.zip diff --git a/36202-h.zip b/36202-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..263ca24 --- /dev/null +++ b/36202-h.zip diff --git a/36202-h/36202-h.htm b/36202-h/36202-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6a09c75 --- /dev/null +++ b/36202-h/36202-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,7820 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" /> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /> + <title> + The Project Gutenberg eBook of Nan Sherwood on the Mexican Border, by Annie Roe Carr. + </title> + <style type="text/css"> + +body { + margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; +} + +h1,h2 {text-align: center; clear: both;} +h1 {line-height: 150%; margin-top: 3em;} +h2 {line-height: 200%;} +.sm {font-size: 80%;} +.lg {font-size: 125%; line-height: 150%;} + +p { + margin-top: .75em; + text-align: justify; + margin-bottom: .75em; +} + +p.tp { + text-align: center; + font-size: 150%; + font-weight: normal; + line-height: 120%; +} + +p.tp2 { + text-align: center; + font-size: 90%; + font-weight: normal; + font-style: italic; + line-height: 140%; +} + +hr.l1 {width: 65%; margin-top: 4em; margin-bottom: 4em;} +hr.l2 {width: 20%; margin-top: 4em; margin-bottom: 4em;} + +table {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;} +td {padding-left: .75em; padding-right: .75em;} +td.col2 {text-align: left; font-variant: small-caps;} + +.pagenum { + position: absolute; + left: 94%; + font-size: 60%; + text-align: right; + color: gray; +} + +.center {text-align: center;} + +.r1 {margin-top: -1em;} +.r6 {margin-top: 6em;} + +.figcenter {margin: auto; text-align: center; padding: 1em;} + +.poem {text-align: left; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em;} + +.poem br {display: none;} + +.poem .stanza {margin: 1em 0em 1em 0em;} + +.poem span.i0 { + display: block; + margin-left: 0em; + padding-left: 3em; + text-indent: -3em; +} + +.poem span.i2 { + display: block; + margin-left: 2em; + padding-left: 3em; + text-indent: -3em; +} + +.tnote { + border: dashed 1px; + font-size: 90%; + margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + padding: .5em 1em .5em 1em; +} + + </style> + </head> +<body> + + +<pre> + +Project Gutenberg's Nan Sherwood on the Mexican Border, by Annie Roe Carr + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Nan Sherwood on the Mexican Border + +Author: Annie Roe Carr + +Release Date: May 24, 2011 [EBook #36202] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK NAN SHERWOOD ON THE MEXICAN BORDER *** + + + + +Produced by Stephen Hutcheson, eagkw, Roger Frank and the +Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + + + + + +</pre> + + + +<div class="figcenter"> +<img src="images/border1.png" width="400" height="666" alt="Title Page" title="" /> +</div> + +<h1><span class="lg">NAN SHERWOOD</span><br /> +<span class="sm">ON THE</span><br /> +MEXICAN BORDER</h1> + +<p class="tp">BY<br /><br /> + +<big>ANNIE ROE CARR</big></p> + +<hr class="l2" /> + +<p class="tp">THE WORLD SYNDICATE<br /> +PUBLISHING COMPANY<br /> +CLEVELAND NEW YORK +</p> + +<hr class="l1" /> + +<p class="tp2">Published 1937 by<br /> +The World Syndicate Publishing Co.</p> + +<div class="r6"><div class="figcenter"> +<img src="images/border2.png" width="100" height="104" alt="Logo" title="" /> +</div></div> + +<p class="tp2">Printed in the United States of America</p> + +<hr class="l1" /> + +<h2>TABLE OF CONTENTS</h2> + +<div class="center"> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary="Table of Contents"> +<tr><td align="right"><small>CHAPTER</small></td><td class="col2"> </td><td align="right"><small>PAGE</small></td></tr> +<tr><td align="right">I</td><td class="col2">Unexpected Guests</td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_1">1</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="right">II</td><td class="col2">You’re Going with Me</td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_12">12</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="right">III</td><td class="col2">Adair MacKenzie Speaks Up</td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_24">24</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="right">IV</td><td class="col2">Trouble at the Border</td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_32">32</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="right">V</td><td class="col2">Tell Us About the Hacienda</td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_40">40</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="right">VI</td><td class="col2">Something About Mexico</td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_48">48</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="right">VII</td><td class="col2">Bess Smells a Romance</td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_57">57</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="right">VIII</td><td class="col2">Trouble for Rhoda</td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_66">66</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="right">IX</td><td class="col2">Resolutions</td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_73">73</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="right">X</td><td class="col2">First Mexican Experience</td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_81">81</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="right">XI</td><td class="col2">A Legend</td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_90">90</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="right">XII</td><td class="col2">Linda Riggs Turns Up</td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_97">97</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="right">XIII</td><td class="col2">Nan Turns Photographer</td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_104">104</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="right">XIV</td><td class="col2">Smugglers</td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_111">111</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="right">XV</td><td class="col2">A Bullfight</td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_117">117</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="right">XVI</td><td class="col2">End of the Fight</td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_124">124</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="right">XVII</td><td class="col2">A Hasty Departure</td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_132">132</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="right">XVIII</td><td class="col2">Linda Performs an Introduction</td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_140">140</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="right">XIX</td><td class="col2">Floating Gardens</td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_149">149</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="right">XX</td><td class="col2">Good-bye to Mexico City</td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_156">156</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="right">XXI</td><td class="col2">The Hacienda</td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_165">165</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="right">XXII</td><td class="col2">Stubborn Fools</td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_174">174</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="right">XXIII</td><td class="col2">In a Patio</td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_183">183</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="right">XXIV</td><td class="col2">Stolen!</td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_189">189</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="right">XXV</td><td class="col2">Bess Has Suspicions</td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_195">195</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="right">XXVI</td><td class="col2">Serenaders</td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_200">200</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="right">XXVII</td><td class="col2">Walker Departs</td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_208">208</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="right">XXVIII</td><td class="col2">Nan’s Big Adventure</td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_214">214</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="right">XXIX</td><td class="col2">Happily Ever After!</td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_220">220</a></td></tr> +</table></div> +<hr class="l1" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_1" id="Page_1">[1]</a></span></p> + + +<h1>NAN SHERWOOD ON<br /> +<i><small>the</small></i> MEXICAN BORDER</h1> + +<div class="r1"><div class="figcenter"> +<img src="images/border3.png" width="400" height="33" alt="decoration" title="" /> +</div></div> + +<h2>CHAPTER I<br /> + +<small>UNEXPECTED GUESTS</small></h2> + + +<p>Elizabeth Harley jumped down from her bicycle +and dropped it noisily against the steps of +the Sherwood back porch.</p> + +<p>“Nan, oh, Nan!” she called.</p> + +<p>There was no answer. She ran up the steps and +into the cottage, letting the screen door bang behind +her. A friend since primary school days of +Nan Sherwood, she was like one of the family and +always ran into the Sherwood home on Amity +Street without the formality of ringing the doorbell +or pausing to knock.</p> + +<p>Now she was more than anxious to find Nan. +She had something important to tell her, news, +she felt, that had to be told right away.</p> + +<p>Grace and Rhoda and Laura and Amelia, the +whole crowd that had gone to England to see the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_2" id="Page_2">[2]</a></span> +king and queen crowned in Westminster the year +before were coming to Tillbury by motor to spend +a couple of weeks. Nan and Bess had invited them +during the last busy days at school, but Bess had +only just now received a telegram saying they +could come. Oh, there was so much to do!</p> + +<p>“Nan, Nan!” she called again. They would +have to have parties and picnics and hikes. Bess’s +mind was busy planning even as she wondered +where in the world Nan was. They would have a +steak fry down on the shore of the lake. They +would stay late and after the moon was up, they +would sit on the shore and sing and talk and build +the fire up high and then when the embers were +low, they would toast marshmallows and talk +some more until it was time to go home. But +where was Nan?</p> + +<p>Bess called again. Again there was no answer, +but Bess heard the sound of voices in the front of +the house. She walked on through. Excited herself, +she failed to notice the excitement in the voices +that attracted her, so when she stuck her head +through the door between the hall and the Sherwood +front parlor, she was taken completely by +surprise.</p> + +<p>There were strangers in the room! Bess withdrew +her head in embarrassment, but Nan had +seen her and came towards her laughing.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3">[3]</a></span></p> + +<p>“Oh, Bess,” she said, reaching her hand out toward +her friend and pulling her into the room. +“Come on in, you are just the person we wanted +to see.”</p> + +<p>“Yes, Bess, it’s so,” Mrs. Sherwood nodded +her head reassuringly at her daughter’s young +friend.</p> + +<p>“Yes, lassie, come in,” one of the strangers, a +white-haired old man spoke up. “Come over here +by me, and let me look at you.” His bright blue +eyes twinkled as he noted the blush on the girl’s +cheek but he did nothing to relieve her embarrassment. +On the contrary, he adjusted his glasses on +his nose, and carefully looked her up and down.</p> + +<p>“Hm-m-m, a pretty bit,” he smiled as he rendered +his verdict and then reached over and drew +Nan, who was standing close beside Bess, near to +him. “So this is another of the lassies who went +over to see the good king crowned,” he addressed +his remark to Nan. “And I gather you are pretty +good friends.”</p> + +<p>Nan and Bess both nodded at this.</p> + +<p>“And you go to the same school and you pay +attention to your lessons and you mind your own +business?” The old gentleman tried to look severe +as he asked these questions.</p> + +<p>“We try to, sir.” Bess found her voice at last.</p> + +<p>“You obey your elders and you think you are<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4">[4]</a></span> +going to spend your vacation here in Tillbury, a +God-forsaken place, with a half dozen bright +lassies like yourself?”</p> + +<p>“Yes, sir. No, sir. Yes, sir.” Bess didn’t know +what to answer. This strange old man was like no +one she had ever met before. She wanted to protest +that Tillbury was not a God-forsaken place, +that she and Nan both liked it, but she didn’t quite +dare. She wanted to speak up and tell him that +vacation in Tillbury with all her friends would be +fun, but she didn’t dare do that either. She didn’t +quite know what to think of this white-haired +gentleman who seemed so fond of Nan and was +so outspoken. In her confusion, she was tongue-tied.</p> + +<p>But he wasn’t. Each time that he opened his +mouth, the words that came forth were more astonishing +than they had been before. Bess found +herself listening in amazement.</p> + +<p>“Well, you’re not going to stay here in Tillbury +for the summer,” he continued his discussion +of Bess and Nan’s vacation. “I won’t have it. And +your friends aren’t going to either. You’re all +coming with me. England one summer, and Tillbury +the next. Forsooth! I thought you all had +more imagination than that. You, Nan, I’m disappointed +in you.” His eyes twinkled merrily as +he looked at his young cousin, for the stranger<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[5]</a></span> +was Adair MacKenzie, first cousin to Mrs. Sherwood, +and a wealthy Memphis, Tennessee, business +man.</p> + +<p>“Now, let’s see, when can we start?” He took +out his watch as he spoke. “Hm-m-m. It will take +a little time to pack,” he reflected. “Lassies are +such fussy creatures. They have to have two or +three dresses—”</p> + +<p>“Two or three!” Nan exclaimed, “Why, cousin +Adair, we have to have just dozens if we are going +to stay away all summer.”</p> + +<p>“Who said you were?” The old Scotchman +roared and then threw back his head and laughed +long and heartily at the young girl who seemed so +self-possessed no matter what he said or did. Nan +laughed with him and then, turning toward Bess, +she introduced her eccentric old relative and his +pretty daughter, Alice, a young lady about five +years older than Nan who, up to this time, had +said nothing, but had watched her father with +amusement.</p> + +<p>At the introduction, Adair MacKenzie bowed +gracefully and, taking Bess’s hand lightly in his, +kissed it quickly. “You’re a nice lassie,” he said +then. “Now let’s all sit down and talk a while +about this trip to Mexico.”</p> + +<p>“To Mexico!” Bess was wide-eyed as the exclamation<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[6]</a></span> +slipped off her tongue. “Are we going to +Mexico?”</p> + +<p>“Why, yes. That was all settled weeks ago,” +MacKenzie knitted his brows as he looked at Bess. +“Such a bright young lassie and yet she didn’t +know that!”</p> + +<p>“Don’t mind father,” Alice took Bess’s hand in +hers. “He goes about planning all these things +and never says anything to anyone until he has +everything all ready. It used to wear me out, but +now I think it is quite charming of him. Of course, +it keeps everyone at home in a constant state of +turmoil and it makes the housekeeper furious, but +then we manage.”</p> + +<p>“Manage!” the old man exploded again. +“Manage! Why, you imp, you, you love it and +you know you do. It’s the spice of life to you. +Mexico, Europe, Alaska, South America, Egypt, +why, the world’s a place to live in, not just to read +about. India and China and Japan, these are +places we haven’t been.”</p> + +<p>“And daddy, we’re not going just yet.” Alice +acted as though she wanted to forestall any possibility +of their starting off the next day or the next +hour for the Orient. “Remember, it’s Mexico +we’re going to this summer. We’re going to live +in that big hacienda that was dumped into your +hands when you sued those clients of yours that<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[7]</a></span> +were exporters in Mexico City. Oh, daddy, remember, +when you came back the last time, you +said it was a grand old place with gorgeous vines +flinging scarlet sprays all over everything.”</p> + +<p>“Yes, I remember. I said that the sunsets were +more gorgeous, the birds more brilliant, the +flowers brighter, the moon more silver, the sea +bluer than anything we’ve ever seen.”</p> + +<p>“And that wasn’t all you said,” Alice seemed to +be baiting her father now.</p> + +<p>“I know it.” He fell right into the trap of the +daughter whom he adored. “I said also that there +was a bunch of darn Mexicans cluttering up the +place down there who put the politeness of us +Southerners to shame. Never saw anything like +it,” he turned to Mrs. Sherwood with this. “They +fall all over themselves every time they turn +around, and women just eat it up. Can’t stand it +myself. Never get anything done. Have to change +that.”</p> + +<p>Mrs. Sherwood laughed softly at this. Adair +had not changed a bit since she saw him last, and +that was longer ago than she liked to remember. +That was at her wedding. She smiled now to herself +in recalling it. She and Bob, in their anxiety +to escape from the wedding reception without +being followed, had taken Adair into their confidence. +He had promised to get them a horse and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[8]</a></span> +buggy, to see that they got off safely to the train +that was to bring them up North on their honeymoon. +He had told them to leave everything to +him, and, in their innocence, they had.</p> + +<p>Adair had meant well, but somehow or other +in his peremptory handling of events, he got +everything in such confusion that practically the +whole town turned out to see the Sherwoods off. +They, in their turn, almost missed the train, for +the horse and buggy never did arrive. However, +it had all turned out happily, and when the bride +and groom stood on the back of the train and +waved to their friends, they had an especially fond +feeling for Adair. He, however, felt pretty glum, +and their last view of him was of a perplexed +young man standing off alone on one corner of the +station platform, wondering how in the world all +of the people had happened to be there.</p> + +<p>No, Adair, she could see, hadn’t changed a bit. +He still liked to manage people, still liked to follow +up any impulsive idea that came to his active +mind. Through the years, tales of his adventures +had reached her by letter from friends and relatives. +Adair himself was not given to writing. +“Takes too much time,” he said. “Can’t sit still +that long.”</p> + +<p>His visit now was a surprise. He had arrived, +unannounced, when she and Nan were in a turmoil<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[9]</a></span> +unpacking the trunks that Nan had brought +back from school with her. Only the peremptory +peal of the doorbell had announced his coming. +When she opened the door, he had taken her in +his arms and kissed her and then, without even +introducing Alice whom she had never met, he +began immediately to call for Nan.</p> + +<p>“Where’s that girl?” he asked almost before +he was inside the door. “Come all the way up +here from Memphis to see her and then she +doesn’t even come to greet me.” In his impatience, +he pounded on the floor with his cane. Mrs. Sherwood +called her daughter.</p> + +<p>“You’re Nan,” he said positively, when Nan +finally entered the room. “I’m Adair. I would +have known you anyplace. You look and walk and +talk (Nan hadn’t said a word) just like your +mother. The same eyes, the same hair, the same +determined chin. Now I believe everything I’ve +been hearing about you. Didn’t before. Sounded +like a bunch of nonsense to me.”</p> + +<p>“Young school girl takes part in English coronation. +Young school girl saves child from rattlesnake. +Young school girl saves life of old lady. +Didn’t believe a word of it. Now I do. You’re going +to Mexico with me.”</p> + +<p>“Adair MacKenzie!” Mrs. Sherwood exclaimed. +“Will you please lay your cane aside,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[10]</a></span> +take off your coat, put your hat down and have a +chair before you go sweeping Nan off her feet +with your scatterbrained ideas.</p> + +<p>“Nan, don’t worry, darling,” she turned toward +her daughter and laughed. “This man is +really quite harmless. He is Adair MacKenzie, +our cousin. Remember, the one we wrote to some +years ago when we were in such trouble. He can’t +help being like this. He’s always been so.”</p> + +<p>“Well, well, well!” Adair grinned rather winningly +at Mrs. Sherwood. “I must say, Jessie, you +haven’t changed either. Still think you can manage +me, do you? Alice,” he turned toward his daughter +now for the first time, “this woman you see +here is the only woman who ever thought she +could wind me around her finger.”</p> + +<p>Mrs. Sherwood and Alice exchanged sympathetic +glances at this. Alice, too, if her father only +knew it, had her ways of managing him. Nan’s +mother knew this instinctively and liked Alice.</p> + +<p>Nan liked her too. She was tall, slender, with +blond curly hair and deep blue eyes. She was +pretty and happy looking. And she liked Nan and +hoped against hope that her father could work out +his plan to induce Nan and her friends to come to +Mexico with them. She sat quietly by while he +plunged into the matter.</p> + +<p>“Come here, Nancy,” he commanded when he<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[11]</a></span> +had taken off his coat. Nan walked across the +room and stood in front of him. “You want to go +to Mexico?”</p> + +<p>Nan hesitated. She had never before thought of +going to Mexico.</p> + +<p>“You want to go to Mexico? Yes, or no?”</p> + +<p>“Why, I can’t.” Nan hesitated as she answered.</p> + +<p>“No such word. Never say can’t to me. Don’t +like it. Why can’t you?” Adair MacKenzie +frowned at Nan.</p> + +<p>“Why, sir, I have friends coming to stay with +me for a few weeks. I can’t run away from them.” +Nan hardly knew what to say.</p> + +<p>“You like them?”</p> + +<p>“Of course.”</p> + +<p>“Are they as nice as you?”</p> + +<p>“Nicer.”</p> + +<p>“Don’t be modest. They couldn’t be. When are +they coming?”</p> + +<p>“I’m not just sure. Perhaps next week.”</p> + +<p>“That’s all right then. They’ll come with us. +We’ll all go to Mexico together. Now, that’s +taken care of.”</p> + +<p>It was on this decision, that Bess had entered +the room so unexpectedly.</p> +<hr class="l1" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[12]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>CHAPTER II<br /> + +<small>YOU’RE GOING WITH ME</small></h2> + + +<p>“But do you think the others can go?” Bess +asked anxiously when Adair MacKenzie and +Alice had driven off in search of Mr. Sherwood. +“To bring him home where he belongs when he +has visitors,” Adair had said.</p> + +<p>“What do you think, Momsey?” Nan referred +the question to her mother. The three were in the +kitchen where Mrs. Sherwood was bustling about +preparing a company dinner.</p> + +<p>“The good Lord only knows,” Mrs. Sherwood +shook her head as she sifted more flour on her +biscuit dough and then kneaded it lightly and expertly. +“I can only tell you two girls this. When +Adair MacKenzie sets out to do something, he +usually does it. He has a way about him that almost +always wins people over to his side.”</p> + +<p>“Yes, but to Mexico. He wants to take us all +to Mexico and he doesn’t even know us!” Bess +couldn’t believe it, not even after seeing and hearing +the old Scotchman. “And if I can’t believe it,” +she questioned, “how in the world will the others +when they haven’t even seen him or heard him +talk?”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[13]</a></span></p> + +<p>“Don’t you worry, Bessie,” Mrs. Sherwood +looked affectionately at this girl who was almost +a second daughter to her. “They’ll be both seeing +him and hearing him talk before long now. If I +know Adair MacKenzie at all, he’ll be at work on +this thing before another day is up. And if he’s +one-half the man he used to be, you might just as +well begin packing tonight.”</p> + +<p>“You mean to say you are sure we will all go?” +Bess was incredulous.</p> + +<p>“Yes, you’ll go and have the grandest time you +ever have had,” Mrs. Sherwood said confidently. +“There never was another man like Adair MacKenzie.”</p> + +<p>“Then I’m going?” Nan had, despite her cousin’s +assurance, been somewhat doubtful. She +knew that her mother had wanted her to stay at +home this summer, that she had been lonesome +without her daughter the summer before and was +planning all sorts of little surprises for this +vacation.</p> + +<p>“Go! Of course you’re going!” Mrs. Sherwood +nearly dropped her biscuit dough in her surprise +at Nan’s question. “And I shouldn’t be a bit surprised +if your father and I were to go at least +part way with you. Adair said something about it. +Aye, but he’s a thoughtful soul.”</p> + +<p>So it came about that Rhoda Hammond, Grace<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[14]</a></span> +and Walter Mason, Amelia “Procrastination” +Boggs, and Laura Polk, all school chums of Bess +and Nan, in the days that followed, received telegraphic +invitations to spend the summer with Nan +in Mexico.</p> + +<p>While each of them is laying her plans, packing +her clothes and wiring “Santa Claus”, as Laura +Polk immediately dubbed Cousin Adair, let’s +briefly review the adventures of Nan Sherwood +and her friends up to this point.</p> + +<p>Nan was born in Tillbury, a pleasant little +town, some distance from any big city, and her +early school days were spent with Elizabeth Harley, +the only one of Nan’s many friends who has +followed her through all of her adventures.</p> + +<p>In the first book of the series, “Nan Sherwood +at Pine Camp” or “The Old Lumberman’s Secret” +Nan and Bess are pals at Tillbury High +School. Here Nan is extremely popular with all +of her classmates and excels in sports. She and +Bess have grand times together, though the Sherwoods +live on a reduced income while Bess, the +daughter of one of Tillbury’s wealthiest families, +has everything that money can buy.</p> + +<p>The first big disagreement the girls ever have +comes in the opening chapters of this book when +Bess, having decided to go away to an exclusive +boarding school on the shores of Lake Michigan,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[15]</a></span> +tries to induce Nan to go with her. Though Nan +wants with all her heart to go, she absolutely refuses +to ask her parents because she knows that +they cannot afford to let her. She is happy later +at her decision, because on the eve of it, she discovers +that her father has lost his job in the Tillbury +Mills. Everything looks extremely dark for +the Sherwoods. Momsey Sherwood is ill and Papa +Sherwood, because of his age, is complete at a +loss as to know where to turn for a job.</p> + +<p>However, when things are darkest, Mrs. Sherwood +receives two letters. One from Scotland informs +her that she is sole heir of a fortune in +Scotland, and the other, from her cousin Adair +MacKenzie, whom we have already met, promises +her aid until such time as she can collect on her +inheritance. With this, Nan’s parents leave for +Scotland and pack Nan off to Northern Wisconsin +where she spends an exciting year in the lumber +country with an uncle and aunt. Here, in chapter +after chapter that are full of thrills for Nan, +those about her, and the reader, the plucky young +girl solves a mystery that, in the end, clears her +uncle’s title to a valuable piece of property.</p> + +<p>In the next volume of the series, “Nan Sherwood +at Lakeview Hall” or “The Mystery of the +Haunted Boathouse” our young heroine goes off +to school with Bess. And there never was a nicer<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[16]</a></span> +school anyplace than Lakeview Hall. Situated on +a bluff overlooking the lake it’s like an old castle. +Mrs. Cupp, assistant to Dr. Beulah Prescott, is +the keeper and the girls, early in the volume, learn +to respect her, if not to admire her. Here, they +make the acquaintance of a number of new +friends.</p> + +<p>There are Grace Mason and her brother Walter, +children of a wealthy Chicago family; Laura +Polk, a red-headed girl whose lively imagination +and ready tongue are constantly getting her into +difficulties; Amelia Boggs, a serious book-loving +soul with a roomful of clocks; and finally, Linda +Riggs, a snobbish, spoiled child, who is extremely +jealous of Nan and her well-deserved popularity.</p> + +<p>Last, but not least, there is the boathouse ghost +around whom is woven a mystery that brings Nan +and Walter Mason together in such a way that +they develop a keen admiration for one another. +This book is chock full of adventure, excitement +and mystery and Lakeview Hall is the center of +it all.</p> + +<p>Her friendship with Grace and Walter bring +about her next big experience, a visit to Chicago. +In “Nan Sherwood’s Winter Holidays” or “Rescuing +the Runaways” the Lakeview Hall crowd +spends Christmas vacation in Grace Mason’s palatial +Chicago home. The story of Nan’s meeting<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[17]</a></span> +with a very famous movie star and her solution +to the mystery surrounding the strange disappearance +of two young farm girls who have come to +the city to go into the movies is recounted in this +volume.</p> + +<p>Next, Nan and her friends go off on a visit to +a western ranch, the home of Rhoda Hammond, +a school chum. Here the northern girls get their +first taste of what it is to live in the wide open +spaces of the west. The story of lost treasure that +is told in this volume of the series, “Nan Sherwood +at Rose Ranch” or “The Old Mexican’s +Treasure” is one that no admirer of plucky Nan +Sherwood would want to miss.</p> + +<p>The year that follows this western adventure +is a pleasant one at Lakeview Hall and at its end, +we find Nan and her friends trekking off to Florida +and Palm Beach. So, in “Nan Sherwood at +Palm Beach” or “Strange Adventures Among the +Orange Groves” in a background of wide sandy +beaches, beautiful graceful palms, and a hotel that +overlooks the sea, a villain who has tried to cheat +one of Nan’s many acquaintances out of her fortune, +comes to a well-deserved end, and Nan +emerges a heroine once more. At the end of this +volume, we find that Walter and Nan are becoming +more and more fond of one another, and we<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[18]</a></span> +see the Lakeview Hall girls teasing them about it +again and again.</p> + +<p>In the sixth volume, Mrs. Sherwood’s Scotch +connections bring about an invitation to Nan to +visit Scotland and the family estate of her mother’s +people. Bess is heartbroken that her friend is +going away without her. However, she tries to +conceal her disappointment and joins with Nan’s +other friends in planning a grand farewell party. +The party proves to be a surprise all round and +the great day ends with an announcement by Dr. +Prescott that she is taking a party of six girls +abroad to see the king and queen of England +crowned! Such excitement! Such last minute rush! +Such fun! Never was there a happier, more exciting, +more adventurous crossing of the ocean than +the Lakeview Hall crowd enjoyed on the S. S. +Lincoln. And the whole is rounded out in +the last chapter with Nan as a lady-in-waiting to +the Queen at the coronation. How this all came +about is a story that all Nan Sherwood fans will +want to read.</p> + +<p>It was the part his little cousin had played in +the coronation that made Adair MacKenzie resolve +to hunt her up. It was this that brought him +to Tillbury and the cottage on Amity street on the +day the present volume opens.</p> + +<p>“Good biscuits!” Adair MacKenzie bit off a<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[19]</a></span> +piece of their lightness the evening the present +story opens. They were all sitting at the Sherwood +dinner table. There he sat, chewing reflectively, as +he glanced down the table at young Nan.</p> + +<p>“So you helped crown the good queen,” he remarked, +“And it didn’t go to your head. You’re a +good lass. You Blakes,” he turned to Mrs. Sherwood +now, “were always a bunch of modest creatures. +That’s why I like you. Now, Bessie there,” +he pointed to Bess who had stayed for dinner, +“she’s not so modest, but she’s kind and loyal. +She’s a little spoiled, but she’ll get by.”</p> + +<p>Bess blushed all shades of the rainbow at +Adair’s frankness. Used to being babied and +somewhat pampered at home, his outspokenness +troubled her. She felt strangely like crying. Nan +caught her eye and smiled encouragingly. Mrs. +Sherwood patted her hand beneath the tablecloth. +And Alice, well, Alice was a dear, for she turned +the conversation toward school, and both Nan +and Bess utterly forgot themselves in telling of +the horse show in which they had both taken part +during the last week at school.</p> + +<p>“So you think you can ride, eh?” Adair MacKenzie +was secretly pleased at both of the young +girls. “Well, we’ll see. I’ll put you each on a Mexican +mule and let you try to climb a mountain and +see what happens.” He chuckled at the thought.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[20]</a></span></p> + +<p>Alice laughed merrily at this. “Well, you’ll +never get me on one,” she vowed. “Once was +enough. Instead of the mule pulling me up the +narrow path, I pulled the mule up. I never worked +harder in my life.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, my sweet, you never worked at all.” +Adair shook his finger at his daughter. “But you’ll +work this summer—if that old housekeeper of +ours keeps her resolution not to go down to that +dirty hole which we call a hacienda. The words +are hers,” he explained to Nan and Bess.</p> + +<p>“She once, when she was a very young girl, +spent a summer on a sugar beet farm here in the +north. A lot of Mexicans worked on it. They were +miserably treated and poorly paid. As a result +their huts were like hovels. She saw some of them +and now she says that wild horses couldn’t drag +her into that country down there. She’d rather see +me starve first. But I’ll get her yet.” Adair MacKenzie +smiled as though he liked opposition. “I’ll +show her who is boss,” he ended.</p> + +<p>“Of course you will, daddy,” Alice agreed. +“But now tell us, when are we going? How long +are we going to stay? And whom have you +invited?”</p> + +<p>This last question put Adair MacKenzie in a +corner and he knew it. Really, a very kind and +extremely impulsive soul, when he went on these<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[21]</a></span> +summer jaunts for pleasure he was apt to go about +for weeks, inviting all his friends. As a result, no +matter how large the house was he rented, it was +always too small, and no matter what preparation +Alice made for guests, they were always inadequate.</p> + +<p>Now, as he sat thinking, a mischievous light +came into his eye. “There is only one that I’ve +invited,” he teased, “besides these girls that will +interest you.”</p> + +<p>“And that is—?”</p> + +<p>“Walker Jamieson, that smart-alecky reporter +that we met in San Francisco a couple of years +ago. Remember?”</p> + +<p>“Remember? Of course I remember and he +wasn’t smart alecky. He was kind and sweet +and—” But Alice didn’t finish her sentence, for +she became conscious of the fact that all the eyes +around the dinner table were on her. She blushed +prettily.</p> + +<p>“Anyway,” she justified herself, “he’ll be a help +in handling you, for he’s smart, almost as smart +as you are, daddy.”</p> + +<p>“A reporter! You mean to say a real newspaper +reporter will be down there with us?” Nan +couldn’t contain herself any longer.</p> + +<p>“Yep, a no good reporter.” Adair MacKenzie +tried hard to look disdainful as he said this, but<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[22]</a></span> +he didn’t succeed very well and both Nan and Bess +guessed that he had a genuine regard for the +“young scamp” as he called him. “Got to have +someone around,” he muttered as he drank his +coffee, “to help handle you women, even if it’s a +young scalawag who spends all his time tracking +down stories for your worthless newspaper.”</p> + +<p>“Stories!” Bess and Nan were wide-eyed.</p> + +<p>“Now, see here,” Adair shook his finger in the +direction of the two young girls, “reporters are +no good. They’re a lazy lot that hang around +with their feet on desks pretending to think. +Think! Why, I never knew one yet that had a +thought worth telling, let alone writing.</p> + +<p>“This one that you are going to meet is no +better than the rest. M-m-m, and no worse +either,” he conceded as he noted the expression +on Alice’s face. “I asked him to come along because +he has a knack of making things lively wherever +he is.</p> + +<p>“Soon’s he gets those two big feet of his down +off his desk, he makes things hum. That’s the way +he is, lazy one minute, full of action the next. If +there’s absolutely nothing happening, he knows +how to stir things up. I rather like a man like that—not +that I like him,” he added hastily, “but if +we’re going to go across the border this summer,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[23]</a></span> +got to have someone like him around. Might just +as well be Jamieson as anyone else.”</p> + +<p>“And will he write stories while we’re there +and will they be in the paper?” Nan was reluctant +to let the conversation about the young reporter +drop.</p> + +<p>“Never can tell anything about people like +him,” Adair MacKenzie shook his head as though +he would be the last person in the world to predict +anything about reporters. Could he have +looked into the future he would have shaken it +even more violently, for in the next few weeks +Walker Jamieson, with the help of Nan and the +Lakeview Hall crowd, was to uncover in Mexico +one of the biggest stories of the year.</p> +<hr class="l1" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[24]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>CHAPTER III<br /> + +<small>ADAIR MACKENZIE SPEAKS UP</small></h2> + + +<p>It all started in Laredo, Texas, just after Nan +and her guests had been met by Adair MacKenzie, +Alice, and that amazing young newspaper +man, Walker Jamieson.</p> + +<p>“Got everything?” Adair MacKenzie asked +gruffly when the bevy of pretty young girls, all in +their early teens, had stepped, one after the other, +from the streamlined train that had brought them +from St. Louis. They had met in that city, all except +Rhoda whose home, as those who have read +“Nan Sherwood at Rose Ranch” will remember, +was in the South. She, therefore, had joined the +party at beautiful San Antonio. From there on, +the girls had all been together.</p> + +<p>“I-I-I guess so,” Nan answered her eccentric +old cousin slowly as she looked about first at her +friends and then at the suitcases and bags that the +porters were setting on the station platform beside +them.</p> + +<p>“Looks it.” Adair MacKenzie agreed laconically. +“Got almost as many bags as Alice here and +I thought that she carried more junk than any +other woman alive. So these are the girls.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[25]</a></span> +H-m-m.” He looked at the Lakeview Hall group +in much the same manner that he had appraised +Bess just three weeks before.</p> + +<p>“Let’s see,” he began, and Nan’s eyes twinkled +as she realized that he was not going to keep his +conclusions to himself any more than he had before. +“You’re Laura,” he said positively, picking +the red-headed girl out of the crowd as though +he had studied a photograph of her until he +couldn’t possibly mistake her features.</p> + +<p>“And that red hair’s going to get you in trouble +sometime,” he continued his characterization. +“Got a temper now. I can see that. A ready +tongue too, I’ll wager. But you’ll get by if you +can go on laughing at yourself. You’ve got a sense +of humor. Keep it.”</p> + +<p>“Yes, sir,” Laura answered as meekly as she +could. She had already been warned, on the train, +by Bess as to what to expect, so this frank analysis +of her character did not take her altogether by +surprise.</p> + +<p>“And you, Miss,” the old Scotsman went on +around the circle of girls enjoying himself hugely +as he characterized his young cousin’s friends, +“you,” he was looking at Amelia as he spoke, “are +the one that has all of those clocks. You’re too +serious. You’ll learn down here in this lazy country +that time just doesn’t matter. Ask anybody to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[26]</a></span> +do anything for you and he’ll nod his head slowly +and mutter, if he’s got enough pep, ‘Si, si, seņor, +maņana!’ He’ll do anything in the world you want +him to do, maņana, and maņana never comes.</p> + +<p>“However, you and I will get along. I like you. +You are punctual. It’s a virtue. Never been late +for anything in your life, have you?”</p> + +<p>Amelia hardly knew what to answer, for +Adair had made time seem both important and +unimportant.</p> + +<p>“Speak up,” the old man looked at her kindly +now. “Don’t be modest like my young cousin here. +Well, never mind,” he passed Amelia by as he saw +that he had embarrassed her beyond her ability +to speak. “I’ll take care of you later,” he ended +before he turned to Rhoda.</p> + +<p>“From the West, aren’t you?” he questioned +the proud brown-eyed young girl. “Can tell in a +minute. That carriage, the way you hold your +head, your clear eyes. Even if I hadn’t heard that +Western accent, I would have known.” Adair +MacKenzie was proud of his ability to read character, +and as he went from one of the young +lassies to the other, he was pleased with himself +and pleased with them, for their quiet acceptance +of his outspokenness.</p> + +<p>“A city girl. Just a little too shy.” Grace’s turn +came last, and she had been dreading it. “You’ve<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[27]</a></span> +got to learn to stick up for your own rights,” he +had struck home here, he knew, and though he +realized that Grace could take it with less equilibrium +than any of the rest, he wasn’t going to +spare her.</p> + +<p>“Say, ‘boo,’ to you,” he went on, “And you’ll +run. Isn’t it so?”</p> + +<p>Grace said nothing, but nodded her head.</p> + +<p>“Try saying ‘boo!’ back sometime,” he advised +in a quieter tone than he had used to any of +the other girls, “and see what happens. If the person +you say it to doesn’t run, stand your ground +and say it again, louder. But be careful,” he patted +Grace on the shoulder, “and don’t scare yourself +with your own voice.”</p> + +<p>At this everyone laughed, including Grace, and +Alice MacKenzie took her father by the arm and +started toward the station. “If you don’t look out, +father,” she warned, “I’ll say ‘boo!’ to you and +then you’ll jump.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, go along with you,” Adair MacKenzie +pounded his cane on the wooden platform, and +then shook it at his daughter, “If you don’t behave +yourself, I’ll give you one last spanking that +will hold you until you are as old and gray as I +am.”</p> + +<p>For answer, Alice laughed provocatively up +into his face.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[28]</a></span></p> + +<p>“Now, come on, you girls,” Adair frowned as +best he could under the circumstances, “we’ve got +to get along. And you too, you get a move on,” he +pointed his cane, with this, at a tall, lanky blond +young man.</p> + +<p>At this, Nan and Bess, Rhoda and Grace, +Laura and Amelia with one accord turned their +eyes on Walker Jamieson.</p> + +<p>“It’s real, girls.” Walker grinned down into +their faces. “It moves and speaks, eats and sleeps +just like the rest of the world. It does everything +but work.” So saying, he winked quite openly at +Alice and lengthened his steps so that he walked +beside her father.</p> + +<p>“First truth I’ve ever heard you utter,” Adair +MacKenzie tried to sound brusk, but didn’t succeed +very well. The truth was, of course, that he +was intensely pleased with the prospect of spending +his summer with this crowd of young people. +And, though he would be the last person in the +world to admit it, he was intensely flattered that +this brilliant young newspaper man was in the +party. “Not that he came,” he thought to himself +as he noted, with some satisfaction, the regard +with which Walker seemed to hold Alice, “to keep +me company.” He sighed deeply as he finished the +thought. Alice was his only child.</p> + +<p>“Got everything?” Adair MacKenzie repeated<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[29]</a></span> +the question with which he greeted the girls as +they all approached the customs office. “Baggage +checks? Tourist cards?”</p> + +<p>At this, they all opened their purses and rummaged +around in them.</p> + +<p>“Shades of Glasgow.” Laura murmured into +Nan’s ears. “Seems good to be going through this +red tape again, doesn’t it?”</p> + +<p>Nan nodded. She felt much the same as she +did the day they had first stepped foot on foreign +soil, an unforgettable experience that they all had +talked over again and again since that morning +in May when the great boat had been moored to +the dock and they had walked, one after the other, +down the gangplank to set their feet in Scotland +for the first time. The adventures that had followed +had made their vacation the most exciting +of their lives as those who have read “Nan Sherwood’s +Summer Holidays” all agree. Now, as +they all walked forward toward the offices of the +Mexican officials, Nan wondered idly what further +adventures were in store for her.</p> + +<p>“Seņorita, your bag, seņorita.”</p> + +<p>“Why don’t you answer when you are called?” +Walker Jamieson dropped back into step beside +Nan. “Lady,” he prodded Nan with his elbow, +“the handsome young Mexican with the neat little +mustache that is running after us, is calling you.”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[30]</a></span></p> + +<p>“Me?” Nan’s voice had a surprised ring to it. +“Am I Seņorita?”</p> + +<p>“None other, for months to come, now.” Walker +Jamieson answered. “You are Seņorita Sherwood +and you had better answer when these +Seņores call or they will be so much insulted that +they will never recover.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, I’m sorry,” Nan looked genuinely regretful +as she turned to the tall thin native that had +been following her.</p> + +<p>“It is nothing,” he dismissed her concern with +a wave of his hands, “but the Seņorita has +dropped her purse. May I give it to her?” He +bowed gracefully as he presented it, and Nan felt +that he couldn’t possibly have presented the finest +gift in the world with more grace.</p> + +<p>However, before she could possibly thank him, +he disappeared. She turned to follow the others +into the offices, rummaging through her purse, +even as they had done, as she went.</p> + +<p>“Why, it’s gone!” Nan looked first at her purse +and then in the direction in which the obliging +young Mexican had vanished.</p> + +<p>“Uh-huh, we should have guessed,” Walker +Jamieson shook his head sadly. “Dumb of me. +What did he get?”</p> + +<p>“My visitor’s pass!” Nan exclaimed. “Now, +what will I do?” Involuntarily, they both looked<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[31]</a></span> +toward Adair MacKenzie who was just disappearing +through the door. Then they laughed.</p> + +<p>“I don’t know, kid,” Walker liked this youngster +that Alice had already filled his ears with +tales about. “But you’re in for it. It’s tough, these +days, getting duplicates of the things. Shall I +break the news to the ogre,” he nodded in Adair +MacKenzie’s direction. “He’ll explode, but you’ve +just got to take it.”</p> +<hr class="l1" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[32]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>CHAPTER IV<br /> + +<small>TROUBLE AT THE BORDER</small></h2> + + +<p>“Here, here, what’s eating you two?” Adair +MacKenzie came bursting forth from the door he +had entered just a few moments before Nan’s encounter +with the Mexican. “H-m-m, lost your +pass, I’ll wager.” With the uncanny instinct of +many peppery old gentlemen, Adair MacKenzie +as soon as he saw the baffled expression on Nan’s +face, jumped immediately to the right conclusion.</p> + +<p>“Might have known that would happen. Should +have taken care of them all myself. Can’t depend +on women and girls. Always tell Alice that. Ought +to have a safe place to keep things. Old pouch my +mother used to strap around her waist was a good +idea.”</p> + +<p>Nan couldn’t restrain the smile that came to +her eyes at this. She had known one person in her +life who tied a bag around her waist. That was +grim old Mrs. Cupp, assistant to Dr. Beulah +Prescott, principal at Lakeview Hall. Legend had +it that Mrs. Cupp had a dark secret the key to +which she carried in the black bag which someone, +in days long before Nan and Bess descended on +Lakeview Hall, had seen. Whether or not it was<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[33]</a></span> +so, Nan didn’t know, but at Lakeview Hall, the +words “Keep it a secret” were generally expressed +by saying “Put it in the black bag.”</p> + +<p>“Laughing at me, Miss!” Adair’s roar brought +Nan out of her reveries. She jumped, and looking +up into his face, she winged her way from Lakeview +Hall on the shores of the Great Lakes back +to Laredo, Texas and the immediate problem of +the lost visitor’s pass.</p> + +<p>“I said you should take care of your things the +way I do,” he roared again. “See,” he pushed +his hand inside his topcoat pocket, “Always know +where my things—” the end of the sentence was +lost in a sputter, as Adair MacKenzie searched +frantically in pocket after pocket for his visitor’s +pass. It was gone!</p> + +<p>“W-w-why, somebody’s picked my pockets. +Can’t allow this. Where’s a policeman? You, you, +why don’t you do something instead of standing +there and laughing?” Adair shook his cane at +Walker Jamieson who was grinning broadly at +the spectacle of the old man fuming and sputtering +now, not at his own negligence, but at the inefficiency +of a government that would allow such +things to happen. His tirade against Nan and her +carelessness were utterly forgotten.</p> + +<p>But it wasn’t necessary for Walker to do anything. +Adair, in his outburst, railing against governments<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[34]</a></span> +in general now, calling down the wrath +of the gods on the heads of all policemen, and +expressing himself most forcibly on the subject +of newspaper men in particular, attracted a crowd. +Shortly, English and Spanish words were being +flung this way and that and everyone was arguing, +but what it was all about no one seemed to know.</p> + +<p>“Why, daddy, what has happened?” Alice having +heard the excitement from her seat in the office +where her father had left her had worked her way +through the crowd, and now put a restraining +hand on his arm.</p> + +<p>Immediately, he was quiet. “I’m sorry, dear,” +he looked down at her shamefacedly, “but these +blundering Mexicans have lost not only that poor +young girl’s,” he pointed to Nan with his cane, +“visitor’s pass, but mine too. It’s an outrage! +That’s what it is, an outrage. And I won’t stand +for it.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, Walker,” Alice turned to the young reporter +now, “What shall we do?”</p> + +<p>“I beg your pardon, Miss,” the voice was that +of a Texas Ranger with a big ten-gallon hat who +had watched the whole scene with some amusement, +“but if you’ll step right over to the offices +there” he nodded in the direction of the door +from which Alice had emerged a moment before, +“Mr. Nogales will take care of you.”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[35]</a></span></p> + +<p>“Thanks,” Walker acknowledged the information, +grinned, as though he was sharing a joke +with the stranger, took both Alice and her father +by the arm, and, with Nan, worked his way out of +the crowd.</p> + +<p>“It’s a difficult problem.” Lozario Nogales +gave a slight Spanish accent to his words as he +spoke to the Americans who, a few moments after +the scene above, were ushered into his office. “You +see, it’s like this—” he spoke slowly and fingered +a pencil as he chose his words, for English did not +come any too easily to him.</p> + +<p>“Nonsense! No difficulties at all.” Adair MacKenzie +was always impatient with slow speech, +“all you have to do is write out another of those +cards for each of us. Take you a minute. They’re +nothing but a lot of silly red tape anyway. If I +had my way about it, there would be no passports, +no customs, no visitors’ passes, no anything that +impedes free movement of people across the borders. +It’s all foolishness the way you Mexicans do +these things.” Thus, with utter inconsistency, +Adair MacKenzie, in a moment’s time placed the +whole burden of border regulations in the laps of +the Mexicans.</p> + +<p>“But Seņor,” Lozario felt that he never would +become accustomed to the ways of these Americans,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[36]</a></span> +and of this American in particular, “there +are the rules.”</p> + +<p>“Rules! What rules?” Adair stormed further, +then he caught Alice’s eye and capitulated, “Well, +what are we to do?”</p> + +<p>“It’s simply this,” Mr. Nogales was more than +grateful for Alice’s presence which gave him at +last an opportunity to speak, “there has been a +good deal of smuggling across the borders in the +past few months, and your American government +has made new rules about the issuing of duplicates +when passes are lost.”</p> + +<p>“Smuggling?” Walker Jamieson now spoke up +for the first time since the party entered the office. +“Smuggling what?”</p> + +<p>“Well, the American gentleman knows that immigration +laws prohibit the free passage of certain +nationalities into the United States.”</p> + +<p>Walker nodded. His work in San Francisco had +brought this fact most forcibly to his mind again +and again, for there he had worked often among +the Chinese and the Japanese and numbered +among them many close friends. These people +admired him and respected him greatly. They +thought that because he was a newspaper man, he +could do anything in the world for them that he +wanted to do.</p> + +<p>As a consequence, they were constantly coming<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[37]</a></span> +to him with tales of wives or mothers or children +that they wanted to see, but could not get into the +United States because of the immigration laws.</p> + +<p>“And the seņor knows that these people somehow +or other manage to get across the border in +spite of these laws?” Mr. Nogales continued. He +liked this young man.</p> + +<p>“Yes.” Walker knew that too. Often he had +been amazed while covering his beat in Chinatown +to meet the very mothers, wives, or children +he had been asked to “get here for me, please, +Mr. Jamieson” a few days after being asked.</p> + +<p>However, as he threaded through the dark +streets of the famous San Francisco Chinatown +this surprise always wore off. The ways of the +people he was among were so silent and mysterious, +even to him working among them and calling +them “friends”, that he had grown to take such +sudden appearances for granted.</p> + +<p>“Well, just lately,” Mr. Nogales went on, +“there have been even more than the usual number +of persons smuggled across. Your government +and mine has been working hard on the problem +of putting an end to this. One means of stopping +it has been to check most thoroughly the issuance +of all duplicate visitor’s passes.”</p> + +<p>Nan was beginning to see light in the whole situation +now. Immigration laws and the smuggling<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[38]</a></span> +of aliens across the border was something she had +studied about in social science classes at Lakeview. +This scene in the Laredo offices was a school lesson +brought to life.</p> + +<p>Nan vaguely remembered, as she stood there +listening and watching, that Laura had once had +a special report to give on this particular subject. +She remembered because it was at the time the +girls were planning a big spread down at the boathouse, +and Laura had been so excited about the +whole thing that she had gone to class utterly unprepared. +In the few minutes before the assembly +bell rang Nan helped her out, and so Laura had +managed to struggle through the social science +hour.</p> + +<p>Nan turned. She wished that Laura and the rest +were here now, but she knew that they were waiting +in an outer office.</p> + +<p>“Then you think,” Walker Jamieson’s words +brought Nan back to the present plight of herself +and her cousin Adair, “that there is a regular +trade in visitors’ passes, that the pickpocket who +got ours wanted nothing else?”</p> + +<p>“You had no money stolen, did you?” Mr. Nogales +queried.</p> + +<p>“Uh-h-h-” Adair MacKenzie had been silent +for a long while for him. Now he rummaged<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[39]</a></span> +through his pockets even as Nan checked on the +contents of her purse.</p> + +<p>“Just as I thought,” Mr. Nogales nodded his +head, as the two agreed that all their money was +there. “Your visitors’ passes are the only thing +missing. Just a moment, please, I’ll see what can +be done.” With this, he disappeared into the office +of his superior, and Adair MacKenzie followed +him.</p> + +<p>Nan, Alice, and Walker Jamieson looked hopelessly +at one another as Adair disappeared from +their view.</p> +<hr class="l1" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[40]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>CHAPTER V<br /> + +<small>TELL US ABOUT THE HACIENDA</small></h2> + + +<p>“What did you think?” Laura inquired afterwards +when the girls were all settled in a hotel +close to the border for the night. “That the walls +of that inner office would just cave in when Mr. +MacKenzie started bellowing.”</p> + +<p>“Why, Laura Polk, how disrespectfully you +talk!” Bess exclaimed from her place in front of +the dressing table where she was brushing her +hair. “And Mr. MacKenzie is our host too. If it +weren’t for him we wouldn’t be down here now. +At this minute we’d probably be on the shores of +a lake near Tillbury.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, Bess, you know I’m not one bit disrespectful, +really,” Laura retorted. “I like Mr. MacKenzie +real well and you know I do. I’d give anything +in the world to be able to roar the way he does.” +There was genuine longing in her voice as she +spoke. “Just imagine,” she continued, “how handy +that roar would have come in the night we routed +the ghost. I just think,” she continued to play with +the idea of making use of Adair MacKenzie’s +roar, “how handy it would come in, if we were to +meet Linda Riggs.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[41]</a></span></p> + +<p>“Couldn’t we manage,” she was lying prone on +the bed, and, as this new idea came to her, she +cupped her chin in her hands and looked off into +space, “to have your cousin around sometime +when Linda Riggs was present. I’d love to have +him analyze her the way he did us today. Such +fun!” Laura’s eyes danced merrily at the thought.</p> + +<p>“And then I’d like to have her open her mouth +to protest,” Laura continued, “and have him roar +at her. Oh, I’d give a million dollars, a trillion +dollars,” she amended generously, “to hear that +roar.”</p> + +<p>“You and me too,” Bess joined in. “By the way, +have any of you heard anything about her lately.”</p> + +<p>“Not I,” Nan answered, “and I must say the +less I hear about her and the less I see of her, the +better. There was a rumor, you know, at school +that she was going to be allowed to come back +this fall.”</p> + +<p>“I know it,” Bess somehow always managed to +hear all the rumors, “and I can’t for the life of +me understand why Dr. Prescott would ever let +her reenter. Certainly, she’s no credit to Lakeview +Hall, or to any school for that matter. If I were +a principal I wouldn’t let her in my school. In +fact, if I got the chance at all, I’d just slam the +door right in her face.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, Bess, do you ever sound as though you<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[42]</a></span> +meant it? Cousin Adair should hear you talk now. +He thinks that Laura has a temper. He should +hear you sometimes.” Nan laughed at her pal.</p> + +<p>“I know it, but I think I’m more than justified. +She’s certainly caused us plenty of trouble from +the very first time we ever met her. I’ll never forget +how she embarrassed us on the train that took +us to Lakeview the first time.”</p> + +<p>“Nor how Professor Krenner took our part,” +Nan added.</p> + +<p>“Nor how you outwitted her and drove up to +school in the back of Walter Mason’s car as +though you were a princess returning to her palace,” +Laura giggled. “There never was a freshman +created more of a stir than you did that +night. Boy, did we ever put our heads together in +corridor four and decide that we would have to +put you in your place right away,” she continued +slangily.</p> + +<p>“And did I ever hate you, Laura Polk,” Bess +laughed now at the recollection. “You embarrassed +me so about that lunch box that when I +went to bed that night I cried myself to sleep.”</p> + +<p>“Poor Bessie,” Laura sympathized. “You were +such a proud little thing that I never in the world +thought I’d ever be able to get along with you.”</p> + +<p>“Get along with Bess!” Nan exclaimed, “if +you had ever heard what Bess said about you that<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[43]</a></span> +night, you would have been surprised that she +ever spoke to you again.”</p> + +<p>“What did you say, Bess?” Laura looked positively +impish as she looked at Bess’s reflection in +the mirror.</p> + +<p>“Oh, I don’t remember.” Bess was obviously +concealing the truth.</p> + +<p>“You do too,” Amelia joined in as she wound +the pretty little travelling clock that had been +given her the week before.</p> + +<p>“If you don’t tell, I will,” Nan was enjoying +the situation as much as the rest, for she saw that +Bess was not really embarrassed.</p> + +<p>“Go ahead then and see if I care,” Bess retorted, +giving a few final strokes to her hair.</p> + +<p>“Well, you said,” Nan began slowly, “that that +homely red-headed Polk girl was just as mean as +she could be!”</p> + +<p>“Did she say that?” Laura laughed heartily. +Even in those days she would have been the first +to laugh at herself. Now she could laugh doubly, +for the homely red-headed girl had, since then, +blossomed out into a pretty, fair complexioned +curly headed miss with a very pleasing personality.</p> + +<p>And so the girls continued for some time to +talk over events and happenings that are recounted +in other books of this series until Laura +turned to Nan, “Anyway,” she said, “if we may<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[44]</a></span> +return to the present and Laredo, Texas, will you +please tell us just how your cousin managed to +extract those passes from the authorities this afternoon? +I respected his abilities to get what he +wanted from the moment mother capitulated and +let me come down here with what she called, ‘a +perfect stranger,’ but I never respected them as +much as I did when I saw that white uniformed +official bowing you people out of that office as +though you were the President’s party itself.”</p> + +<p>“Wasn’t he just grand!” Nan’s eyes were alight +at the recollection. “That man was none other +than a special aid to the Mexican consular office +here in Laredo, and he nearly fell all over trying +to help us after cousin Adair ceased his storming +and told those people who he was. I never saw +anything like it in my life.</p> + +<p>“It was ‘Si, seņor, this,’ and ‘Si, seņor, that’ +until Alice and Walker and I began to think that +we were really somebody, if only by reflected +glory.”</p> + +<p>“Well, you certainly looked like somebody very +important when you came out,” Bess agreed. “I +wondered for a moment whether I had really +heard allright when you went in.”</p> + +<p>“Then you did hear us?” Nan laughed.</p> + +<p>“All Mexico did,” Laura put in. “Really, at +first we thought another revolution was taking<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[45]</a></span> +place. Grace here was looking around for someplace +to hide herself. Amelia was clutching her +watch to her with a look of determination which +said as plainly as anything ‘no foraging rebel is +going to get this’ and Rhoda looked as though +she wished she had brought her trusty six shooter +along. And then when we had gotten ourselves all +worked up to the point of accepting the inevitable, +who should come round the corner but you and +Mr. Jamieson, Alice and her father!”</p> + +<p>“You sound as though we disappointed you,” +Nan remarked.</p> + +<p>“Oh, not at all.” Laura hastened to correct +this impression. “I don’t believe Mr. MacKenzie +has ever disappointed anyone in his life. He just +couldn’t. Not with that cane, that roar, and that +honesty which stops at nothing. He’s a dear. Now +tell us, Nan, all you know about this place we are +going to.”</p> + +<p>“I’ve done that a thousand times since I met +you in St. Louis,” Nan responded as she pulled +off her dress and slipped her arms into the lounging +robe that the Lakeview Hall girls had given +her at a surprise party in her honor more than a +year before.</p> + +<p>“Oh, no, you haven’t,” Laura denied. “We +made you spend most of the time telling us about +this angel of a cousin that appeared out of a clear<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[46]</a></span> +sky and offered to take us all to Mexico. Doesn’t +sound real even now when we’re here.”</p> + +<p>“There’s one thing about it,” Amelia added, “if +one can’t have rich relations oneself, the next best +thing in the world is to have charming friends who +have them.”</p> + +<p>“Here, here!” Laura raised a protesting hand. +“You’re out of order. The first thing you know +Nan will be thinking we’re fond of her.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, you old ducks,” Nan looked at them all +fondly. “Don’t you know that cousin Adair knew +that if he didn’t invite all of you that I wouldn’t +come at all? Now, let’s forget all of this gratitude +stuff. It embarrasses me.”</p> + +<p>“All right then,” Bess agreed, “but you really +haven’t told Rhoda anything at all about the +hacienda, Nan.”</p> + +<p>“I don’t know anything myself,” Nan admitted +after some hesitation. “I’ve tried and tried to get +cousin Adair to tell me something about the place, +but he just won’t say anything. I’m not sure whether +he knows and won’t tell or whether he doesn’t +know himself. At any rate, he’s being extremely +mysterious about the whole thing. Says that we +didn’t see anything when we saw Emberon, that +this place that we are going has that beat all +hollow. Now what do you people make of that?”</p> + +<p>“Dungeons, secret passage, weird wailing of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[47]</a></span> +bagpipes, that’s what Emberon had,” Laura summarized. +“If this Mexican hacienda has anything +better to offer, I’d like to see it.”</p> + +<p>“And so would I,” Nan agreed. She almost +resented the idea that anything could possibly be +any nicer than the old Blake estate in Scotland. +“And listen, he says this further, that if we think +we had adventures in Scotland and England, we +just haven’t seen anything yet. What in the world +do you suppose he means?”</p> + +<p>“If Doctor Prescott said that, or Mrs. Cupp, +or your father or mine,” Rhoda answered, “I +might possibly hazard a guess as to what was +meant, but there’s no telling about this cousin of +yours, Nan.”</p> + +<p>“No, he’s as unpredictable as the seasons, Alice +says, and the only thing we can do is wait.” Nan +sounded as though waiting was the hardest thing +in the world to do.</p> +<hr class="l1" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[48]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>CHAPTER VI<br /> + +<small>SOMETHING ABOUT MEXICO</small></h2> + + +<p>“What’s this?” Laura questioned the next +morning when she came upon Amelia in her hotel +room reading diligently from a book.</p> + +<p>“Oh, nothing.” Amelia barely looked up.</p> + +<p>“Come on, tell aunty,” Laura teased. “Nobody +else is up yet and I’ve simply got to talk to +someone.”</p> + +<p>“You mean there’s no one else about, so you’ll +talk to me. Well, I like that!” Amelia returned to +her book as though she were really indignant.</p> + +<p>“You know I didn’t,” Laura sounded very conciliatory—for +her. “It’s just this; I’ve got the +whim-whams something terrible. Did you ever +have the whim-whams, Amelia?”</p> + +<p>“Can’t say I did,” Amelia answered. “At least +I didn’t call them any such name as that.”</p> + +<p>“Then you know what I mean?” Laura looked +very serious.</p> + +<p>“You mean,” Amelia turned the open book +over on her lap and answered Laura’s question, +“that you have awakened early in a hotel in a +strange city, that you want like anything to go off +exploring, that you know you can’t, and that the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[49]</a></span> +next best thing you can find to do is to annoy +someone else who can’t go either.”</p> + +<p>“My dear professor,” Laura assumed as serious +a mien as possible, “you have hit the well-known +nail squarely on the head. It must be that +you have the whim-whams too. Now what is that +you are reading?”</p> + +<p>“Well, if you must know,” Amelia gave in, +“It’s a guidebook to Mexico.”</p> + +<p>“Ah, what could be better.” Laura herself +reached for the book. “Let’s see what this country +across the street from this hotel is like.”</p> + +<p>“It does seem funny, doesn’t it,” Amelia said, +“that when we look out our hotel windows we are +looking into a foreign country. It doesn’t look any +different. It doesn’t sound any different. And it +doesn’t—”</p> + +<p>“Smell any different,” Laura finished, “and +that’s the most surprising thing of all, because according +to Mr. MacKenzie, Mexico is just the +smelliest place on God’s green earth.”</p> + +<p>“Did he tell you that too?” Amelia asked. +“Really, when he finished the tirade against the +country that he delivered to me after dinner, I +began to wonder why in the world he ever +brought along five such nice girls as we.”</p> + +<p>“Five? What’s the matter, ’Mealy, can’t you +count before breakfast? There are six of us.”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[50]</a></span></p> + +<p>“I said five <em>nice</em> girls,” Amelia insisted. “He +might have had one of several reasons for bringing +you along.”</p> + +<p>“Such as—” Nan had come into the room just +in time to hear this last.</p> + +<p>“Oh, he might have wanted to make the world +a better place for the rest of us to live in by losing +Laura, making her a target for the revolutionists, +feeding her to the bulls, or just leaving her here +as food for the fleas,” Amelia responded airily, +and then she put her arm around Laura’s shoulder +as though to show her that she didn’t mean a +word of what she was saying.</p> + +<p>“They do say,” Grace added as she joined the +group, “that the fleas here are man-sized. That +reporter told me last night that the reason they +give us mosquito netting to put over us at night +is that the fleas and the mosquitos wage a nightly +battle as to who is going to carry off the +Americans.”</p> + +<p>“And you believed him?” Laura laughed.</p> + +<p>“Well, not exactly,” Grace answered, “but I +did carefully tuck my netting all round me last +night.”</p> + +<p>“He told me lots of things about Mexico, too,” +Nan added, “and I don’t know which of them to +believe. This is a queer country we are going into, +full of so many strange legends, so many different<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[51]</a></span> +kinds of people that any wild tale at all might be +true.”</p> + +<p>“That’s what I was thinking,” Amelia agreed, +“when Laura came into the room this morning. +This guidebook here is full of all sorts of queer +tales.”</p> + +<p>“Such as—?” Nan queried.</p> + +<p>“Oh, you people in there,” Bess called from +another room, “wait until Rhoda and I come before +you talk any more about Mexico. We want +to hear too.”</p> + +<p>“All right, slow-pokes,” Nan called back, +“but you’ll have to hurry. We’re supposed to be +downstairs for breakfast with Cousin Adair in +exactly one-half hour.”</p> + +<p>At this, Bess and Rhoda came into Amelia’s +room and the girls, all dressed in sports clothes, +settled themselves to learn something about the +country they were going to visit.</p> + +<p>“It says here,” Nan began, for she had long +ago lifted the guidebook from Amelia’s lap, “that +Mexico is a Latin-American country south of the +United States of America. The Gulf of Mexico +is to the east and the Pacific Ocean to the west.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, we know that,” Bess interrupted impatiently, +“tell us something that is different.”</p> + +<p>“Well, how’s this?” Nan queried, “Mexico is +a land of great contrasts. About sixty percent of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[52]</a></span> +its population are Indians who live in a backward +civilization that weaves its own clothes, grinds +its own corn, does everything for itself by hand. +The other forty percent is advanced and modern. +The first can neither read nor write. The latter +attends modern schools and universities.</p> + +<p>“Nothing in Mexico, in its history, its climate, +its people, or its landscape is dull or +monotonous.”</p> + +<p>“That’s better,” Bess approved. She was not +one to care much for facts or figures.</p> + +<p>“Oh, there are more interesting things than +that in the book,” Amelia reached for it. “Here +let me read you something that I found this +morning.”</p> + +<p>“Just a second,” Nan held on to it, “How in +the world do you pronounce these words with all +their z’s and x’s. No wonder there are so many +people that can’t read or write. I wouldn’t be able +to write myself if I lived here. Imagine living in +a place called I x m i q u i l p a n or X o c h i m i l c o.” +She spelled them all out because she +couldn’t possibly pronounce them. “They must all +be Indian words dating from the time of the Aztecs,” +Nan went on. “Look, they all have beautiful +meanings.</p> + +<p>“Chalchihuites is translated into ‘Emeralds in +the Rough’, Tehuacan, ‘Stone of the gods’, Chiapas,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[53]</a></span> +‘River of the Lime-leaved Sage’, and Tzintzuntzan, +‘Humming Bird’. And here’s a place I +want to go, Yecapixtla or ‘Place Where People +Have Sharp Noses’.”</p> + +<p>“What a funny place that must be,” Laura +laughed with Nan, “I’ll bet they all spend their +time minding one another’s business.”</p> + +<p>“They probably have a factory there,” Nan +went on, “for turning out people like Mrs. Cupp +and they have catalogues showing the sharp, +sharper, and sharpest noses.”</p> + +<p>“And when a school principal wants to hire an +assistant that will see everything and hear everything +he pays top price and gets the sharpest,” +Laura liked the idea. “We ought to go there,” +she ended, “if it’s only to get a postcard so that +we can send it back to Mrs. Cupp with the words +‘Wish you were here’.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, Laura, you old meany,” Nan laughed. +“You know she isn’t half as bad as you make her +out to be.”</p> + +<p>“No, she isn’t,” Laura agreed. “Lakeview Hall +certainly wouldn’t be complete without her. Why, +down here in Mexico—well, on the border of +Mexico—when I’m going farther and farther +away from her all the time, I can almost believe +that I’m fond of her. But don’t let me talk about +it,” she pretended to sniff as though she was going<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[54]</a></span> +to cry, “or I’ll be getting homesick for her.”</p> + +<p>“Small chance of your ever getting homesick +for anyone,” Bess remarked, “but let’s hear what +it is Amelia wants to tell us about and then go +downstairs, I’m almost starved.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, I’m sorry, Amelia,” Nan handed over the +book, “I didn’t mean to monopolize it.” These +Lakeview Hall girls, together for so many years +under all sorts of circumstances, were still polite +to one another and thoughtful about little things. +They teased one another, laughed at one another’s +faults, and quarreled sometimes among themselves, +but they were always eager to forgive and +more than anxious to please. This was why they +had been friends for so long. They were never +really jealous of one another and were always +ready to praise anyone in the group who did anything +outstanding.</p> + +<p>“It’s all right, Nan,” Amelia answered as she +reached for the book. “I merely thought that this +story of the founding of Mexico City might be +fun to read. It’s short, Bess, so we’ll be downstairs +in just a few minutes. Here it is.</p> + +<p>“‘When the Aztecs, a people that inhabited +this part of Mexico long before the coming of the +white man from across the water, were wandering +from place to place in search of a spot on which<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[55]</a></span> +to establish themselves, their head priest had a +vision.</p> + +<p>“‘In it, he saw their War God and heard him +telling them to go on and on until they found an +eagle on a cactus growing from the rock. The +cactus, the War God said, was the heart of his +treacherous nephew who had waged war against +him and lost. As punishment, he had been put to +death and his heart was torn from him and thrown +into the lake. It fell upon a rock among the reeds, +and from it grew a cactus so big and strong that +an eagle, seeking a place to build his nest, had +made his home upon it.</p> + +<p>“‘The Aztecs heeded the words of their War +God as told them by the priest. For years they +wandered, until finally, one morning very early, +their long search was rewarded. They came upon +the eagle on the cactus! His wings were extended +to the rays of the sun and in his claws he held a +snake.</p> + +<p>“‘So it was here that they built their city and +even to this day, the cactus and the eagle, holding +a snake in his beak, is Mexico’s emblem.’” With +this, Amelia closed the book.</p> + +<p>“So that’s why I’ve been seeing that symbol on +so many Mexican things all these years,” Nan +commented. “I’ve wondered what it meant, but +was always too lazy to look it up. How strange<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[56]</a></span> +the history of this country is that we are going +into! I wonder what will happen.”</p> + +<p>“Probably everything,” Laura said, “so, now I +think we’d better go downstairs and eat, fortify +ourselves so to speak for any emergency.”</p> + +<p>“Guess you’re right,” Nan laughed. And with +this, Nan and her friends all hurried down to +breakfast and to the beginning of another day in +their Mexican adventure.</p> +<hr class="l1" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[57]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>CHAPTER VII<br /> + +<small>BESS SMELLS A ROMANCE</small></h2> + + +<p>“Well, how are the charming seņoritas this +morning?” Walker Jamieson dropped his feet +from the chair next to him and rose as Nan and +her friends entered the lounge of the hotel.</p> + +<p>“Let’s see, one, two, three, four, five, yes, there +are six of you still. There was no victory for the +mosquitoes last night I can see. I had an idea,” he +nodded his head slowly as though he had been +seriously considering the subject, “that all would +go well after my joust with the man-sized monster +that forced its way into my room. Boy, was it a big +one! It had a million legs like tentacles that +wound themselves around me so that if it hadn’t +been for my trusty Excalibur, none of us would +have been here this morning. It was a fight.” He +shook his head as though the recollection was +more than he could bear.</p> + +<p>“Yes, we can see it was.” Alice, too, had been +waiting for the girls to appear. “We can see the +marks of the bloody battle all over your face.”</p> + +<p>“Can you really?” Walker Jamieson grinned +down at the girl who was just a foot shorter than +himself. “Well, they are all for you ladies,” he<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[58]</a></span> +pretended now to doff a big sombrero and sweep +it across in front of him in the most approved +style.</p> + +<p>“What’s all this nonsense?” Adair MacKenzie +joined the party. “Can’t stand silliness any time, +and least of all before breakfast. Now, get out +into that dining room and eat.”</p> + +<p>At this, the whole party moved. “Don’t intend +to spend the summer in Laredo,” Adair muttered +as he followed them.</p> + +<p>Breakfast was a silent meal—silent that is, save +for Adair’s sputtering into his coffee. At its finish, +he pushed his plate back, called the waiter and +gave him an extraordinarily large tip, and turned +to his young cousin.</p> + +<p>“Well, Nancy,” he said agreeably, “How are +things with you this fine morning? Ready to move +on? And you, Bess, and all the rest of you, are +you all right? Now, let me tell you all a secret,” +he went on as he realized how quiet everyone had +been throughout the meal, “I’m not really such a +bad old soul. Oh, I lose my temper at times. I +admit that,” he said generously, “but I’m not bad, +not bad at all.” He shook his head as though he +was entirely satisfied with himself and the world +in general.</p> + +<p>“And you there, Jamieson, you’re not bad +either,” he went on.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[59]</a></span></p> + +<p>Walker nodded his head as though he acquiesced +entirely and Alice beamed on everyone. It was +nice to have everyone in such a happy frame of +mind, she thought, and then, for luck, crossed her +fingers.</p> + +<p>“And now, daddy,” she ventured while he was +still in his expansive mood, “What’s on the program +for today?”</p> + +<p>“Oh, lots of things, lots of nice things,” he +looked very pleased with himself. “First off, how +soon can you all be ready to move on? We should +be moving along to Mexico City, a grand place, +one of the most interesting cities I’ve ever visited. +What say you, Jamieson?”</p> + +<p>“Eh, what?” Jamieson had been quite bowled +over by the old man’s sudden change in mood and +had been wondering whether it would be the right +time now to ask whether he could kidnap Alice +for part of the morning. He was trying to signal +her to ask her opinion, when the question was addressed +to him. Now, he was at a complete loss, +for he had heard nothing of the conversation that +preceded the query.</p> + +<p>“I say,” Adair repeated his question patiently, +“isn’t Mexico City a grand place?”</p> + +<p>“Yes, yes, a grand place,” Walker answered absently. +Had Alice understood what he was signaling? +He couldn’t be sure. What was she telling<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[60]</a></span> +him with her lips. Was it “Better wait” or “Better +not.” “What?” The question came out audibly +without his realizing it.</p> + +<p>It was Nan, the darling, who saved the day. +She had been watching the frantic efforts of +Walker Jamieson to communicate with Alice and +noted his lack of success. She, too, had been trying +to read Alice’s answer and was as startled as +Walker when his “what?” was voiced. Now, like +a “veteran” (Walker used the word later when +he promised to buy her something, anything from +a gorgeously colored serape to an jade bracelet +for coming to his rescue) she filled the breach.</p> + +<p>“I said,” she affirmed, looking at Walker as +though she was answering his question, “that we +can all be ready to leave about noon, if it pleases +cousin Adair.” She turned to her cousin somewhat +diffidently as she added this last. The truth was, +of course, that she and her friends could have left +in an hour, in a half hour, but it was fun trying to +help Walker and Alice out.</p> + +<p>“Let’s see,” Adair took out his big gold watch +and considered. “Noon. That gives us a few hours +to make a good start on our way before dark. +Could you make it by eleven?”</p> + +<p>Nan looked at Walker. “Eleven-thirty.” She +read his lips.</p> + +<p>“Eleven-thirty,” she smiled up at her cousin.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[61]</a></span></p> + +<p>“You little beggar, you,” he tweaked the pink +ear that showed just beneath her brown bobbed +hair, “you’ll be able to barter with those Mexicans +like a veteran. It’s your Scotch blood.” He looked +proud of her as he turned to the others, “Well, +Nan here says ‘eleven-thirty’, so eleven-thirty it +is. Now get out, all of you, I’ve got some business +to attend to, and I don’t want to see any more of +any of you until it’s time to leave. No, not even +you,” he added as he looked at Alice.</p> + +<p>They all strolled out of the dining room together +and Walker executed a few fancy little +steps for Nan’s benefit, as, when they reached the +elevators, he and Alice went on past them to the +doors and out.</p> + +<p>“Why, Nan Sherwood, it’s a romance. Walker +Jamieson is in love with Alice MacKenzie. I’ll bet +you anything.” Bess’s face was all alight as she +closed the door of Nan’s room. “It’s just thrilling. +Did you see the way the two of them walked away +together. Why, they were so glad you said you +couldn’t be ready until eleven-thirty! I just know +they were!” Bess was fairly bubbling over with +excitement. “Didn’t you see it at all?”</p> + +<p>“See what?” Nan pretended innocence.</p> + +<p>“Why, how glad they were, of course,” Bess +seemed impatient with Nan’s inability to see a romance +when it was right under her nose.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[62]</a></span></p> + +<p>“Oh, Bess, you imagine things,” Nan answered. +She didn’t want Bess to be aware at all that she +had tried to help Alice and Walker out.</p> + +<p>“Imagine things! You’re just blind, that’s all,” +Bess was very proud of her discovery. “They are +in love with one another and they’ll get married +in Mexico. You’ll be the maid of honor and we’ll +be the bridesmaids and everything will be just +grand, won’t it?”</p> + +<p>“Bess, Bess,” Nan laughed, “how you do jump +to conclusions! Have you ever considered that the +bride has to have someone to give her away and +have you tried to imagine cousin Adair giving +Alice away?”</p> + +<p>Bess was all soberness immediately. “No, I +didn’t think of that,” she admitted. “Oh, what +can we do about him?” she puckered her brows as +if Adair was an immediate and very difficult problem. +“If we could get him right after he has had +a good breakfast,” she laughed, “maybe he would +be as nice as he was this morning and then I’m +sure everything would be all right.”</p> + +<p>“Or,” she continued, as a new and better idea +came to her, “they could elope. Wouldn’t that be +exciting, Nan? And just think how mad your cousin +would be. No, that’s not so good either. Mr. +MacKenzie would probably disown Alice and then +they wouldn’t have all his money.”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[63]</a></span></p> + +<p>“Bess!” Nan exclaimed, “how you do run on.”</p> + +<p>“Yes, I know,” Bess agreed, “but it’s such a +perfectly entrancing subject. She’s a darling and +so is he. Why, he’s almost as nice as Walter +Mason,” she added slyly.</p> + +<p>Nan ignored this last. “Walker is nice, isn’t +he?” she said. “And he and Alice do look dear +together.”</p> + +<p>“He’s swell,” Bess said slangily. “He’s tall and +handsome and full of fun. Do you know, I think +sometimes that Mr. MacKenzie does like him, +for all the way he calls him ‘lazy’ and a ‘no-good +reporter.’”</p> + +<p>“Of course he does,” Nan agreed, “and Walker +likes him too. I just know it.”</p> + +<p>Bess looked at Nan questioningly at this latter +bit of information. Did Nan know something she +didn’t know?</p> + +<p>“Anyway, we’ll just have to wait and see what +happens,” Nan tried to dismiss the subject.</p> + +<p>“I suppose so,” Bess sighed, “but it would be +such fun to be an attendant at a wedding.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, Bessie,” Nan ruffled her friend’s hair, +“you’re such a romantic soul. I’ll bet that you +think that if worse came to worse and cousin +Adair insisted that Alice marry someone else, +Walker would ride up on a charger and carry +Alice off the way young Lochinvar did in that<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[64]</a></span> +poem we learned back in the fifth grade. +Remember?”</p> + +<p>“You mean the one about Lochinvar coming up +out of the West, ‘through all the wide world his +steed was the best,’” Bess laughed.</p> + +<p>“Yes, that’s the one,” Nan assented. “Remember +how we loved that thing and how we used to +say over and over again the stanza that followed +the one where he asked the bride to dance with +him</p> + +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0">‘One touch to her hand, and one word in her ear<br /></span> +<span class="i0">When they reach’d the hall door, and the charger +stood near;<br /></span> +<span class="i0">So light to the croupe the fair lady he swung,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">So light to the saddle before her he sprung!<br /></span> +<span class="i0">She is won! we are gone, over bank, bush, and +scaur;<br /></span> +<span class="i0">They’ll have fleet steeds that follow, quoth young +Lochinvar.’”<br /></span> +</div></div> + +<p>“And then at the end,” Bess went on, “there was +this,</p> + +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0">‘There was racing and chasing, on Cannobie lea,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">But the lost bride of Netherby ne’er did they see.<br /></span> +<span class="i0">So daring in love, and so dauntless in war,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Have ye e’er heard of gallant like young Lochinvar?’”<br /></span> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[65]</a></span></div></div> + +<p>“Oh, Nan,” Bess laughed when she had finished, +“when I was a kid I thought there couldn’t +possibly be anything more romantic than that.”</p> + +<p>“Nor I neither,” Nan admitted, “And I +thought of it often when we were in Scotland last +summer. But do you know, Bess,” she giggled, +“that Young Lochinvar of today would have to +dash up in a car—”</p> + +<p>“Yes, or in Mexico it might be a burro,” Bess +laughed heartily at the thought.</p> + +<p>“Say, what are you two making such a rumpus +about,” Laura stuck her head in through the door. +“First thing you know, they’ll be locking you up +as a couple of laughing hyenas, because you are +making such a racket.”</p> + +<p>“Come on in, Laura,” Nan invited, “We’ve +just got a silly streak, that’s all. Bess, here, had +a couple of crazy ideas that she aired. She’s all +right now. You can come in,” she finished reassuringly. +“What’s up?”</p> + +<p>“Oh, nothing,” Laura answered in such an unusual +tone that Nan knew immediately something +was wrong.</p> + +<p>“Come, what is it?” she asked again, going +over to Laura and closing the door behind her.</p> +<hr class="l1" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[66]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>CHAPTER VIII<br /> + +<small>TROUBLE FOR RHODA</small></h2> + + +<p>“Oh, it’s Rhoda,” Laura admitted when the +door was closed. “Nan, something terrible’s happened +and Rhoda is in her room crying her eyes +out. Won’t you come and see if you can’t do something +for her.”</p> + +<p>“Of course,” Nan started for the door at once. +“But what’s happened?” She and Bess asked this +last together.</p> + +<p>“Rhoda just received a telegram from her father +asking her to come home at once.”</p> + +<p>“Why?”</p> + +<p>“Oh, girls,” Laura herself was almost in tears, +“Rhoda’s mother is seriously ill and they don’t +know whether or not she will live until Rhoda gets +there.”</p> + +<p>“Go downstairs,” Nan took command of the +situation at once, “and find cousin Adair. Tell him +what’s happened and ask him what to do. I’ll go +to Rhoda. Bess, you had better come too,” she +continued. “Somebody will have to fix her bags so +that she can leave at once. Now, don’t any of you +cry in front of Rhoda, we’ve got to help her to be +as brave as possible. Maybe it isn’t as bad as<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[67]</a></span> +it seems.” With this Nan and Bess and Laura set +about to help their friend and, for the time, all +thoughts of their Mexican journey were forgotten.</p> + +<p>Mrs. Hammond, Rhoda’s mother, had entertained +the girls a couple of years previous to the +present story, on the Hammond ranch in the +West. They all remembered her as a beautifully +graceful, sweet woman. Blind for many years, she +had not let her affliction crush her spirit and was, +perhaps, one of the happiest, nicest people they +had ever known.</p> + +<p>Those who have read “Nan Sherwood at Rose +Ranch or The Old Mexican’s Treasure” will remember +Mrs. Hammond too and remember well +her first meeting with the girls.</p> + +<p>“I’ll never forget it,” Nan had told her own +mother again and again. “As we rode up to the +veranda of the low-roofed ranch house Mr. and +Mrs. Hammond stood there on the porch waiting +for us. She was a tall lovely person. I liked her the +moment I saw her. As I came up the steps behind +her friend, Mrs. Janeway, she took hold of me +and asked ‘Who is this?’</p> + +<p>“Before I had a chance to answer she ran her +fingers lightly over my face, even feeling my ears +and the way my hair fluffed over my forehead and +the way my eyebrows were. Then, without any +hesitation and before I had said anything at all,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[68]</a></span> +she said, ‘Why, this is Nan Sherwood that I have +heard so much about.’</p> + +<p>“When I asked her how she knew, she laughed +the prettiest laugh I’ve ever heard, outside of +yours, and said that she knew because Rhoda had +written home about me and because she was a +witch. She knew the others by touch too. Oh, she +was such a nice person and so good to us all the +while we were there!</p> + +<p>“She never once said a thing about her blindness. +She seemed to take it for granted and never +excused herself on account of it.</p> + +<p>“I only hope that, if ever anything terrible +happens to me, I will remember her and be as +sweet and uncomplaining about it as she is.”</p> + +<p>The other girls had felt the same as Nan. All +had left Rose Ranch with a very warm feeling +for Mrs. Hammond and they were all better girls +for having met her.</p> + +<p>In the days that followed their return to school +that year they sent her a gift along with their +bread-and-butter notes. Ever after that, boxes +Rhoda received from her Western home always +contained some sort of goodies specially marked +for Rhoda’s Lakeview Hall friends. So Mrs. +Hammond had become a well-beloved friend to +them all.</p> + +<p>Now, when the telegram came telling of her<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[69]</a></span> +serious illness, they all felt personally concerned.</p> + +<p>“Oh, Nan,” Laura came into the room where +Nan was helping Rhoda dress and comforting her +as much as possible, “I can’t find your cousin anyplace. +He seems to have gone out on business and +he didn’t leave word with anyone as to where he +was going.”</p> + +<p>“Well, we’ve got to find him, that’s all.” Nan +was not one to give up easily in any circumstances. +“Have you tried to locate Walker Jamieson?”</p> + +<p>“Yes, and I can’t find him or Alice either. You +don’t know where they were going, do you?”</p> + +<p>“No.” Already Nan was regretting that she +had helped Alice and Walker out. She felt that +she needed them now, very much. “I tell you what +you do, you call up the railway station and find out +what are the best possible train connections that +Rhoda can make. Then reserve her a compartment. +After that call those offices where we were +yesterday and ask whether cousin Adair is there +or is expected.</p> + +<p>“By the time you finish, Rhoda will be ready +and we’ll be downstairs at the telegraph desk. We +are going to wire her father so that he can have +someone at the station to meet her.”</p> + +<p>At these instructions, Laura flew across the hall +to her own room to make the calls, for she wished +to keep things as quiet as possible around Rhoda.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[70]</a></span> +In the meantime, both Amelia and Grace had +heard what had happened and came to help.</p> + +<p>The girls were all sticking together in trouble +even as they always did in pleasure, and it was a +great comfort to completely bewildered Rhoda.</p> + +<p>Now, as Nan completed the job of helping +Rhoda dress and Bess finished packing her bags, +there was a gentle knock on the door and a gentle +voice inquired, “May I come in?” It was Alice.</p> + +<p>“Walker’s gone for father,” she said, “And +Laura’s asked me to tell you that there’s a train +out in a half hour. Is everything ready?”</p> + +<p>Rhoda nodded her head, but said nothing. She +was trying hard now not to cry.</p> + +<p>“So you know where cousin Adair is?” Nan +looked across the room at Alice.</p> + +<p>“No, but Walker will find him and have him +here in no time at all,” Alice replied quietly and +confidently.</p> + +<p>She had hardly finished the sentence, when +those in the room heard the firm tread of Adair +MacKenzie in the hall and heard his voice boom +out, “Porter, porter, come here, and take these +bags.”</p> + +<p>It was good to hear him, good to hear his decisiveness. +Everyone in the room felt better as +soon as he opened the door.</p> + +<p>“Here, here, what’s all this?” He looked at<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[71]</a></span> +Rhoda’s red eyes. “Come, girl, buck up,” he +patted her roughly on the shoulder. “Ready, are +you?”</p> + +<p>“You’re going by plane. It leaves in fifteen minutes +and there’s a taxi waiting downstairs. That +red-headed girl, what’s her name, got you a compartment +in a train, but we’ve cancelled that.</p> + +<p>“Now, that good-for-nothing newspaper friend +of my daughter’s is downstairs putting through a +long distance call so that you can talk to your +father before you leave here.</p> + +<p>“You can tell him that this is a private plane +and that it will practically drop you in your own +back yard. Do they have back yards where you +come from?”</p> + +<p>Rhoda nodded. How good everyone was being +to her.</p> + +<p>“Now, now, don’t thank me,” Adair MacKenzie +forestalled her thanks. “Help a nice girl like +you out any time I can. Ready? You better go +downstairs. You’ve just got time to talk to your +father before you make the plane. You’ll find +everything comfortable there.</p> + +<p>“Come, you, Nan,” he motioned to his cousin, +“You’re the only one that can come along with us. +Don’t want a lot of fuss. See the rest of you later.” +With this, he hurried Nan and Rhoda out of the +room and down the elevator so quickly that<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[72]</a></span> +Rhoda, in doing things, got control of herself, +just as Adair MacKenzie had known she would.</p> + +<p>The talk with her father was comforting, but +not encouraging, and it was with a heavy, heavy +heart that Rhoda Hammond waved good-by to +her friends at the airport a few minutes later.</p> + +<p>Nan stifled a sob as the plane taxied across the +field and rose into the air. Adair MacKenzie +looked down on her. “There, there, child,” he +said gently, “Things will turn out all right and +we’ll make this up to the girl sometime later.”</p> + +<p>Nan caught her upper lip between her teeth and +tried to smile up at him. “Please, please, make +everything right.” It was a prayer that she +breathed.</p> +<hr class="l1" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[73]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>CHAPTER IX<br /> + +<small>RESOLUTIONS</small></h2> + + +<p>It was a sad little party that drew out of Laredo +that afternoon. The thoughts of Nan and her +friends were all with Rhoda. At every turn they +wondered where she was and what she was doing.</p> + +<p>Only Adair MacKenzie’s insistence had made +them depart from the city on the border at all.</p> + +<p>“Got to be on our way now,” he had said +brusquely when he and Nan had driven up to the +hotel after seeing Rhoda off. “Now, get busy, +you,” he ordered the girls after they had heard +the details of Rhoda’s departure from Nan. +“Can’t stay around here any longer. Sick and tired +of this place. Nothing but a hole in the wall. Don’t +like it. Don’t like the people. We’re leaving. Get +busy, I say.” He tapped his cane impatiently on +the floor of the hotel veranda. “I mean you and +you and you.” He pointed with it to each separate +member of the party.</p> + +<p>The girls jumped. Alice jumped. And Walker +Jamieson jumped. Everyone got busy and in an +hour’s time they were all sitting on the veranda, +dressed for traveling, waiting for the car to come.</p> + +<p>“What are you doing here?” Adair MacKenzie<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[74]</a></span> +appeared in the doorway. Short and somewhat +stocky with a face that was perpetually tanned +and dressed as he was in a white suit and large +white panama hat, he looked like a permanent +part of the scene about him. Nan, as she looked at +him felt proud. Despite all his blustering, his +ordering of people around, and his abrupt manner, +he was kind and gentle at heart. This, she +knew, was the reason for his success. This was +why everyone who had ever known him liked him +and loved him.</p> + +<p>Now, characteristically, he followed his abrupt +question with a piece of information that laid +bare his softness and unfailing thoughtfulness.</p> + +<p>“Get inside, all of you,” he ordered, “there are +long distance calls coming through for each of you +from your parents. Can’t have you mooning +around,” he muttered, “waiting for mail in order +to find out whether or not your mothers and fathers +are well. You, Nancy, your call is waiting +now. Just talked to Jessie myself in Memphis. +She’s fine, just fine. Never felt better in her life +she says. Might have known it in the first place. +The Blakes are strong people.”</p> + +<p>With this, he walked away. “No nonsense, +now,” he grumbled as he disappeared and each of +the girls went in to talk from a telephone booth<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[75]</a></span> +on the southern border of the United States to her +parents in the north.</p> + +<p>How exciting it was to talk over that great distance! +How good it seemed to the girls to hear +their mother’s voices! Nan talked to both her +father and mother in Tennessee, and as she did, +she imagined just how they looked, the expressions +on their faces when they said certain dear, +familiar things and the look in their eyes when +they laughed. It was almost like having them in +the same room with her.</p> + +<p>As she hung up, a wistful expression crossed +her face, one that Adair MacKenzie, standing off +to one side of the room noted. “What’s the matter, +Nancy?” he asked in a softer tone than Nan +had ever heard him use.</p> + +<p>“Lonesome?” Adair questioned further.</p> + +<p>“Oh, a little bit,” Nan smiled. “Sometimes, I +miss Momsey a great, great deal.” As she spoke +her thoughts slipped back to those first days at +Pine Camp recounted in the first volume of the +Nan Sherwood series when it was so hard to fight +off the wave of homesickness that came over her.</p> + +<p>“Not going to back down on me and go home, +are you?” Adair MacKenzie asked the question +half in fun and half in seriousness.</p> + +<p>“Oh, no,” Nan laughed. “I couldn’t do that.”</p> + +<p>“That’s the spirit!” Nan’s cousin applauded.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[76]</a></span> +“Never back down on anything you set out to do. +When you start a thing, finish it. That’s the way +people get places. Made me what I am. Never +started a thing yet I didn’t finish.”</p> + +<p>Nan looking at him, believed it. He had the air +about him of one that accomplishes things. You +could see it in the way he walked, the way he +talked. “Doesn’t make any difference,” he continued, +“what it is, a school lesson, a vacation, a +housekeeping task for your mother. If you begin +it, finish it.” He said this last so emphatically that +Nan looked about her half expecting to find something +that she should finish right away.</p> + +<p>“Doesn’t make any difference,” he went on, +“how hard the thing is or how much you want to +do something else. Do the thing you first started +and do it as well as you possibly can. Understand +what I mean?” Nan’s cousin looked at her very +intently for a moment and then he ruffled her +pretty brown hair with his rough hand. “Of course +you do, child,” he smiled at her. “You’re as bright +as they make them.”</p> + +<p>“Dad, oh, dad!” Alice MacKenzie joined the +two. “You’re wanted. The car’s ready and the +driver wants to know when we’re going to start.”</p> + +<p>“Start!” Adair MacKenzie, the soft mood having +slipped away from him now, roared. “Haven’t +I been waiting around here for an hour now for<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[77]</a></span> +that old sluggard. And then he has the effrontery +to send word to me that he’s waiting! The dolt! +I’ll fix him. I’ll fix him, if it’s the last thing in the +world I do! Thinks I’m a softy, does he? I’ll show +him!” With this, Adair MacKenzie went fuming +from the room.</p> + +<p>Fifteen minutes later Nan Sherwood and her +friends, Walker Jamieson, and Alice and her father +were riding along the road toward Mexico +City.</p> + +<p>“Got this telegram just before we left,” Adair +MacKenzie felt in his pockets for the yellow +paper, “It’s from that Hammond girl.” He turned +it over to Nan who read aloud to the others.</p> + +<p>“Arrived safely at San Antonio. Plane there +ready to take me on. Called home again. Mother +holding her own. Love. Rhoda.”</p> + +<p>Nan’s voice was husky as she finished. She +folded the telegram slowly and thoughtfully, +thinking of the struggle that was going on at Rose +Ranch and remembering her own concern years +back over her own mother’s health.</p> + +<p>“There, Nan,” Bess laid a gentle hand on her +friend’s. “Don’t look so worried. I’m sure things +will turn out for the best.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, Bess, if they don’t,” Nan half whispered +in return, “It will leave Rhoda and her father all<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[78]</a></span> +alone. It will make things so hard, for everyone +just worships Mrs. Hammond.”</p> + +<p>“I know,” Bess’s voice was heavy too, “but +don’t think of those things.” The role of consoler +was new to Bess, but instinctively she was saying +just the right thing. “Mrs. Hammond just has to +get well, and so she will. I feel sure that what I’m +saying is true. Oh, Nan, don’t cry,” Bess’s own +voice was full of tears.</p> + +<p>“Here, here, what’s happening back there?” +Adair MacKenzie turned from his place next to +the driver and frowned at the girls. “Can’t have +this. No blubbering on this trip.”</p> + +<p>Nan smiled a wan smile at the word.</p> + +<p>“Thought you were a brave girl,” Adair went +on. “Now, dry away those tears,” he ended, and +turning, resumed his work of instructing the +driver as to how to drive.</p> + +<p>It was Laura who unthinkingly started them all +off again.</p> + +<p>“Makes you think, doesn’t it,” she remarked, +“of the number of things you overlook doing for +your mother when you’re around her? Will I ever +be good,” she continued, “when I get home. I’ll +wash the dishes, set the table, run to the store, do +anything and everything without question.”</p> + +<p>Laura sounded so serious and so unlike herself +in her seriousness that even Nan had to smile, as<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[79]</a></span> +she agreed. “That’s just the way it makes me +feel,” she said.</p> + +<p>“Oh, Nan,” Bess protested, “and you’re always +so good to your mother. I’m the one that’s +mean. Why, I never do a thing around the house +if I can help it.” And Bess spoke the truth. The +daughter of a family that had plenty of money, +Bess was a pampered child. As a general rule, she +had little regard for either of her parents. Whatever +she wanted, she asked for without regard for +cost. What she couldn’t get from her mother, she +frequently managed to get from her father, and +the two were well on the way toward spoiling her +utterly when she went off to Lakeview with Nan.</p> + +<p>There, away from home among strangers in a +place where she had to live up to certain well-defined +rules, Bess had improved considerably. +Those that have watched her since her first appearance +in “Nan Sherwood at Pine Camp” have +seen a change come over her gradually. She is a +little more thoughtful, a little more considerate +of other people, but she still has a selfish streak +which at times like the present confronts her so +that her conscience pricks her sharply.</p> + +<p>“When I get home,” Bess spoke more quietly +than was her wont, “I’m going to do a little reforming +myself. I’m going to pay more attention<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[80]</a></span> +to what mother has to say. I’m going to be a better +daughter.”</p> + +<p>“And I am too,” Laura agreed.</p> + +<p>“And I,” Grace and Amelia said this together.</p> + +<p>So even while Rhoda Hammond in a plane that +was winging its way toward her western home, +was remembering little, dear things about the +mother she was so fond of, her friends were thinking +of her and making resolution after resolution +about their own conduct toward their parents.</p> +<hr class="l1" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[81]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>CHAPTER X<br /> + +<small>FIRST MEXICAN EXPERIENCE</small></h2> + + +<p>The days that followed were punctuated by +telegrams received from Rhoda.</p> + +<p>“Arrived safely.” That was the first one. It told +nothing at all of her mother’s condition.</p> + +<p>“Mother’s condition very serious. Not much +hope.” That was the second and the girls scarcely +had the heart to go on with Adair MacKenzie’s +party. Privately, they gave up hope entirely, but +Adair tried to keep their spirits up. “Never can +tell about these things,” he said after reading the +message.</p> + +<p>“Some improvement. Pray. Love. Rhoda.” The +third one read, and everyone felt better.</p> + +<p>Then for two days, there was no word, and +everyone’s hope just dwindled away to nothing. +During these days, it was Walker Jamieson with +his knowledge of Mexico and its ways that put +what life there was into the party.</p> + +<p>The eight hundred miles over the new Pan-American +highway from Laredo to Mexico City +was through gorgeous tropical and mountain scenery, +and all the way Walker regaled the girls with +stories and legends about Mexico and its history.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[82]</a></span></p> + +<p>He told bloody stories of bandits coming down +out of the hills, attacking travelers, kidnaping +them and then robbing them, or holding them for +huge ransom. He told of warfare between the +Mexicans and the Indians back in the hills. He +told of lost tribes who still worshipped the Sun +God, talked their native tongue, still lived in the +way those who had built the pyramids had lived.</p> + +<p>Alice listened breathlessly to all he had to say. +Nan and her friends hung on his every word. +Adair MacKenzie listened and grunted noncommittally.</p> + +<p>From Laredo to Monterey, he told these +stories and from Monterey to Villa Juarez until +everyone, whether he would admit it or not, felt +deeply the spell of Mexico.</p> + +<p>Then from Villa Juarez to Tamazunchale, +across rivers that were bordered by heavy tropical +foliage, everyone except Adair MacKenzie +was more or less silent absorbing quietly the +beauty about.</p> + +<p>“Listen!” Nan had the temerity to interrupt +one of Adair’s outbursts against their chauffeur. +Surprised by the command, Adair chuckled and +kept quiet. Nan had heard the song of a tropical +bird. Its call was picked up by another on the +other side of the road. The chauffeur slowed down +and then, at Adair’s command, stopped.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[83]</a></span></p> + +<p>For a few moments everyone listened, and then +Nan pushed open the door of the car and got out. +The others followed. To the right and to the left +of them the luxuriant growth made the place like +nothing else they had ever seen before. The birds +that flew out of the thicket were gorgeous things +in brilliant colors. The butterflies that drifted +from flower to flower were lovely too. But the +biggest surprise of all was the orchids.</p> + +<p>“Why, they grow wild!” Bess was amazed. The +only ones she had ever seen before had been in +the window of a florist’s shop on Madison Avenue +in Chicago and in a shoulder corsage worn by +Linda Riggs at a school ball. This last had made +Bess exceedingly envious, despite the fact that +Linda had been reprimanded afterwards, by Dr. +Prescott, for wearing it. And now, here they were +growing all about her, wild! Bess could scarcely +believe her eyes.</p> + +<p>Walker Jamieson laughed at her. “You like +them?” he asked. “Didn’t know, did you, that +they grew any place outside of a hothouse?”</p> + +<p>Bess shook her head. It was the first time in her +life that she had ever really been moved by nature +in any form. The others felt the same. The air +seemed quiet and heavy and yet full of all sorts of +strange noises too. Grace was timid in the face of +all the strangeness and held on to Nan’s hand.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[84]</a></span></p> + +<p>Nan’s eyes were big and wondrous. It was like +tropical jungles that she had read about. It was +like something she had never even dared hope to +see. She was quiet. Silently Adair MacKenzie +watched her, and felt pleased with himself that he +had shown it to her. In regarding her, he felt +almost as though he himself had created it for her +special benefit.</p> + +<p>She caught his glance, looked up at him and +grinned. “Wish I could take a piece of it home +with me,” she said.</p> + +<p>“You can.” Walker Jamieson sounded as +though that would be the simplest thing in the +world.</p> + +<p>“How?” Nan asked in the tone of one who +didn’t believe a word of what she heard.</p> + +<p>“Easy.” Jamieson’s eyes twinkled, for he knew +that she thought that this was only another bit of +his foolishness. “All you’ve got to do is get a +camera and take a picture. Then you’ll have it +for life.”</p> + +<p>“But I can’t,” Nan was serious too now.</p> + +<p>“Why?”</p> + +<p>“First, I’ve no camera and secondly, I don’t +know how to take pictures.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, we’ll take care of that,” Walker Jamieson +waved these difficulties aside as though they +didn’t amount to anything. “I’ve got a camera in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[85]</a></span> +the car, and, if you want, I’ll show you how to get +the best results. I’m in your debt anyway,” he +whispered.</p> + +<p>“Do you mean that about the camera and +everything?” Nan was incredulous.</p> + +<p>“Mean it? It’s a promise, isn’t it?” Walker +drew Alice into the conversation.</p> + +<p>She nodded her head happily. She knew, if Nan +didn’t, that Walker had made a hobby of photography +and just the year before, had won a prize in +a national show.</p> + +<p>“We’ll begin, just as soon as we get back in +that car,” Jamieson promised further. “When we +get to Mexico City, we’ll buy some more films and +the camera is yours to do with as you will until +we return to the States.”</p> + +<p>So, because of an impulsive wish and an impulsive +promise, Nan began almost immediately to +develop a hobby that, even before her Mexican +adventure was over, was going to have amazing +consequences.</p> + +<p>From Tamazunchale to Mexico City, the drive +was quite another experience. The road now was +hewn out of sheer mountain rock. The car climbed +and climbed, until the girls’ ears felt strange and +Bess declared that she could hardly breathe. She +forgot this, however, when they, upon Alice’s insistence, +this time, got out again. All around them,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[86]</a></span> +huge mountain peaks rose to great heights making +them all, except, perhaps, Adair MacKenzie, +feel small and insignificant.</p> + +<p>Straight down below them they saw rivers and +waterfalls that looked small and white and unimportant, +like a thread that some mighty hand had +dropped carelessly in the greenness. Then they +got in the car, went down the mountainside again, +and they came to a lovely white village in a fertile +green valley.</p> + +<p>Here they stopped and ate.</p> + +<p>“Can’t understand this jargon,” Adair MacKenzie +laid the menu that had been given him +down and looked utterly disgusted.</p> + +<p>“No sense in their making it like this,” he continued +as though it was a personal insult that anyone +should presume to speak or write any other +language than English. “Can’t see how they can +understand it themselves.”</p> + +<p>In the end, it was Walker Jamieson who did +the ordering. “How about some nice mode de +guajolote?” he grinned at Nan and her friends as +he put the question. “It’s turkey to you,” he explained +when they laughed, “stuffed turkey to be +exact and a choice bit here. With it, we’ll have +tortillas, the Mexican substitute for bread, and +frijoles, the favorite Mexican bean. Sound all +right?”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[87]</a></span></p> + +<p>The girls nodded as they tried to find the items +on their own menus. And Adair MacKenzie +grunted that he would take the same.</p> + +<p>The meal wasn’t entirely a success. Nan and +her friends enjoyed it, but Adair MacKenzie +grumbled throughout despite all that Alice could +do to mollify him.</p> + +<p>“Never mind, daddy,” she said at last, “in a +couple of more days we’ll be at the hacienda—”</p> + +<p>“Yes, and that housekeeper of ours better be +there, or I’ll fire her.” Adair was off again.</p> + +<p>Alice restrained a smile. For twenty years now, +Adair had been firing the housekeeper and for +twenty years she had been running him and his +house just as she pleased. It was a joke that the +motherly old lady and Alice shared.</p> + +<p>“She’ll be there,” Alice tried to reassure him, +“and so will that Chinese cook that we have heard +so much about.”</p> + +<p>Nan and the rest looked up from their turkey, +half expecting a story, but Alice said nothing +further. They finished the meal in silence and followed +Adair to the car.</p> + +<p>Then, by way of Zimapan, an attractive hillside +village, remembered ever afterwards by the +girls for its huge cacti, some more than thirty-five +feet high, they continued on toward Mexico City. +They passed through Tasquillo, and then over a<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[88]</a></span> +sandy road between other tall cacti to Ixmiquilpan, +a picturesque town where native Indians +were tending sheep and spinning along the streets.</p> + +<p>Here Nan took a picture, the first of many she +was to take, of the girls as they stood in a market +where they had just bought some gayly woven +baskets. The sight of the Indians brought more +stories to Walker’s mind and so, in the few miles +that lay between them and their stopping place +for the night, he told more tales.</p> + +<p>He told stories of buried treasure left by the +Aztecs in deep underground chambers, of turquoise +and jade that was more lovely than any +the modern world has discovered. He told of gold +so plentiful that it had no value, of great temples +that American Museums were spending hundreds +of thousands of dollars to rebuild.</p> + +<p>He knew all the stories, because, since his early +childhood, spent in California where Mexican labor +was plentiful because it was cheap, he had +been interested in the country.</p> + +<p>When, on the third day of their journey, they +approached Mexico City, Walker Jamieson was +in a particularly expansive mood, one designed to +keep their minds off the question of what word +they would find from Rhoda in the capital.</p> + +<p>“Below you, ladies and gentlemen,” he said<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[89]</a></span> +with a great sweep of his arm, “you see Mexico +City, the capital of this surprising republic of +Mexico. There you will find romance, adventure, +everything.”</p> +<hr class="l1" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[90]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>CHAPTER XI<br /> + +<small>A LEGEND</small></h2> + + +<p>“Mexico City,” he went on, as though he were +a guide introducing a party of tourists to its first +sight of a city, “lies, as you can see from here, in +a mountain valley on the Great Central Plateau. +Constructed on a former lake by those Aztecs +who once made of this whole region a grand and +glorious place, it was called by them ‘Tenochtitlan’, +an Aztec word meaning ‘Belonging to the +property of the Temple.’</p> + +<p>“When the Spaniards conquered Tenochtitlan, +they found grand palaces and elegant homes +under the shadow of the mountains that lie all +about. They found gardens more beautiful and +more highly cultivated than any they had ever +known. They found wealth and splendour such +as not even their vivid imaginations had ever constructed. +They found everything,” he finished +dramatically, “and they drove the people who had +conceived it out, and they took it unto themselves, +and it went to ruin. You see now, the modern city, +and as you go through its streets, you will find +everywhere evidences of all these changes living +side by side with the new that the present generation +is in the process of building up.”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[91]</a></span></p> + +<p>Walker Jamieson had started his little harangue +half in fun, but as always when he talked about +the old city, he grew serious as he went on. Now, +as he noted the half scowl on Adair MacKenzie’s +face, the look of interest on Alice’s, and the attention +of Nan Sherwood and her friends, he paused.</p> + +<p>“How am I doing?” he directed the question to +the group in general.</p> + +<p>Adair MacKenzie grunted.</p> + +<p>Alice beamed, her eyes full of pride in him.</p> + +<p>And Nan and her crowd nodded their heads for +him to go on.</p> + +<p>“So, my public adores me,” he said in a mocking +self-satisfied tone that caused Alice and Nan +to laugh aloud.</p> + +<p>With this he wrapped his guide’s cloak about +him again and went on.</p> + +<p>“As you go about,” he said, “and look up from +day to day at the mountains that surround you, +you will soon be able to name them all from +Chiquihuite, ‘the basket’, to El Cerro Gordo, ‘the +fat hill’, but there is none that has a more fascinating +story than La Sierra Madre over there to the +west.” He pointed as he spoke. “That’s the famous +one with the two volcanoes, Ixtaccihuatl, ‘the +white woman’, and Popocatepetl, ‘the mountain +that smokes’.</p> + +<p>“At one time, before the great Cortez conquered<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[92]</a></span> +the country, these volcanoes were worshipped +as deities. There were days set aside for +their veneration, feasts in their honor, and elaborate +ceremonies.”</p> + +<p>“Just imagine,” Laura interrupted, “having a +feast in honor of a mountain.”</p> + +<p>“Strange, isn’t it?” Walker Jamieson agreed. +“But wait, I have even stranger things to tell +you.”</p> + +<p>“I have no doubt.” The remark was Adair +MacKenzie’s who, whether he would admit it or +not, was really enjoying himself thoroughly.</p> + +<p>“Ixtaccihuatl had a wooden idol representing +her in the Great Temple and Popocatepetl a representation +of dough of amarand and maize seeds. +These idols you will see in the great museums of +the city. The legend that surrounds them, if you +will bear with me, goes something like this.</p> + +<p>“Ixtaccihuatl was the beautiful daughter of a +proud and powerful Aztec Emperor and his only +child. As such, she was heir to his throne and +watched and guarded throughout her youth. Her +father adored her, but as he grew old and weak +and his enemies began to wage war against him, +he realized more and more how difficult it would +be for a woman to hold together his vast and +wealthy empire. So he set out to find a husband<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[93]</a></span> +worthy of his daughter, worthy of the splendour +that would be hers after his death.</p> + +<p>“He called to his aid all the proud young warriors +of his tribe and offered his daughter in +marriage and his throne to the one among them +who would conquer his enemies.</p> + +<p>“This Popocatepetl that you see yonder went +into the fight. He had long been in love with the +beautiful princess.</p> + +<p>“The war was long. It was cruel. It was bloody. +But Popocatepetl endured to the end. Ah, but he +was proud and triumphant when he saw that it +would surely be he who would return to claim the +princess whom he loved.</p> + +<p>“But alas, his triumph was short-lived. His enemies, +having failed in battle, stooped to the lowest +form of deceit. They sent back to the Princess +the false news that her beloved had been killed. +She languished and became ill of a strange malady +that not even the smartest witch doctors in the +realm could cure her of. She died.</p> + +<p>“Popocatepetl’s grief was more than he could +bear. He wished to die too, so he caused to be +constructed a great pyramid upon which he himself +laid the beautiful Ixtaccihuatl. Next to it, he +built another. There, he stands, holding a funeral +torch.</p> + +<p>“The snow has enfolded her body and covered<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[94]</a></span> +that of the man that would have married her, but +it has never covered the torch which burns on, a +symbol of the love of Popocatepetl for +Ixtaccihuatl.”</p> + +<p>“And the smoke,” Nan said quietly when she +saw that he had finished, “of the volcano is the +smoke of the torch’s flame.”</p> + +<p>“Smart girl,” Walker Jamieson slipped into a +lighter mood now.</p> + +<p>“And they believed that story?” Bess sounded +incredulous.</p> + +<p>“Yes, O doubtful one,” Laura answered the +question, “and they had feasts for the couple. +Didn’t you listen to the beginning?”</p> + +<p>“Hm-m, they probably weren’t edible,” Adair +MacKenzie suddenly remembered the meal he +had found so distasteful a short time before.</p> + +<p>Walker winked at Alice who patted her father +on the arm, “Never mind, dad,” she said, “there’ll +be food that you like later on.”</p> + +<p>“Too late then.” Adair MacKenzie was not to +be mollified now. “Be all burned up before then +by these confounded Mexican chiles. Must have +a million varieties. Find them in everything. +Afraid even to order ice-cream. Probably comes +with a special chile sauce on it. Somebody ought to +teach these Mexicans how to eat. Do it myself if +I had time. Always think that when I come here.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[95]</a></span> +Teach them that and how to build roads,” he +added as the car bumped over the highway.</p> + +<p>“Anyway, we’re coming into some sort of civilized +city, now.” He looked about himself with +some degree of satisfaction, for as Walker had +proceeded with his account of the legend of the +two famous volcanoes, the car had been progressing +toward the city. Now it was on the outskirts +and Nan and Bess, Grace and Amelia and Laura +were craning their necks so as not to miss one +single sight.</p> + +<p>“How nice it would be,” Amelia remarked to +the group after she had missed something that +Walker had pointed out on the side of the road +opposite to the one she had been watching, “to +have a face on all sides of your head so that you +could see all ways at once.”</p> + +<p>“Well, all I can say is,” Laura returned dryly, +“that you are doing pretty well with the one that +you have. You might have missed the old flower +woman back there, but you are certainly making +up for it now.” With this she laughed and pushed +Amelia’s head, that was now blocking her own +line of vision, out of the way.</p> + +<p>“Such pretty young girls,” Nan remarked as +the car stopped at a crossroad to let a half dozen +Mexicans cross the street.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[96]</a></span></p> + +<p>“Aren’t they though?” Bess agreed. “One of +them looked just like Juanita. Remember?”</p> + +<p>Of course Nan remembered the girl that had +been involved in the hidden treasure plot that was +recounted in the story “Nan Sherwood at Rose +Ranch.” The thought of her now brought Rhoda +back to mind and her mother, and with it a return +of the anxiety they had felt at not having heard +recently from their friend.</p> +<hr class="l1" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[97]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>CHAPTER XII<br /> + +<small>LINDA RIGGS TURNS UP</small></h2> + + +<p>Adair MacKenzie was quick to note the change +in their mood. “Wells Fargo and Co., Madero +14.” He gave instructions to the chauffeur, and +then turned to Nan. “It’s the American Express +of this country,” he explained in a tone that indicated +that they had no right to call it other than +the “American Express”. “We’ll pick up mail +there. You see.”</p> + +<p>“What have you done to the old man?” Walker +Jamieson questioned as he helped Nan out of the +car a few minutes later. “Why, Alice,” he continued, +assisting her too, “he’s practically putty in +her hands.”</p> + +<p>“I know,” Alice smiled as she took Nan’s arm +and walked along beside her. “It is amazing and +I’m almost jealous. I thought that I was the only +one in the world that could manage him.” She +looked fondly in the direction of Adair MacKenzie +who had already passed through the door and +was at the counter inside demanding his mail.</p> + +<p>“See, what did I tell you?” He asked triumphantly +when they all entered together. “There’s +a whole bunch of mail here. See.” He held up a<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[98]</a></span> +truly large package of letters, letters from home +for each of the girls. As they all crowded around +him, he teased them by delaying the process of +handing them out.</p> + +<p>“Let’s see, this one looks interesting, mighty +interesting.” He lingered over the address. “But +the writing isn’t very clear.”</p> + +<p>Alice reached for it as though to help him out. +He raised his arm high. “No, it’s not for you,” he +shook his head at her. “This mailman always +delivers his mail to the proper person. Now, stand +back all of you, while I look again.”</p> + +<p>“This is as bad or worse than it is at school +when they distribute mail, isn’t it?” Laura nudged +Nan. “But look, isn’t the old duck getting a kick +out of it all?”</p> + +<p>Nan nodded. There was only one thing that she +was really impatient about. She wanted to know +now, right away, whether there was any word +from Rhoda. She felt as though she couldn’t stand +it a moment longer not to know.</p> + +<p>“Please, Cousin Adair,” she begged, “is there +anything there at all from Rhoda?”</p> + +<p>“Yes, father, tell us quickly,” Alice chimed in.</p> + +<p>“Oh, I’m sorry,” Adair MacKenzie was immediately +all contrition. “H-m-m, wait.” He +leafed quickly through the pack.</p> + +<p>“Yes, there is something,” he admitted at last.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[99]</a></span> +“It’s addressed to Nan.” With this he handed a +yellow telegram over to her. “Take it easily,” he +advised, while they all waited anxiously for Nan +to open it. She tore the seal, pulled the message +out, dropped it in her nervousness, and then when +it was restored to her hands, read it slowly to +herself.</p> + +<p>At long last she looked up. “It’s—” she caught +her breath before she could continue—“all right. +Rhoda’s mother is going to get well.” Saying this, +she passed the telegram over to Bess and Laura, +and then, before she realized at all what was happening, +her eyes welled up with tears.</p> + +<p>“Why, Nan, darling!” Alice exclaimed, “don’t +cry. Everything’s all right now. Come,” she drew +from her own purse a pretty white handkerchief +and wiped Nan’s tears away, “you’ll have us all +in tears.”</p> + +<p>Nan took the handkerchief away from her and +wiped her own eyes, hard. Then she smiled. +“Don’t mind me,” she laughed. “I’m just an old +silly. Please, cousin Adair, what’s in the rest of +that package.”</p> + +<p>“Yes, what’s in it?” Even Adair MacKenzie +sounded as though he had lost possession of himself +for a moment. Now, he collected himself +again and took the party in his hands, as he had +had it before. “Too much stalling around here,”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[100]</a></span> +he grumbled to no one in particular, and then +went on with the distribution of the mail.</p> + +<p>The letters from home were fun to get, fun to +read, and fun to share. Each one was read and +re-read a dozen times by the girl that received it, +and then it was passed around and enjoyed by all +the others. There were letters from their mothers +and fathers and letters from their friends. There +was a round robin from their pals at school.</p> + +<p>Though all of them had news, this last had the +choicest bits.</p> + +<p>“Do you know that,” it began, “Professor +Krenner and Dr. Beulah Prescott are going to be +married before the summer is over?”</p> + +<p>“Nan,” Bess stopped Nan who was reading the +bit aloud to the others, “is it true? Did I hear +you right?”</p> + +<p>“I guess you did,” Nan’s eyes looked merry +now. She of all the girls had been the only one +who knew that this announcement was coming. +Beloved by Dr. Beulah and the best student and +most wide-awake person that had ever come to +Dr. Krenner’s attention, she had been in their +confidence before school had closed.</p> + +<p>The romance between the Principal of Lakeview +and one of its most scholarly instructors had +blossomed the summer the two had escorted the +present group of girls on their European trip.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[101]</a></span> +Professor Krenner joined the party in London, +just before the coronation. There he and Dr. +Prescott learned of the million and one things +they had in common. Nan knew of this, knew too +that the wedding was to take place in the chapel +at Lakeview just before school opened. Already, +she had planned to attend.</p> + +<p>Now, she went on with the reading of the round +robin. “Do you know,” she continued, “that the +old boathouse where we had that grand party on +Bess’s twenty-five dollars, is going to be pulled +down and a big new one built?</p> + +<p>“That the dormitories are being redecorated +and that corridor four where we have rooms is +going to have all the walls done over and that +serapes will look especially nice hanging on them?</p> + +<p>“And that, and this is the biggest piece of news +of all, Linda Riggs is someplace in Mexico?”</p> + +<p>“No!” the exclamation was Bess’s. If it was +possible to say that one girl in the room disliked +the proud Linda more than the rest, Bess was +that girl.</p> + +<p>“I hate her. I just hate her.” Bess had said +vehemently many times. And well she might, for +often in the days that followed the registration of +Bess and Nan at Lakeview, Linda had purposely +embarrassed and humiliated them. At first, Bess, +because she naturally coveted wealth, and Linda<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[102]</a></span> +was a very wealthy girl, had tried to make friends +with “Her Highness” as Laura dubbed Linda. +But her efforts always ended disastrously.</p> + +<p>Nan, as all those who have followed the fortunes +of the young girl know, time and again +tried to help Linda. Once or twice she was instrumental +in saving her life. But despite this, whenever +Linda was in a position to do so, she +managed to belittle Nan, to snub her rudely, to +make her just as uncomfortable as she possibly +could.</p> + +<p>So Nan and Bess had particular reasons for +disliking the girl who had even been expelled from +school for one bit of meanness that caused an +explosion which might easily have cost the lives +of many of the Lakeview Hall students. Linda, +in other words, was cordially hated by most of the +students of the fashionable boarding school.</p> + +<p>Now, the news that she was in Mexico brought +consternation to the group.</p> + +<p>“It’s just as I’ve always said,” Bess fumed. +“It’s impossible to go anyplace without having +her turn up.”</p> + +<p>“Probably likes you and just won’t admit it.” +Laura could well afford to add fuel to the flame. +Linda generally avoided her.</p> + +<p>“She doesn’t like me and you know it, Laura +Polk,” Bess exclaimed. “Why she had to come<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[103]</a></span> +down here when there’s all the rest of the world +for her to travel in, I don’t know. But you can +just be sure of this, no good will come of it.”</p> + +<p>“Sh! Bess,” Nan warned as she looked over to +one side where Adair MacKenzie, Alice, and +Walker Jamieson were deep in consultation.</p> + +<p>“I’m sorry, Nan,” Bess lowered her voice, “but +I just don’t seem to be able to control myself +when that girl comes to mind. She’s caused us so +much unhappiness that I can’t stand her.”</p> + +<p>“I know,” Nan was genuinely sympathetic, “but +don’t you worry, we probably won’t see her at all. +Mexico, after all, is a pretty big place.”</p> + +<p>“Yes, it has twenty-seven states, besides the +Federal District and the Territory of Lower California.” +Laura quoted the guidebook glibly.</p> + +<p>“Doesn’t make any difference,” Bess said +firmly. “If she’s anywhere in the country, there’s +no escaping her. We’ll meet her.” She ended +positively.</p> + +<p>How truly Bess spoke, the crowd was soon to +find out, but the circumstances and the far-reaching +results must be left to other chapters.</p> +<hr class="l1" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[104]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>CHAPTER XIII<br /> + +<small>NAN TURNS PHOTOGRAPHER</small></h2> + + +<p>“Well, what’s on the program this morning?” +Adair MacKenzie was in a genial mood the day +after the telegram had informed the girls that +Rhoda’s mother was going to recover.</p> + +<p>He had had a good night’s sleep and a generous +well-cooked breakfast in the fashionable hotel +where he had chosen to take his brood. Though +he had complained about the coffee in no uncertain +terms, as is the custom of most Americans traveling +in foreign countries, the rest of the food had +seemed good and now he acted as though he was +entirely at the disposal of his guests.</p> + +<p>“What do you say, Jamieson?” He turned to +the young newspaper man. “Got any ideas?”</p> + +<p>“Only those that we talked over at Wells +Fargo’s yesterday.” Walker Jamieson assumed a +mysterious air.</p> + +<p>“Oh, that, that has to wait until the afternoon,” +Adair MacKenzie looked mysterious too.</p> + +<p>“Then we might just explore the city, take the +buses and street cars and find out how the natives<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[105]</a></span> +get around. We might let the girls get a glimpse +of The Cathedral, one of the most important in +all of the Americas. It was built over the old +Aztec Templo Mayor and it took two and a half +centuries to build.”</p> + +<p>“Two and a half centuries to build a church!” +Laura exclaimed.</p> + +<p>“What can you expect?” Adair MacKenzie +asked in a tone that indicated he was not the least +bit surprised, “of a nation that has ‘maņana’ for +its motto?”</p> + +<p>Walker Jamieson laughed heartily at this. +“Well, maybe you are right,” he admitted, “but +I don’t think you’ll find your interpretation in any +guidebook. They say merely that the Indians contributed +a third of the cost and all the work and +that ‘many died each day due to the long hours +of unaccustomed strenuous work.’”</p> + +<p>“That’s right, they’ll never admit they are +wrong,” Adair shook his head as though this fact +grieved him deeply. “Never be afraid, you Nan,” +he pointed his finger sternly at his young cousin, +“to admit you are wrong. Best medicine in the +world. If you are wrong say so. It’s good for +you.” Adair MacKenzie had a habit of talking +thus in circles, agreeing with himself over some +great truth. Now he nodded his head with great<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[106]</a></span> +satisfaction as though he himself made a practice +of admitting his mistakes.</p> + +<p>Walker looked at Alice. Alice looked at +Walker. They both laughed. Both knew that the +old man had never in his life admitted that he had +made a mistake. Both at this moment thought +him charming and lovable.</p> + +<p>“Well, shall we leave The Cathedral out +then?” Walker Jamieson was always willing to +give in in little particulars. “There’s plenty else +to see, palaces, parks, markets. Why, there’s a +whole new city to explore.”</p> + +<p>“Won’t leave anything out,” Adair MacKenzie +looked at his watch as he spoke, “but we’ve +got to do everything up in a hurry. Haven’t got +much time to stay in this city. Got a telegram this +morning from the caretaker at the Hacienda. Expects +us there within the next couple of days.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, daddy,” Alice laughed. “That’s the way +you always are. Always wanting to move on just +as soon as we arrive at a place.”</p> + +<p>“And you,” he twitted, “maņana is always good +enough for you. You’re just a lazy beggar. Now, +what do you want to do today.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, everything, just everything,” Alice looked +as though she would like to do it all and do it +now. She had that happy faculty that some people<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[107]</a></span> +have of always having a good time no matter +what happens.</p> + +<p>Nan had it too. The word “bore” which slips +so easily from the tongues of many young people +who really shouldn’t know what boredom is, had +never crossed her lips. Life seemed too full of +adventure, too full of a number of things to do +for her to even think of applying it to herself. +Linda Riggs might have used the word, but never +Nan, and never Alice.</p> + +<p>“Well, there’s your answer,” Adair MacKenzie +turned to Walker when Alice answered that she +wanted to do “just everything.” “It’s a typical +woman’s answer. Now, do what you want to +with it.”</p> + +<p>“O-kay.” Walker Jamieson assumed the responsibility +willingly enough. “Now, listen here,” +he turned to the girls and assumed a serious air +and a stern one that unfortunately didn’t impress +them at all, and said, “we’ve got just about four +hours in this day to do with as you want to do.”</p> + +<p>“Four hours!” Nan exclaimed, “why, how +short the days are here! It’s only nine o’clock +now, or is Amelia’s watch slow?” She had been +looking at Amelia’s wrist as she spoke.</p> + +<p>“I said four hours.” Walker repeated, still +sternly.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[108]</a></span></p> + +<p>“He said four hours.” Adair MacKenzie was +equally stern.</p> + +<p>“Then, why don’t you get started,” Alice +teased.</p> + +<p>“Come on, here. We are.” Walker pretended +that he was angry and that Alice’s remark was +just the last straw. He took her by the arm and +with the others following after, they all left the +dining room, walked through the lounge and then +out into the morning sunshine.</p> + +<p>The four hours flew by. They shopped in the +busy Mexican markets, bartered with natives, +dressed in brilliantly colored blankets and huge +sombreros, bought serapes, beautiful Indian pottery, +some opals that were sold by the dozen, +handwoven baskets and a million and one little +things that Walker declared would fill a trunk.</p> + +<p>Nan took her camera along and snapped pictures +of everyone, pretty Mexican seņoritas selling +flowers, little Mexican boys who were boot-blacks, +proud of the American slang they had +learned in the movies, and whole families complete +with shawls, squatting over low fires making +tortillas for whomsoever would buy.</p> + +<p>She took pictures until in her enthusiasm she +forgot herself entirely and asked Adair MacKenzie<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[109]</a></span> +if he would please hold a little Mexican +baby while she photographed it.</p> + +<p>As soon as the question was out of her mouth, +she realized that she had made a mistake.</p> + +<p>What a torrent it brought forth! Adair MacKenzie +blustered as he had never blustered before. +He would see himself tied and hung before she +would ever find him even touching one of those +kids. Why, the idea. Did she think he was an +embassador of good will, that he was down there +to kiss babies and wear serapes to show that he +was just one of the people. Did—d—did she think +he was—why, what did she think he was? He +stuttered in his surprise.</p> + +<p>Finally, Nan and Walker and Alice and all the +rest broke down in laughter, for Adair MacKenzie +was certainly outdoing himself.</p> + +<p>With this, he stopped in amazement. And they +were laughing at him! “No respect any more at +all,” he muttered and then he laughed too.</p> + +<p>“You, Walker, you,” he took the remaining bit +of his impatience out on that able young man, +“you’ve no sense at all in that head of yours. Let +the girls get out of hand all the time. Now, I’m +going to take charge of the party. Had enough of +your nonsense. Come on, you,” he turned to Nan +and the rest with this, “there’ll be no more pictures +today. We’re going back to the hotel now.”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[110]</a></span></p> + +<p>“And then what?” Alice ventured to ask.</p> + +<p>“You’ll see. Just wait. You’ll see. This is my +party now.” So, he right-about-faced and went +striding from the market with the others following +him.</p> +<hr class="l1" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[111]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>CHAPTER XIV<br /> + +<small>SMUGGLERS</small></h2> + + +<p>“A bullfight, Bess, we’re going to a bullfight,” +Nan exclaimed as she and Bess dressed for the +afternoon excursion with Adair MacKenzie.</p> + +<p>“Why, Nancy Sherwood, I never in all the +world thought you were the bloodthirsty creature +that you are,” Bess laughed at her pal.</p> + +<p>“Oh, you are just the same, Elizabeth Harley,” +Nan returned. “When Cousin Adair told us at +the luncheon table what we were going to do this +afternoon, you were just as excited as the rest +of us.”</p> + +<p>“I know it,” Bess confessed. “But I expect to +hold my ears and close my eyes through the worst +parts. They do say they can be very gory spectacles +with blood streaming all over everything.”</p> + +<p>“That’s right,” Nan admitted. “It scares me +to think of that part, but I want to see it anyway.” +As the girls talked, they dressed, combed their +hair, and then tidied up the room.</p> + +<p>“Ready?” Laura stuck her head through the +door and asked. “Amelia and Grace are already +downstairs. We better get started, or Grace will<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[112]</a></span> +be backing down. Really, I think she’s scared to +death, but is afraid to admit it. Me, I’m going +to love this.”</p> + +<p>“Me, too,” Nan admitted. “I can hardly wait. +I’ve read about them so often. Remember the +lecturer at Lakeview who had all those slides +about bullfights in Spain. I’ve wanted to see one +ever since then.”</p> + +<p>“Yes, Mrs. Cupp was so angry over that. She +didn’t think it was the proper sort of thing for +young ladies to see. She thought it would coarsen +them,” Laura finished primly. “Wait until we get +back to Lakeview, will we ever have some tales to +tell her that will make her hair stand on end! +She’ll have to go to bed for a week to recover.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, Laura,” Nan laughed, “you sound as +though you’d be brave enough to tell her all about +it yourself.”</p> + +<p>“Well, if I’m not,” Laura joined in the laughter, +“because we aren’t exactly bosom pals, you +know, she’ll find out. Nothing escapes her.”</p> + +<p>“Truer words were never spoken,” Nan agreed +as she adjusted her hat in front of the mirror. +“Come on, now, I’m ready. Are you, Bess?”</p> + +<p>“Just a second.” Bess was rummaging through +her purse. “There’s everything here except the +thing I want.”</p> + +<p>“Looks almost like an over-night bag,” Laura<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[113]</a></span> +commented as Bess poured the contents out on +the dresser.</p> + +<p>“What in the world are you looking for?” Nan +asked somewhat impatiently. Bess never could find +things in her purse because she had a habit of +saving everything and never cleaning the pocket-book +out.</p> + +<p>“Oh, my passport—I mean my visitors’ pass.” +Bess really did look worried. “I had it this morning. +I know I did.”</p> + +<p>“All I can say is,” Laura commented dryly, “if +you’ve lost that, you might just as well go out +and drown yourself, because if you don’t, Mr. +MacKenzie will roar so loud when you tell him +that the earth will just open up and swallow us +all.”</p> + +<p>“I know it.” Bess was almost in tears. She +didn’t like to be roared at. She took scoldings +harder than anyone else in the crowd, because at +home she had always been made to feel that what +she did was right.</p> + +<p>“Bessie, you’re such a silly,” Nan laughed. +“You’ve got the wrong pocket-book. That isn’t +the one you had with you this morning. You had +the little black one and that’s over there on your +trunk. Remember, you put it there when you came +in so that you would be sure to know where it was +when you wanted it again.”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[114]</a></span></p> + +<p>Bess laughed too now. “Isn’t that just like me, +always hunting for something and always finding +it just where it ought to be?”</p> + +<p>“I do that too,” Laura sympathized as they +three left the room. And so does everyone, but +Bess had a habit of getting confused and impatient +as soon as things went wrong and using all her +energy in getting excited. Nan generally remained +calm and found things. Laura was calm too and +that because she never took anything very seriously. +If she couldn’t find one thing, another +would do, and so she always went happily on +her way.</p> + +<p>Bess was thinking of this, as Nan pushed the +button for the automatic elevator. “But you +couldn’t have substituted anything for the visitors’ +pass.” She directed her remark to Laura as +though they had been talking over the thing she +was thinking about.</p> + +<p>“Whatever are you talking about?” Laura +laughed. “Or, is it a secret? You know what happens +to people in this country who go around +talking to themselves? They throw them to the +bulls. Now, come on, Bessie,” she finished. “You +may be a harum-scarum child, but we love you. +Cheer up.”</p> + +<p>At this, the elevator jolted and settled to its +place on the first floor and the three girls stepped<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[115]</a></span> +out to find Adair, Alice, Walker Jamieson and +the rest all waiting for them.</p> + +<p>“Thought you had cold feet, and were backing +out.” Walker Jamieson greeted them with this +sally as they all walked down the entrance stairs +and out to their waiting car.</p> + +<p>“Look!” Nan pointed at a street car they were +passing.</p> + +<p>“At what?” Laura questioned.</p> + +<p>“Oh, you were too late,” Nan answered while +she adjusted her camera so that it would be ready +for her to take pictures when she wanted to. +“There was a sign on that car which said, +‘Toreo.’”</p> + +<p>“What does that mean?” Grace questioned.</p> + +<p>“Bullfight, darling, that’s where you are going +now,” Laura answered. “See, there’s the sign that +Nan saw again. It’s on the front of that bus that’s +stopped across the street. This must be a holiday. +Practically everyone seems to have dusted off his +best sombrero and come out on the streets.”</p> + +<p>“It’s a holiday everyday here.” Adair MacKenzie +turned around to join in the conversation. +“Saw a calendar of festivals posted in the hotel +lobby. No end to it. No wonder the people never +get anything done.”</p> + +<p>“I saw that too,” Walker Jamieson remarked. +“Saw something else posted on a bulletin board<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[116]</a></span> +that was interesting. It was a warning to everyone +to take good care of his visitor’s pass. Right beside +it was the announcement of a reward being +offered to anyone who could give information as +to the whereabouts of one Antonio Mazaro, an +American citizen and former aviator, who is suspected +of being an accomplice in an international +smuggling ring.”</p> + +<p>“They must be the smugglers Mr. Nogales +told us about at the border,” Nan remarked.</p> + +<p>Walker Jamieson said nothing further. The +truth, was, however, that he had just an hour before +received an assignment from a big New York +newspaper to cover certain aspects of this smuggling +ring story, and he was already wondering +whether or not it was going to be possible for him +to go on to the Hacienda as he had planned.</p> + +<p>“These Mexicans will never catch anyone, much +less a band of American crooks.” Adair MacKenzie +looked around again. “Need a couple of good +G-men down here, if they’re going to find out anything +at all.”</p> + +<p>“Think so too,” Walker agreed, “they are +sending some down, I understand.”</p> + +<p>“You got your nose in the story?” Adair MacKenzie +asked abruptly, and everyone looked at +Walker, waiting for his answer.</p> +<hr class="l1" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[117]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>CHAPTER XV<br /> + +<small>A BULLFIGHT</small></h2> + + +<p>“Oh, always interested in whatever goes on,” +Walker answered off-handedly. “You know how +it is. See a story breaking, you want to be in on +the kill. Just can’t help yourself. Gets in your +blood, after you’ve worked on any paper for a +while.</p> + +<p>“Back four years ago, I went up into northern +Canada for a vacation. Chose that spot because +I thought it would be far away from newspapers +and stories of all kinds. I guess I was feeling +rather disgusted with everything and wanted to +get away, so when an old newspaper buddy who +had struck out a claim for himself asked me to go +up and do a little prospecting for gold with him, +I jumped at the chance.</p> + +<p>“It looked like an ideal set-up. We were to go +alone to his cabin which was miles away from +civilization and stay there for the summer. We +stocked up with plenty of food, some books I had +been wanting to read for a long time, and took a +radio along.</p> + +<p>“I had a book I wanted to write, something I +had started and never found time to finish. Oh, it<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[118]</a></span> +was nothing,” he added as Nan and the rest +looked impressed. “All newspaper people think +that some day they’ll write a book that will take +the world by storm.</p> + +<p>“Well, I thought I would finish that, do some +prospecting and just have a nice quiet time for +myself. The chap I was going up with was a nice +sort of fellow, quiet like myself.</p> + +<p>“We went by train as far as we could go, and +then got an old Indian to paddle us the rest of the +way in a canoe. It was nice going. We took it leisurely, +stopped and fished along the banks of the +river, and camped for three days in a gorgeous +spot that seemed as remote from civilization as +any place could possibly be.</p> + +<p>“Things went along quite perfectly until one +night—this was after we had been in the camp for +a couple of weeks—there was a radio call ‘Plane +carrying doctor and infantile paralysis serum to +Canadian outpost in Northwest down. Position +approximately’—Oh, I’ve forgotten what it was +now, but it was not far from our camp.</p> + +<p>“The next morning we were up at daybreak and +by the next afternoon we had located the plane. +The pilot was dead, but the doctor, though suffering +from a broken leg and shock, was still living. +After we had fixed him up, we spent the +night trying to get the plane’s radio to the point<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[119]</a></span> +where it would function, so that we could get the +news back to civilization.</p> + +<p>“But things were so radically wrong with it, +that my pal finally decided that he would set out +for the nearest outpost, traveling as we had when +we came, walking and by canoe. In the meantime, +the doctor was fretting and stewing because he +couldn’t get to the station that was in such urgent +need of medical aid, so partly on this insistence, +partly because I’m a stubborn fool when I start +out to do anything, I kept tinkering around with +the radio.</p> + +<p>“Finally, the thing came to life, and we were +able to get in touch with the outside world. You +know as well as I what happens in such cases. It +wasn’t long before I was up to my neck, sending +exclusive stories back to my old sheet and then, +when another plane came to take the doctor and +brought with it a whole flock of reporters, I was +swamped with work.</p> + +<p>“I grumbled, but I loved it, and when the story +died down and I was called back to work on an +assignment that I was more than proud to accept +I was like a kid with a new toy. Never so glad to +get back into harness in my life.</p> + +<p>“I feel now, a little the way I did then. Mexico +and the land of maņana spelled romance and +rest to me in the city room where I do my daily<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[120]</a></span> +stint. But now I want neither of them. I smell a +story.”</p> + +<p>With this, he sniffed the air as though he was +actually trying to get the direction of the scent. +Alice laughed and held her hand on the handle of +the door. “Maybe you do,” she said, “but you’re +not leaving us today, at least not this minute. +Walker Jamieson, we’re headed for a bullfight +and you’re going along with us whether you want +to or not.”</p> + +<p>There was no protest, and Walker was glad +afterwards when he pieced the little sections of +the plot together that he hadn’t struck out on the +trail of the story before that memorable bull-fight.</p> + +<p>“And what’s the man with the wheelbarrow doing +in the parade?” Nan asked the question of +Walker Jamieson.</p> + +<p>They were all sitting now in the huge arena, +“Plaza de Toros,” the most important bull-fighting +ring in all Mexico. The place was packed and +Nan thought as she looked out over the people +that she had never in her life seen such a gay colorful +crowd, nor one in such an excited mood.</p> + +<p>They were sitting on the shady side of the +ring, “Sombra” it was called, the seats of which +cost twice the price of those on the sunny side, or +“Sol.”</p> + +<p>It was four o’clock exactly and the cuadrilla or<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[121]</a></span> +parade that precedes every bull-fight had just +entered the arena. Everyone was standing up +shouting, waving his sombrero, and cheering for +his favorite.</p> + +<p>“That’s a secret, not to be divulged until later,” +Walker answered Nan’s question.</p> + +<p>“I didn’t know it would be like this,” Grace, +generally so quiet and shy, said. Her face was all +alight and she was waving the pillow that had +been bought for her to sit on, as were all the rest +of the girls and women in the place. Laura was +waving hers too, and so were Bess and Nan and +Amelia.</p> + +<p>Down in the ring below them the parade was +marching around. First came a man on a spirited +horse that pranced and danced and bowed its +head to the ground again and again as the rider +circled the ring. Then followed the matadores or +bullfighters themselves in brilliant costumes that +proclaimed to everyone that they were the heroes +of the hour. It was for them that pillows were +waved and cheers echoed back and forth across +the ring.</p> + +<p>“Oh, they’re gorgeous, simply gorgeous,” Nan +was carried away with the excitement. “What are +they called?” she pointed her finger to a number +of men now riding on horseback and directed her +question to Walker.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[122]</a></span></p> + +<p>“And look, what are they?” Laura turned to +him at the same time. She was pointing to men in +white suits, red sashes, and caps who came in on +mules.</p> + +<p>“One at a time, please,” Walker laughed at +their excitement. “Nan’s first. Those men on +horseback are the picadores. Watch them later. +And you, Seņorita,” he turned to Laura, “you +asked about the wise monkeys, ‘monosabios’ we +Mexicans call them. When the fight’s over they’ll +drag out the dead bull.”</p> + +<p>“Oh!” The exclamation was Grace’s. She had +forgotten that a bullfight meant that there would +be blood and killing.</p> + +<p>Walker looked at her questioningly and then +at Alice. “Here was a girl,” the glances they exchanged +said, “that would have to be watched at +the killing.”</p> + +<p>Now, below them, the horseman leading the +procession bowed before the judge of the bullfight, +the formation disbanded, and the ring +cleared for the entrance of the first bull.</p> + +<p>It came in, charging from a door that was +opened below the ring, went bellowing madly +across the arena, and charged straight into a target +that maddened it further.</p> + +<p>Now the prettiest, most graceful part of the +whole spectacle began.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[123]</a></span></p> + +<p>Two helpers carrying lovely bright capes +stepped from the side into the arena. One of them +waved his cape, attracting the attention of the +bull which came rushing toward the bright moving +object. The helper danced gracefully aside. +The bull turned and rushed at him again, putting +his head down and going for him with his horns. +But the man was graceful and daring and teasing +and avoided him.</p> + +<p>Now the other helper waved his cape and was +equally provocative and the bull went for him +with the same lack of success.</p> + +<p>So they played back and forth, tantalizing the +bull, attracting it with one cape and distracting it +with another until it was thoroughly maddened.</p> + +<p>Then the rider came in on his horse and the +rider and the horse teased the bull further. So it +went until the climax when the third and most +important part of the fight began—the actual killing +of the bull.</p> +<hr class="l1" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[124]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>CHAPTER XVI<br /> + +<small>END OF THE FIGHT</small></h2> + + +<p>The ring was in a furor when Bess clutched +Nan’s arm. “Look, Nan, look,” she said. “It’s +she. It’s Linda. Look, Nan.”</p> + +<p>Nan’s eyes were riveted on the ring, where the +bullfighter with his spear was waiting for a propitious +moment to plunge it into the mad bleeding +animal that was lunging at him.</p> + +<p>“Just a minute, Bess,” Nan hadn’t heard what +her friend had said. The horror and cruelty and +yet the excitement of the scene before her was +holding all her attention.</p> + +<p>Down there before her the bullfighter was +fighting a championship fight. He was playing +with the bull, teasing him toward him and then +skillfully dancing away. The end was imminent. +The fighter was waiting only for an opportunity +to make the clean, quick plunge that would finish +the fight with one stroke.</p> + +<p>Now, the moment seemed near and everyone, +Nan and her friends, and the more than twenty +thousand other people in the great ring stood up, +cheering for the finish.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[125]</a></span></p> + +<p>The fighter closed in and then drew back to +make the lunge, but there was blood on the ground +beneath his feet and he slipped. The bull gave a +mighty roar and went toward him, his horns lowered. +The fight had turned. There could be only +one possible end now. Death for the fighter.</p> + +<p>But wait. That fighter is clever. He gracefully +pulls aside so the menacing horns glance across +his arm. He jumps up from the ground, pulls his +arm back, and before the bull has had a chance to +recover from his surprise, that fighter is, with one +mighty thrust, plunging the spear straight through +the bull’s heart.</p> + +<p>There, it’s over now. The fighter has fought the +fight that will surely bring him the trophy, a pair +of little gold ears. The throng, wild with excitement, +throws hats, scarfs, pillows, everything +loose that it can lay its hands on into the ring as +the hero of the hour slowly walks around and +bows with arms thrown out wide as though to +embrace the whole cheering multitude.</p> + +<p>Everything is gay and happy now. Even the +man that follows after the hero and picks up the +hats, scarfs, and pillows that litter the ground and +tosses them lightly back to the owners above is +laughing. Yes, even the man that pushed the +wheelbarrow in the grand opening procession is +happy, basking in reflected glory, as he trundles<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[126]</a></span> +his burden around the ring, sprinkling sawdust +over the blood spots.</p> + +<p>It was not until the monosabios, “wise monkeys”, +came to drag out the bull, destined now for +food for a nearby hospital, that Bess again tried +to attract Nan’s attention.</p> + +<p>“Nan, I tell you that that’s Linda Riggs down +there below us,” she said insistently this time. +“Look at the way she’s tossing her head and talking +to that man that’s next to her. You would +think that he was a prince, a handsome prince, the +way she is acting.”</p> + +<p>“Why, Bess, you’re right. That is Linda.” Nan +at last drew her eyes away from the ring and +looked at the girl Bess was pointing to.</p> + +<p>“Yes, and I’m sure she saw us a while ago,” +Laura contributed. She too had been watching the +girl that the Lakeview crowd had grown to dislike +so cordially. “You know the way she always +looks around her to see whether there is anyone +she really ought to be decent to, anyone that +might be able to do something for her. Well, she +did that when she first came in. I saw her, but I +wasn’t going to say anything because I didn’t want +to spoil the fun we were having.”</p> + +<p>“I’ll bet she sneered when she saw us,” Bess +said. “She’s always hated us and especially since +we had the laugh on her on the boat last<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[127]</a></span> +summer.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, Bess, that wasn’t exactly a laugh,” Nan +protested. “The girl almost drowned.”</p> + +<p>“Yes, and you went and saved her. And what +thanks did you get?” Bess could always be indignant +when she thought of Linda Riggs. “You +should have let her alone. I would have. I would +have enjoyed seeing the waves wash her over-board. +I would have looked over the rail and +laughed when I saw her screaming and waving +her arms and trying to keep herself from going +under.”</p> + +<p>“You little fiend!” Nan exclaimed. “How can +you say such things?”</p> + +<p>“Because they are true,” Bess retorted. “People +like her shouldn’t be allowed to clutter up +things. She makes everybody that knows her unhappy, +so what good is she anyway? Her father +is always trying to get her out of trouble. Look at +her down there now. You can see by the way she’s +holding her head that she’s mean and proud and +deceitful.”</p> + +<p>“Bess, be quiet!” Nan warned. “You’ll have +everyone looking at you. Linda is a little prig and +she does make trouble and I don’t like her any +more than you do, but there’s no use making +things unpleasant because she’s happened to turn +up here where we are. Forget her.”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[128]</a></span></p> + +<p>“Forget her!” Bess exclaimed. “You can’t forget +a thorn that’s forever sticking in your flesh. +Trying to forget her doesn’t do any good. She +always makes trouble. It’s best to watch her so +that you will be prepared for what happens.”</p> + +<p>Perhaps Bess was right. Certainly, if at other +times Nan and Bess had been more watchful they +might have been able to avoid trouble. But Nan +always believed that there was some good in +everyone and she was always trustful. She felt +often that Linda, because of her wealth and the +fact that her mother was dead and her father +tried to give her everything she wanted, was not +entirely to blame for her actions. And Bess, well, +Bess’s attitude toward Linda had changed considerably +since their first meeting.</p> + +<p>Then Bess had thought that the daughter of +the railroad magnate would be a nice person to +have for a friend, for Bess was decidedly impressed +by her wealth, by the way she ordered +people around, and the way she dressed. Bess had +even written home in the first days at school and +told her mother that she didn’t have at all the +proper kind of clothes to wear, if she was going +to chum around with people that amounted to +something. She had Linda in mind when she wrote +it, Linda’s clothes and Linda’s social position.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[129]</a></span> +But Linda had soon shown Bess that there was +no room for her in her world.</p> + +<p>Girls that Linda called friend, if there was any +such word in her vocabulary, had to bow to all her +wishes. She liked them only if they thought everything +she did and said was right. No girl could be +her friend and have a will of her own. No girl +could be her friend and have other friends too. +Linda wanted to be the very center of everyone’s +attention. As a consequence she had no real +friends at all.</p> + +<p>Bess never analyzed this to herself, but after +one or two attempts to go around with Linda, +she gave up entirely and grew to dislike her very +much, as all the readers of the Nan Sherwood +series know. She disliked her particularly because +of the mean things she had done to Nan, for if +Bess had no other outstanding characteristic, she +did have a sense of justice that was almost as +strong as Nan’s.</p> + +<p>This she had although her sympathies were not +as deep nor as understanding as Nan’s. Bess was +apt to accept or reject things and people on account +of appearances. Nan never did this. She +liked everyone and had always had some sort of +sixth sense that made her look beneath surfaces +and find the true person. Thus she made friends +with all sorts of people.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[130]</a></span></p> + +<p>This was the reason that Nan led such an adventurous +life. This was the reason everyone liked +her. Everyone called Linda snobbish. A few people +called Bess the same. But no one ever thought +of applying the word to Nan.</p> + +<p>And Nan seldom talked about people. So now, +as the girls sat in the arena in Mexico City waiting +for the next bullfighter to come into the ring, +Nan was doing her best to quiet her friend.</p> + +<p>“There’s no reason whatsoever to get so excited,” +she said in an undertone to Bess. “She’s +sitting way down below us so we won’t have to +even talk to her when we go out. We’ll be up the +stairs and out the exit before she does. We’ll +probably never even see her again while we’re +here.”</p> + +<p>“That’s right,” Laura agreed, talking in a +whisper too. “And though you might think that +you could prepare yourself for what might happen +if you did encounter Linda, you never could. +No one ever knows what that girl might do. And, +Elizabeth Harley, you’re not smart enough to +guess.” Laura being Laura with her red hair and +her love for battle couldn’t resist adding this +thrust.</p> + +<p>“Well, I could try anyway,” Bess retorted.</p> + +<p>“Say, what are you people all talking about so +quietly?” Amelia leaned over and asked now.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[131]</a></span> +“Why, you didn’t even pay any attention when +Mr. Jamieson took Grace out.”</p> + +<p>“Took Grace out!” Nan exclaimed, noticing +now for the first time that two in the party were +missing. “Why?”</p> + +<p>“She almost fainted when she saw all the blood +streaming from the bull, so just before he was +killed, Walker Jamieson took her by the arm and +said they were going for a walk and would be +back soon.”</p> + +<p>“I don’t blame her,” Bess said emphatically. +“I would have fainted myself—”</p> + +<p>“—if you had been watching the bullfight instead +of Linda Riggs,” Nan supplied the end of +the sentence.</p> + +<p>“I guess you are right,” Bess laughed. “That +girl certainly does have a habit of getting in my +hair. I’m always on pins and needles whenever +she is around.”</p> + +<p>“There, Bessie,” Nan tried to smooth her +friend’s ruffled feelings. “Just you sit quietly and +watch the next fight and you’ll feel better. We’ll +see that Linda doesn’t cross your path.”</p> + +<p>“She hadn’t better,” Bess replied and then did +try to devote herself to watching the next fight +on the program.</p> +<hr class="l1" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[132]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>CHAPTER XVII<br /> + +<small>A HASTY DEPARTURE</small></h2> + + +<p>“Sit quietly and watch a bullfight!” Adair +MacKenzie had heard Nan’s counsel to Bess. +“Never heard of such a thing. Never saw such a +thing happen. Couldn’t possibly sit quietly and +watch a bullfight. Too exciting. Too much blood +and gore. No place to bring a woman.”</p> + +<p>Adair had been upset by Grace’s fainting spell +and now he was sorry he had ever brought the +girls here. Already he was casting about in his +mind for something else to do that would wipe +the memory of the unpleasantness of the spectacle +out of their minds. He was oblivious of the fact +that none of them outside of perhaps Nan and +Amelia had witnessed the fight with their whole +attention. He didn’t yet know the story of Linda. +The fact that her presence distracted them consequently +had gone unobserved.</p> + +<p>“Got your things? Come on. We’re going +now.” Abruptly he made up his mind and plunged +into action without further ado.</p> + +<p>“But father,” Alice demurred.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[133]</a></span></p> + +<p>“Don’t ‘but’ me,” Adair answered. “We’re +going to get out of this outlandish place right +away. Can’t have you all fainting on my hands. +Ready?” He was already halfway out the row +and effectively blocking the view of the ring of +all the people who had seats behind his party. But +it didn’t matter to him. In fact, he was so concerned +with his own immediate problem that no +one else in the world existed. Now he turned +around again to see if the girls were following +him.</p> + +<p>“Fine spectacle for civilized people to put on,” +he muttered. “Hurry, you people. Can’t be all +day getting out of here.”</p> + +<p>“That’s right.” The voice that agreed with him +was an American voice and it startled him. Adair +looked up. “What’s that?” he asked the question +gruffly.</p> + +<p>“I said, ‘that’s right,’” the stranger answered. +He was sitting about three rows behind where +Adair was standing.</p> + +<p>“What do you mean?” Adair looked more +belligerent than ever.</p> + +<p>“I mean you can’t be all day getting out of +here.” The voice in back answered positively.</p> + +<p>“W-w-why, you old—old—old,” Adair spluttered. +He could think of no epithet appropriate +and yet forceful enough to call his critic in the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[134]</a></span> +presence of the girls. So his spluttering died away +as he brandished his cane and just stood and +looked.</p> + +<p>“Daddy, daddy,” Alice put a soft hand on his +arm. “Do come. We are blocking the view.”</p> + +<p>“Nothing to see down there anyway,” Adair +returned. “These Americans,” he went on talking +loudly and looking back at the man above him, +“come down here and think they can run everything. +Want to tell us to move on. Who do they +think they are anyway?”</p> + +<p>“Sh, daddy.” Alice was worried for fear her +father would start a fight, even while she was +secretly amused that he was accusing a fellow +countryman of doing the very thing that he was +guilty of. “We must get down and out so that we +can find how Grace is,” she added tactfully.</p> + +<p>“Well, I’m hurrying just as fast as these Mexicans +will let me,” Adair answered. “I always said +they were the slowest, most inconsiderate people +in the world.”</p> + +<p>Adair was wrong in what he said, and he knew +it. As he was now sputtering about them being +inconsiderate, so often he had sputtered because +of their patient consideration for other people. +Then he had said that they were too polite.</p> + +<p>However, Adair prided himself on his willingness<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[135]</a></span> +to change his mind. “Only dunces never contradict +themselves,” he often said.</p> + +<p>Now, Alice and the girls were themselves moving +along as fast as they could behind him, so, +though he continued to mutter and even brandish +his cane at others whom he suspected of calling +at him in Spanish, he was soon safely out in the +aisle and they all hurried up the stairs and out.</p> + +<p>“O-o-ooh, but that was close,” Laura’s eyes +were dancing at the recollection of the scene in +the stands as she and Nan stepped out into the +street.</p> + +<p>“Wasn’t it though?” Nan was laughing too, +now, though at the time, she, like Alice, had been +worried for fear Adair would come to blows with +the American.</p> + +<p>“Two Americans come to blows at a bullfight,” +Laura said, “and the bullfight is forgotten.”</p> + +<p>“That’s just what I was afraid of,” Nan whispered. +“These people in this country are so hot-headed +that I was afraid there would be a general +riot, before we got out of there. They were all +worked up so over the first fight that they would +have entered our private little fray without any +question.”</p> + +<p>“That’s what I thought too,” Laura agreed. +“And did you see the expression on Bess’s face?”</p> + +<p>“No,” Nan returned, “but I can just imagine<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[136]</a></span> +what it was like. She hates scenes of any kind. I +do too, but this one was almost funny. Cousin +Adair is so quick tempered that he glides in and +out of trouble with the greatest of ease.”</p> + +<p>“Doesn’t he though?” Amelia contributed. “It +fascinates me when I see one of his explosions +coming. Every time he opens his mouth, he gets +in deeper.”</p> + +<p>“That is funny when you see it happen to someone +else,” Laura agreed somewhat ruefully. “But +when it happens to you, if you have a sensitive +soul, like mine, it’s pretty embarrassing.” Laura +was in earnest, for her quick tongue often did its +work before she had a chance to stop it. “Oh +Laura,” her mother had more than once shaken +her head over her daughter’s failing, “you need +to count to a hundred at least when you feel your +cheeks flushing and your head getting hot with +anger. And you need to button your mouth up +tight, or you’ll always be terribly unhappy.”</p> + +<p>Laura thought of this now, and giggled.</p> + +<p>“Well, I don’t know what’s so funny,” Bess +remarked. She still felt irritated at what had happened. +“Maybe if you had seen Linda Riggs looking +around at us, you wouldn’t be giggling the +way you are. I wish I could have just gone right +through that floor.”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[137]</a></span></p> + +<p>“But it was concrete and you couldn’t.” Laura +pretended to be very practical.</p> + +<p>“That is, not without hurting herself,” Amelia +appended.</p> + +<p>“Oh, it isn’t funny.” Bess was genuinely upset. +She would have hated the scene anyway, and when +it occurred in Linda’s presence, she hated it doubly. +“You should have seen the look of pity and +disgust and triumph on her face when she saw +that it was our party that was making all the +fuss,” Bess went on, growing more vehement the +more she talked. “It was positively humiliating.”</p> + +<p>More than any of the others, Bess cared about +what other people thought of her. Always conscious +of herself and eager to make a good impression, +she was always upset when things went +wrong at all. When they did not run just according +to the way she thought they should, in public +especially, she felt like hiding her head and running. +“It’s the way I am and I can’t help it,” she +retorted once when Nan accused her of being +over-sensitive, and so she never made the proper +effort to overcome her failing.</p> + +<p>“Who cares what Linda thinks?” Laura said +airily as Walker and Grace joined the party, and +the incident was forgotten, for the moment, while +everyone made a fuss over Grace.</p> + +<p>“You’re just a sissy,” Laura teased. “See a<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[138]</a></span> +little bit of blood and you go off in a faint. What +will you do when we start dissecting things in +biology at school next fall?”</p> + +<p>“I don’t know.” Grace looked worried as +though she was going to have to do the dissecting +right away.</p> + +<p>“Tut! Tut! We’ll worry about that when the +time comes,” Adair MacKenzie answered as +though it was his problem to be handled in due +course. “How are you now?” He looked at Grace +closely while he asked the question. “Feeling all +right again, are you?” He spoke gently, as he +might have spoken to Alice, his daughter, and a +warm feeling of sympathy toward him went +through all those standing around.</p> + +<p>“Why,” Nan said afterward, and Bess had to +agree, “I believe he was irritable up in the stands +because he was worried about Grace.”</p> + +<p>“I suppose so.” Bess was much less tolerant of +other people’s failings than her friend. “But that +was no excuse for him to get all riled up. I can’t +forget the way Linda looked.”</p> + +<p>“Bessie, forget it.” Nan spoke sharply. “It’s +not important at all. It doesn’t matter what Linda +thinks of us. And it is important that we not criticise +Cousin Adair. After all, we are his guests.”</p> + +<p>“You are right,” Bess agreed. She could, on<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[139]</a></span> +occasion, be generous in yielding when she knew +she was in the wrong.</p> + +<p>As they talked these things over, the whole +party walked toward the waiting car. Again, it +was a voice from the United States that arrested +them, but one more softly spoken than that they +had heard in the grandstands.</p> + +<p>“I beg your pardon,” it said. Nan and her +Lakeview Hall companions looked up startled. +The speaker who had accosted them was accompanied +by none other than Linda Riggs!</p> +<hr class="l1" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[140]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>CHAPTER XVIII<br /> + +<small>LINDA PERFORMS AN INTRODUCTION</small></h2> + + +<p>“I beg your pardon.” Linda Riggs’ companion +spoke again, “but could you direct us to Avenida +Chapultepec?”</p> + +<p>Before anyone could answer Linda rushed over +to Nan and took her by the arm. “Why, Nancy +Sherwood!” she exclaimed as though Nan was the +best friend she had in the world. “I’m so surprised +to see you here. When did you arrive? +Isn’t this city just perfectly gorgeous? More +quaint, don’t you think, than anything we saw in +Europe?”</p> + +<p>Nan was at a loss as to what to say. Deep within +her she was entirely out of patience with the +situation. Linda was being disgustedly affected. +She was talking slowly, dragging her vowels and +gesturing with her hands, acting as a person twice +her age might act and even then be nauseous. But +Linda disregarded Nan’s coolness.</p> + +<p>“And you, Bess,” Linda turned to Elizabeth +Harley. “Imagine seeing you here. Isn’t it all too +romantic for words, a whole crowd of Lakeview<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[141]</a></span> +Hall people meeting in this far-off corner of the +globe. The most astounding things do happen, +don’t they?”</p> + +<p>“Yes, they do,” Laura remarked dryly, looking +Linda up and down as she did so.</p> + +<p>“And you, Laura Polk. Why, you are all together, +I do believe.” Linda acted as though she +had made a brilliant observation. She was having +a difficult time, even for her, in the situation, for +her effusions were being received rather coldly to +say the least.</p> + +<p>“I’d like to have you meet my friend, Arthur +Howard,” she went on, forcing Nan to introduce +her and her companion to her cousin and Alice.</p> + +<p>“Hm! Glad to meet you.” Adair MacKenzie +said abruptly. “Got to be going now. Sorry, don’t +know the way to Avenida whatever-it-was-you-said. +Can’t keep any of these streets straight in my +mind. They’re all mixed up.” With this, he summarily +herded his daughter, Nan, Laura, Bess, +and Amelia toward the car where Walker Jamieson +and Grace who had gone on alone together +were waiting. Linda and her companion were thus +left behind.</p> + +<p>“Nan,” Grace hardly waited until the girls +were in the car beside her before she asked the +question, “was that Linda Riggs that you were +talking to out there?”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[142]</a></span></p> + +<p>“None other,” Laura answered. “And why are +you giggling so, Bess. A few moments ago you +were all hot and bothered about Linda and now +you’re laughing. Will you please make up your +mind about what you’re thinking.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, it’s so funny.” Bess was off again. “Did +you see the way she looked when Mr. MacKenzie +walked away so suddenly. I do believe that she +thought we would fall all over her the way she +was falling all over us. Oh, dear, did that do my +heart good!” Bess sounded positively gleeful.</p> + +<p>“Mine too.” Laura was laughing with her.</p> + +<p>“And do you remember,” Bess went on, “how, +when Mr. MacKenzie analyzed all of us when he +first met us, we wished that some day he would +have the chance to do it to Linda. Well, that wish +almost came true down there. I do believe that if +we had stayed a moment longer he would have +done it. I was hoping—”</p> + +<p>“Elizabeth Harley! I thought you didn’t like +Cousin Adair,” Nan, too, was tickled at the whole +situation.</p> + +<p>“Oh, I do now,” Bess capitulated. “I just love +him. Do you know that’s the first time since we’ve +known her, that we’ve seen her as embarrassed +as she makes us sometimes. How I wish we had +stayed just a moment longer.”</p> + +<p>“What’s this about your just loving someone?”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[143]</a></span> +Adair turned around to join in the conversation.</p> + +<p>Bess blushed.</p> + +<p>“Well, all I can say is,” he went on when she +failed to answer. “I hope it’s not that girl back +there that we just met that you’re being so enthusiastic +about. Don’t like her at all myself. No +character. She’s snippy. She’s deceitful. Can’t even +talk without putting on airs. Can’t stand her. +Hope she’s no friend of yours.” He turned to Nan +as he said this last.</p> + +<p>Nan shook her head and said nothing further. +She felt, and rightly so, that it was unnecessary to +discuss Linda among people who did not know +her. This was a consideration that Linda would +never have shown Nan. In fact, time and again, +Linda had purposely attempted to blacken Nan’s +character in front of strangers. This was one reason +that Bess, loyal as she was to Nan, disliked +Linda so much.</p> + +<p>“Can’t tolerate people who are affected,” +Adair MacKenzie went on blustering as the car +drove out into the street. “And didn’t like that +man she was with either. He didn’t have a very +honest look about him.”</p> + +<p>“But he was nice-looking.” Bess let the words +out before she realized what she was doing, and +the wrath of Adair MacKenzie descended upon +her.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[144]</a></span></p> + +<p>“Nice-looking! That’s all you think of. Nice-looking, +bah! Can’t judge people by their looks. +It’s what’s in their eyes and their hearts that +counts. Have to see that before you can accurately +decide what they are. Anybody can dress up and +make a good appearance. You, Bessie,” he lowered +his tone at a look from Alice, “you’ve got +to learn something about true values before you +get much older. You’re a nice sort of girl, but you +put too much emphasis on money and worldly +goods. You’ll have to be taught sometime that +they are not so important as you think.</p> + +<p>“That goes for all of you,” he ended, sweeping +them all with his glance. “You’ve all had easy +lives, so you don’t know yet, really, what’s worth +while and what isn’t.”</p> + +<p>“Now, that girl back there,” he resumed his +talk after a few moments of silence, “she has no +conception what-so-ever of worth. What’s her +name, anyway?” he asked.</p> + +<p>“Linda Riggs,” Nan answered.</p> + +<p>“Not the daughter of the railroad king?”</p> + +<p>“That’s right.” Nan nodded her head.</p> + +<p>“Knew him, when he was a young fellow,” +Adair paused, remembering his own youth. “He +was a nice chap then. Can’t understand how he +could have reared such a poor excuse for a daughter. +We belonged to the same college fraternity.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[145]</a></span> +He was president of it at one time I think. Always +helping people out. Everybody liked him. +That’s how he happened to get on in the world +the way he did. Met up with someone who had +lots of dough and no son to carry on the family +name. Riggs seemed to fill the bill, so the wealthy +old codger took him into his business and +taught him the ropes.</p> + +<p>“Riggs wore well, and when the old man died +he inherited the fortune. Sounds like a fairy story, +but those things happen. Jamieson here must know +the tale.”</p> + +<p>Walker nodded in agreement. “Do. Interviewed +the old bird one time under particularly +difficult circumstances. There was a big railroad +merger story about to break, and nobody wanted +to talk. I got wind of it through a hot tip from a +stooge in New York. Tried everything in order +to get the story, and finally in desperation went +to Riggs himself. It was rumored that he had the +controlling interest in the stock. I had to go +through a dozen secretaries before I finally got +to him.</p> + +<p>“Then he didn’t want to talk either. However, +some little thing I said in passing, captured his +fancy, and before I knew it, I was laying all my +cards on the table and he was putting them together +so that they made sense. When we were<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[146]</a></span> +finished, I realized that I had one of the biggest +stories of the year and was about to grab my hat +and run out to put it on the wires, when he put out +a restraining hand. ‘Sorry,’ he said, ‘but I must +ask you to keep this quiet for twenty-four hours +longer. If you promise, I assure you that no one +else will get the release until your paper has the +scoop all sewed up.’</p> + +<p>“In a way I was up a tree, because I knew that +if the story had leaked out to me, someone else +was very likely to get wind of it too. I hesitated. +He stuck out his hand as though to shake mine +and he did it in such a frank friendly fashion, that +I agreed to what he asked, even though I knew it was +a dumb thing to do under the circumstances.</p> + +<p>“But there was something about the man that +inspired confidence and regard.”</p> + +<p>“Lived up to the agreement, didn’t he?” Adair +said positively.</p> + +<p>“Sure did,” Walker assented, “and under difficulty +too. Just as I suspected, some other paper +did get wind of the story and sent one of their +ace men out to get the details. Riggs let him in, +quizzed him to find out what he knew, excused +himself, and then called me to tell me that the +time was up, that I’d better shoot the yarn right +through if I wanted to scoop the rest of the +dailies.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[147]</a></span></p> + +<p>“Well, after he did that, he went back into his +office and told the other reporter the whole story +he had told me. It took him three hours to tell it, +and when my competitor came out of the office +our extras were already on the street.”</p> + +<p>“That was the Midwestern merger, wasn’t it?” +Adair questioned.</p> + +<p>“Right!” Jamieson agreed. “Remember it, +don’t you? But you chits,” he turned his attention +to the girls who had been listening with their customary +attention to his tale, “you wouldn’t remember. +You were hardly out of your cradles +then. Nan here was probably still creeping around +in rompers. Bess, well, Bess probably didn’t creep, +that was too dirty for her, but she was probably +beginning to put her hands up to her father and +saying, ‘gimme’.”</p> + +<p>This brought a laugh from everyone, including +Adair MacKenzie.</p> + +<p>“Can’t understand,” he returned to the question +of Linda, “how a girl with a father like Riggs +could be such an obnoxious person.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, there are lots of explanations,” Walker +answered. “I happen to know that his wife died +when the girl was just a baby. He was all broken +up and turned to the child for comfort. Guess he +lavished all his attention on her and spoiled her.”</p> + +<p>“Sounds plausible,” Adair agreed, and then<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[148]</a></span> +looked at Alice. “See how I ruined my daughter +with kindness,” he twitted. “Let her get out of +hand completely. Now I can’t do anything with +her.”</p> + +<p>“Want to get rid of her?” Walker winked at +Alice, as he asked the question.</p> + +<p>“What’s that?” Adair was startled.</p> + +<p>“Oh, nothing, dad,” Alice frowned at Walker. +“Where are we going now.”</p> + +<p>“Don’t know.” Adair took out his watch as he +shook his head. He frowned. “Guess we can make +it though,” he continued, laughing with the others +at his own inconsistency.</p> +<hr class="l1" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[149]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>CHAPTER XIX<br /> + +<small>FLOATING GARDENS</small></h2> + + +<p>“Xochimilco or place of flowers. How lovely,” +Nan spoke softly in the presence of the beauty +before her.</p> + +<p>Adair MacKenzie in his desire to introduce the +girls to something that would make them forget +the bullfight had brought them to one of the +prettiest places in all Mexico. Now, he was looking +exceedingly pleased with himself.</p> + +<p>“Oh, daddy,” Alice too was thrilled at the +spectacle before them. “Many, many times I’ve +heard of the floating gardens of Mexico and I’ve +always wanted to see them.”</p> + +<p>“Well, there they are,” Adair said as off-handedly +as possible under the circumstances. “Now +you see them.”</p> + +<p>They laughed at his matter-of-factness.</p> + +<p>“If you will allow me,” Walker Jamieson who +had deserted the party immediately after the car +had been parked, now brought a canoe he had +rented and paddled up one of the many canals +before them to a stop at their feet. He stood up +and held out his arm to Alice.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[150]</a></span></p> + +<p>“Fair lady, you come first.” He said as he +helped her in and assisted her to a seat opposite +him. “And now, Nan.” So one after the other he +helped the members of the party to places in the +large canoe.</p> + +<p>“H-h-hm,” Adair MacKenzie cleared his throat +as he seated his bulk. “Now, I’d say this is more +in keeping with what young ladies should like. +How about it?” He addressed his question to +Grace who was beaming beside him.</p> + +<p>She nodded in agreement.</p> + +<p>Everyone was completely happy as Walker +pushed the canoe off. So the rest of the afternoon +was whiled away in paddling lazily through the +flower-bordered canals.</p> + +<p>“Why are they called floating gardens?” Nan +addressed her question to Walker who seemed a +fountainhead of information about all sorts of +things.</p> + +<p>“Simply because they float,” Walker answered +as he disentangled his paddle from some lily stems +along the side.</p> + +<p>“But you can’t actually see them move,” Nan +said as she peered earnestly at one of the many +islands.</p> + +<p>“No, you can’t, now,” Walker agreed. “But +there was a time, Miss Curiosity, ages ago when +these beautiful gardens actually did float from<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">[151]</a></span> +place to place, a time when you didn’t know from +one day to the next just where you’d wake up and +find a certain particularly beautiful one.”</p> + +<p>“Why?” The subject was an intriguing one and +Nan wanted to know all about it.</p> + +<p>“Oh, they say,” Walker continued quietly, “that +the earth of the gardens lies on interlacing twigs. +Naturally before the water filled in as it is now, +these twigs moved with the current and carried +their burden of earth and flowers along with them.</p> + +<p>“This was always a beautiful spot,” he continued, +“even back before the Aztecs found the +eagle on the cactus and conquered the region and +settled their capitol. When they did all this and +found themselves with leisure on their hands, the +nobles made of this place a playground, and the +Aztec papa and mama came here with the Aztec +child for Sunday picnics.</p> + +<p>“Today, if I hadn’t been as energetic as I am,” +he paused and grinned at the snort that this +brought forth from Alice’s father, “a descendant +of these same Aztecs, who still, by the way, speaks +the tongue of his forefathers, would have been +plying this gondola. The Aztecs still live around +here and still preserve many of the ancient customs +of their people.”</p> + +<p>He rested the paddle on the side of the canoe +as he finished and, as water dripped from it making<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">[152]</a></span> +little rings in the canal, he sat idly dreaming. +The canoe drifted along and came to rest under +an over-hanging willow. No one spoke. It was a +magic moment, for the sun was setting and sending +low rays over the water. Tropical birds were +singing full-throated songs and in the distance +they could hear, faintly, the sound of music.</p> + +<p>Finally, Alice spoke. “It can’t be very different,” +she said, “than it was centuries ago. For +the same exotic flowers ran wild here then that +do now, and the same birds sang. How queer that +makes me feel. Century after century has unrolled +and yet this is the same.”</p> + +<p>“I know.” Walker looked across at her. +“Makes you feel, doesn’t it, that time isn’t so important +after all, that a philosophy in which +‘maņana’ is the all-important word is perhaps not +such a bad one after all.”</p> + +<p>“Here, here,” Adair MacKenzie broke the +spell. “Don’t go preaching that maņana business +to these girls. They are lazy enough as it is. Look +at them now, will you?”</p> + +<p>In truth, the girls did all look comfortable and +lazy, entirely at peace with themselves and the +world and not at all like the busy energetic beings +that they were at school.</p> + +<p>“The world doesn’t seem real, does it?” Nan +looked at Bess as she made this observation.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[153]</a></span></p> + +<p>“No,” Bess answered. “Not real at all. This, +I believe, is the most romantic spot we have ever +been in.”</p> + +<p>“Yes,” Nan agreed idly, and for some reason +or other her thoughts drifted back towards home +and school and then to Walter, Grace’s brother.</p> + +<p>“I’ve been meaning to tell you,” Grace broke +in on her train of thought as though she knew +what had been going on in Nan’s mind. “Mother +said in that letter I got at Wells Fargo’s this +morning that she had consented to let Walter go +on a motor trip through the West and Mexico +with his Spanish teacher.”</p> + +<p>“Yes.” Nan’s voice betrayed her interest, and +she was conscious as she spoke that all the girls +were suddenly more alert. The piece of news was +one they were interested in too.</p> + +<p>“It seems,” Grace went on, pleased that she +had the attention of everyone, “that every year +he takes a group down through this district so +that they can hear Spanish spoken by the people +whose tongue it is. Walter likes Spanish and so +he’s going along with them.”</p> + +<p>“When will he be here,” Bess asked the question +which she knew Nan wanted to ask but +wouldn’t in face of the interest that everyone was +showing in the matter.</p> + +<p>“Oh, mother wasn’t sure,” Grace answered.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[154]</a></span> +“It all depends on so many things. They’ll be +gone the whole summer and will linger at the +places the boys seem to like the best. It seems that +the teacher leaves the itinerary almost entirely +up to them.”</p> + +<p>“Sounds like fun.” Nan tried to be casual and +general as she spoke, but she didn’t altogether +succeed.</p> + +<p>“What’s all this about?” Adair MacKenzie +had caught the drift of the conversation. “Who +is this Walter anyway?”</p> + +<p>“He is Grace’s brother,” Nan answered.</p> + +<p>“Yes?” Adair was not to be put off so easily.</p> + +<p>“And he went with us to Rose Ranch a few +summers ago and met us in London with Grace’s +mother and dad last year.” Nan thought it would +be better for her to answer the questions.</p> + +<p>“Hm-m-m. Think I understand.” Adair appeared +to be devoting much thought to this +“understanding” business for he said nothing +further for a while. Finally, as though he suddenly +remembered what they had been talking +about, he returned to the subject.</p> + +<p>“Why can’t the young hoodlums—I have no +doubt but what they are young hoodlums, all boys +are—stop at the hacienda with us for a few +days?” he asked.</p> + +<p>Grace’s face beamed at this. “Why, how nice!”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[155]</a></span> +she exclaimed, “but just think, there will be five +of them at least.”</p> + +<p>“What of it?” Adair dismissed this as an objection. +“Got lots of room. We’ll make a party +of it when they come and serve them a real Mexican +meal.” Adair seemed to have forgotten entirely +that he personally despised Mexican cooking. +“Hot tamales, tortillas, everything.” He +waved his hand grandly as though the whole world +would be at the disposal of the boys for the +asking.</p> + +<p>“Like boys anyway,” Adair went on. “Girls +are a nuisance. Always fainting. Oh, it doesn’t +matter,” he glossed over this last part of conversation +as he saw the blood mounting to Grace’s +cheeks. “Just like to have boys around.” He ended +rather weakly. “Now, let’s see. It’s getting pretty +dark, better move on.” He motioned to Walker +who obediently took the paddle in hand and began +the leisurely journey back.</p> +<hr class="l1" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[156]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>CHAPTER XX<br /> + +<small>GOOD-BY TO MEXICO CITY</small></h2> + + +<p>“Oh, yesterday was a grand day!” Nan +stretched her arms wide and high as she sat up +in her bed the next morning.</p> + +<p>“Yes, wasn’t it?” Bess rolled over in her bed +and looked at Nan. “It was just full of surprises. +I don’t know what I liked the best.”</p> + +<p>“I do,” Nan said promptly.</p> + +<p>“What?”</p> + +<p>“Oh, Cousin Adair. I think he’s a darling.”</p> + +<p>“He’d probably roar a mighty roar if he heard +you say that,” Bess laughed at the prospect, “but +you know, I quite agree with you, even if it isn’t +my friend that he has invited to stop at the +hacienda.”</p> + +<p>“But Walter’s a friend to all of us,” Nan +protested.</p> + +<p>“Yes, yes, of course,” Bess agreed. “He’s a +friend to all of us and a particular friend to you.”</p> + +<p>“Bessie, if this big pillow wasn’t so soft,” Nan +looked at the pillow she was holding in her hand +speculatively, “I’d heave it over at you so fast that +you wouldn’t know what had struck you.”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[157]</a></span></p> + +<p>“That’s all right, Nancy,” Bess laughed. “I +understand. You don’t like to be teased.”</p> + +<p>“Wasn’t it fun last night?” Nan changed the +subject completely.</p> + +<p>“What was fun?” Bess could remember so +many nice things that she really didn’t know which +one Nan was talking about.</p> + +<p>“Dinner on the bank of the canal at Xochimilco,” +Nan answered promptly. “I’ll never forget it. +The lights. The flowers. The music. Who would +ever think to look at him and hear him talk that +Cousin Adair would be romantic enough to think +up anything like that?”</p> + +<p>“I know it.” Bess idly watched an insect that +was buzzing around the room. “I was much surprised. +Then I began to wonder if it wasn’t +Walker Jamieson’s idea after all. You know he +has a clever way of suggesting things to your +cousin, so that when your cousin decides what to +do it appears as though he thought up the idea +originally.”</p> + +<p>“Why, Bess.” Nan appeared to be horrified at +the thought.</p> + +<p>“Oh, you know it’s so.” Bess looked over at +Nan. “It’s lots of fun to watch him do it. Do you +know, sometimes I think that he’s almost clever +enough to make Mr. MacKenzie think that the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[158]</a></span> +idea of his marrying Alice was his, Mr. MacKenzie’s +I mean, originally. Do you suppose?”</p> + +<p>“Bess, if you don’t stop speculating about that, +I don’t know what I’m going to do to you.” Nan +laughed. “You know you might spoil everything +by talking about it,” she ended seriously. “For +all you know the idea has never once entered +Walker Jamieson’s head.”</p> + +<p>Bess hooted at this. “Don’t you ever think +that,” she said finally, “because it isn’t true and +you know it isn’t.”</p> + +<p>“Say, what are you two people doing in bed at +this hour?” Laura stuck her head in the doorway +and inquired. “Don’t you know that it’s long past +time to get up.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, bed’s so nice,” Nan answered, “I just hate +to get up.”</p> + +<p>“Well, all I can say is,” Laura finished before +she closed the door, “the temperature downstairs +is slightly chilly, and if you know what’s good for +you, you’ll be out of there in a jiffy.”</p> + +<p>“Right-o.” Nan jumped up at this bit of information. +“Hi! Laura,” she called after her +friend, “come back here a minute. Was there any +mail this morning,” she asked as Laura’s red head +reappeared.</p> + +<p>“Nothing for us,” Laura answered, “but your +cousin got something that made him blow up.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[159]</a></span> +That’s why I’m telling you to hurry. I gather +from certain orders I overheard him giving the +chauffeur that he wants to start immediately, if +not sooner, for the hacienda.”</p> + +<p>“Really?” Bess asked, as she too jumped out of +bed. “You mean we are going to leave Mexico +City today.”</p> + +<p>“That’s the impression I’m trying hard to convey,” +Laura responded. “And I think that if you +two lugs want any breakfast at all, you better get +a hustle on.” With this she closed the door definitely +and disappeared.</p> + +<p>Needless to say, Nan and Bess hurried as they +had not hurried for a long time. “Getting ready +for an early morning class in the winter has nothing +on this,” Bess laughed as she tied a bright +three-cornered scarf around her neck and pulled it +in place.</p> + +<p>“I’ll say it hasn’t,” Nan agreed, quickly tying +the laces in her white oxfords. “A lick and a +promise and we’re ready to go.” With this she +bounded across the room and opened the door +wide for her friend.</p> + +<p>“Such energy!” Bess exclaimed as though horrified. +She was never one to be as exuberant as +Nan. She was always more dignified and more +correct. Nan was more natural and more full of +fun. She did what she liked to do, for the most<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">[160]</a></span> +part, simply because it was fun. Bess was more +apt to do things because other people did them. +Nan was a leader, and Bess, the follower. That +was, perhaps, the reason they had been friends +for so long. They were alike in some respects, but +totally different in others.</p> + +<p>Now, as they came down the broad stairway +of the big hotel lobby together, this difference +was most plain. Adair MacKenzie, pacing up and +down the lobby even as he did in his office when +he was at work, stopped to look at them.</p> + +<p>“She’ll get by,” he thought with satisfaction as +he noted Nan’s bright face and free, graceful +walk. “’bout time you two made your appearance,” +he said aloud and assumed a grim appearance. +“Finished a day’s work myself already. +Guess it’s another to get you people started.”</p> + +<p>“Started?” Nan questioned.</p> + +<p>“Can’t stay here all the time.” Adair answered +her question. “Anyway, I just got word that the +housekeeper is arriving tomorrow and I’ve got to +get down there and have things straightened +around before she puts in an appearance. These +ornery housekeepers, you know, have to be babied. +If you don’t, they leave every time you turn +around. Someday, someone will invent a robot +that will do the work, and then—”</p> + +<p>“You won’t have a housekeeper to scold anymore,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161">[161]</a></span> +daddy,” Alice interrupted and finished for +him.</p> + +<p>“Serve her right,” Adair answered as though +the housekeeper would be the loser. “Can’t see +that she’s any good anyway.”</p> + +<p>“So we’re leaving.” Walker Jamieson joined +the rest in the lobby. He had been out for an early +morning walk and looked fresh and full of life as +he came in. “Got your camera, Nan?” he turned +to her when he spoke.</p> + +<p>“Upstairs,” Nan answered.</p> + +<p>“Let’s take a few pictures,” Walker suggested. +In the face of Adair’s morning state, this seemed +a daring thing to suggest, and Nan looked at +Adair to see his reaction. He seemed not to be +listening.</p> + +<p>“Run along,” Alice gave Nan a little shove. +“Dad’s going to be busy for the next half hour +or so, finishing up some business here, so if we +hurry, we can take all the pictures we want to.”</p> + +<p>At this Nan did go upstairs for her camera. +She was anxious enough to, but she had hesitated +because she never liked to be the one to arouse +her cousin.</p> + +<p>Now, she almost petted the camera as she returned +with it. She loved it and was already looking +forward to the day when she could own one +herself, for she had made up her mind, since<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162">[162]</a></span> +Walker had been giving her instructions to learn +all she possibly could about taking pictures. This +was the reason she took pictures of everyone and +everything she saw until Walker declared that the +authorities would be questioning her on suspicion +that she was a spy of some sort.</p> + +<p>“Me, a spy?” Nan laughed at the thought.</p> + +<p>“Well, you do look harmless,” Walker agreed, +“but then strange things do happen, especially to +people who spend all their time taking pictures. +How many have you got now?”</p> + +<p>“Oh, I don’t know,” Nan laughed.</p> + +<p>“Come on, ‘fess up’,” Walker urged.</p> + +<p>“Let’s see there must be a dozen rolls upstairs,” +Nan admitted. “It will cost a fortune to develop +them, won’t it?”</p> + +<p>“What do you say to my buying some developer +and pans and whatever else is needed and taking +them along to the hacienda with us?” Walker +asked. “We could develop all your films there +then, for practically nothing.”</p> + +<p>“I’d like that,” Nan agreed enthusiastically, +“but I thought you had some big story you were +going to work on down there.” “Oh, that can wait.” +Walker Jamieson acted as though stories did wait +for people and laughed at himself while he did it. +“Anyway it will only take a jiffy to teach you all +I know about the photography business.”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163">[163]</a></span></p> + +<p>“All right then,” Nan agreed.</p> + +<p>So it came about that Nan and Walker went to +the hacienda supplied with everything to develop +pictures. How fortunate this was! But then that +story belongs to later chapters.</p> + +<p>“Well, eagle eye, how’s the camera working +this morning?” Laura inquired as Nan and +Walker went out into the lovely patio of their +hotel. “Want to take some pictures of me draped +around one of those tall white pillars?”</p> + +<p>“Do one of you strung from that balcony, up +there, kid,” Walker offered generously.</p> + +<p>“Thank you, kind sir,” Laura replied graciously, +“but since I’m going to need my neck for +a little while longer, I must refuse—with regret +of course.”</p> + +<p>“On second thought, perhaps that is best,” +Walker agreed. “It would be a shame to spoil +this lovely scene this fine morning.”</p> + +<p>“It is pretty, isn’t it?” Nan looked about her +with great satisfaction. The patio or courtyard so +familiar to Spain is a part of the Mexican scene +too, and this one where Nan was taking pictures +was particularly lovely with its gay flowers, deep +green foliage, and pond all surrounded by the +pinkish colored walls of the hotel itself.</p> + +<p>“Oh, but I hate to leave all this,” Nan remarked +when the pictures were taken and she and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164">[164]</a></span> +Laura and Walker were returning to the hotel +lobby.</p> + +<p>“And so do we,” the other girls chorused, as +the party all came together.</p> + +<p>“Ah, you go, but you return.” Walker sounded +quite poetic as he said this. “And then, remember, +you have no conception of the adventures the +hacienda holds in store for you.”</p> + +<p>“Have you?” The girls looked suspiciously at +Walker, when Nan asked this question.</p> + +<p>His answer was a mysterious look.</p> +<hr class="l1" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165">[165]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>CHAPTER XXI<br /> + +<small>THE HACIENDA</small></h2> + + +<p>“That must be it over there,” Walker Jamieson +pointed to a low rambling building nestled +among the hills, as the car swung around a curve +in the road.</p> + +<p>The party had, despite sundry irritating delays, +left Mexico City in the middle of the forenoon, +and now, as evening approached they did sight +the hacienda, their destination and proposed home +for the summer.</p> + +<p>“About time,” Adair MacKenzie said curtly. +“Hundred miles from Mexico City. Humph! +That’s what they told me in Memphis. Hundred +miles maybe, as the crow flies, but on this treacherous +piece of bandit-infested highway it’s at least +two hundred.”</p> + +<p>He looked about him, as he finished, as though +he was daring someone to gainsay him. No one +accepted the dare.</p> + +<p>“What’s the matter?” he surveyed the silent +group. “All worn out?” Again, there was no +answer.</p> + +<p>“Say, you,” he looked directly at Nan now,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166">[166]</a></span> +“are you backing down on your old cousin? Don’t +know what’s happened,” he continued. “Can’t +even get anyone to fight with me any more.” He +really sounded pathetic.</p> + +<p>At this, the whole group broke down in +laughter.</p> + +<p>“What is this?” Adair laughed too now, but +his face bore a puzzled expression.</p> + +<p>“Nothing, dad.” Alice wiped the tears from +her eyes.</p> + +<p>“Don’t say nothing to me, child.” Adair brandished +his cane as though he was going to take +Alice over his knee and spank her. “What were +you trying to do,” he jumped to the correct conclusion +immediately, “give me the silent treatment?”</p> + +<p>Alice nodded her head half guiltily, half roguishly. +The idea had been hers.</p> + +<p>“Your mother tried that years ago,” Adair +reminisced. “It didn’t work then, and it’s not +working now. It’s better to give me an opportunity +to explode,” he advised. “Volcanoes have to +erupt or something terrible happens.”</p> + +<p>“That’s what I said, sir.” Walker Jamieson +agreed with the old man.</p> + +<p>“You mean to say, to sit right there and say,” +Adair exploded “that you had the gall to liken +me to a volcano?”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167">[167]</a></span></p> + +<p>Walker nodded his head in agreement.</p> + +<p>“You-you-you, why, I like you!” Adair thrust +out his hand and shook that of the young reporter. +“You say what you think no matter how dire the +consequences. Maybe you’re not such a bad reporter +after all.” He said this as though he was +making a great concession.</p> + +<p>“Yes, sir. No, sir.” Walker hardly knew what +to say in the face of all this unexpectedness.</p> + +<p>“Now, come on here,” Adair turned around +and addressed this to the driver. “Can’t this old +jallopie do more than 15 miles an hour even when +it sees its berth in the distance.” He too, pointed +to the white buildings that stood out from the +green foliage around them.</p> + +<p>“Not a bad looking place, from here.” He went +on contentedly. “Supposed to be one of the finest +in the district, but you never can tell about such +comparisons. Been fooled too many times to believe +much of what I hear now. Take everything +with a grain of salt.</p> + +<p>“Hear that, girl?” He turned to Nan. “Best +always not to believe what you hear. Discount at +least fifty percent and then draw your own conclusions. +That right, Jamieson?”</p> + +<p>Walker nodded his head in complete agreement. +It was one of the first lessons he had learned +as a cub reporter.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_168" id="Page_168">[168]</a></span></p> + +<p>Now, as they talked, the car climbed a steep +hill. At the top, they turned to the right and came +upon the hacienda.</p> + +<p>“How perfectly lovely!” Alice’s face was all +aglow as she caught her first real glimpse of the +place. The buildings were in Spanish style of a +stucco material of a color bordering on the pink. +There were iron balconies, large windows, and a +courtyard or patio complete with palms, a fountain, +and seats.</p> + +<p>The girls had thought that there could be +nothing in the world so pretty as the patio in their +hotel in Mexico City, but here already was one +that surpassed it.</p> + +<p>“Humph!” Adair MacKenzie was as pleased +as the others at his first sight of the place, but +more cautious than they and more reluctant to let +his real feelings be known, he let his “Humph!” +be his only comment as he descended from the +car and walked with the others through the archway +into the courtyard.</p> + +<p>There crowds of natives awaited the arrival of +the new master, and the overseer of the place +hurried forth to greet him.</p> + +<p>“Eet ees a pleasure, seņor,” he said as he +took Adair’s hand and bowed deeply. The rest in +the party smiled and hung back at this bit of +Mexican courtesy. Walker grinned broadly.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169">[169]</a></span></p> + +<p>“You, Seņorita, are next,” he whispered in +Alice’s ear. “Are you prepared to have your hand +kissed by a servant who would consider it an honor +to die in your service?”</p> + +<p>“Be still,” Alice murmured, and then smiled +as the overseer did come forward, take her hand +and bow deeply. “Buenos días, seņorita,” he +greeted her. “May your stay here be as pleasant +to you as your honoring us with your presence has +been to us.”</p> + +<p>“Come on, now,” Adair was always impatient +with the elaborate courtesies of the south, impatient +probably because he never felt at ease +with them. “I always suspect,” Alice laughed once +when she and Walker were talking about Adair’s +abruptness, “that he’s more than a little afraid +that some day some one of these strangers will +break down and kiss him on the cheek.”</p> + +<p>“I wonder what he would do?” Walker paused +in speculation.</p> + +<p>“You might try it yourself, sometime, and find +out,” Alice retorted.</p> + +<p>“Do you want to have me ousted bag and baggage +from your presence, fair lady?” Walker +questioned, but Alice never had a chance to answer, +for just at that moment her father came +upon the two and demanded all their attention.</p> + +<p>Alice smiled over this in recollection now as<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170">[170]</a></span> +they went through the door of the main building +and into a spacious entrance hall with its big winding +stairway, its high-beamed ceiling, and its pretty +tiled floor. Walker caught the smile and guessed +at its origin, but he said nothing as they were all +escorted up the broad steps to their quarters.</p> + +<p>“Ours, all ours?” Bess questioned when the +Lakeview Hall girls were conducted to a suite of +five rooms overlooking on one side the patio and +the other, a river, broad fields, and mountains in +the distance.</p> + +<p>“Si, si, Seņoritas,” the smiling Mexican maid, +Soledad, who was to be theirs during their stay, +hadn’t understood the question, but “Si, si,” +seemed the proper answer. Now she bustled about +trying to help them until her curiosity as to what +was going on downstairs got the better of her +and on some slight pretext she left.</p> + +<p>“Just think of it!” Bess exclaimed when she +had disappeared. “A whole suite of rooms of our +own, a maid, and everything, oh, everything we +can wish for. It’s a magic country and Adair MacKenzie +is the presiding genie.”</p> + +<p>“Well, he is in one way,” Laura admitted +dryly. “When he waves his wand things happen.”</p> + +<p>“Yes, and he goes up in smoke,” Nan added.</p> + +<p>“Right,” Laura laughed, “and there’s no one +that can do it more expertly.”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171">[171]</a></span></p> + +<p>Alone now, the girls went from one to another +of their rooms enjoying everything. Even Grace, +accustomed as she was to luxury, was greatly impressed. +She had never been in a house like this +before.</p> + +<p>The rooms were big and spacious with heavy +oaken furniture, thick rugs, tapestries, and beds +so high that it was necessary to climb up a little +ladder in order to get to them. Each room had +big double windows opening out onto the patio.</p> + +<p>Bess stood out on hers and looked down on the +courtyard below where maids were already busy +setting a table under a tree centuries old. “Do +they ever serenade people here,” she directed her +question toward those inside.</p> + +<p>“I hear that they do, sometimes,” Nan called +back. “But you have to wait for a clear night, with +a sky that’s blue as blue can be, a moon big and +silver, shining low over these pretty buildings, +and stars that are bigger and closer to earth than +any you have ever seen.”</p> + +<p>“Why, Nan Sherwood,” Bess came into the +room now. “Where did you learn all these +things?”</p> + +<p>“Oh,” Nan shrugged her shoulders, “this atmosphere +gets into your blood and you just can’t +help yourself. There is only one regret that I +have.”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172">[172]</a></span></p> + +<p>“And that?” Bess couldn’t imagine anyone having +any regrets at this time. The world seemed +just perfect to her now.</p> + +<p>“That Rhoda isn’t here with us,” Nan replied +promptly. She had been thinking of Rhoda a great +deal in the past few days that had been such fun.</p> + +<p>“I know,” Grace agreed with Nan softly. “I +have been thinking of her too. We should be hearing +from her now in a few days because in those +last letters that we sent we told her to direct all +future mail to this place.”</p> + +<p>“I wonder how you get your mail here,” Laura +said. “Do you suppose a Mexican caballero comes +dashing up on a donkey, sweeps his hat in a wide +arc toward the ground, and then deposits the bills +and things as though they were special messages +from the king of Spain?”</p> + +<p>“Oh, Laura, don’t be silly,” Bess was taking +her romance seriously and didn’t want it to be +spoiled with laughter. “Do you suppose,” she +turned to Nan now, “that all those people that we +saw down there in the courtyard live on this +estate.”</p> + +<p>“Probably those and many more,” Nan assented, +“but we’ll have to wait for the tour of the +estate that’s been promised before we know for +sure. And there are a million other things, at least +that I want to know about.”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173">[173]</a></span></p> + +<p>“Me too,” Laura agreed, and the rest chimed +in, for this Mexican hacienda was something that +captured the imagination of all of them.</p> +<hr class="l1" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174">[174]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>CHAPTER XXII<br /> + +<small>STUBBORN FOOLS</small></h2> + + +<p>“Oh, Bess, you should see yourself now,” Nan +laughed the next morning. It was early and the +girls were all mounted on mules as they passed +through the archway of the patio and out into the +gardens with their huge palms and brilliant flowers +and birds.</p> + +<p>“Feel like a fool myself,” Adair grumbled as +he tried to adjust his position on the beast he was +riding. And truly, he was a ridiculous figure.</p> + +<p>“Well, dad,” Alice pretended that she was +trying to mollify him, “you just weren’t made to +ride a mule. Nor were you,” she looked at +Walker Jamieson’s long dangling legs as she +spoke.</p> + +<p>“Nor you either,” Walker retorted laughing. +“You’re too little. Hey, you,” he broke off his +conversation with Alice quickly and called to Nan, +“don’t do that.”</p> + +<p>“What?” Nan asked innocently.</p> + +<p>“You know. Don’t look so innocent.”</p> + +<p>“Nan Sherwood!” Bess guessed at what +Walker was driving at. “You’re not taking pictures +of us in <em>these</em> outfits are you?”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_175" id="Page_175">[175]</a></span></p> + +<p>“She not only is, but she has,” Walker answered +before Nan could say anything. “I saw her sliding +that little camera back into its case.”</p> + +<p>“Nan, please,” Alice joined in the protest, +“have mercy on us and think how our children and +grandchildren will laugh if they ever see pictures +of us riding mule-back. We’re all perfect sights.”</p> + +<p>But Nan had already taken the pictures, so the +protests came too late. Now it was Adair MacKenzie +who diverted their attention. “Get along +there. Get a move on, you slow poke.” Adair was +kicking the sides of his mule with real force. But +the mule was accustomed to such treatment and +he only raised his ears lazily, turned his head +slowly and looked at his rider sleepily. Then he +stopped, dead in his tracks.</p> + +<p>“Get along there, get along, I say,” Adair +kicked the mule again. “Can’t you understand +plain English?”</p> + +<p>“Understands only Spanish, I guess, Mr. MacKenzie,” +Walker said. “Try that on him.”</p> + +<p>“If he can’t understand English, the best language +in the world, he can’t understand anything,” +Adair was as stubborn as the mule he was +on, but for once all his railing, all his sputtering, +all the ordering that he could do, didn’t accomplish +a thing. The mule just wouldn’t move.</p> + +<p>“Here you,” Adair called ahead to their guide<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_176" id="Page_176">[176]</a></span> +who had philosophically shrugged his shoulders +at the outburst of the new master, and sat now, +on his mule on the trail above waiting for the +party to move on. At the call, he ambled back to +see what was wrong.</p> + +<p>“Hey, you,” Adair was impatient with everyone +and everything now. “Get a hustle on. It’s today +we want to see this blasted estate, today. Not +maņana.”</p> + +<p>The guide understood one word, ‘maņana.’ His +face broke into a broad grin. “Si, si, seņor. Si, +Seņoritas.” He was more than glad that these +strangers could speak his language. Now, he broke +out into a voluble explanation, all in Spanish of +course, as to how to treat a mule.</p> + +<p>Walker stood off laughing heartily at the whole +situation. Adair MacKenzie did not understand +one single word of what was being said to him, +but it was coming forth so fast that he could +neither interrupt nor stop the flow. For once in his +life he looked utterly helpless.</p> + +<p>Alice was as amused as Walker. “Poor dear,” +she said, “to think that he should come all of this +way to be baffled by a mule and a man whose +philosophy says ‘tomorrow’, we will do it +‘tomorrow’.”</p> + +<p>Adair saw their smiles. It was more than he +could stand, more than any man could stand.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177">[177]</a></span> +Awkwardly, he dismounted from his beast, walked +around in front and shook his ever present cane +at him. The beast did nothing but blink.</p> + +<p>“Why, wh-wh-why, you good-for-nothing, +senseless, no-count, beast you,” he burst forth in +a torrent, “if you think you can stop me, you’re +mistaken. You’ll go up there if I have to carry +you and you’ll not take a picture of that either,” +Adair turned to Nan with this last. It was somehow +much more satisfying to explode to Nan than +to either the beast or the Mexican.</p> + +<p>“No, cousin,” Nan answered as seriously as she +could.</p> + +<p>“And don’t be meek either.” He brandished +his cane again. “Never get anyplace like that.” +There was no satisfying the man now. Neither +agreement nor disagreement could placate him. +Nan kept still.</p> + +<p>It was Alice finally, who smoothed his ruffled +feelings and got him back on the mule. “Now, +daddy,” she said quietly, “if you’ll just sit quietly +and wait, the mule will go, but you can’t beat him +into action the way you do me.” Saying this she +laughed up at him. He stooped over and kissed +her.</p> + +<p>It was nice to see this father and daughter +together. They seemed to understand one another +perfectly. Adair, explode as he might, could never<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_178" id="Page_178">[178]</a></span> +frighten Alice. She knew how soft-hearted and +kind he was underneath all his crust. She had +known from babyhood that he wouldn’t intentionally, +for all his angry outbursts, hurt anyone.</p> + +<p>Now, having smoothed his ruffled feelings +some, she let Walker assist her back on her mule. +The party moved slowly along the narrow stony +trail while huge limbs of great palm trees waved +slightly above them.</p> + +<p>Reaching the top of a high hill on the estate +they looked out over the countryside.</p> + +<p>“What’s that?” Laura, ever curious, indicated +a point in the distance, something that showed +black against the sky and that clearly had been +built by man.</p> + +<p>Walker drew forth his field glasses and directed +his glance toward the object. “Can’t be sure,” he +rendered his verdict after some thought, “but think +it might be a pyramid. There are several in the +district you know. Perhaps the most famous of +them all is the one that a hunter down from New +York discovered three or four years ago. It’s +rather inaccessible, but such an old one that some +old codger in the East with a lot of money on his +hands donated a considerable sum to have it +opened.”</p> + +<p>“What did they find?” Nan asked.</p> + +<p>“Oh, lots of dried up bones.”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179">[179]</a></span></p> + +<p>“That all?” Nan sounded disappointed.</p> + +<p>“Well, not exactly,” Walker admitted and then +stopped. He enjoyed teasing these youngsters.</p> + +<p>“Well, what did they find then,” Nan persisted.</p> + +<p>“Some jewels. Some gold. Some exceptionally +fine pottery.”</p> + +<p>“And—” Nan saw that he was still holding +out.</p> + +<p>“Some poison spiders that killed three members +of the excavation party. Now you satisfied?” +Walker grinned down at her.</p> + +<p>“Well, yes,” Nan agreed. “But I still want to +visit a pyramid sometime.”</p> + +<p>“Visit those in Egypt,” Walker advised. +“There’s nothing more impressive.”</p> + +<p>“You been there?” Nan questioned. The path +was wide enough so that they could ride now with +their mules side by side.</p> + +<p>“Yes, years ago, with my father,” Walker answered. +“He had a bad case of the wanderlust, +so whenever he could scrape a few dollars together, +off he would go to some outlandish place.”</p> + +<p>“Taking your mother with him?”</p> + +<p>“Oh, sometimes. She went up into Alaska when +he went to pan gold from the streams. She went +down into South America when he went as an +engineer on a big industrial project. And she went<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180">[180]</a></span> +when he set out for Russia after the revolution, +but after that she gave up.”</p> + +<p>“You must be like your father,” Nan +commented.</p> + +<p>“Oh, a little,” Walker admitted. “But I haven’t +quite got the wanderlust as much as he has. He +could go into raptures over anything that was far +away from him. I’ve been thinking of him a lot +today, riding over this estate. He spent some time +down here in Mexico, and never grew tired of +extolling the country. This was after my mother +died.</p> + +<p>“Though we are not entering the country at all +that he was fondest of, I’ve been thinking of his +descriptions of it, especially after seeing that +pyramid in the distance.</p> + +<p>“It was down in Oaxaca and was called, I believe, +Tehuantepec. It took days to get there by +horseback, according to his account, and the route +was through tropical jungles more dense than any +others in the world. You see my father never saw +mediocre things,” he explained by the way.</p> + +<p>“The City itself lay on a river by the same +name in a gorgeous tropical setting surrounded +by orchards and many gardens, all shaded by +flowering trees and palms.</p> + +<p>“The population was largely Indian, a tribe +that had its own language and preserved its own<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181">[181]</a></span> +traditions, but it seems that above all this particular +tribe was known for its beautiful women, more +independent, more lovely, and more beautifully +dressed than any of the women in other tribes.</p> + +<p>“He described them as being tall, well-built, +and industrious. Their dresses consisted of long +full skirts made of bright colors with a deep white +flounce at the bottom, that swept the ground +and covered their bare feet. The blouse was short +and square-necked and for adornment they wore +much jewelry, earrings and long heavy chains hung +with ten and twenty American gold pieces.</p> + +<p>“They had a graceful carriage, walking straight +and firmly with an ease that only those women +who have been trained to carry things on their +head have. These people, he said, carry their +flowers, fruit, and foods to the market in painted +gourd bowls perched firmly on the crowns of their +heads.</p> + +<p>“Ah, yes, those people were perfect, more perfect +my father said than any he had ever come +across. But then, my father,” Walker admitted +boyishly, “always did tell a grand tale.”</p> + +<p>“So that’s why you became a newspaper man,” +Nan concluded.</p> + +<p>“Yes, I suppose so,” Walker admitted. “You +know this taste for queer places and queer things +is often bred right in your bones.”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182">[182]</a></span></p> + +<p>“Say, what are you two talking about back +there?” Adair MacKenzie suddenly became conscious +of the fact that two in his party were paying +no attention whatsoever to him and his troubles +with his mule. Had he had a horse, he would +liked to have galloped back beside them, but with +a mule there was no galloping. As it was he turned +the mule’s head sharply.</p> + +<p>It was just too much. The mule was tired of his +burden anyway, so before anyone realized at all +what was happening, Adair was deposited firmly +on the ground and the mule, with more intelligence +perhaps than he had been given credit for, +was gazing at him soberly.</p> +<hr class="l1" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183">[183]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>CHAPTER XXIII<br /> + +<small>IN A PATIO</small></h2> + + +<p>“Are you hurt? Daddy, are you hurt?” Alice +cried, but even as she did, tears of laughter were +rolling down her cheeks. She had never in her life +seen her father in such a ridiculous position, which +was saying something, for Adair MacKenzie had +a knack of getting himself in more absurd situations +than anyone else in the world.</p> + +<p>“Stop your blubbering.” Adair was thoroughly +irritated this time. “I’ll conquer you yet.” He +scolded the mule. “Think you can vanquish +Adair MacKenzie, do you? I’ll show you.” But +to all of this scolding that fell dully on the tropical +verdure about them, that sounded harsh and +out of place in the soft greenness of the scene, the +mule never blinked an eyelash.</p> + +<p>“Daddy, are you hurt?” Alice repeated her +question as she took hold of one arm while +Walker Jamieson took the other.</p> + +<p>But their offers of assistance went unappreciated. +Adair MacKenzie merely shook off their +hands, used his own to push himself up, and then +stood, brushing himself off while he continued his +tirade.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_184" id="Page_184">[184]</a></span></p> + +<p>“Now, you’re going home, and you’re going to +stay there.” Adair spluttered off into the kind of +scolding that he might have given an erring child. +With this, he about faced and walked, leading the +mule beside him the three miles back to the +hacienda.</p> + +<p>It was a quiet party, but one full of suppressed +mirth, that wound its way back over the path. +The Lakeview Hall girls could scarcely contain +themselves until they got in their apartments.</p> + +<p>“It was just perfect.” Laura laughed heartily.</p> + +<p>“Did you see the way he looked, and the way +the donkey looked?” Amelia asked.</p> + +<p>“They just stared at one another until I thought +that cousin Adair would beat the beast with his +cane.”</p> + +<p>“I thought of that, too,” Bess said. “But I +guess he’s too kind-hearted to do anything like +that.”</p> + +<p>Bess was right. Adair MacKenzie had never in +his life made any attempt to hurt a dumb animal +in any way until that morning when he had dug +his heels in irritation into the mule’s side. At +home, he always had animals about him, a dog +that was now well along in years, a stable full of +horses, and yes, a mule that he once bought on the +street when he saw its master trying to beat it +into moving along.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_185" id="Page_185">[185]</a></span></p> + +<p>“The crust of that mule,” Laura said slangily. +“Did it ever do my heart good to see its stubbornness +matched against Mr. MacKenzie’s! I wonder +what kind of a character sketch he would make of +it, if he had the chance, that is, I mean, if the +mule could understand him.”</p> + +<p>“Probably, ‘stubborn fool’ and let it go at +that,” Nan answered. “Anyway his troubles with +that mule will never be forgotten.”</p> + +<p>“And ‘stubborn as a mule’, will always mean +something to us now,” Nan added. “Now, we’ve +got to get ready and get downstairs. Dinner’s +going to be ready very shortly.”</p> + +<p>So the girls changed their clothes, washed, +combed and presented themselves downstairs all +clean and neat.</p> + +<p>There was no one around. They walked through +the great hall and out into the patio. Still they +found no one except the servants.</p> + +<p>“I never saw so much help in all my life,” +Grace remarked. “Why, just millions of people +work here. I haven’t seen the same person twice +at all.”</p> + +<p>“Didn’t you hear Walker Jamieson say that +labor’s cheap in this country?” Nan explained. +“Everyone has one or two or three servants. But +I wonder where cousin Adair and everyone is +now.”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_186" id="Page_186">[186]</a></span></p> + +<p>She hadn’t long to wait, for just as she spoke +they heard loud voices from the direction of the +kitchen at the back, and shortly Adair, Alice and +Walker appeared.</p> + +<p>“There that’s done,” Adair slapped his hands +together as though he had just disposed of a +mighty problem. “Trouble, trouble all the while,” +he looked at the girls as he spoke. “If it isn’t one +thing, it’s another. One moment it’s a mule and +the next it’s a woman.” He looked utterly worn +out, and Nan felt sorry for him.</p> + +<p>“Oh, daddy, don’t take Mrs. O’Malley too +seriously,” Alice tried to ease his worry.</p> + +<p>“Too seriously! Well, I like that,” Adair exclaimed. +“When the best housekeeper in all Christendom +threatens to walk out on you, tell me now, +what are you supposed to do? Say, all right, go +ahead? Just what would you do, now?” He looked +at Alice.</p> + +<p>She hesitated.</p> + +<p>“There,” he didn’t give her a chance to answer, +“she’d walk out on you before you did +anything. You can’t hesitate in serious matters +like this. You have to act. But never mind,” he +turned to his guests, “you don’t need to worry. I +have acted. Mrs. O’Malley has promised to stay. +The Chinese cook has promised to stay. Everyone’s +staying. There’ll be no deserting the ship<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187">[187]</a></span> +on this trip.”</p> + +<p>“That’s fine, daddy,” Alice complimented him. +“And now when do we have dinner?”</p> + +<p>“Dinner? Where’s dinner?” Adair was off +again. He picked up a bell and rang it forcefully. +Everyone, except the famous Mrs. O’Malley and +the Chinese cook came running. People came out +of doors, in through the arches of the patio, and +stuck their heads out from windows. Everyone +thought that there was something radically wrong. +When they saw that it was just the American +again, they disappeared as quickly as they came.</p> + +<p>The old women shook their heads. Would he +never learn, they wondered, that there was no +necessity to rush anything, that if you let things +just go their own quiet, placid way, they would +eventually work themselves out. They couldn’t +understand this man who had come to them as +their master. Already, thanks to the guide of the +morning, legends about him and his wrath were +spreading around the place. The wireless that +civilization knows is fast, but the grapevine among +the Mexican Indians was even more effective.</p> + +<p>When he saw the commotion he had caused, +Adair MacKenzie sat down, and shortly dinner +appeared, as it would have appeared even though +he had done nothing.</p> + +<p>The dinner was good and the cool fruit juices<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188">[188]</a></span> +that followed it were good. And everyone sat, as +long as the warmth of the day permitted, in the +patio under the tropical sky and talked some, sat +silent more, for it was all very peaceful.</p> + +<p>“So you’re not going to work on that smuggling +story after all?” Adair MacKenzie asked Walker +just before they all got up to go in.</p> + +<p>“Well, I wouldn’t say that,” Walker answered +carefully. “Feel the need of a little rest now and +I like this place and I like the people and it’s hard +to tear myself away.”</p> + +<p>“We thank you, don’t we?” Adair took his +daughter’s hand in his. He felt vaguely that there +was something more serious in all of this than +appeared on the surface, but just now he was too +tired to question. He squeezed Alice’s hand.</p> +<hr class="l1" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189">[189]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>CHAPTER XXIV<br /> + +<small>STOLEN!</small></h2> + + +<p>“Nan, it’s a letter from Rhoda,” Bess repeated +the information twice before she got any response +at all, and then it was only a grunt. It was the +morning after the famous mule-back excursion, +and Nan was in her room alone until Bess’s +entrance.</p> + +<p>“Whatever are you doing?” Bess asked when +she saw that Nan, strangely enough, didn’t seem +to be interested in her bit of information.</p> + +<p>“Oh, Bess, I can’t find it anyplace,” Nan looked +as though the world had come to an end. She had +all that she could do to keep from crying.</p> + +<p>“Find what?”</p> + +<p>“Oh, my ring. You know the one I mean, the +one old Mr. Blake gave me in Scotland last summer. +He said it was a family heirloom and that I +should keep it as long as I lived and then see that +it was passed on down to my children. Now, it’s +gone and I’m sure I left it in this room when we +went away yesterday.”</p> + +<p>“Are you sure, Nan?” Bess looked worried too, +now. The ring was a lovely thing with the bluest +of blue sapphires in an old-fashioned gold setting.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_190" id="Page_190">[190]</a></span> +Bess had coveted it herself, and often wanted to +wear it. But she respected Nan’s sentiment about +the bit of jewelry enough to have not even asked +to try it on.</p> + +<p>Now it was gone!</p> + +<p>“When did you wear it last?”</p> + +<p>“Bess, I had it on yesterday morning before we +went on that trip by muleback and I took it off +because I was afraid I would lose it. I left it in +this box I’m sure, and it isn’t here now. I’ve looked +through it a dozen times.” As she finished, she +proffered the box to Bess, who took it, opened it +up, and carefully looked through the trinkets +contained therein. The ring wasn’t there.</p> + +<p>“Have you told anybody, yet?” Bess questioned.</p> + +<p>“No, but if it doesn’t come to light pretty soon, +I’m going to tell cousin Adair. I’m almost afraid +to do that, because he values the ring almost as +much as I. He saw it once, he said, when he was +in Scotland, and he was proud to think that it +came to me. Now I’ve lost it, and I’m sure he’ll +think that I’ve been very careless.”</p> + +<p>“It doesn’t matter what he thinks,” Bess said +firmly. “You’d better tell him right away. If someone +has stolen it, he’s the only one that can find +the culprit. Come on, let’s go downstairs now. Or +do you want me to hunt first?”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191">[191]</a></span></p> + +<p>“Yes, do that.” Nan did dread telling Adair +MacKenzie of her loss.</p> + +<p>Bess looked thoroughly, but nowhere could she +find the ring.</p> + +<p>So together, the two girls went down the stairs, +Bess this time in the role of comforter.</p> + +<p>They found Adair out in the gardens talking +as best he could with an old gardener who knew +at least a few words of English. Adair looked up +at their entrance.</p> + +<p>“So you like flowers, too,” he greeted them. +Nan nodded her head, and then couldn’t say anything +for a few minutes.</p> + +<p>“Why, what’s the matter, Nancy child,” Adair +was all sympathy as he noted the worried look on +the girl’s face. “Nothing serious, I hope.”</p> + +<p>“I’m afraid it is,” Nan answered. “You know +my ring—”</p> + +<p>“The sapphire ring that you brought home +from Scotland?” Adair said.</p> + +<p>“Yes,” Nan nodded her head to indicate that +he was right. “It’s missing.”</p> + +<p>“What do you mean, missing?” Adair asked. +“Have you lost it?”</p> + +<p>“No, it was in my room, and it’s gone now.” +Nan said this very positively.</p> + +<p>“Gone, gone where?” Adair flared up as usual.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192">[192]</a></span></p> + +<p>“That’s what I don’t know,” Nan was having +a difficult time being patient. “I wish I did.”</p> + +<p>“You think it’s stolen.” Adair now had the +girls by the arm and was taking them back to the +hacienda.</p> + +<p>“I don’t like to say that,” Nan hedged.</p> + +<p>“If that’s what happened, speak up.” Adair +wanted to get to the bottom of this right away +and although he was very fond of Nan he wasn’t +going to spare her or her feelings any now. The +ring, he felt, was a personal loss to him too and +as he went into the house, he was determined to +find it.</p> + +<p>First he quizzed all the girls to find out, if by +chance, they knew of anything that would indicate +that Nan was mistaken. They didn’t. No one +had seen her wearing it after the time at which +she said she had put it away.</p> + +<p>Then he quizzed all of the upstairs’ servants. +This was done with Walker’s help, since he was +the only one in the crowd that knew any Spanish +at all. Again, there was no light cast on the +mystery.</p> + +<p>He called in all the rest of the house servants, +with no results. Then he blustered and fumed and +threatened, but this to no avail.</p> + +<p>Finally, with one last grand threat that he<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_193" id="Page_193">[193]</a></span> +would find out who the culprit was in spite of +everybody, he sent everyone from the room.</p> + +<p>The girls went up to their quarters together.</p> + +<p>“Now, who do you suppose could have done +anything like that?” Bess wondered as they all sat +around listlessly and hopelessly, for there was +nothing that they could do. “Do you suspect anyone, +Nan?”</p> + +<p>“No one in this whole wide world.” Nan answered +wholeheartedly. “The servants since we +have been here have all been just as nice as they +could be. I don’t think there is a one of them that +would stoop to anything like that.”</p> + +<p>“It doesn’t seem possible,” soft-spoken Grace +agreed, “but then someone has taken it. We’re +sure of that.”</p> + +<p>“As sure as we are of anything,” Nan said.</p> + +<p>“Is it very valuable, Nan?” Amelia asked.</p> + +<p>“Oh, I don’t know that,” Nan answered. “I +think, however, that the value is mostly sentimental. +It was originally given to one of the Blakes +as a reward by the king. It was supposed then to +have the power to bring the king’s soldiers to the +help of the person wearing it, in whatever trouble +he might be.</p> + +<p>“There is a story that once, someone who +owned it committed treason and was about to be +beheaded when he brought forth the ring. It saved<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_194" id="Page_194">[194]</a></span> +him, even then, and instead of killing him they +banished him to another country for ten years. +Ordinarily, it would have been death or a life +banishment, but the ring’s power was mighty.”</p> + +<p>“Maybe then,” Laura suggested, “if you or +your cousin will offer a reward, the ring will turn +up. The person that stole it probably thought that +it was valuable.”</p> + +<p>“I thought of that,” Nan answered, “but cousin +Adair says ‘no,’ that he will get the ring back +without any such monkey business. So I guess we’ll +just have to leave it up to him.”</p> +<hr class="l1" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_195" id="Page_195">[195]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>CHAPTER XXV<br /> + +<small>BESS HAS SUSPICIONS</small></h2> + + +<p>They did leave it up to Adair MacKenzie, and +for several days nothing happened. The house was +like a morgue, for everyone suspected everyone +else and the servants were all under suspicion.</p> + +<p>Finally, Nan couldn’t stand it any longer, and +decided to do a little investigating on her own. It +was Bess who put her on the track.</p> + +<p>“I don’t trust Chinamen,” Bess had confided +and then felt foolish immediately afterward, for +if there was one thing that Nan resented above +all others, it was race prejudice in any form.</p> + +<p>“Oh, Bess, don’t be silly,” Nan dismissed the +statement shortly.</p> + +<p>“But I don’t,” Bess persisted.</p> + +<p>“Elizabeth Harley,” Nan exclaimed, “if you +make that remark again, I’ll never speak to you +as long as I live.” Nan was cross and irritable +these days, because nothing seemed to be going +right and she felt that if she hadn’t said anything +about the ring in the first place, everyone would +be enjoying themselves.</p> + +<p>“But Nan,” Bess put her arm around her +friend. “I don’t mean it all the way you think. I<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_196" id="Page_196">[196]</a></span> +haven’t liked the cook ever since that first day +when he had a fight with Mrs. O’Malley and +she’s such a dear too.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, but Bess, you know how that happened,” +Nan protested. “Mrs. O’Malley went into the kitchen +that he had run for some twenty years and +tried to tell him what to do. He just wouldn’t +stand for it.”</p> + +<p>“Even then, I don’t like him.” Bess persisted. +“He’s been horrid and mean to all of us ever +since we’ve been here. I think he stole your ring, +and if you don’t do something about it, I’m going +to tell Mr. MacKenzie myself.”</p> + +<p>“See here, Bess,” Nan was very serious now. +“If you don’t keep quiet about what you have +just been saying to me, I’m going to be very +angry. I don’t want suspicions being cast on people +who haven’t done anything, and I don’t think he +has, honestly.”</p> + +<p>Bess paused and thought before she said anything +further.</p> + +<p>“And Bess,” Nan said more softly now, “don’t +resent the way I’ve talked to you these days. I +feel very troubled.”</p> + +<p>Bess felt badly too now. It wasn’t very often +that Nan let her temper get away with her, and +since she had, Bess thought, she must be more +troubled than any of us realize. So the subject<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_197" id="Page_197">[197]</a></span> +was dropped between the two friends.</p> + +<p>But Bess’s remarks had done their work. When +Nan was alone, the thought of what Bess had +said, came back to her again and again. She dismissed +it impatiently at first, but then little things +about the cook began to come to her attention +constantly.</p> + +<p>Finally she determined to do something about +it all and so, one day when she was alone, she +went back to the kitchen.</p> + +<p>She was just about to open the door and go +through when she heard loud voices.</p> + +<p>“I tell you it’s not enough,” one, an American +voice was saying.</p> + +<p>“Alle samee, it’s all I can get.” The voice of +the cook came to her in reply.</p> + +<p>Nan stopped, startled. This, why, this verified +Bess’s suspicions. Nan stood back and listened +further, but heard nothing. She had come in on +the end of the argument. Shortly, she heard a +door slam on the other side of the kitchen, and +then there were no more sounds at all.</p> + +<p>She waited for some time, and then cautiously +opened the door and went in.</p> + +<p>Over in one corner, the cook, alone, was busy +preparing the evening meal. He looked up as the +girl entered, and was on the point of reprimanding +her for invading his quarters when he stopped,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_198" id="Page_198">[198]</a></span> +recognizing her. He waited then, resentfully, for +her to speak.</p> + +<p>Nan was equally wary however, so there was +a moment of embarrassed silence, before either +said anything. Then, as they stood waiting, a call +outside distracted their attention.</p> + +<p>The cook answered it, and when he returned, +they both felt more at ease. He brought her a +stool to sit on and offered her some of his choice +cookies, so before long they were talking to one +another. They talked about little things, and Nan +went away without mentioning the ring or the +conversation she had heard at all.</p> + +<p>But she went back the next day. Following this +procedure it wasn’t long before the cook poured +out his whole sorry tale.</p> + +<p>Nan later, when she got Walker Jamieson +alone, told it and swore him to secrecy.</p> + +<p>“Then he took the ring,” Walker concluded, +when the story had all been told.</p> + +<p>“He hasn’t said so,” Nan was being very careful +that the facts were all understood as they +were, not as other people might imagine them +to be.</p> + +<p>“No, not in so many words,” Walker agreed, +“but then, he did. You and I know that, and it’s +not necessary to tell anyone at all anything about +this yet. It’s a bigger story than you realize,” he<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_199" id="Page_199">[199]</a></span> +ended, “and it has many, many more angles than +this particular one. Let me work on it awhile +without any interference.”</p> + +<p>Nan agreed to this, and so the two conspirators +parted.</p> +<hr class="l1" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_200" id="Page_200">[200]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>CHAPTER XXVI<br /> + +<small>SERENADERS</small></h2> + + +<p>“What’s going on downstairs?” Laura came +into Nan’s room quietly. “Of course, it’s none of +my business,” she went on, “but everything seems +to be in an uproar. Your cousin is ranting around +as I’ve never seen him rant before, and Walker +Jamieson is there and he looks as though everything +is wrong with the world.”</p> + +<p>“Why, I don’t know,” Nan looked up from +the diary she was writing, a diary in which she +kept a day by day account of her trip. But she +looked worried. Had Walker, after all, told the +story that they had promised to keep a secret and +was her cousin insisting on getting to the bottom +of everything right away?</p> + +<p>“What were they talking about?” she asked +Laura.</p> + +<p>“I don’t know,” Laura answered. “When I +came through the room, they stopped, and seemed +to be waiting until I got out, before continuing. +I got the point and hurried. I was only after a +magazine that I had left in the room, anyway. +But even for the short time I was in there, the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_201" id="Page_201">[201]</a></span> +air seemed so heavy with emotion that you could +cut it.”</p> + +<p>“And you didn’t hear anything?” Nan repeated +the thought of her former question.</p> + +<p>“I said, ‘no’.” Laura insisted. “Why, what did +you expect me to hear?” She looked at her friend +intently. As Bess often did in similar circumstances, +Laura now felt that Nan knew much +more about what was going on downstairs than +she wanted to reveal.</p> + +<p>“Oh, nothing,” Nan managed to say this airily, +as though she truly had had nothing in view when +she asked the question. So saying, she screwed the +top on her fountain pen, put her diary away, and +stamped a letter she had just written home. With +these little things done, she turned again to Laura, +“Do you know that Grace’s brother and his +friends are expected here at the hacienda tomorrow?” +she asked.</p> + +<p>“Are they? Tomorrow?” Laura had been out +in the courtyard watching some Mexican youngsters +at play when Grace had told Nan. Now, the +information was a surprise to her. “What’s been +planned? How many will there be? How long +will they stay?” The questions rolled off her +tongue one after the other, until Nan stopped her.</p> + +<p>“Oh, Laura,” she said, “one at a time, please. +We’ve not planned anything definite yet and we<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_202" id="Page_202">[202]</a></span> +don’t know how many nor how long, but we’re +hoping that they can stay at least a week. Isn’t it +all going to be fun!”</p> + +<p>“Yes,” Laura was almost as excited as Nan. +“It’s going to be grand to have them all here. +Now, let’s go and get the other girls and plan +something.”</p> + +<p>But before they could get out of the room, the +others came bursting in. “Oh, do you know,” Bess +got the words out first, “Walter and his friends +probably will arrive tonight.” Amelia and Grace +nodded their heads in unison.</p> + +<p>“How do you know?” Nan asked.</p> + +<p>“Here’s a telegram.” Grace waved it in the air. +“It says,” she read, “‘Arriving tonight. Six of us. +Anxious to see you. Walter.’ I wonder when +they’ll get here.” Saying this, she went over to the +windows and looked down into the courtyard as +though she expected them at once. Then she +turned toward the others again, “How good it’s +going to be!” she exclaimed. “I’ve been a little +lonesome for someone from home ever since +Rhoda’s mother became so ill.”</p> + +<p>“Have you, Gracie?” Nan put her arm affectionately +around the more timid girl’s shoulder. +“I guess we all have been. It will be good to see +Walter because he has seen all our parents since<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_203" id="Page_203">[203]</a></span> +we left. Now let’s go downstairs and tell cousin +Adair.”</p> + +<p>But the girls lingered a little while longer, talking +and planning. “It must have been fate that +kept us there,” Laura laughed afterwards, for +one of the very nicest things of all their trip happened +just before they departed.</p> + +<p>It was Nan who heard it first, that faint far-away +sound of the strumming of a guitar. “Sh! +Quiet!” she broke in on the hubbub in the room. +“What’s that I hear?” They all listened for a +second.</p> + +<p>“Oh, nothing.” Laura waved the question +aside, “and do you think we can get Mr. MacKenzie +to go with us again on a mule ride over +the estate?” she went on with the planning of +entertainment for the boys.</p> + +<p>“It is too something,” Nan insisted, for she +heard again the sound of music. “Listen!”</p> + +<p>“Oh, Nan, you’re hearing things,” Laura perhaps +was more impatient than any of the others, +for she was intrigued with the idea of asking +Adair to get on a mule again, and she wanted to +talk about it.</p> + +<p>“She isn’t either.” Bess heard the strains now. +“I hear something too.”</p> + +<p>“Come—oh, look!” Nan was at a balcony +window beckoning the others eagerly. They all<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_204" id="Page_204">[204]</a></span> +clustered round her, and there in the moonlit +courtyard below them Walter and his friends +were serenading the girls. When they all appeared, +the music grew louder, stronger, and the +boys harmonized their voices as they sang for +the second time,</p> + +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0">“Soft o’er the fountain,<br /></span> +<span class="i2">Ling’ring falls the southern moon;<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Far o’er the mountain,<br /></span> +<span class="i2">Breaks the day too soon!<br /></span> +</div><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0">In thy dark eyes’ splendor,<br /></span> +<span class="i2">Where the warm light loves to dwell,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Weary looks, yet tender,<br /></span> +<span class="i2">Speak their fond fare-well.<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Nita! Juanita!—”<br /></span> +</div></div> + +<p>As they swung into the chorus, the girls, laughing +but enjoying it all thoroughly, pulled flowers +that they had picked that day from the garden +from their dresses and threw them down. The +chorus ended, and the girls clapped. The boys +laughed up at them, and others in the courtyard +who had been attracted by the music called for +more.</p> + +<p>It was all very gay and happy. The boys did +sing an encore, and then as Alice and Adair came<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_205" id="Page_205">[205]</a></span> +out on the veranda they broke off, and Walter +went up the steps and introduced himself and his +friends. The girls came down and they all had a +merry evening together, talking over the million +and one things that had been happening.</p> + +<p>It was not until the afternoon of the next day, +that Nan and Walter had a moment alone together. +Then she told him the story of her missing +ring.</p> + +<p>“Then the cook didn’t actually tell you that he +took it?” Walter asked at the end.</p> + +<p>“No, but he implied it,” Nan answered, “and +I’m as sure he did as I am certain that he is not +to be blamed.”</p> + +<p>Walter couldn’t restrain the smile that came +at this. Nan always trusted people, always felt +that there was good in everyone. This was one of +the things that first attracted Walter to her. +Somehow, she, unlike many others her own age, +never found enjoyment in criticising others. She +seemed to understand their faults and to be able +to explain them sympathetically no matter what +they were. Now, in talking of the man whom she +felt sure had stolen her ring, she honestly believed +that, in doing so, he had been influenced by conditions +over which he had no control. She felt +sorry for him, and didn’t want to do him any<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_206" id="Page_206">[206]</a></span> +injury. This was one of the big reasons why she +had pledged Walker Jamieson to secrecy.</p> + +<p>“And what does Mr. MacKenzie think of all +of this?” Walter asked just before Nan left him +to dress for dinner.</p> + +<p>“Oh, he doesn’t know anything about it at all,” +Nan hastened to explain, “and I don’t want you +to say a thing. This is all a secret until—until—until—”</p> + +<p>“Until what?” Walter looked at the young +girl curiously, as she stopped midway in her +sentence.</p> + +<p>“Until it’s solved,” Nan smiled at her friend, +and then refused to explain further.</p> + +<p>“Nancy Sherwood,” Walter spoke seriously +now, “if you’re not careful, you’re going to get +yourself all involved in a plot that might hurt +you. Come, be sensible for once. Either forget the +ring entirely, or tell your cousin all that you know +about it. Promise?”</p> + +<p>Nan shook her head. She couldn’t tell Walter +that she and Walker had already made certain +promises about the ring and the Chinaman’s part +in its disappearance. She couldn’t tell him that the +reporter sensed a big story and asked her to protect +the details until he had arrived at a solution. +She couldn’t tell him, but she wanted to.</p> + +<p>Now it was Grace who saved what otherwise<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_207" id="Page_207">[207]</a></span> +might have been an embarrassing situation. She +came out into the corner of the patio where Nan +and Walter were standing.</p> + +<p>“Nan,” she asked, “did you know that Walker +Jamieson left the hacienda early this afternoon +and that he took his bags with him?”</p> + +<p>“Left the hacienda!” Nan exclaimed, “are you +sure, Grace?”</p> + +<p>“As sure as I am of anything,” Grace replied, +“and if you don’t believe me you can either wait +to see if he appears at dinner, or you can go in +right now and ask Bess.”</p> +<hr class="l1" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_208" id="Page_208">[208]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>CHAPTER XXVII<br /> + +<small>WALKER DEPARTS</small></h2> + + +<p>However, it was Bess who sought Nan out, and +that before Grace had barely had time to finish +divulging her bit of news.</p> + +<p>“What did I tell you?” Bess greeted Nan as +soon as she could find her.</p> + +<p>“What do you mean?” Nan retorted.</p> + +<p>“I mean that talk we had some time ago up in +your room.”</p> + +<p>“What talk?” Nan pretended to have +forgotten.</p> + +<p>“You know as well as I,” Bess responded impatiently. +“I mean that talk about Walker and +Alice. It was nice, but it’s all over now.”</p> + +<p>“What do you mean?”</p> + +<p>“I mean that Walker talked to your cousin +sometime yesterday, that your cousin was simply +furious, and that Walker Jamieson has left, never +to return!”</p> + +<p>“Oh, Bess, don’t get romantic about it,” Nan +said abruptly. “Now get your breath and tell me +actually what you know.”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_209" id="Page_209">[209]</a></span></p> + +<p>“I have,” Bess insisted. “Walker wanted to +marry Alice and Adair MacKenzie said ‘no!’ +Walker left without saying goodby to anyone and +nobody knows when he is going to return if at all. +Alice has gone to her room, and everybody in the +house is all broken up, except the old housekeeper. +All she does is shake her head and say ‘You just +wait. This will all be all right in the end. Young +people are too hasty.’</p> + +<p>“Imagine that!” Bess ran on indignantly. “She +says young people are too hasty, when all the +trouble here is caused by Mr. MacKenzie and he +certainly isn’t young!”</p> + +<p>“Elizabeth Harley, you be careful!” Nan +warned her friend. “You don’t know for sure +whether what you are saying is true or not. You’ll +have everybody in trouble if you don’t watch out.”</p> + +<p>“But Nan, I could just cry,” Bess protested. +“He is such a nice person and so is she. And now +it’s all spoiled.”</p> + +<p>“Hush, Bess,” Nan spoke more softly now. +Then she looked over at Walter as though begging +him to leave them for a few moments which +he did.</p> + +<p>“Now, see here,” she spoke sternly to Bess +when he disappeared. “If there is anything at all +in what you say, and I doubt it, there is nothing<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_210" id="Page_210">[210]</a></span> +in the world to be gained by crying and talking +and interfering.”</p> + +<p>“I’m not interfering!” Bess was indignant.</p> + +<p>“Well, then talking about it,” Nan corrected +herself. “We can’t do anything about it except +sit around and wait. I don’t believe that Walker +has gone away for the reason you say he has at +all, and if he has, he’ll be back.”</p> + +<p>“Well, if he hasn’t gone away for that reason, +why has he gone at all?” Bess demanded.</p> + +<p>“You can’t tell,” Nan answered lamely. Why +was it, she thought, that she was forever running +into the secret that she had promised Walker she +would keep. She had done the same thing ten +minutes ago with Walter. Now she was doing it +with her best friend. “You’ve just got to wait and +find out,” she added.</p> + +<p>“Come on, Bess,” she made a decided effort to +change the subject, “let’s go in and get the camera. +I want to take some pictures of the boys. Anyway +we are neglecting them by staying out here like +this.”</p> + +<p>“Neglecting them!” Bess exclaimed. “They’ve +done nothing all day but sit around and loaf. +They’re a lazy bunch, and we all had such high +hopes.” She let her sentence die away tragically.</p> + +<p>“Why,” she wrinkled up her nose at Nan, as<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_211" id="Page_211">[211]</a></span> +she spoke, “are boys in general so dumb? Oh, +Walter’s all right, but all the rest are just like +bumps on a log.”</p> + +<p>“No, they aren’t,” Nan denied. “Don’t you +remember last night when they were all out there +below our balconies? You didn’t think they were +bumps on a log then, did you?”</p> + +<p>Bess shook her head and her eyes shone. “No, +that was grand,” she said. “But today, they just +don’t do anything.”</p> + +<p>“Maybe they think that we’re neglecting +them?” Nan suggested.</p> + +<p>“Well, let them,” Bess flounced away from +Nan and into the house.</p> + +<p>Nan looked bewilderedly after her. “What can +be wrong with Bess,” she asked herself and then +did go after her camera. If Bess didn’t want any +pictures of the visitors, she did.</p> + +<p>A few hours later, after an afternoon siesta +and a long cool refreshing drink of fruit juices +beneath the palms of the courtyard, everyone felt +better. Alice’s eyes were red and swollen with +crying, but she made an appearance. Adair MacKenzie +was even more terse than usual, but he +was kinder too. And Bess who had but three hours +before found the boys so disagreeable now was +surrounded by them. She was telling them in low<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_212" id="Page_212">[212]</a></span> +tones of the donkey episode of the day before.</p> + +<p>It was all very cheerful and pleasant despite the +emptiness that was felt because of Walker’s absence. +However, no one mentioned his name. In +fact, he might have remained away from the +hacienda, away from Alice, indefinitely, if it +hadn’t been for Adair himself, Adair and Nan.</p> + +<p>“Well, well, girls, how do you like your new +home now?” Adair MacKenzie was feeling somewhat +talkative after his long refreshing drink of +loganberry juice. “A pretty nice place, isn’t it?” +He looked about himself with a satisfied sort of +appreciation. Adair MacKenzie for all of his +Scotch blood and his leanings toward economy +really liked the good things of life. This southern +home pleased him.</p> + +<p>“It’s grand, Cousin Adair,” Nan answered for +them all. “Perfectly grand. There’s only one thing +that’s lacking.”</p> + +<p>“And that?”</p> + +<p>“We’re missing Rhoda. She was so excited +about the plans to come down here that she could +hardly contain herself, and now we won’t see her +all summer. We won’t see her until we get back +to school in the fall.”</p> + +<p>“Who said you wouldn’t?” Adair asked +suddenly. “Don’t jump to conclusions like that. +Just to show you how wrong you are—you’re<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_213" id="Page_213">[213]</a></span> +leaving tomorrow morning by plane to visit with +this Hammond girl over the week end, and then +if it’s at all possible, she is to come back with you +to stay here for a week or two. Now, how’s that?”</p> +<hr class="l1" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_214" id="Page_214">[214]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>CHAPTER XXVIII<br /> + +<small>NAN’S BIG ADVENTURE</small></h2> + + +<p>Nan couldn’t answer for a moment, then unexpectedly, +even to herself, she threw her arms +around Adair MacKenzie’s neck and kissed him.</p> + +<p>“Tut! Tut!” he straightened his necktie and +adjusted the soft white collar of his shirt after her +hug. “Can’t stand for this. What’s the matter? +Aren’t you pleased?”</p> + +<p>“Oh, dear!” Nan’s face was flushed and her +eyes bright as she answered. “There was never +in all this wide world a nicer cousin than you are +being to me.”</p> + +<p>“Wait a second,” Adair was immensely pleased +at this outburst. “What will these young men all +think of you? Want to make them jealous of an +old codger like me? Better watch out.”</p> + +<p>Nan looked at the boys sitting around the +ground and in the big comfortable chairs and +blushed furiously. She had completely forgotten, +at the announcement of her proposed journey that +anyone else was present beside the girls whom she +knew so well.</p> + +<p>But her embarrassment couldn’t last long in the +face of the excitement.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_215" id="Page_215">[215]</a></span></p> + +<p>Nan was going for Rhoda! Nan was going by +plane to get Rhoda and bring her back. Nan was +going to start the next morning and by Monday +she would be back, having flown half the length +of Mexico to the border and then from there to +Rose Ranch.</p> + +<p>It was exciting to think of, but then a thousand, +a million times more exciting in reality, for all +sorts of unexpected things were to come about +as the result of that ride.</p> + +<p>Now, Nan could scarcely contain herself as she +sat in the group and listened to the little everyday +things they were talking about. The only +thing that really penetrated her consciousness was +the fact that she was leaving and that when she +returned Walter and his friends would have left.</p> + +<p>Adair brought this fact to life. In his free open, +hospitable style, he tried to induce the youngsters +to linger. He liked them, liked the excitement +they had caused, for in spite of Bess’s complaint +to Nan that they were a dull lot, they kept things +moving from the moment they serenaded their +hostesses until they left.</p> + +<p>Through the days there had been hikes, parties, +a visit into the interior by auto, and an excursion +to a small village where the Indians were celebrating +a native holiday. They had seen them +dressed in native dress, dancing native dances<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_216" id="Page_216">[216]</a></span> +with all the abandon of a people freed from the +daily routine, and they had witnessed one of their +elaborate religious rites in which the ritual of the +church and the ritual of pagan ancestors who +had worshipped the Sun God were mingled with +one another to result in a queer worship that was +unlike anything any place else in the world.</p> + +<p>Then they all went to a moving picture show +where Roberta Taylor, the pretty little American +actress whom everybody adored spoke in Spanish. +How queer that seemed! They had all seen the +film—it was an old one—in a theatre in Chicago, +but how different it seemed now with all the conversation +translated into Spanish. They giggled +when the heroine looked up at her tall American +hero and murmured “Seņor, Seņor,” and when he +greeted her with “Buenos Días” and other common +Spanish phrases. It was all very charming +and amusing and everyone had a grand time.</p> + +<p>But now Nan was going to leave and the boys +were going to leave. The evening, in spite of the +excitement about Nan’s proposed journey, turned +a little sad when they all gathered around Walter +and his guitar to sing as they had each night since +he arrived. The songs they sang were all sad little +songs.</p> + +<p>By next morning all this was forgotten. The +girls were all thrilled over Rhoda’s coming. They<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_217" id="Page_217">[217]</a></span> +had telegraphed to tell her what was happening +and she had wired back that her mother was well +enough now so that she could carry out the plans +that Adair MacKenzie had made with such enjoyment, +for he did enjoy doing things for other +people. He liked being Santa Claus the year +round.</p> + +<p>So, by ten o’clock the next day a whole caravan +drew up to the airport and Walter, his friends, +Bess, Laura, Grace, Amelia, Adair and Alice saw +Nan off. How exciting it was, getting the ticket, +standing by while the plane’s motors were warmed +up, and then, when the passengers started to get +in, taking pictures of the plane, of the people +around it, and of the crew.</p> + +<p>Finally, she was off and Nan was soaring over +the heads of all her friends. She looked out the +window and waved a big white handkerchief, but +already she seemed part of the clouds and those +below, waving too, couldn’t see her.</p> + +<p>How much fun it was climbing, climbing, climbing. +Nan wasn’t worried at all. She looked out. +Around her were clouds and beneath her the +mountains of Mexico were stretched out. She was +higher than the mountains! Her spirits soared +with the thought and she looked around at her +fellow passengers, two men who were in earnest +conversation, a woman with a small child beside<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_218" id="Page_218">[218]</a></span> +her, and another man who seemed to be alone.</p> + +<p>None of them looked particularly interesting +and Nan returned to her watching of the landscape, +so when, after they had traveled for some +time, there was a commotion up in the pilot’s +cabin and the one traveler who seemed alone stood +up and quietly ordered everyone to put his hands +up, Nan was taken completely by surprise.</p> + +<p>“Hands up, there, you!” The remark was addressed +to Nan when she failed to comply with +the first request. She put her hands up. The woman +with the baby screamed. The baby cried. Nan +put her hands down and moved to help the two.</p> + +<p>“Put your hands up there!” the order came +again in good American diction. Nan did. The +voice meant business.</p> + +<p>Now the plane began to rock. It slowed down +some and glided down a hill of air to taxi across +a field in a place far removed from civilization.</p> + +<p>Now, for the first time, Nan was really frightened. +Somehow, up in the air, she hadn’t been +very scared. It had all happened too suddenly. +Now, with her feet on the ground, however, she +felt as though she was going to faint. She clenched +her fists at her side, gritted her teeth, and stood +waiting for the next move.</p> + +<p>It came, quickly. Everyone was ordered to surrender +his pass to cross the border, told to remove<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_219" id="Page_219">[219]</a></span> +his luggage, and then together, they were hurried +over the rough ground to a cabin and locked in.</p> + +<p>Shortly, they heard the motors of the great +plane again and then the drone as it swung around +over head and went off in the direction it was +headed for before anything happened—the +United States.</p> + +<p>The passengers, they were only Nan and the +woman with the baby—the men had all been involved +in the plot—looked at one another in +consternation. What had happened? Were they +being kidnapped and why? How long would they +be left in this deserted spot?</p> + +<p>They tried the doors and the windows. Someone +outside yelled a warning to them. They paced +the floor and the baby cried a pathetic little cry. +They tried to help it, but still it cried, a baffled +little cry.</p> +<hr class="l1" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_220" id="Page_220">[220]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>CHAPTER XXIX<br /> + +<small>HAPPILY EVER AFTER!</small></h2> + + +<p>“Passenger plane X 52 headed toward the border +missing. Nan Sherwood—”</p> + +<p>Walker Jamieson in a newspaper office in Mexico +City got no further as the news came over the +wire. He grabbed a phone, asked for long distance, +and called the hacienda.</p> + +<p>Yes, they had received the news. No, they +didn’t know anything beyond what Walker did. +Nan was traveling alone. Walker breathed a deep +sigh of relief at this. He had been afraid that +Alice was with her.</p> + +<p>It was all a complete mystery. Couldn’t Walker +do something? This plea came from Alice herself +and it wrung his heart.</p> + +<p>“I’ll try.” These were the words with which he +hung up and somehow they comforted the young +woman on the phone. She turned to her father +and said simply, “It was Walker. He’ll help.”</p> + +<p>And Walker did. While government planes +swooped back and forth again and again across +the country looking for a wrecked plane, Walker +was busy working out his own theories.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_221" id="Page_221">[221]</a></span></p> + +<p>“I tell you,” he was calling his New York editor, +“there’s a whale of a good story here, one +that’s bigger than anyone has guessed. This is no +mere plane accident.</p> + +<p>“How do I know? Oh, just smart that way. +Can’t tell you more now. Want to go through +with it? It will cost plenty of dough. Need a plane +and a couple of darn good pilots.</p> + +<p>“Sky’s the limit, you say? Okey-doke.” With +this he slammed the receiver down and was off.</p> + +<p>He went to the United States Embassy, called +the hacienda again, hired a plane and zoomed off +in the direction X52 was headed for when it disappeared.</p> + +<p>For hours he and his pilot combed the district +and found nothing that satisfied Walker. Then, +along about nightfall a lone shack in a deserted +district attracted his attention. The plane dropped +down.</p> + +<p>Nan heard it, from her shack prison she heard +it and thought that it was the X52 returning. +While she waited, she didn’t know what she +wanted the more—to have the plane come or +have it stay away. If it stayed away, she thought, +that somehow, some way they could get out of +the cabin, but to what end she couldn’t imagine. +In the meantime, she was concerned over the +child and the fear that it would starve.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_222" id="Page_222">[222]</a></span></p> + +<p>She waited tensely as the motor died, as she +heard footsteps approaching the cabin.</p> + +<p>A voice called.</p> + +<p>Where had she heard it before? Could it possibly +be—Walker! Was she dreaming? She heard +it again. This time she answered and a great flood +of relief came over her. It was he! She ran to +the door and shook it, although she had done it +a dozen times before during the day and nothing +had happened. Because Walker was here now, +because there was someone out there that she +knew, she felt that almost anything might come +true. She pushed and shouted and beat upon the +door.</p> + +<p>Walker called to her again. This time she answered. +His relief was as great as hers. She was +alive. His hunch was right! He too beat upon the +door with all his strength, pulled and pushed, but +to no avail. Then he and the pilots got a beam and +rammed it into the unresisting blockade. After +what seemed hours, the door moved on its hinges, +then gave way and Walker found Nan, the pluckiest +little girl in the world he said later, unharmed +by her experience.</p> + +<p>“But Mr. Jamieson,” Nan questioned him as +the plane he had brought took to the air with the +pilots and the other prisoners, the woman and +child, “how did you guess what had happened?”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_223" id="Page_223">[223]</a></span></p> + +<p>He didn’t hear her at first. He was already busy +planning the release on the tale he had pieced +together.</p> + +<p>The lead—“Plucky Nan Sherwood Found +Alive in Deserted Shack in Wilderness. Gang of +smugglers exposed in daring attempt to take plane +load of Chinese across the border.”</p> + +<p>Sounded good, he was thinking, but they really +hadn’t been exposed as yet. He knew how they +worked, but he didn’t know who they were. He +turned now to Nan to see if he could find a clue.</p> + +<p>“What did the men who imprisoned you look +like?” he questioned her.</p> + +<p>Nan described them briefly.</p> + +<p>“Did you hear or see anyone besides the people +you saw in the plane?” he questioned.</p> + +<p>Nan hadn’t, but as he talked she had an inspiration. +“Oh, I know, maybe I can help you!” she +exclaimed. Then she told him of the pictures she +had snapped before boarding the transport.</p> + +<p>The rest of the plane ride was a dash toward +a place where the pictures could be developed. +One by one they were brought forth from the +developing fluid, until it seemed as though the +inspiration had not been such a fortunate one after +all. But Walker didn’t give up. It was the last one +that brought the desired results.</p> + +<p>“Why, I know that man.” Walker Jamieson<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_224" id="Page_224">[224]</a></span> +summoned forth from his long experience as a +newspaperman, the recollection of a story about +an aviator who had been discharged from the +airplane mail service because of irregularities. +Here was a picture of the man.</p> + +<p>Nan took it up and studied it. “Why, I know +him too!” she exclaimed.</p> + +<p>“Of course you do,” Walker agreed. “He was +one of the men who held up the plane, wasn’t he?”</p> + +<p>“Yes, and not only that,” Nan now divulged +a surprising bit of information, “he was present +at the bull fight in Mexico City a few days ago.”</p> + +<p>“What do you mean?” Walker looked at her +intently.</p> + +<p>“He was there with a former schoolmate, a +Linda Riggs, and he was introduced to Cousin +Adair by her.”</p> + +<p>“His name?”</p> + +<p>Nan searched back in her memory before she +answered. “Arthur—”</p> + +<p>“Howard?” Walker supplied the name.</p> + +<p>“That’s right.” Nan was smiling now, thinking +of Bess’s glee when she found out what a position +Linda would be in when this story came out.</p> + +<p>“So, you perhaps can even locate him,” Walker +looked at the amazing youngster beside him.</p> + +<p>“Linda is staying—oh, I don’t know.” Nan +looked disappointed as she remembered that they<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_225" id="Page_225">[225]</a></span> +hadn’t exchanged addresses with the girl. But it +didn’t matter, before the night was over, Linda +Riggs, thoroughly frightened because she had unwittingly +entertained and been entertained by an +international crook, revealed all she knew about +his whereabouts. And before the morning run of +the great metropolitan daily that Walker was +associated with had gone to press, the story was +completed.</p> + +<p>Arthur Howard using visitors’ passes stolen at +the border and altered to suit his needs passed +back and forth freely between the United States +and Mexico. He was engaged in smuggling Chinese +across and in this particularly daring attempt +to finish up a big job had, after he held up the +plane on which Nan had been a passenger, loaded +it heavily with men who had paid high prices to +make the trip.</p> + +<p>The Chinese cook at the hacienda had been involved +because he had paid a high price to try to +get a relative of his across. The ring stolen from +Nan was his last desperate effort to finish his payments, +payments which had been draining all of +his resources for months and had taken all of his +life’s savings. This was the part of his story that +he had told Nan after she had won his confidence.</p> + +<p>Needless to say, Arthur Howard and his gang +were rounded up by a group of United States G-men<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_226" id="Page_226">[226]</a></span> +and he received a long prison sentence after +a startling trial.</p> + +<p>But to Nan and her friends at the hacienda, the +most important result of the whole complicated +affair was a certain wedding.</p> + +<p>“Your cousin just couldn’t be mean after +Walker found you,” Bess hugged Nan in her excitement. +“And there is to be that wedding that +we talked about, and you are going to be maid of +honor and we’re all going to be bridesmaids. It +will be in the garden and there will be lots of +guests from all over the country and maybe Walter +will be back here. Oh, Nan, I’m so excited!”</p> + +<p>“And that isn’t the half of it,” Nan finished. +“Cousin Adair has given this place to Walker and +Alice and he’s settled a large sum of money on +them and he’s inviting Momsey and Papa down +for the wedding. Oh, Bess, and Rhoda’s going to +come too, but not by plane,” she added. “Everything +is just perfectly grand!”</p> + +<p>So, let’s leave Nan Sherwood and her friends +to a happy, happy time, to finish out a summer in +Mexico that was more exciting than they ever +imagined a summer could possibly be.</p> + +<hr class="l1"/> + +<div class="tnote"> +<p class="tp">Transcriber’s Notes</p> + +<p>Obvious printer’s errors were silently corrected. Otherwise spelling, +hyphenation, interpunction and syntax of the original have been +preserved.</p> +</div> + + + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Nan Sherwood on the Mexican Border, by +Annie Roe Carr + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK NAN SHERWOOD ON THE MEXICAN BORDER *** + +***** This file should be named 36202-h.htm or 36202-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/3/6/2/0/36202/ + +Produced by Stephen Hutcheson, eagkw, Roger Frank and the +Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> + diff --git a/36202-h/images/border1.png b/36202-h/images/border1.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..14153b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/36202-h/images/border1.png diff --git a/36202-h/images/border2.png b/36202-h/images/border2.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f0511fc --- /dev/null +++ b/36202-h/images/border2.png diff --git a/36202-h/images/border3.png b/36202-h/images/border3.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7a63dd3 --- /dev/null +++ b/36202-h/images/border3.png diff --git a/36202.txt b/36202.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8e9e362 --- /dev/null +++ b/36202.txt @@ -0,0 +1,6000 @@ +Project Gutenberg's Nan Sherwood on the Mexican Border, by Annie Roe Carr + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Nan Sherwood on the Mexican Border + +Author: Annie Roe Carr + +Release Date: May 24, 2011 [EBook #36202] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK NAN SHERWOOD ON THE MEXICAN BORDER *** + + + + +Produced by Stephen Hutcheson, eagkw, Roger Frank and the +Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + + + + + + + + + NAN SHERWOOD + ON THE + MEXICAN BORDER + + BY + + ANNIE ROE CARR + + [Illustration] + + THE WORLD SYNDICATE + PUBLISHING COMPANY + CLEVELAND NEW YORK + + + + + _Published 1937 by + The World Syndicate Publishing Co._ + + [Illustration] + + _Printed in the United States of America_ + + + + + TABLE OF CONTENTS + + + CHAPTER PAGE + + I UNEXPECTED GUESTS 1 + + II YOU'RE GOING WITH ME 12 + + III ADAIR MACKENZIE SPEAKS UP 24 + + IV TROUBLE AT THE BORDER 32 + + V TELL US ABOUT THE HACIENDA 40 + + VI SOMETHING ABOUT MEXICO 48 + + VII BESS SMELLS A ROMANCE 57 + + VIII TROUBLE FOR RHODA 66 + + IX RESOLUTIONS 73 + + X FIRST MEXICAN EXPERIENCE 81 + + XI A LEGEND 90 + + XII LINDA RIGGS TURNS UP 97 + + XIII NAN TURNS PHOTOGRAPHER 104 + + XIV SMUGGLERS 111 + + XV A BULLFIGHT 117 + + XVI END OF THE FIGHT 124 + + XVII A HASTY DEPARTURE 132 + + XVIII LINDA PERFORMS AN INTRODUCTION 140 + + XIX FLOATING GARDENS 149 + + XX GOOD-BYE TO MEXICO CITY 156 + + XXI THE HACIENDA 165 + + XXII STUBBORN FOOLS 174 + + XXIII IN A PATIO 183 + + XXIV STOLEN! 189 + + XXV BESS HAS SUSPICIONS 195 + + XXVI SERENADERS 200 + + XXVII WALKER DEPARTS 208 + + XXVIII NAN'S BIG ADVENTURE 214 + + XXIX HAPPILY EVER AFTER! 220 + + + + +NAN SHERWOOD ON _the_ MEXICAN BORDER + +[Illustration] + +CHAPTER I + +UNEXPECTED GUESTS + + +Elizabeth Harley jumped down from her bicycle and dropped it noisily +against the steps of the Sherwood back porch. + +"Nan, oh, Nan!" she called. + +There was no answer. She ran up the steps and into the cottage, letting +the screen door bang behind her. A friend since primary school days of +Nan Sherwood, she was like one of the family and always ran into the +Sherwood home on Amity Street without the formality of ringing the +doorbell or pausing to knock. + +Now she was more than anxious to find Nan. She had something important +to tell her, news, she felt, that had to be told right away. + +Grace and Rhoda and Laura and Amelia, the whole crowd that had gone to +England to see the king and queen crowned in Westminster the year before +were coming to Tillbury by motor to spend a couple of weeks. Nan and +Bess had invited them during the last busy days at school, but Bess had +only just now received a telegram saying they could come. Oh, there was +so much to do! + +"Nan, Nan!" she called again. They would have to have parties and +picnics and hikes. Bess's mind was busy planning even as she wondered +where in the world Nan was. They would have a steak fry down on the +shore of the lake. They would stay late and after the moon was up, they +would sit on the shore and sing and talk and build the fire up high and +then when the embers were low, they would toast marshmallows and talk +some more until it was time to go home. But where was Nan? + +Bess called again. Again there was no answer, but Bess heard the sound +of voices in the front of the house. She walked on through. Excited +herself, she failed to notice the excitement in the voices that +attracted her, so when she stuck her head through the door between the +hall and the Sherwood front parlor, she was taken completely by +surprise. + +There were strangers in the room! Bess withdrew her head in +embarrassment, but Nan had seen her and came towards her laughing. + +"Oh, Bess," she said, reaching her hand out toward her friend and +pulling her into the room. "Come on in, you are just the person we +wanted to see." + +"Yes, Bess, it's so," Mrs. Sherwood nodded her head reassuringly at her +daughter's young friend. + +"Yes, lassie, come in," one of the strangers, a white-haired old man +spoke up. "Come over here by me, and let me look at you." His bright +blue eyes twinkled as he noted the blush on the girl's cheek but he did +nothing to relieve her embarrassment. On the contrary, he adjusted his +glasses on his nose, and carefully looked her up and down. + +"Hm-m-m, a pretty bit," he smiled as he rendered his verdict and then +reached over and drew Nan, who was standing close beside Bess, near to +him. "So this is another of the lassies who went over to see the good +king crowned," he addressed his remark to Nan. "And I gather you are +pretty good friends." + +Nan and Bess both nodded at this. + +"And you go to the same school and you pay attention to your lessons and +you mind your own business?" The old gentleman tried to look severe as +he asked these questions. + +"We try to, sir." Bess found her voice at last. + +"You obey your elders and you think you are going to spend your +vacation here in Tillbury, a God-forsaken place, with a half dozen +bright lassies like yourself?" + +"Yes, sir. No, sir. Yes, sir." Bess didn't know what to answer. This +strange old man was like no one she had ever met before. She wanted to +protest that Tillbury was not a God-forsaken place, that she and Nan +both liked it, but she didn't quite dare. She wanted to speak up and +tell him that vacation in Tillbury with all her friends would be fun, +but she didn't dare do that either. She didn't quite know what to think +of this white-haired gentleman who seemed so fond of Nan and was so +outspoken. In her confusion, she was tongue-tied. + +But he wasn't. Each time that he opened his mouth, the words that came +forth were more astonishing than they had been before. Bess found +herself listening in amazement. + +"Well, you're not going to stay here in Tillbury for the summer," he +continued his discussion of Bess and Nan's vacation. "I won't have it. +And your friends aren't going to either. You're all coming with me. +England one summer, and Tillbury the next. Forsooth! I thought you all +had more imagination than that. You, Nan, I'm disappointed in you." His +eyes twinkled merrily as he looked at his young cousin, for the stranger +was Adair MacKenzie, first cousin to Mrs. Sherwood, and a wealthy +Memphis, Tennessee, business man. + +"Now, let's see, when can we start?" He took out his watch as he spoke. +"Hm-m-m. It will take a little time to pack," he reflected. "Lassies are +such fussy creatures. They have to have two or three dresses--" + +"Two or three!" Nan exclaimed, "Why, cousin Adair, we have to have just +dozens if we are going to stay away all summer." + +"Who said you were?" The old Scotchman roared and then threw back his +head and laughed long and heartily at the young girl who seemed so +self-possessed no matter what he said or did. Nan laughed with him and +then, turning toward Bess, she introduced her eccentric old relative and +his pretty daughter, Alice, a young lady about five years older than Nan +who, up to this time, had said nothing, but had watched her father with +amusement. + +At the introduction, Adair MacKenzie bowed gracefully and, taking Bess's +hand lightly in his, kissed it quickly. "You're a nice lassie," he said +then. "Now let's all sit down and talk a while about this trip to +Mexico." + +"To Mexico!" Bess was wide-eyed as the exclamation slipped off her +tongue. "Are we going to Mexico?" + +"Why, yes. That was all settled weeks ago," MacKenzie knitted his brows +as he looked at Bess. "Such a bright young lassie and yet she didn't +know that!" + +"Don't mind father," Alice took Bess's hand in hers. "He goes about +planning all these things and never says anything to anyone until he has +everything all ready. It used to wear me out, but now I think it is +quite charming of him. Of course, it keeps everyone at home in a +constant state of turmoil and it makes the housekeeper furious, but then +we manage." + +"Manage!" the old man exploded again. "Manage! Why, you imp, you, you +love it and you know you do. It's the spice of life to you. Mexico, +Europe, Alaska, South America, Egypt, why, the world's a place to live +in, not just to read about. India and China and Japan, these are places +we haven't been." + +"And daddy, we're not going just yet." Alice acted as though she wanted +to forestall any possibility of their starting off the next day or the +next hour for the Orient. "Remember, it's Mexico we're going to this +summer. We're going to live in that big hacienda that was dumped into +your hands when you sued those clients of yours that were exporters in +Mexico City. Oh, daddy, remember, when you came back the last time, you +said it was a grand old place with gorgeous vines flinging scarlet +sprays all over everything." + +"Yes, I remember. I said that the sunsets were more gorgeous, the birds +more brilliant, the flowers brighter, the moon more silver, the sea +bluer than anything we've ever seen." + +"And that wasn't all you said," Alice seemed to be baiting her father +now. + +"I know it." He fell right into the trap of the daughter whom he adored. +"I said also that there was a bunch of darn Mexicans cluttering up the +place down there who put the politeness of us Southerners to shame. +Never saw anything like it," he turned to Mrs. Sherwood with this. "They +fall all over themselves every time they turn around, and women just eat +it up. Can't stand it myself. Never get anything done. Have to change +that." + +Mrs. Sherwood laughed softly at this. Adair had not changed a bit since +she saw him last, and that was longer ago than she liked to remember. +That was at her wedding. She smiled now to herself in recalling it. She +and Bob, in their anxiety to escape from the wedding reception without +being followed, had taken Adair into their confidence. He had promised +to get them a horse and buggy, to see that they got off safely to the +train that was to bring them up North on their honeymoon. He had told +them to leave everything to him, and, in their innocence, they had. + +Adair had meant well, but somehow or other in his peremptory handling of +events, he got everything in such confusion that practically the whole +town turned out to see the Sherwoods off. They, in their turn, almost +missed the train, for the horse and buggy never did arrive. However, it +had all turned out happily, and when the bride and groom stood on the +back of the train and waved to their friends, they had an especially +fond feeling for Adair. He, however, felt pretty glum, and their last +view of him was of a perplexed young man standing off alone on one +corner of the station platform, wondering how in the world all of the +people had happened to be there. + +No, Adair, she could see, hadn't changed a bit. He still liked to manage +people, still liked to follow up any impulsive idea that came to his +active mind. Through the years, tales of his adventures had reached her +by letter from friends and relatives. Adair himself was not given to +writing. "Takes too much time," he said. "Can't sit still that long." + +His visit now was a surprise. He had arrived, unannounced, when she and +Nan were in a turmoil unpacking the trunks that Nan had brought back +from school with her. Only the peremptory peal of the doorbell had +announced his coming. When she opened the door, he had taken her in his +arms and kissed her and then, without even introducing Alice whom she +had never met, he began immediately to call for Nan. + +"Where's that girl?" he asked almost before he was inside the door. +"Come all the way up here from Memphis to see her and then she doesn't +even come to greet me." In his impatience, he pounded on the floor with +his cane. Mrs. Sherwood called her daughter. + +"You're Nan," he said positively, when Nan finally entered the room. +"I'm Adair. I would have known you anyplace. You look and walk and talk +(Nan hadn't said a word) just like your mother. The same eyes, the same +hair, the same determined chin. Now I believe everything I've been +hearing about you. Didn't before. Sounded like a bunch of nonsense to +me." + +"Young school girl takes part in English coronation. Young school girl +saves child from rattlesnake. Young school girl saves life of old lady. +Didn't believe a word of it. Now I do. You're going to Mexico with me." + +"Adair MacKenzie!" Mrs. Sherwood exclaimed. "Will you please lay your +cane aside, take off your coat, put your hat down and have a chair +before you go sweeping Nan off her feet with your scatterbrained ideas. + +"Nan, don't worry, darling," she turned toward her daughter and laughed. +"This man is really quite harmless. He is Adair MacKenzie, our cousin. +Remember, the one we wrote to some years ago when we were in such +trouble. He can't help being like this. He's always been so." + +"Well, well, well!" Adair grinned rather winningly at Mrs. Sherwood. "I +must say, Jessie, you haven't changed either. Still think you can manage +me, do you? Alice," he turned toward his daughter now for the first +time, "this woman you see here is the only woman who ever thought she +could wind me around her finger." + +Mrs. Sherwood and Alice exchanged sympathetic glances at this. Alice, +too, if her father only knew it, had her ways of managing him. Nan's +mother knew this instinctively and liked Alice. + +Nan liked her too. She was tall, slender, with blond curly hair and deep +blue eyes. She was pretty and happy looking. And she liked Nan and hoped +against hope that her father could work out his plan to induce Nan and +her friends to come to Mexico with them. She sat quietly by while he +plunged into the matter. + +"Come here, Nancy," he commanded when he had taken off his coat. Nan +walked across the room and stood in front of him. "You want to go to +Mexico?" + +Nan hesitated. She had never before thought of going to Mexico. + +"You want to go to Mexico? Yes, or no?" + +"Why, I can't." Nan hesitated as she answered. + +"No such word. Never say can't to me. Don't like it. Why can't you?" +Adair MacKenzie frowned at Nan. + +"Why, sir, I have friends coming to stay with me for a few weeks. I +can't run away from them." Nan hardly knew what to say. + +"You like them?" + +"Of course." + +"Are they as nice as you?" + +"Nicer." + +"Don't be modest. They couldn't be. When are they coming?" + +"I'm not just sure. Perhaps next week." + +"That's all right then. They'll come with us. We'll all go to Mexico +together. Now, that's taken care of." + +It was on this decision, that Bess had entered the room so +unexpectedly. + + + + +CHAPTER II + +YOU'RE GOING WITH ME + + +"But do you think the others can go?" Bess asked anxiously when Adair +MacKenzie and Alice had driven off in search of Mr. Sherwood. "To bring +him home where he belongs when he has visitors," Adair had said. + +"What do you think, Momsey?" Nan referred the question to her mother. +The three were in the kitchen where Mrs. Sherwood was bustling about +preparing a company dinner. + +"The good Lord only knows," Mrs. Sherwood shook her head as she sifted +more flour on her biscuit dough and then kneaded it lightly and +expertly. "I can only tell you two girls this. When Adair MacKenzie sets +out to do something, he usually does it. He has a way about him that +almost always wins people over to his side." + +"Yes, but to Mexico. He wants to take us all to Mexico and he doesn't +even know us!" Bess couldn't believe it, not even after seeing and +hearing the old Scotchman. "And if I can't believe it," she questioned, +"how in the world will the others when they haven't even seen him or +heard him talk?" + +"Don't you worry, Bessie," Mrs. Sherwood looked affectionately at this +girl who was almost a second daughter to her. "They'll be both seeing +him and hearing him talk before long now. If I know Adair MacKenzie at +all, he'll be at work on this thing before another day is up. And if +he's one-half the man he used to be, you might just as well begin +packing tonight." + +"You mean to say you are sure we will all go?" Bess was incredulous. + +"Yes, you'll go and have the grandest time you ever have had," Mrs. +Sherwood said confidently. "There never was another man like Adair +MacKenzie." + +"Then I'm going?" Nan had, despite her cousin's assurance, been somewhat +doubtful. She knew that her mother had wanted her to stay at home this +summer, that she had been lonesome without her daughter the summer +before and was planning all sorts of little surprises for this vacation. + +"Go! Of course you're going!" Mrs. Sherwood nearly dropped her biscuit +dough in her surprise at Nan's question. "And I shouldn't be a bit +surprised if your father and I were to go at least part way with you. +Adair said something about it. Aye, but he's a thoughtful soul." + +So it came about that Rhoda Hammond, Grace and Walter Mason, Amelia +"Procrastination" Boggs, and Laura Polk, all school chums of Bess and +Nan, in the days that followed, received telegraphic invitations to +spend the summer with Nan in Mexico. + +While each of them is laying her plans, packing her clothes and wiring +"Santa Claus", as Laura Polk immediately dubbed Cousin Adair, let's +briefly review the adventures of Nan Sherwood and her friends up to this +point. + +Nan was born in Tillbury, a pleasant little town, some distance from any +big city, and her early school days were spent with Elizabeth Harley, +the only one of Nan's many friends who has followed her through all of +her adventures. + +In the first book of the series, "Nan Sherwood at Pine Camp" or "The Old +Lumberman's Secret" Nan and Bess are pals at Tillbury High School. Here +Nan is extremely popular with all of her classmates and excels in +sports. She and Bess have grand times together, though the Sherwoods +live on a reduced income while Bess, the daughter of one of Tillbury's +wealthiest families, has everything that money can buy. + +The first big disagreement the girls ever have comes in the opening +chapters of this book when Bess, having decided to go away to an +exclusive boarding school on the shores of Lake Michigan, tries to +induce Nan to go with her. Though Nan wants with all her heart to go, +she absolutely refuses to ask her parents because she knows that they +cannot afford to let her. She is happy later at her decision, because on +the eve of it, she discovers that her father has lost his job in the +Tillbury Mills. Everything looks extremely dark for the Sherwoods. +Momsey Sherwood is ill and Papa Sherwood, because of his age, is +complete at a loss as to know where to turn for a job. + +However, when things are darkest, Mrs. Sherwood receives two letters. +One from Scotland informs her that she is sole heir of a fortune in +Scotland, and the other, from her cousin Adair MacKenzie, whom we have +already met, promises her aid until such time as she can collect on her +inheritance. With this, Nan's parents leave for Scotland and pack Nan +off to Northern Wisconsin where she spends an exciting year in the +lumber country with an uncle and aunt. Here, in chapter after chapter +that are full of thrills for Nan, those about her, and the reader, the +plucky young girl solves a mystery that, in the end, clears her uncle's +title to a valuable piece of property. + +In the next volume of the series, "Nan Sherwood at Lakeview Hall" or +"The Mystery of the Haunted Boathouse" our young heroine goes off to +school with Bess. And there never was a nicer school anyplace than +Lakeview Hall. Situated on a bluff overlooking the lake it's like an old +castle. Mrs. Cupp, assistant to Dr. Beulah Prescott, is the keeper and +the girls, early in the volume, learn to respect her, if not to admire +her. Here, they make the acquaintance of a number of new friends. + +There are Grace Mason and her brother Walter, children of a wealthy +Chicago family; Laura Polk, a red-headed girl whose lively imagination +and ready tongue are constantly getting her into difficulties; Amelia +Boggs, a serious book-loving soul with a roomful of clocks; and finally, +Linda Riggs, a snobbish, spoiled child, who is extremely jealous of Nan +and her well-deserved popularity. + +Last, but not least, there is the boathouse ghost around whom is woven a +mystery that brings Nan and Walter Mason together in such a way that +they develop a keen admiration for one another. This book is chock full +of adventure, excitement and mystery and Lakeview Hall is the center of +it all. + +Her friendship with Grace and Walter bring about her next big +experience, a visit to Chicago. In "Nan Sherwood's Winter Holidays" or +"Rescuing the Runaways" the Lakeview Hall crowd spends Christmas +vacation in Grace Mason's palatial Chicago home. The story of Nan's +meeting with a very famous movie star and her solution to the mystery +surrounding the strange disappearance of two young farm girls who have +come to the city to go into the movies is recounted in this volume. + +Next, Nan and her friends go off on a visit to a western ranch, the home +of Rhoda Hammond, a school chum. Here the northern girls get their first +taste of what it is to live in the wide open spaces of the west. The +story of lost treasure that is told in this volume of the series, "Nan +Sherwood at Rose Ranch" or "The Old Mexican's Treasure" is one that no +admirer of plucky Nan Sherwood would want to miss. + +The year that follows this western adventure is a pleasant one at +Lakeview Hall and at its end, we find Nan and her friends trekking off +to Florida and Palm Beach. So, in "Nan Sherwood at Palm Beach" or +"Strange Adventures Among the Orange Groves" in a background of wide +sandy beaches, beautiful graceful palms, and a hotel that overlooks the +sea, a villain who has tried to cheat one of Nan's many acquaintances +out of her fortune, comes to a well-deserved end, and Nan emerges a +heroine once more. At the end of this volume, we find that Walter and +Nan are becoming more and more fond of one another, and we see the +Lakeview Hall girls teasing them about it again and again. + +In the sixth volume, Mrs. Sherwood's Scotch connections bring about an +invitation to Nan to visit Scotland and the family estate of her +mother's people. Bess is heartbroken that her friend is going away +without her. However, she tries to conceal her disappointment and joins +with Nan's other friends in planning a grand farewell party. The party +proves to be a surprise all round and the great day ends with an +announcement by Dr. Prescott that she is taking a party of six girls +abroad to see the king and queen of England crowned! Such excitement! +Such last minute rush! Such fun! Never was there a happier, more +exciting, more adventurous crossing of the ocean than the Lakeview Hall +crowd enjoyed on the S. S. Lincoln. And the whole is rounded out in the +last chapter with Nan as a lady-in-waiting to the Queen at the +coronation. How this all came about is a story that all Nan Sherwood +fans will want to read. + +It was the part his little cousin had played in the coronation that made +Adair MacKenzie resolve to hunt her up. It was this that brought him to +Tillbury and the cottage on Amity street on the day the present volume +opens. + +"Good biscuits!" Adair MacKenzie bit off a piece of their lightness the +evening the present story opens. They were all sitting at the Sherwood +dinner table. There he sat, chewing reflectively, as he glanced down the +table at young Nan. + +"So you helped crown the good queen," he remarked, "And it didn't go to +your head. You're a good lass. You Blakes," he turned to Mrs. Sherwood +now, "were always a bunch of modest creatures. That's why I like you. +Now, Bessie there," he pointed to Bess who had stayed for dinner, "she's +not so modest, but she's kind and loyal. She's a little spoiled, but +she'll get by." + +Bess blushed all shades of the rainbow at Adair's frankness. Used to +being babied and somewhat pampered at home, his outspokenness troubled +her. She felt strangely like crying. Nan caught her eye and smiled +encouragingly. Mrs. Sherwood patted her hand beneath the tablecloth. And +Alice, well, Alice was a dear, for she turned the conversation toward +school, and both Nan and Bess utterly forgot themselves in telling of +the horse show in which they had both taken part during the last week at +school. + +"So you think you can ride, eh?" Adair MacKenzie was secretly pleased +at both of the young girls. "Well, we'll see. I'll put you each on a +Mexican mule and let you try to climb a mountain and see what happens." +He chuckled at the thought. + +Alice laughed merrily at this. "Well, you'll never get me on one," she +vowed. "Once was enough. Instead of the mule pulling me up the narrow +path, I pulled the mule up. I never worked harder in my life." + +"Oh, my sweet, you never worked at all." Adair shook his finger at his +daughter. "But you'll work this summer--if that old housekeeper of ours +keeps her resolution not to go down to that dirty hole which we call a +hacienda. The words are hers," he explained to Nan and Bess. + +"She once, when she was a very young girl, spent a summer on a sugar +beet farm here in the north. A lot of Mexicans worked on it. They were +miserably treated and poorly paid. As a result their huts were like +hovels. She saw some of them and now she says that wild horses couldn't +drag her into that country down there. She'd rather see me starve first. +But I'll get her yet." Adair MacKenzie smiled as though he liked +opposition. "I'll show her who is boss," he ended. + +"Of course you will, daddy," Alice agreed. "But now tell us, when are we +going? How long are we going to stay? And whom have you invited?" + +This last question put Adair MacKenzie in a corner and he knew it. +Really, a very kind and extremely impulsive soul, when he went on these +summer jaunts for pleasure he was apt to go about for weeks, inviting +all his friends. As a result, no matter how large the house was he +rented, it was always too small, and no matter what preparation Alice +made for guests, they were always inadequate. + +Now, as he sat thinking, a mischievous light came into his eye. "There +is only one that I've invited," he teased, "besides these girls that +will interest you." + +"And that is--?" + +"Walker Jamieson, that smart-alecky reporter that we met in San +Francisco a couple of years ago. Remember?" + +"Remember? Of course I remember and he wasn't smart alecky. He was kind +and sweet and--" But Alice didn't finish her sentence, for she became +conscious of the fact that all the eyes around the dinner table were on +her. She blushed prettily. + +"Anyway," she justified herself, "he'll be a help in handling you, for +he's smart, almost as smart as you are, daddy." + +"A reporter! You mean to say a real newspaper reporter will be down +there with us?" Nan couldn't contain herself any longer. + +"Yep, a no good reporter." Adair MacKenzie tried hard to look +disdainful as he said this, but he didn't succeed very well and both Nan +and Bess guessed that he had a genuine regard for the "young scamp" as +he called him. "Got to have someone around," he muttered as he drank his +coffee, "to help handle you women, even if it's a young scalawag who +spends all his time tracking down stories for your worthless newspaper." + +"Stories!" Bess and Nan were wide-eyed. + +"Now, see here," Adair shook his finger in the direction of the two +young girls, "reporters are no good. They're a lazy lot that hang around +with their feet on desks pretending to think. Think! Why, I never knew +one yet that had a thought worth telling, let alone writing. + +"This one that you are going to meet is no better than the rest. M-m-m, +and no worse either," he conceded as he noted the expression on Alice's +face. "I asked him to come along because he has a knack of making things +lively wherever he is. + +"Soon's he gets those two big feet of his down off his desk, he makes +things hum. That's the way he is, lazy one minute, full of action the +next. If there's absolutely nothing happening, he knows how to stir +things up. I rather like a man like that--not that I like him," he added +hastily, "but if we're going to go across the border this summer, got to +have someone like him around. Might just as well be Jamieson as anyone +else." + +"And will he write stories while we're there and will they be in the +paper?" Nan was reluctant to let the conversation about the young +reporter drop. + +"Never can tell anything about people like him," Adair MacKenzie shook +his head as though he would be the last person in the world to predict +anything about reporters. Could he have looked into the future he would +have shaken it even more violently, for in the next few weeks Walker +Jamieson, with the help of Nan and the Lakeview Hall crowd, was to +uncover in Mexico one of the biggest stories of the year. + + + + +CHAPTER III + +ADAIR MACKENZIE SPEAKS UP + + +It all started in Laredo, Texas, just after Nan and her guests had been +met by Adair MacKenzie, Alice, and that amazing young newspaper man, +Walker Jamieson. + +"Got everything?" Adair MacKenzie asked gruffly when the bevy of pretty +young girls, all in their early teens, had stepped, one after the other, +from the streamlined train that had brought them from St. Louis. They +had met in that city, all except Rhoda whose home, as those who have +read "Nan Sherwood at Rose Ranch" will remember, was in the South. She, +therefore, had joined the party at beautiful San Antonio. From there on, +the girls had all been together. + +"I-I-I guess so," Nan answered her eccentric old cousin slowly as she +looked about first at her friends and then at the suitcases and bags +that the porters were setting on the station platform beside them. + +"Looks it." Adair MacKenzie agreed laconically. "Got almost as many +bags as Alice here and I thought that she carried more junk than any +other woman alive. So these are the girls. H-m-m." He looked at the +Lakeview Hall group in much the same manner that he had appraised Bess +just three weeks before. + +"Let's see," he began, and Nan's eyes twinkled as she realized that he +was not going to keep his conclusions to himself any more than he had +before. "You're Laura," he said positively, picking the red-headed girl +out of the crowd as though he had studied a photograph of her until he +couldn't possibly mistake her features. + +"And that red hair's going to get you in trouble sometime," he continued +his characterization. "Got a temper now. I can see that. A ready tongue +too, I'll wager. But you'll get by if you can go on laughing at +yourself. You've got a sense of humor. Keep it." + +"Yes, sir," Laura answered as meekly as she could. She had already been +warned, on the train, by Bess as to what to expect, so this frank +analysis of her character did not take her altogether by surprise. + +"And you, Miss," the old Scotsman went on around the circle of girls +enjoying himself hugely as he characterized his young cousin's friends, +"you," he was looking at Amelia as he spoke, "are the one that has all +of those clocks. You're too serious. You'll learn down here in this lazy +country that time just doesn't matter. Ask anybody to do anything for +you and he'll nod his head slowly and mutter, if he's got enough pep, +'Si, si, senor, manana!' He'll do anything in the world you want him to +do, manana, and manana never comes. + +"However, you and I will get along. I like you. You are punctual. It's a +virtue. Never been late for anything in your life, have you?" + +Amelia hardly knew what to answer, for Adair had made time seem both +important and unimportant. + +"Speak up," the old man looked at her kindly now. "Don't be modest like +my young cousin here. Well, never mind," he passed Amelia by as he saw +that he had embarrassed her beyond her ability to speak. "I'll take care +of you later," he ended before he turned to Rhoda. + +"From the West, aren't you?" he questioned the proud brown-eyed young +girl. "Can tell in a minute. That carriage, the way you hold your head, +your clear eyes. Even if I hadn't heard that Western accent, I would +have known." Adair MacKenzie was proud of his ability to read character, +and as he went from one of the young lassies to the other, he was +pleased with himself and pleased with them, for their quiet acceptance +of his outspokenness. + +"A city girl. Just a little too shy." Grace's turn came last, and she +had been dreading it. "You've got to learn to stick up for your own +rights," he had struck home here, he knew, and though he realized that +Grace could take it with less equilibrium than any of the rest, he +wasn't going to spare her. + +"Say, 'boo,' to you," he went on, "And you'll run. Isn't it so?" + +Grace said nothing, but nodded her head. + +"Try saying 'boo!' back sometime," he advised in a quieter tone than he +had used to any of the other girls, "and see what happens. If the person +you say it to doesn't run, stand your ground and say it again, louder. +But be careful," he patted Grace on the shoulder, "and don't scare +yourself with your own voice." + +At this everyone laughed, including Grace, and Alice MacKenzie took her +father by the arm and started toward the station. "If you don't look +out, father," she warned, "I'll say 'boo!' to you and then you'll jump." + +"Oh, go along with you," Adair MacKenzie pounded his cane on the wooden +platform, and then shook it at his daughter, "If you don't behave +yourself, I'll give you one last spanking that will hold you until you +are as old and gray as I am." + +For answer, Alice laughed provocatively up into his face. + +"Now, come on, you girls," Adair frowned as best he could under the +circumstances, "we've got to get along. And you too, you get a move on," +he pointed his cane, with this, at a tall, lanky blond young man. + +At this, Nan and Bess, Rhoda and Grace, Laura and Amelia with one accord +turned their eyes on Walker Jamieson. + +"It's real, girls." Walker grinned down into their faces. "It moves and +speaks, eats and sleeps just like the rest of the world. It does +everything but work." So saying, he winked quite openly at Alice and +lengthened his steps so that he walked beside her father. + +"First truth I've ever heard you utter," Adair MacKenzie tried to sound +brusk, but didn't succeed very well. The truth was, of course, that he +was intensely pleased with the prospect of spending his summer with this +crowd of young people. And, though he would be the last person in the +world to admit it, he was intensely flattered that this brilliant young +newspaper man was in the party. "Not that he came," he thought to +himself as he noted, with some satisfaction, the regard with which +Walker seemed to hold Alice, "to keep me company." He sighed deeply as +he finished the thought. Alice was his only child. + +"Got everything?" Adair MacKenzie repeated the question with which he +greeted the girls as they all approached the customs office. "Baggage +checks? Tourist cards?" + +At this, they all opened their purses and rummaged around in them. + +"Shades of Glasgow." Laura murmured into Nan's ears. "Seems good to be +going through this red tape again, doesn't it?" + +Nan nodded. She felt much the same as she did the day they had first +stepped foot on foreign soil, an unforgettable experience that they all +had talked over again and again since that morning in May when the great +boat had been moored to the dock and they had walked, one after the +other, down the gangplank to set their feet in Scotland for the first +time. The adventures that had followed had made their vacation the most +exciting of their lives as those who have read "Nan Sherwood's Summer +Holidays" all agree. Now, as they all walked forward toward the offices +of the Mexican officials, Nan wondered idly what further adventures were +in store for her. + +"Senorita, your bag, senorita." + +"Why don't you answer when you are called?" Walker Jamieson dropped +back into step beside Nan. "Lady," he prodded Nan with his elbow, "the +handsome young Mexican with the neat little mustache that is running +after us, is calling you." + +"Me?" Nan's voice had a surprised ring to it. "Am I Senorita?" + +"None other, for months to come, now." Walker Jamieson answered. "You +are Senorita Sherwood and you had better answer when these Senores call +or they will be so much insulted that they will never recover." + +"Oh, I'm sorry," Nan looked genuinely regretful as she turned to the +tall thin native that had been following her. + +"It is nothing," he dismissed her concern with a wave of his hands, "but +the Senorita has dropped her purse. May I give it to her?" He bowed +gracefully as he presented it, and Nan felt that he couldn't possibly +have presented the finest gift in the world with more grace. + +However, before she could possibly thank him, he disappeared. She turned +to follow the others into the offices, rummaging through her purse, even +as they had done, as she went. + +"Why, it's gone!" Nan looked first at her purse and then in the +direction in which the obliging young Mexican had vanished. + +"Uh-huh, we should have guessed," Walker Jamieson shook his head sadly. +"Dumb of me. What did he get?" + +"My visitor's pass!" Nan exclaimed. "Now, what will I do?" +Involuntarily, they both looked toward Adair MacKenzie who was just +disappearing through the door. Then they laughed. + +"I don't know, kid," Walker liked this youngster that Alice had already +filled his ears with tales about. "But you're in for it. It's tough, +these days, getting duplicates of the things. Shall I break the news to +the ogre," he nodded in Adair MacKenzie's direction. "He'll explode, but +you've just got to take it." + + + + +CHAPTER IV + +TROUBLE AT THE BORDER + + +"Here, here, what's eating you two?" Adair MacKenzie came bursting forth +from the door he had entered just a few moments before Nan's encounter +with the Mexican. "H-m-m, lost your pass, I'll wager." With the uncanny +instinct of many peppery old gentlemen, Adair MacKenzie as soon as he +saw the baffled expression on Nan's face, jumped immediately to the +right conclusion. + +"Might have known that would happen. Should have taken care of them all +myself. Can't depend on women and girls. Always tell Alice that. Ought +to have a safe place to keep things. Old pouch my mother used to strap +around her waist was a good idea." + +Nan couldn't restrain the smile that came to her eyes at this. She had +known one person in her life who tied a bag around her waist. That was +grim old Mrs. Cupp, assistant to Dr. Beulah Prescott, principal at +Lakeview Hall. Legend had it that Mrs. Cupp had a dark secret the key to +which she carried in the black bag which someone, in days long before +Nan and Bess descended on Lakeview Hall, had seen. Whether or not it was +so, Nan didn't know, but at Lakeview Hall, the words "Keep it a secret" +were generally expressed by saying "Put it in the black bag." + +"Laughing at me, Miss!" Adair's roar brought Nan out of her reveries. +She jumped, and looking up into his face, she winged her way from +Lakeview Hall on the shores of the Great Lakes back to Laredo, Texas and +the immediate problem of the lost visitor's pass. + +"I said you should take care of your things the way I do," he roared +again. "See," he pushed his hand inside his topcoat pocket, "Always know +where my things--" the end of the sentence was lost in a sputter, as +Adair MacKenzie searched frantically in pocket after pocket for his +visitor's pass. It was gone! + +"W-w-why, somebody's picked my pockets. Can't allow this. Where's a +policeman? You, you, why don't you do something instead of standing +there and laughing?" Adair shook his cane at Walker Jamieson who was +grinning broadly at the spectacle of the old man fuming and sputtering +now, not at his own negligence, but at the inefficiency of a government +that would allow such things to happen. His tirade against Nan and her +carelessness were utterly forgotten. + +But it wasn't necessary for Walker to do anything. Adair, in his +outburst, railing against governments in general now, calling down the +wrath of the gods on the heads of all policemen, and expressing himself +most forcibly on the subject of newspaper men in particular, attracted a +crowd. Shortly, English and Spanish words were being flung this way and +that and everyone was arguing, but what it was all about no one seemed +to know. + +"Why, daddy, what has happened?" Alice having heard the excitement from +her seat in the office where her father had left her had worked her way +through the crowd, and now put a restraining hand on his arm. + +Immediately, he was quiet. "I'm sorry, dear," he looked down at her +shamefacedly, "but these blundering Mexicans have lost not only that +poor young girl's," he pointed to Nan with his cane, "visitor's pass, +but mine too. It's an outrage! That's what it is, an outrage. And I +won't stand for it." + +"Oh, Walker," Alice turned to the young reporter now, "What shall we +do?" + +"I beg your pardon, Miss," the voice was that of a Texas Ranger with a +big ten-gallon hat who had watched the whole scene with some amusement, +"but if you'll step right over to the offices there" he nodded in the +direction of the door from which Alice had emerged a moment before, "Mr. +Nogales will take care of you." + +"Thanks," Walker acknowledged the information, grinned, as though he was +sharing a joke with the stranger, took both Alice and her father by the +arm, and, with Nan, worked his way out of the crowd. + +"It's a difficult problem." Lozario Nogales gave a slight Spanish accent +to his words as he spoke to the Americans who, a few moments after the +scene above, were ushered into his office. "You see, it's like this--" +he spoke slowly and fingered a pencil as he chose his words, for English +did not come any too easily to him. + +"Nonsense! No difficulties at all." Adair MacKenzie was always impatient +with slow speech, "all you have to do is write out another of those +cards for each of us. Take you a minute. They're nothing but a lot of +silly red tape anyway. If I had my way about it, there would be no +passports, no customs, no visitors' passes, no anything that impedes +free movement of people across the borders. It's all foolishness the way +you Mexicans do these things." Thus, with utter inconsistency, Adair +MacKenzie, in a moment's time placed the whole burden of border +regulations in the laps of the Mexicans. + +"But Senor," Lozario felt that he never would become accustomed to the +ways of these Americans, and of this American in particular, "there are +the rules." + +"Rules! What rules?" Adair stormed further, then he caught Alice's eye +and capitulated, "Well, what are we to do?" + +"It's simply this," Mr. Nogales was more than grateful for Alice's +presence which gave him at last an opportunity to speak, "there has been +a good deal of smuggling across the borders in the past few months, and +your American government has made new rules about the issuing of +duplicates when passes are lost." + +"Smuggling?" Walker Jamieson now spoke up for the first time since the +party entered the office. "Smuggling what?" + +"Well, the American gentleman knows that immigration laws prohibit the +free passage of certain nationalities into the United States." + +Walker nodded. His work in San Francisco had brought this fact most +forcibly to his mind again and again, for there he had worked often +among the Chinese and the Japanese and numbered among them many close +friends. These people admired him and respected him greatly. They +thought that because he was a newspaper man, he could do anything in the +world for them that he wanted to do. + +As a consequence, they were constantly coming to him with tales of +wives or mothers or children that they wanted to see, but could not get +into the United States because of the immigration laws. + +"And the senor knows that these people somehow or other manage to get +across the border in spite of these laws?" Mr. Nogales continued. He +liked this young man. + +"Yes." Walker knew that too. Often he had been amazed while covering his +beat in Chinatown to meet the very mothers, wives, or children he had +been asked to "get here for me, please, Mr. Jamieson" a few days after +being asked. + +However, as he threaded through the dark streets of the famous San +Francisco Chinatown this surprise always wore off. The ways of the +people he was among were so silent and mysterious, even to him working +among them and calling them "friends", that he had grown to take such +sudden appearances for granted. + +"Well, just lately," Mr. Nogales went on, "there have been even more +than the usual number of persons smuggled across. Your government and +mine has been working hard on the problem of putting an end to this. +One means of stopping it has been to check most thoroughly the +issuance of all duplicate visitor's passes." + +Nan was beginning to see light in the whole situation now. Immigration +laws and the smuggling of aliens across the border was something she had +studied about in social science classes at Lakeview. This scene in the +Laredo offices was a school lesson brought to life. + +Nan vaguely remembered, as she stood there listening and watching, that +Laura had once had a special report to give on this particular subject. +She remembered because it was at the time the girls were planning a big +spread down at the boathouse, and Laura had been so excited about the +whole thing that she had gone to class utterly unprepared. In the few +minutes before the assembly bell rang Nan helped her out, and so Laura +had managed to struggle through the social science hour. + +Nan turned. She wished that Laura and the rest were here now, but she +knew that they were waiting in an outer office. + +"Then you think," Walker Jamieson's words brought Nan back to the +present plight of herself and her cousin Adair, "that there is a regular +trade in visitors' passes, that the pickpocket who got ours wanted +nothing else?" + +"You had no money stolen, did you?" Mr. Nogales queried. + +"Uh-h-h-" Adair MacKenzie had been silent for a long while for him. Now +he rummaged through his pockets even as Nan checked on the contents of +her purse. + +"Just as I thought," Mr. Nogales nodded his head, as the two agreed that +all their money was there. "Your visitors' passes are the only thing +missing. Just a moment, please, I'll see what can be done." With this, +he disappeared into the office of his superior, and Adair MacKenzie +followed him. + +Nan, Alice, and Walker Jamieson looked hopelessly at one another as +Adair disappeared from their view. + + + + +CHAPTER V + +TELL US ABOUT THE HACIENDA + + +"What did you think?" Laura inquired afterwards when the girls were all +settled in a hotel close to the border for the night. "That the walls of +that inner office would just cave in when Mr. MacKenzie started +bellowing." + +"Why, Laura Polk, how disrespectfully you talk!" Bess exclaimed from her +place in front of the dressing table where she was brushing her hair. +"And Mr. MacKenzie is our host too. If it weren't for him we wouldn't be +down here now. At this minute we'd probably be on the shores of a lake +near Tillbury." + +"Oh, Bess, you know I'm not one bit disrespectful, really," Laura +retorted. "I like Mr. MacKenzie real well and you know I do. I'd give +anything in the world to be able to roar the way he does." There was +genuine longing in her voice as she spoke. "Just imagine," she +continued, "how handy that roar would have come in the night we routed +the ghost. I just think," she continued to play with the idea of making +use of Adair MacKenzie's roar, "how handy it would come in, if we were +to meet Linda Riggs. + +"Couldn't we manage," she was lying prone on the bed, and, as this new +idea came to her, she cupped her chin in her hands and looked off into +space, "to have your cousin around sometime when Linda Riggs was +present. I'd love to have him analyze her the way he did us today. Such +fun!" Laura's eyes danced merrily at the thought. + +"And then I'd like to have her open her mouth to protest," Laura +continued, "and have him roar at her. Oh, I'd give a million dollars, +a trillion dollars," she amended generously, "to hear that roar." + +"You and me too," Bess joined in. "By the way, have any of you heard +anything about her lately." + +"Not I," Nan answered, "and I must say the less I hear about her and the +less I see of her, the better. There was a rumor, you know, at school +that she was going to be allowed to come back this fall." + +"I know it," Bess somehow always managed to hear all the rumors, "and I +can't for the life of me understand why Dr. Prescott would ever let her +reenter. Certainly, she's no credit to Lakeview Hall, or to any school +for that matter. If I were a principal I wouldn't let her in my school. +In fact, if I got the chance at all, I'd just slam the door right in her +face." + +"Oh, Bess, do you ever sound as though you meant it? Cousin Adair +should hear you talk now. He thinks that Laura has a temper. He should +hear you sometimes." Nan laughed at her pal. + +"I know it, but I think I'm more than justified. She's certainly caused +us plenty of trouble from the very first time we ever met her. I'll +never forget how she embarrassed us on the train that took us to +Lakeview the first time." + +"Nor how Professor Krenner took our part," Nan added. + +"Nor how you outwitted her and drove up to school in the back of Walter +Mason's car as though you were a princess returning to her palace," +Laura giggled. "There never was a freshman created more of a stir than +you did that night. Boy, did we ever put our heads together in corridor +four and decide that we would have to put you in your place right away," +she continued slangily. + +"And did I ever hate you, Laura Polk," Bess laughed now at the +recollection. "You embarrassed me so about that lunch box that when I +went to bed that night I cried myself to sleep." + +"Poor Bessie," Laura sympathized. "You were such a proud little thing +that I never in the world thought I'd ever be able to get along with +you." + +"Get along with Bess!" Nan exclaimed, "if you had ever heard what Bess +said about you that night, you would have been surprised that she ever +spoke to you again." + +"What did you say, Bess?" Laura looked positively impish as she looked +at Bess's reflection in the mirror. + +"Oh, I don't remember." Bess was obviously concealing the truth. + +"You do too," Amelia joined in as she wound the pretty little travelling +clock that had been given her the week before. + +"If you don't tell, I will," Nan was enjoying the situation as much as +the rest, for she saw that Bess was not really embarrassed. + +"Go ahead then and see if I care," Bess retorted, giving a few final +strokes to her hair. + +"Well, you said," Nan began slowly, "that that homely red-headed Polk +girl was just as mean as she could be!" + +"Did she say that?" Laura laughed heartily. Even in those days she would +have been the first to laugh at herself. Now she could laugh doubly, for +the homely red-headed girl had, since then, blossomed out into a pretty, +fair complexioned curly headed miss with a very pleasing personality. + +And so the girls continued for some time to talk over events and +happenings that are recounted in other books of this series until Laura +turned to Nan, "Anyway," she said, "if we may return to the present and +Laredo, Texas, will you please tell us just how your cousin managed to +extract those passes from the authorities this afternoon? I respected +his abilities to get what he wanted from the moment mother capitulated +and let me come down here with what she called, 'a perfect stranger,' +but I never respected them as much as I did when I saw that white +uniformed official bowing you people out of that office as though you +were the President's party itself." + +"Wasn't he just grand!" Nan's eyes were alight at the recollection. +"That man was none other than a special aid to the Mexican consular +office here in Laredo, and he nearly fell all over trying to help us +after cousin Adair ceased his storming and told those people who he was. +I never saw anything like it in my life. + +"It was 'Si, senor, this,' and 'Si, senor, that' until Alice and Walker +and I began to think that we were really somebody, if only by reflected +glory." + +"Well, you certainly looked like somebody very important when you came +out," Bess agreed. "I wondered for a moment whether I had really heard +allright when you went in." + +"Then you did hear us?" Nan laughed. + +"All Mexico did," Laura put in. "Really, at first we thought another +revolution was taking place. Grace here was looking around for +someplace to hide herself. Amelia was clutching her watch to her with +a look of determination which said as plainly as anything 'no foraging +rebel is going to get this' and Rhoda looked as though she wished she +had brought her trusty six shooter along. And then when we had gotten +ourselves all worked up to the point of accepting the inevitable, who +should come round the corner but you and Mr. Jamieson, Alice and her +father!" + +"You sound as though we disappointed you," Nan remarked. + +"Oh, not at all." Laura hastened to correct this impression. "I don't +believe Mr. MacKenzie has ever disappointed anyone in his life. He just +couldn't. Not with that cane, that roar, and that honesty which stops at +nothing. He's a dear. Now tell us, Nan, all you know about this place we +are going to." + +"I've done that a thousand times since I met you in St. Louis," Nan +responded as she pulled off her dress and slipped her arms into the +lounging robe that the Lakeview Hall girls had given her at a surprise +party in her honor more than a year before. + +"Oh, no, you haven't," Laura denied. "We made you spend most of the +time telling us about this angel of a cousin that appeared out of a +clear sky and offered to take us all to Mexico. Doesn't sound real even +now when we're here." + +"There's one thing about it," Amelia added, "if one can't have rich +relations oneself, the next best thing in the world is to have charming +friends who have them." + +"Here, here!" Laura raised a protesting hand. "You're out of order. The +first thing you know Nan will be thinking we're fond of her." + +"Oh, you old ducks," Nan looked at them all fondly. "Don't you know that +cousin Adair knew that if he didn't invite all of you that I wouldn't +come at all? Now, let's forget all of this gratitude stuff. It +embarrasses me." + +"All right then," Bess agreed, "but you really haven't told Rhoda +anything at all about the hacienda, Nan." + +"I don't know anything myself," Nan admitted after some hesitation. +"I've tried and tried to get cousin Adair to tell me something about the +place, but he just won't say anything. I'm not sure whether he knows and +won't tell or whether he doesn't know himself. At any rate, he's being +extremely mysterious about the whole thing. Says that we didn't see +anything when we saw Emberon, that this place that we are going has that +beat all hollow. Now what do you people make of that?" + +"Dungeons, secret passage, weird wailing of bagpipes, that's what +Emberon had," Laura summarized. "If this Mexican hacienda has anything +better to offer, I'd like to see it." + +"And so would I," Nan agreed. She almost resented the idea that anything +could possibly be any nicer than the old Blake estate in Scotland. "And +listen, he says this further, that if we think we had adventures in +Scotland and England, we just haven't seen anything yet. What in the +world do you suppose he means?" + +"If Doctor Prescott said that, or Mrs. Cupp, or your father or mine," +Rhoda answered, "I might possibly hazard a guess as to what was meant, +but there's no telling about this cousin of yours, Nan." + +"No, he's as unpredictable as the seasons, Alice says, and the only +thing we can do is wait." Nan sounded as though waiting was the hardest +thing in the world to do. + + + + +CHAPTER VI + +SOMETHING ABOUT MEXICO + + +"What's this?" Laura questioned the next morning when she came upon +Amelia in her hotel room reading diligently from a book. + +"Oh, nothing." Amelia barely looked up. + +"Come on, tell aunty," Laura teased. "Nobody else is up yet and I've +simply got to talk to someone." + +"You mean there's no one else about, so you'll talk to me. Well, I like +that!" Amelia returned to her book as though she were really indignant. + +"You know I didn't," Laura sounded very conciliatory--for her. "It's +just this; I've got the whim-whams something terrible. Did you ever have +the whim-whams, Amelia?" + +"Can't say I did," Amelia answered. "At least I didn't call them any +such name as that." + +"Then you know what I mean?" Laura looked very serious. + +"You mean," Amelia turned the open book over on her lap and answered +Laura's question, "that you have awakened early in a hotel in a strange +city, that you want like anything to go off exploring, that you know you +can't, and that the next best thing you can find to do is to annoy +someone else who can't go either." + +"My dear professor," Laura assumed as serious a mien as possible, "you +have hit the well-known nail squarely on the head. It must be that you +have the whim-whams too. Now what is that you are reading?" + +"Well, if you must know," Amelia gave in, "It's a guidebook to Mexico." + +"Ah, what could be better." Laura herself reached for the book. "Let's +see what this country across the street from this hotel is like." + +"It does seem funny, doesn't it," Amelia said, "that when we look out +our hotel windows we are looking into a foreign country. It doesn't look +any different. It doesn't sound any different. And it doesn't--" + +"Smell any different," Laura finished, "and that's the most surprising +thing of all, because according to Mr. MacKenzie, Mexico is just the +smelliest place on God's green earth." + +"Did he tell you that too?" Amelia asked. "Really, when he finished the +tirade against the country that he delivered to me after dinner, I began +to wonder why in the world he ever brought along five such nice girls as +we." + +"Five? What's the matter, 'Mealy, can't you count before breakfast? +There are six of us." + +"I said five _nice_ girls," Amelia insisted. "He might have had one of +several reasons for bringing you along." + +"Such as--" Nan had come into the room just in time to hear this last. + +"Oh, he might have wanted to make the world a better place for the rest +of us to live in by losing Laura, making her a target for the +revolutionists, feeding her to the bulls, or just leaving her here as +food for the fleas," Amelia responded airily, and then she put her arm +around Laura's shoulder as though to show her that she didn't mean a +word of what she was saying. + +"They do say," Grace added as she joined the group, "that the fleas here +are man-sized. That reporter told me last night that the reason they +give us mosquito netting to put over us at night is that the fleas and +the mosquitos wage a nightly battle as to who is going to carry off the +Americans." + +"And you believed him?" Laura laughed. + +"Well, not exactly," Grace answered, "but I did carefully tuck my +netting all round me last night." + +"He told me lots of things about Mexico, too," Nan added, "and I don't +know which of them to believe. This is a queer country we are going +into, full of so many strange legends, so many different kinds of people +that any wild tale at all might be true." + +"That's what I was thinking," Amelia agreed, "when Laura came into the +room this morning. This guidebook here is full of all sorts of queer +tales." + +"Such as--?" Nan queried. + +"Oh, you people in there," Bess called from another room, "wait until +Rhoda and I come before you talk any more about Mexico. We want to hear +too." + +"All right, slow-pokes," Nan called back, "but you'll have to hurry. +We're supposed to be downstairs for breakfast with Cousin Adair in +exactly one-half hour." + +At this, Bess and Rhoda came into Amelia's room and the girls, all +dressed in sports clothes, settled themselves to learn something about +the country they were going to visit. + +"It says here," Nan began, for she had long ago lifted the guidebook +from Amelia's lap, "that Mexico is a Latin-American country south of the +United States of America. The Gulf of Mexico is to the east and the +Pacific Ocean to the west." + +"Oh, we know that," Bess interrupted impatiently, "tell us something +that is different." + +"Well, how's this?" Nan queried, "Mexico is a land of great contrasts. +About sixty percent of its population are Indians who live in a backward +civilization that weaves its own clothes, grinds its own corn, does +everything for itself by hand. The other forty percent is advanced and +modern. The first can neither read nor write. The latter attends modern +schools and universities. + +"Nothing in Mexico, in its history, its climate, its people, or its +landscape is dull or monotonous." + +"That's better," Bess approved. She was not one to care much for facts +or figures. + +"Oh, there are more interesting things than that in the book," Amelia +reached for it. "Here let me read you something that I found this +morning." + +"Just a second," Nan held on to it, "How in the world do you pronounce +these words with all their z's and x's. No wonder there are so many +people that can't read or write. I wouldn't be able to write myself if +I lived here. Imagine living in a place called I x m i q u i l p a n or +X o c h i m i l c o." She spelled them all out because she couldn't +possibly pronounce them. "They must all be Indian words dating from the +time of the Aztecs," Nan went on. "Look, they all have beautiful +meanings. + +"Chalchihuites is translated into 'Emeralds in the Rough', Tehuacan, +'Stone of the gods', Chiapas, 'River of the Lime-leaved Sage', and +Tzintzuntzan, 'Humming Bird'. And here's a place I want to go, +Yecapixtla or 'Place Where People Have Sharp Noses'." + +"What a funny place that must be," Laura laughed with Nan, "I'll bet +they all spend their time minding one another's business." + +"They probably have a factory there," Nan went on, "for turning out +people like Mrs. Cupp and they have catalogues showing the sharp, +sharper, and sharpest noses." + +"And when a school principal wants to hire an assistant that will see +everything and hear everything he pays top price and gets the sharpest," +Laura liked the idea. "We ought to go there," she ended, "if it's only +to get a postcard so that we can send it back to Mrs. Cupp with the +words 'Wish you were here'." + +"Oh, Laura, you old meany," Nan laughed. "You know she isn't half as bad +as you make her out to be." + +"No, she isn't," Laura agreed. "Lakeview Hall certainly wouldn't be +complete without her. Why, down here in Mexico--well, on the border of +Mexico--when I'm going farther and farther away from her all the time, I +can almost believe that I'm fond of her. But don't let me talk about +it," she pretended to sniff as though she was going to cry, "or I'll be +getting homesick for her." + +"Small chance of your ever getting homesick for anyone," Bess remarked, +"but let's hear what it is Amelia wants to tell us about and then go +downstairs, I'm almost starved." + +"Oh, I'm sorry, Amelia," Nan handed over the book, "I didn't mean to +monopolize it." These Lakeview Hall girls, together for so many years +under all sorts of circumstances, were still polite to one another and +thoughtful about little things. They teased one another, laughed at one +another's faults, and quarreled sometimes among themselves, but they +were always eager to forgive and more than anxious to please. This was +why they had been friends for so long. They were never really jealous of +one another and were always ready to praise anyone in the group who did +anything outstanding. + +"It's all right, Nan," Amelia answered as she reached for the book. "I +merely thought that this story of the founding of Mexico City might be +fun to read. It's short, Bess, so we'll be downstairs in just a few +minutes. Here it is. + +"'When the Aztecs, a people that inhabited this part of Mexico long +before the coming of the white man from across the water, were wandering +from place to place in search of a spot on which to establish +themselves, their head priest had a vision. + +"'In it, he saw their War God and heard him telling them to go on and on +until they found an eagle on a cactus growing from the rock. The cactus, +the War God said, was the heart of his treacherous nephew who had waged +war against him and lost. As punishment, he had been put to death and +his heart was torn from him and thrown into the lake. It fell upon a +rock among the reeds, and from it grew a cactus so big and strong that +an eagle, seeking a place to build his nest, had made his home upon it. + +"'The Aztecs heeded the words of their War God as told them by the +priest. For years they wandered, until finally, one morning very early, +their long search was rewarded. They came upon the eagle on the cactus! +His wings were extended to the rays of the sun and in his claws he held +a snake. + +"'So it was here that they built their city and even to this day, the +cactus and the eagle, holding a snake in his beak, is Mexico's emblem.'" +With this, Amelia closed the book. + +"So that's why I've been seeing that symbol on so many Mexican things +all these years," Nan commented. "I've wondered what it meant, but was +always too lazy to look it up. How strange the history of this country +is that we are going into! I wonder what will happen." + +"Probably everything," Laura said, "so, now I think we'd better go +downstairs and eat, fortify ourselves so to speak for any emergency." + +"Guess you're right," Nan laughed. And with this, Nan and her friends +all hurried down to breakfast and to the beginning of another day in +their Mexican adventure. + + + + +CHAPTER VII + +BESS SMELLS A ROMANCE + + +"Well, how are the charming senoritas this morning?" Walker Jamieson +dropped his feet from the chair next to him and rose as Nan and her +friends entered the lounge of the hotel. + +"Let's see, one, two, three, four, five, yes, there are six of you +still. There was no victory for the mosquitoes last night I can see. I +had an idea," he nodded his head slowly as though he had been seriously +considering the subject, "that all would go well after my joust with the +man-sized monster that forced its way into my room. Boy, was it a big +one! It had a million legs like tentacles that wound themselves around +me so that if it hadn't been for my trusty Excalibur, none of us would +have been here this morning. It was a fight." He shook his head as +though the recollection was more than he could bear. + +"Yes, we can see it was." Alice, too, had been waiting for the girls to +appear. "We can see the marks of the bloody battle all over your face." + +"Can you really?" Walker Jamieson grinned down at the girl who was just +a foot shorter than himself. "Well, they are all for you ladies," he +pretended now to doff a big sombrero and sweep it across in front of him +in the most approved style. + +"What's all this nonsense?" Adair MacKenzie joined the party. "Can't +stand silliness any time, and least of all before breakfast. Now, get +out into that dining room and eat." + +At this, the whole party moved. "Don't intend to spend the summer in +Laredo," Adair muttered as he followed them. + +Breakfast was a silent meal--silent that is, save for Adair's sputtering +into his coffee. At its finish, he pushed his plate back, called the +waiter and gave him an extraordinarily large tip, and turned to his +young cousin. + +"Well, Nancy," he said agreeably, "How are things with you this fine +morning? Ready to move on? And you, Bess, and all the rest of you, are +you all right? Now, let me tell you all a secret," he went on as he +realized how quiet everyone had been throughout the meal, "I'm not +really such a bad old soul. Oh, I lose my temper at times. I admit +that," he said generously, "but I'm not bad, not bad at all." He shook +his head as though he was entirely satisfied with himself and the world +in general. + +"And you there, Jamieson, you're not bad either," he went on. + +Walker nodded his head as though he acquiesced entirely and Alice beamed +on everyone. It was nice to have everyone in such a happy frame of mind, +she thought, and then, for luck, crossed her fingers. + +"And now, daddy," she ventured while he was still in his expansive mood, +"What's on the program for today?" + +"Oh, lots of things, lots of nice things," he looked very pleased with +himself. "First off, how soon can you all be ready to move on? We should +be moving along to Mexico City, a grand place, one of the most +interesting cities I've ever visited. What say you, Jamieson?" + +"Eh, what?" Jamieson had been quite bowled over by the old man's sudden +change in mood and had been wondering whether it would be the right time +now to ask whether he could kidnap Alice for part of the morning. He was +trying to signal her to ask her opinion, when the question was addressed +to him. Now, he was at a complete loss, for he had heard nothing of the +conversation that preceded the query. + +"I say," Adair repeated his question patiently, "isn't Mexico City a +grand place?" + +"Yes, yes, a grand place," Walker answered absently. Had Alice +understood what he was signaling? He couldn't be sure. What was she +telling him with her lips. Was it "Better wait" or "Better not." "What?" +The question came out audibly without his realizing it. + +It was Nan, the darling, who saved the day. She had been watching the +frantic efforts of Walker Jamieson to communicate with Alice and noted +his lack of success. She, too, had been trying to read Alice's answer +and was as startled as Walker when his "what?" was voiced. Now, like a +"veteran" (Walker used the word later when he promised to buy her +something, anything from a gorgeously colored serape to an jade bracelet +for coming to his rescue) she filled the breach. + +"I said," she affirmed, looking at Walker as though she was answering +his question, "that we can all be ready to leave about noon, if it +pleases cousin Adair." She turned to her cousin somewhat diffidently as +she added this last. The truth was, of course, that she and her friends +could have left in an hour, in a half hour, but it was fun trying to +help Walker and Alice out. + +"Let's see," Adair took out his big gold watch and considered. "Noon. +That gives us a few hours to make a good start on our way before dark. +Could you make it by eleven?" + +Nan looked at Walker. "Eleven-thirty." She read his lips. + +"Eleven-thirty," she smiled up at her cousin. + +"You little beggar, you," he tweaked the pink ear that showed just +beneath her brown bobbed hair, "you'll be able to barter with those +Mexicans like a veteran. It's your Scotch blood." He looked proud of her +as he turned to the others, "Well, Nan here says 'eleven-thirty', so +eleven-thirty it is. Now get out, all of you, I've got some business to +attend to, and I don't want to see any more of any of you until it's +time to leave. No, not even you," he added as he looked at Alice. + +They all strolled out of the dining room together and Walker executed a +few fancy little steps for Nan's benefit, as, when they reached the +elevators, he and Alice went on past them to the doors and out. + +"Why, Nan Sherwood, it's a romance. Walker Jamieson is in love with +Alice MacKenzie. I'll bet you anything." Bess's face was all alight as +she closed the door of Nan's room. "It's just thrilling. Did you see the +way the two of them walked away together. Why, they were so glad you +said you couldn't be ready until eleven-thirty! I just know they were!" +Bess was fairly bubbling over with excitement. "Didn't you see it at +all?" + +"See what?" Nan pretended innocence. + +"Why, how glad they were, of course," Bess seemed impatient with Nan's +inability to see a romance when it was right under her nose. + +"Oh, Bess, you imagine things," Nan answered. She didn't want Bess to be +aware at all that she had tried to help Alice and Walker out. + +"Imagine things! You're just blind, that's all," Bess was very proud of +her discovery. "They are in love with one another and they'll get +married in Mexico. You'll be the maid of honor and we'll be the +bridesmaids and everything will be just grand, won't it?" + +"Bess, Bess," Nan laughed, "how you do jump to conclusions! Have you +ever considered that the bride has to have someone to give her away and +have you tried to imagine cousin Adair giving Alice away?" + +Bess was all soberness immediately. "No, I didn't think of that," she +admitted. "Oh, what can we do about him?" she puckered her brows as if +Adair was an immediate and very difficult problem. "If we could get him +right after he has had a good breakfast," she laughed, "maybe he would +be as nice as he was this morning and then I'm sure everything would be +all right." + +"Or," she continued, as a new and better idea came to her, "they could +elope. Wouldn't that be exciting, Nan? And just think how mad your +cousin would be. No, that's not so good either. Mr. MacKenzie would +probably disown Alice and then they wouldn't have all his money." + +"Bess!" Nan exclaimed, "how you do run on." + +"Yes, I know," Bess agreed, "but it's such a perfectly entrancing +subject. She's a darling and so is he. Why, he's almost as nice as +Walter Mason," she added slyly. + +Nan ignored this last. "Walker is nice, isn't he?" she said. "And he and +Alice do look dear together." + +"He's swell," Bess said slangily. "He's tall and handsome and full of +fun. Do you know, I think sometimes that Mr. MacKenzie does like him, +for all the way he calls him 'lazy' and a 'no-good reporter.'" + +"Of course he does," Nan agreed, "and Walker likes him too. I just know +it." + +Bess looked at Nan questioningly at this latter bit of information. Did +Nan know something she didn't know? + +"Anyway, we'll just have to wait and see what happens," Nan tried to +dismiss the subject. + +"I suppose so," Bess sighed, "but it would be such fun to be an +attendant at a wedding." + +"Oh, Bessie," Nan ruffled her friend's hair, "you're such a romantic +soul. I'll bet that you think that if worse came to worse and cousin +Adair insisted that Alice marry someone else, Walker would ride up on a +charger and carry Alice off the way young Lochinvar did in that poem we +learned back in the fifth grade. Remember?" + +"You mean the one about Lochinvar coming up out of the West, 'through +all the wide world his steed was the best,'" Bess laughed. + +"Yes, that's the one," Nan assented. "Remember how we loved that thing +and how we used to say over and over again the stanza that followed the +one where he asked the bride to dance with him + + 'One touch to her hand, and one word in her ear + When they reach'd the hall door, and the charger stood near; + So light to the croupe the fair lady he swung, + So light to the saddle before her he sprung! + She is won! we are gone, over bank, bush, and scaur; + They'll have fleet steeds that follow, quoth young Lochinvar.'" + +"And then at the end," Bess went on, "there was this, + + 'There was racing and chasing, on Cannobie lea, + But the lost bride of Netherby ne'er did they see. + So daring in love, and so dauntless in war, + Have ye e'er heard of gallant like young Lochinvar?'" + +"Oh, Nan," Bess laughed when she had finished, "when I was a kid I +thought there couldn't possibly be anything more romantic than that." + +"Nor I neither," Nan admitted, "And I thought of it often when we were +in Scotland last summer. But do you know, Bess," she giggled, "that +Young Lochinvar of today would have to dash up in a car--" + +"Yes, or in Mexico it might be a burro," Bess laughed heartily at the +thought. + +"Say, what are you two making such a rumpus about," Laura stuck her head +in through the door. "First thing you know, they'll be locking you up as +a couple of laughing hyenas, because you are making such a racket." + +"Come on in, Laura," Nan invited, "We've just got a silly streak, that's +all. Bess, here, had a couple of crazy ideas that she aired. She's all +right now. You can come in," she finished reassuringly. "What's up?" + +"Oh, nothing," Laura answered in such an unusual tone that Nan knew +immediately something was wrong. + +"Come, what is it?" she asked again, going over to Laura and closing +the door behind her. + + + + +CHAPTER VIII + +TROUBLE FOR RHODA + + +"Oh, it's Rhoda," Laura admitted when the door was closed. "Nan, +something terrible's happened and Rhoda is in her room crying her eyes +out. Won't you come and see if you can't do something for her." + +"Of course," Nan started for the door at once. "But what's happened?" +She and Bess asked this last together. + +"Rhoda just received a telegram from her father asking her to come home +at once." + +"Why?" + +"Oh, girls," Laura herself was almost in tears, "Rhoda's mother is +seriously ill and they don't know whether or not she will live until +Rhoda gets there." + +"Go downstairs," Nan took command of the situation at once, "and find +cousin Adair. Tell him what's happened and ask him what to do. I'll go +to Rhoda. Bess, you had better come too," she continued. "Somebody will +have to fix her bags so that she can leave at once. Now, don't any of +you cry in front of Rhoda, we've got to help her to be as brave as +possible. Maybe it isn't as bad as it seems." With this Nan and Bess and +Laura set about to help their friend and, for the time, all thoughts of +their Mexican journey were forgotten. + +Mrs. Hammond, Rhoda's mother, had entertained the girls a couple of +years previous to the present story, on the Hammond ranch in the West. +They all remembered her as a beautifully graceful, sweet woman. Blind +for many years, she had not let her affliction crush her spirit and was, +perhaps, one of the happiest, nicest people they had ever known. + +Those who have read "Nan Sherwood at Rose Ranch or The Old Mexican's +Treasure" will remember Mrs. Hammond too and remember well her first +meeting with the girls. + +"I'll never forget it," Nan had told her own mother again and again. "As +we rode up to the veranda of the low-roofed ranch house Mr. and Mrs. +Hammond stood there on the porch waiting for us. She was a tall lovely +person. I liked her the moment I saw her. As I came up the steps behind +her friend, Mrs. Janeway, she took hold of me and asked 'Who is this?' + +"Before I had a chance to answer she ran her fingers lightly over my +face, even feeling my ears and the way my hair fluffed over my forehead +and the way my eyebrows were. Then, without any hesitation and before I +had said anything at all, she said, 'Why, this is Nan Sherwood that I +have heard so much about.' + +"When I asked her how she knew, she laughed the prettiest laugh I've +ever heard, outside of yours, and said that she knew because Rhoda had +written home about me and because she was a witch. She knew the others +by touch too. Oh, she was such a nice person and so good to us all the +while we were there! + +"She never once said a thing about her blindness. She seemed to take it +for granted and never excused herself on account of it. + +"I only hope that, if ever anything terrible happens to me, I will +remember her and be as sweet and uncomplaining about it as she is." + +The other girls had felt the same as Nan. All had left Rose Ranch with a +very warm feeling for Mrs. Hammond and they were all better girls for +having met her. + +In the days that followed their return to school that year they sent her +a gift along with their bread-and-butter notes. Ever after that, boxes +Rhoda received from her Western home always contained some sort of +goodies specially marked for Rhoda's Lakeview Hall friends. So Mrs. +Hammond had become a well-beloved friend to them all. + +Now, when the telegram came telling of her serious illness, they all +felt personally concerned. + +"Oh, Nan," Laura came into the room where Nan was helping Rhoda dress +and comforting her as much as possible, "I can't find your cousin +anyplace. He seems to have gone out on business and he didn't leave word +with anyone as to where he was going." + +"Well, we've got to find him, that's all." Nan was not one to give up +easily in any circumstances. "Have you tried to locate Walker Jamieson?" + +"Yes, and I can't find him or Alice either. You don't know where they +were going, do you?" + +"No." Already Nan was regretting that she had helped Alice and Walker +out. She felt that she needed them now, very much. "I tell you what you +do, you call up the railway station and find out what are the best +possible train connections that Rhoda can make. Then reserve her a +compartment. After that call those offices where we were yesterday and +ask whether cousin Adair is there or is expected. + +"By the time you finish, Rhoda will be ready and we'll be downstairs at +the telegraph desk. We are going to wire her father so that he can have +someone at the station to meet her." + +At these instructions, Laura flew across the hall to her own room to +make the calls, for she wished to keep things as quiet as possible +around Rhoda. In the meantime, both Amelia and Grace had heard what had +happened and came to help. + +The girls were all sticking together in trouble even as they always did +in pleasure, and it was a great comfort to completely bewildered Rhoda. + +Now, as Nan completed the job of helping Rhoda dress and Bess finished +packing her bags, there was a gentle knock on the door and a gentle +voice inquired, "May I come in?" It was Alice. + +"Walker's gone for father," she said, "And Laura's asked me to tell you +that there's a train out in a half hour. Is everything ready?" + +Rhoda nodded her head, but said nothing. She was trying hard now not to +cry. + +"So you know where cousin Adair is?" Nan looked across the room at +Alice. + +"No, but Walker will find him and have him here in no time at all," +Alice replied quietly and confidently. + +She had hardly finished the sentence, when those in the room heard the +firm tread of Adair MacKenzie in the hall and heard his voice boom out, +"Porter, porter, come here, and take these bags." + +It was good to hear him, good to hear his decisiveness. Everyone in the +room felt better as soon as he opened the door. + +"Here, here, what's all this?" He looked at Rhoda's red eyes. "Come, +girl, buck up," he patted her roughly on the shoulder. "Ready, are you?" + +"You're going by plane. It leaves in fifteen minutes and there's a taxi +waiting downstairs. That red-headed girl, what's her name, got you a +compartment in a train, but we've cancelled that. + +"Now, that good-for-nothing newspaper friend of my daughter's is +downstairs putting through a long distance call so that you can talk to +your father before you leave here. + +"You can tell him that this is a private plane and that it will +practically drop you in your own back yard. Do they have back yards +where you come from?" + +Rhoda nodded. How good everyone was being to her. + +"Now, now, don't thank me," Adair MacKenzie forestalled her thanks. +"Help a nice girl like you out any time I can. Ready? You better go +downstairs. You've just got time to talk to your father before you make +the plane. You'll find everything comfortable there. + +"Come, you, Nan," he motioned to his cousin, "You're the only one that +can come along with us. Don't want a lot of fuss. See the rest of you +later." With this, he hurried Nan and Rhoda out of the room and down the +elevator so quickly that Rhoda, in doing things, got control of herself, +just as Adair MacKenzie had known she would. + +The talk with her father was comforting, but not encouraging, and it was +with a heavy, heavy heart that Rhoda Hammond waved good-by to her +friends at the airport a few minutes later. + +Nan stifled a sob as the plane taxied across the field and rose into the +air. Adair MacKenzie looked down on her. "There, there, child," he said +gently, "Things will turn out all right and we'll make this up to the +girl sometime later." + +Nan caught her upper lip between her teeth and tried to smile up at +him. "Please, please, make everything right." It was a prayer that she +breathed. + + + + +CHAPTER IX + +RESOLUTIONS + + +It was a sad little party that drew out of Laredo that afternoon. The +thoughts of Nan and her friends were all with Rhoda. At every turn they +wondered where she was and what she was doing. + +Only Adair MacKenzie's insistence had made them depart from the city on +the border at all. + +"Got to be on our way now," he had said brusquely when he and Nan had +driven up to the hotel after seeing Rhoda off. "Now, get busy, you," he +ordered the girls after they had heard the details of Rhoda's departure +from Nan. "Can't stay around here any longer. Sick and tired of this +place. Nothing but a hole in the wall. Don't like it. Don't like the +people. We're leaving. Get busy, I say." He tapped his cane impatiently +on the floor of the hotel veranda. "I mean you and you and you." He +pointed with it to each separate member of the party. + +The girls jumped. Alice jumped. And Walker Jamieson jumped. Everyone got +busy and in an hour's time they were all sitting on the veranda, dressed +for traveling, waiting for the car to come. + +"What are you doing here?" Adair MacKenzie appeared in the doorway. +Short and somewhat stocky with a face that was perpetually tanned and +dressed as he was in a white suit and large white panama hat, he looked +like a permanent part of the scene about him. Nan, as she looked at him +felt proud. Despite all his blustering, his ordering of people around, +and his abrupt manner, he was kind and gentle at heart. This, she knew, +was the reason for his success. This was why everyone who had ever known +him liked him and loved him. + +Now, characteristically, he followed his abrupt question with a piece of +information that laid bare his softness and unfailing thoughtfulness. + +"Get inside, all of you," he ordered, "there are long distance calls +coming through for each of you from your parents. Can't have you mooning +around," he muttered, "waiting for mail in order to find out whether or +not your mothers and fathers are well. You, Nancy, your call is waiting +now. Just talked to Jessie myself in Memphis. She's fine, just fine. +Never felt better in her life she says. Might have known it in the first +place. The Blakes are strong people." + +With this, he walked away. "No nonsense, now," he grumbled as he +disappeared and each of the girls went in to talk from a telephone booth +on the southern border of the United States to her parents in the north. + +How exciting it was to talk over that great distance! How good it seemed +to the girls to hear their mother's voices! Nan talked to both her +father and mother in Tennessee, and as she did, she imagined just how +they looked, the expressions on their faces when they said certain dear, +familiar things and the look in their eyes when they laughed. It was +almost like having them in the same room with her. + +As she hung up, a wistful expression crossed her face, one that Adair +MacKenzie, standing off to one side of the room noted. "What's the +matter, Nancy?" he asked in a softer tone than Nan had ever heard him +use. + +"Lonesome?" Adair questioned further. + +"Oh, a little bit," Nan smiled. "Sometimes, I miss Momsey a great, great +deal." As she spoke her thoughts slipped back to those first days at +Pine Camp recounted in the first volume of the Nan Sherwood series when +it was so hard to fight off the wave of homesickness that came over her. + +"Not going to back down on me and go home, are you?" Adair MacKenzie +asked the question half in fun and half in seriousness. + +"Oh, no," Nan laughed. "I couldn't do that." + +"That's the spirit!" Nan's cousin applauded. "Never back down on +anything you set out to do. When you start a thing, finish it. That's +the way people get places. Made me what I am. Never started a thing yet +I didn't finish." + +Nan looking at him, believed it. He had the air about him of one that +accomplishes things. You could see it in the way he walked, the way he +talked. "Doesn't make any difference," he continued, "what it is, a +school lesson, a vacation, a housekeeping task for your mother. If you +begin it, finish it." He said this last so emphatically that Nan looked +about her half expecting to find something that she should finish right +away. + +"Doesn't make any difference," he went on, "how hard the thing is or how +much you want to do something else. Do the thing you first started and +do it as well as you possibly can. Understand what I mean?" Nan's cousin +looked at her very intently for a moment and then he ruffled her pretty +brown hair with his rough hand. "Of course you do, child," he smiled at +her. "You're as bright as they make them." + +"Dad, oh, dad!" Alice MacKenzie joined the two. "You're wanted. The +car's ready and the driver wants to know when we're going to start." + +"Start!" Adair MacKenzie, the soft mood having slipped away from him +now, roared. "Haven't I been waiting around here for an hour now for +that old sluggard. And then he has the effrontery to send word to me +that he's waiting! The dolt! I'll fix him. I'll fix him, if it's the +last thing in the world I do! Thinks I'm a softy, does he? I'll show +him!" With this, Adair MacKenzie went fuming from the room. + +Fifteen minutes later Nan Sherwood and her friends, Walker Jamieson, and +Alice and her father were riding along the road toward Mexico City. + +"Got this telegram just before we left," Adair MacKenzie felt in his +pockets for the yellow paper, "It's from that Hammond girl." He turned +it over to Nan who read aloud to the others. + +"Arrived safely at San Antonio. Plane there ready to take me on. Called +home again. Mother holding her own. Love. Rhoda." + +Nan's voice was husky as she finished. She folded the telegram slowly +and thoughtfully, thinking of the struggle that was going on at Rose +Ranch and remembering her own concern years back over her own mother's +health. + +"There, Nan," Bess laid a gentle hand on her friend's. "Don't look so +worried. I'm sure things will turn out for the best." + +"Oh, Bess, if they don't," Nan half whispered in return, "It will leave +Rhoda and her father all alone. It will make things so hard, for +everyone just worships Mrs. Hammond." + +"I know," Bess's voice was heavy too, "but don't think of those things." +The role of consoler was new to Bess, but instinctively she was saying +just the right thing. "Mrs. Hammond just has to get well, and so she +will. I feel sure that what I'm saying is true. Oh, Nan, don't cry," +Bess's own voice was full of tears. + +"Here, here, what's happening back there?" Adair MacKenzie turned from +his place next to the driver and frowned at the girls. "Can't have this. +No blubbering on this trip." + +Nan smiled a wan smile at the word. + +"Thought you were a brave girl," Adair went on. "Now, dry away those +tears," he ended, and turning, resumed his work of instructing the +driver as to how to drive. + +It was Laura who unthinkingly started them all off again. + +"Makes you think, doesn't it," she remarked, "of the number of things +you overlook doing for your mother when you're around her? Will I ever +be good," she continued, "when I get home. I'll wash the dishes, set the +table, run to the store, do anything and everything without question." + +Laura sounded so serious and so unlike herself in her seriousness that +even Nan had to smile, as she agreed. "That's just the way it makes me +feel," she said. + +"Oh, Nan," Bess protested, "and you're always so good to your mother. +I'm the one that's mean. Why, I never do a thing around the house if I +can help it." And Bess spoke the truth. The daughter of a family that +had plenty of money, Bess was a pampered child. As a general rule, she +had little regard for either of her parents. Whatever she wanted, she +asked for without regard for cost. What she couldn't get from her +mother, she frequently managed to get from her father, and the two were +well on the way toward spoiling her utterly when she went off to +Lakeview with Nan. + +There, away from home among strangers in a place where she had to live +up to certain well-defined rules, Bess had improved considerably. Those +that have watched her since her first appearance in "Nan Sherwood at +Pine Camp" have seen a change come over her gradually. She is a little +more thoughtful, a little more considerate of other people, but she +still has a selfish streak which at times like the present confronts her +so that her conscience pricks her sharply. + +"When I get home," Bess spoke more quietly than was her wont, "I'm +going to do a little reforming myself. I'm going to pay more attention +to what mother has to say. I'm going to be a better daughter." + +"And I am too," Laura agreed. + +"And I," Grace and Amelia said this together. + +So even while Rhoda Hammond in a plane that was winging its way toward +her western home, was remembering little, dear things about the mother +she was so fond of, her friends were thinking of her and making +resolution after resolution about their own conduct toward their +parents. + + + + +CHAPTER X + +FIRST MEXICAN EXPERIENCE + + +The days that followed were punctuated by telegrams received from Rhoda. + +"Arrived safely." That was the first one. It told nothing at all of her +mother's condition. + +"Mother's condition very serious. Not much hope." That was the second +and the girls scarcely had the heart to go on with Adair MacKenzie's +party. Privately, they gave up hope entirely, but Adair tried to keep +their spirits up. "Never can tell about these things," he said after +reading the message. + +"Some improvement. Pray. Love. Rhoda." The third one read, and everyone +felt better. + +Then for two days, there was no word, and everyone's hope just dwindled +away to nothing. During these days, it was Walker Jamieson with his +knowledge of Mexico and its ways that put what life there was into the +party. + +The eight hundred miles over the new Pan-American highway from Laredo +to Mexico City was through gorgeous tropical and mountain scenery, and +all the way Walker regaled the girls with stories and legends about +Mexico and its history. + +He told bloody stories of bandits coming down out of the hills, +attacking travelers, kidnaping them and then robbing them, or holding +them for huge ransom. He told of warfare between the Mexicans and the +Indians back in the hills. He told of lost tribes who still worshipped +the Sun God, talked their native tongue, still lived in the way those +who had built the pyramids had lived. + +Alice listened breathlessly to all he had to say. Nan and her friends +hung on his every word. Adair MacKenzie listened and grunted +noncommittally. + +From Laredo to Monterey, he told these stories and from Monterey to +Villa Juarez until everyone, whether he would admit it or not, felt +deeply the spell of Mexico. + +Then from Villa Juarez to Tamazunchale, across rivers that were bordered +by heavy tropical foliage, everyone except Adair MacKenzie was more or +less silent absorbing quietly the beauty about. + +"Listen!" Nan had the temerity to interrupt one of Adair's outbursts +against their chauffeur. Surprised by the command, Adair chuckled and +kept quiet. Nan had heard the song of a tropical bird. Its call was +picked up by another on the other side of the road. The chauffeur slowed +down and then, at Adair's command, stopped. + +For a few moments everyone listened, and then Nan pushed open the door +of the car and got out. The others followed. To the right and to the +left of them the luxuriant growth made the place like nothing else they +had ever seen before. The birds that flew out of the thicket were +gorgeous things in brilliant colors. The butterflies that drifted from +flower to flower were lovely too. But the biggest surprise of all was +the orchids. + +"Why, they grow wild!" Bess was amazed. The only ones she had ever seen +before had been in the window of a florist's shop on Madison Avenue in +Chicago and in a shoulder corsage worn by Linda Riggs at a school ball. +This last had made Bess exceedingly envious, despite the fact that Linda +had been reprimanded afterwards, by Dr. Prescott, for wearing it. And +now, here they were growing all about her, wild! Bess could scarcely +believe her eyes. + +Walker Jamieson laughed at her. "You like them?" he asked. "Didn't know, +did you, that they grew any place outside of a hothouse?" + +Bess shook her head. It was the first time in her life that she had +ever really been moved by nature in any form. The others felt the same. +The air seemed quiet and heavy and yet full of all sorts of strange +noises too. Grace was timid in the face of all the strangeness and held +on to Nan's hand. + +Nan's eyes were big and wondrous. It was like tropical jungles that she +had read about. It was like something she had never even dared hope to +see. She was quiet. Silently Adair MacKenzie watched her, and felt +pleased with himself that he had shown it to her. In regarding her, he +felt almost as though he himself had created it for her special benefit. + +She caught his glance, looked up at him and grinned. "Wish I could take +a piece of it home with me," she said. + +"You can." Walker Jamieson sounded as though that would be the simplest +thing in the world. + +"How?" Nan asked in the tone of one who didn't believe a word of what +she heard. + +"Easy." Jamieson's eyes twinkled, for he knew that she thought that this +was only another bit of his foolishness. "All you've got to do is get a +camera and take a picture. Then you'll have it for life." + +"But I can't," Nan was serious too now. + +"Why?" + +"First, I've no camera and secondly, I don't know how to take pictures." + +"Oh, we'll take care of that," Walker Jamieson waved these difficulties +aside as though they didn't amount to anything. "I've got a camera in +the car, and, if you want, I'll show you how to get the best results. +I'm in your debt anyway," he whispered. + +"Do you mean that about the camera and everything?" Nan was incredulous. + +"Mean it? It's a promise, isn't it?" Walker drew Alice into the +conversation. + +She nodded her head happily. She knew, if Nan didn't, that Walker had +made a hobby of photography and just the year before, had won a prize in +a national show. + +"We'll begin, just as soon as we get back in that car," Jamieson +promised further. "When we get to Mexico City, we'll buy some more films +and the camera is yours to do with as you will until we return to the +States." + +So, because of an impulsive wish and an impulsive promise, Nan began +almost immediately to develop a hobby that, even before her Mexican +adventure was over, was going to have amazing consequences. + +From Tamazunchale to Mexico City, the drive was quite another +experience. The road now was hewn out of sheer mountain rock. The car +climbed and climbed, until the girls' ears felt strange and Bess +declared that she could hardly breathe. She forgot this, however, when +they, upon Alice's insistence, this time, got out again. All around +them, huge mountain peaks rose to great heights making them all, except, +perhaps, Adair MacKenzie, feel small and insignificant. + +Straight down below them they saw rivers and waterfalls that looked +small and white and unimportant, like a thread that some mighty hand had +dropped carelessly in the greenness. Then they got in the car, went down +the mountainside again, and they came to a lovely white village in a +fertile green valley. + +Here they stopped and ate. + +"Can't understand this jargon," Adair MacKenzie laid the menu that had +been given him down and looked utterly disgusted. + +"No sense in their making it like this," he continued as though it was a +personal insult that anyone should presume to speak or write any other +language than English. "Can't see how they can understand it +themselves." + +In the end, it was Walker Jamieson who did the ordering. "How about +some nice mode de guajolote?" he grinned at Nan and her friends as he +put the question. "It's turkey to you," he explained when they laughed, +"stuffed turkey to be exact and a choice bit here. With it, we'll have +tortillas, the Mexican substitute for bread, and frijoles, the favorite +Mexican bean. Sound all right?" + +The girls nodded as they tried to find the items on their own menus. And +Adair MacKenzie grunted that he would take the same. + +The meal wasn't entirely a success. Nan and her friends enjoyed it, but +Adair MacKenzie grumbled throughout despite all that Alice could do to +mollify him. + +"Never mind, daddy," she said at last, "in a couple of more days we'll +be at the hacienda--" + +"Yes, and that housekeeper of ours better be there, or I'll fire her." +Adair was off again. + +Alice restrained a smile. For twenty years now, Adair had been firing +the housekeeper and for twenty years she had been running him and his +house just as she pleased. It was a joke that the motherly old lady and +Alice shared. + +"She'll be there," Alice tried to reassure him, "and so will that +Chinese cook that we have heard so much about." + +Nan and the rest looked up from their turkey, half expecting a story, +but Alice said nothing further. They finished the meal in silence and +followed Adair to the car. + +Then, by way of Zimapan, an attractive hillside village, remembered +ever afterwards by the girls for its huge cacti, some more than +thirty-five feet high, they continued on toward Mexico City. They passed +through Tasquillo, and then over a sandy road between other tall cacti +to Ixmiquilpan, a picturesque town where native Indians were tending +sheep and spinning along the streets. + +Here Nan took a picture, the first of many she was to take, of the girls +as they stood in a market where they had just bought some gayly woven +baskets. The sight of the Indians brought more stories to Walker's mind +and so, in the few miles that lay between them and their stopping place +for the night, he told more tales. + +He told stories of buried treasure left by the Aztecs in deep +underground chambers, of turquoise and jade that was more lovely than +any the modern world has discovered. He told of gold so plentiful that +it had no value, of great temples that American Museums were spending +hundreds of thousands of dollars to rebuild. + +He knew all the stories, because, since his early childhood, spent in +California where Mexican labor was plentiful because it was cheap, he +had been interested in the country. + +When, on the third day of their journey, they approached Mexico City, +Walker Jamieson was in a particularly expansive mood, one designed to +keep their minds off the question of what word they would find from +Rhoda in the capital. + +"Below you, ladies and gentlemen," he said with a great sweep of his +arm, "you see Mexico City, the capital of this surprising republic of +Mexico. There you will find romance, adventure, everything." + + + + +CHAPTER XI + +A LEGEND + + +"Mexico City," he went on, as though he were a guide introducing a party +of tourists to its first sight of a city, "lies, as you can see from +here, in a mountain valley on the Great Central Plateau. Constructed on +a former lake by those Aztecs who once made of this whole region a grand +and glorious place, it was called by them 'Tenochtitlan', an Aztec word +meaning 'Belonging to the property of the Temple.' + +"When the Spaniards conquered Tenochtitlan, they found grand palaces +and elegant homes under the shadow of the mountains that lie all about. +They found gardens more beautiful and more highly cultivated than any +they had ever known. They found wealth and splendour such as not even +their vivid imaginations had ever constructed. They found everything," +he finished dramatically, "and they drove the people who had conceived +it out, and they took it unto themselves, and it went to ruin. You see +now, the modern city, and as you go through its streets, you will find +everywhere evidences of all these changes living side by side with the +new that the present generation is in the process of building up." + +Walker Jamieson had started his little harangue half in fun, but as +always when he talked about the old city, he grew serious as he went on. +Now, as he noted the half scowl on Adair MacKenzie's face, the look of +interest on Alice's, and the attention of Nan Sherwood and her friends, +he paused. + +"How am I doing?" he directed the question to the group in general. + +Adair MacKenzie grunted. + +Alice beamed, her eyes full of pride in him. + +And Nan and her crowd nodded their heads for him to go on. + +"So, my public adores me," he said in a mocking self-satisfied tone that +caused Alice and Nan to laugh aloud. + +With this he wrapped his guide's cloak about him again and went on. + +"As you go about," he said, "and look up from day to day at the +mountains that surround you, you will soon be able to name them all from +Chiquihuite, 'the basket', to El Cerro Gordo, 'the fat hill', but there +is none that has a more fascinating story than La Sierra Madre over +there to the west." He pointed as he spoke. "That's the famous one with +the two volcanoes, Ixtaccihuatl, 'the white woman', and Popocatepetl, +'the mountain that smokes'. + +"At one time, before the great Cortez conquered the country, these +volcanoes were worshipped as deities. There were days set aside for +their veneration, feasts in their honor, and elaborate ceremonies." + +"Just imagine," Laura interrupted, "having a feast in honor of a +mountain." + +"Strange, isn't it?" Walker Jamieson agreed. "But wait, I have even +stranger things to tell you." + +"I have no doubt." The remark was Adair MacKenzie's who, whether he +would admit it or not, was really enjoying himself thoroughly. + +"Ixtaccihuatl had a wooden idol representing her in the Great Temple and +Popocatepetl a representation of dough of amarand and maize seeds. These +idols you will see in the great museums of the city. The legend that +surrounds them, if you will bear with me, goes something like this. + +"Ixtaccihuatl was the beautiful daughter of a proud and powerful Aztec +Emperor and his only child. As such, she was heir to his throne and +watched and guarded throughout her youth. Her father adored her, but as +he grew old and weak and his enemies began to wage war against him, he +realized more and more how difficult it would be for a woman to hold +together his vast and wealthy empire. So he set out to find a husband +worthy of his daughter, worthy of the splendour that would be hers after +his death. + +"He called to his aid all the proud young warriors of his tribe and +offered his daughter in marriage and his throne to the one among them +who would conquer his enemies. + +"This Popocatepetl that you see yonder went into the fight. He had long +been in love with the beautiful princess. + +"The war was long. It was cruel. It was bloody. But Popocatepetl endured +to the end. Ah, but he was proud and triumphant when he saw that it +would surely be he who would return to claim the princess whom he loved. + +"But alas, his triumph was short-lived. His enemies, having failed in +battle, stooped to the lowest form of deceit. They sent back to the +Princess the false news that her beloved had been killed. She languished +and became ill of a strange malady that not even the smartest witch +doctors in the realm could cure her of. She died. + +"Popocatepetl's grief was more than he could bear. He wished to die too, +so he caused to be constructed a great pyramid upon which he himself +laid the beautiful Ixtaccihuatl. Next to it, he built another. There, he +stands, holding a funeral torch. + +"The snow has enfolded her body and covered that of the man that would +have married her, but it has never covered the torch which burns on, a +symbol of the love of Popocatepetl for Ixtaccihuatl." + +"And the smoke," Nan said quietly when she saw that he had finished, "of +the volcano is the smoke of the torch's flame." + +"Smart girl," Walker Jamieson slipped into a lighter mood now. + +"And they believed that story?" Bess sounded incredulous. + +"Yes, O doubtful one," Laura answered the question, "and they had feasts +for the couple. Didn't you listen to the beginning?" + +"Hm-m, they probably weren't edible," Adair MacKenzie suddenly +remembered the meal he had found so distasteful a short time before. + +Walker winked at Alice who patted her father on the arm, "Never mind, +dad," she said, "there'll be food that you like later on." + +"Too late then." Adair MacKenzie was not to be mollified now. "Be all +burned up before then by these confounded Mexican chiles. Must have a +million varieties. Find them in everything. Afraid even to order +ice-cream. Probably comes with a special chile sauce on it. Somebody +ought to teach these Mexicans how to eat. Do it myself if I had time. +Always think that when I come here. Teach them that and how to build +roads," he added as the car bumped over the highway. + +"Anyway, we're coming into some sort of civilized city, now." He looked +about himself with some degree of satisfaction, for as Walker had +proceeded with his account of the legend of the two famous volcanoes, +the car had been progressing toward the city. Now it was on the +outskirts and Nan and Bess, Grace and Amelia and Laura were craning +their necks so as not to miss one single sight. + +"How nice it would be," Amelia remarked to the group after she had +missed something that Walker had pointed out on the side of the road +opposite to the one she had been watching, "to have a face on all sides +of your head so that you could see all ways at once." + +"Well, all I can say is," Laura returned dryly, "that you are doing +pretty well with the one that you have. You might have missed the old +flower woman back there, but you are certainly making up for it now." +With this she laughed and pushed Amelia's head, that was now blocking +her own line of vision, out of the way. + +"Such pretty young girls," Nan remarked as the car stopped at a +crossroad to let a half dozen Mexicans cross the street. + +"Aren't they though?" Bess agreed. "One of them looked just like +Juanita. Remember?" + +Of course Nan remembered the girl that had been involved in the hidden +treasure plot that was recounted in the story "Nan Sherwood at Rose +Ranch." The thought of her now brought Rhoda back to mind and her +mother, and with it a return of the anxiety they had felt at not having +heard recently from their friend. + + + + +CHAPTER XII + +LINDA RIGGS TURNS UP + + +Adair MacKenzie was quick to note the change in their mood. "Wells Fargo +and Co., Madero 14." He gave instructions to the chauffeur, and then +turned to Nan. "It's the American Express of this country," he explained +in a tone that indicated that they had no right to call it other than +the "American Express". "We'll pick up mail there. You see." + +"What have you done to the old man?" Walker Jamieson questioned as he +helped Nan out of the car a few minutes later. "Why, Alice," he +continued, assisting her too, "he's practically putty in her hands." + +"I know," Alice smiled as she took Nan's arm and walked along beside +her. "It is amazing and I'm almost jealous. I thought that I was the +only one in the world that could manage him." She looked fondly in the +direction of Adair MacKenzie who had already passed through the door and +was at the counter inside demanding his mail. + +"See, what did I tell you?" He asked triumphantly when they all entered +together. "There's a whole bunch of mail here. See." He held up a truly +large package of letters, letters from home for each of the girls. As +they all crowded around him, he teased them by delaying the process of +handing them out. + +"Let's see, this one looks interesting, mighty interesting." He lingered +over the address. "But the writing isn't very clear." + +Alice reached for it as though to help him out. He raised his arm high. +"No, it's not for you," he shook his head at her. "This mailman always +delivers his mail to the proper person. Now, stand back all of you, +while I look again." + +"This is as bad or worse than it is at school when they distribute mail, +isn't it?" Laura nudged Nan. "But look, isn't the old duck getting a +kick out of it all?" + +Nan nodded. There was only one thing that she was really impatient +about. She wanted to know now, right away, whether there was any word +from Rhoda. She felt as though she couldn't stand it a moment longer not +to know. + +"Please, Cousin Adair," she begged, "is there anything there at all from +Rhoda?" + +"Yes, father, tell us quickly," Alice chimed in. + +"Oh, I'm sorry," Adair MacKenzie was immediately all contrition. "H-m-m, +wait." He leafed quickly through the pack. + +"Yes, there is something," he admitted at last. "It's addressed to +Nan." With this he handed a yellow telegram over to her. "Take it +easily," he advised, while they all waited anxiously for Nan to open +it. She tore the seal, pulled the message out, dropped it in her +nervousness, and then when it was restored to her hands, read it slowly +to herself. + +At long last she looked up. "It's--" she caught her breath before she +could continue--"all right. Rhoda's mother is going to get well." Saying +this, she passed the telegram over to Bess and Laura, and then, before +she realized at all what was happening, her eyes welled up with tears. + +"Why, Nan, darling!" Alice exclaimed, "don't cry. Everything's all right +now. Come," she drew from her own purse a pretty white handkerchief and +wiped Nan's tears away, "you'll have us all in tears." + +Nan took the handkerchief away from her and wiped her own eyes, hard. +Then she smiled. "Don't mind me," she laughed. "I'm just an old silly. +Please, cousin Adair, what's in the rest of that package." + +"Yes, what's in it?" Even Adair MacKenzie sounded as though he had lost +possession of himself for a moment. Now, he collected himself again and +took the party in his hands, as he had had it before. "Too much stalling +around here," he grumbled to no one in particular, and then went on with +the distribution of the mail. + +The letters from home were fun to get, fun to read, and fun to share. +Each one was read and re-read a dozen times by the girl that received +it, and then it was passed around and enjoyed by all the others. There +were letters from their mothers and fathers and letters from their +friends. There was a round robin from their pals at school. + +Though all of them had news, this last had the choicest bits. + +"Do you know that," it began, "Professor Krenner and Dr. Beulah Prescott +are going to be married before the summer is over?" + +"Nan," Bess stopped Nan who was reading the bit aloud to the others, "is +it true? Did I hear you right?" + +"I guess you did," Nan's eyes looked merry now. She of all the girls had +been the only one who knew that this announcement was coming. Beloved by +Dr. Beulah and the best student and most wide-awake person that had ever +come to Dr. Krenner's attention, she had been in their confidence before +school had closed. + +The romance between the Principal of Lakeview and one of its most +scholarly instructors had blossomed the summer the two had escorted the +present group of girls on their European trip. Professor Krenner joined +the party in London, just before the coronation. There he and Dr. +Prescott learned of the million and one things they had in common. Nan +knew of this, knew too that the wedding was to take place in the chapel +at Lakeview just before school opened. Already, she had planned to +attend. + +Now, she went on with the reading of the round robin. "Do you know," she +continued, "that the old boathouse where we had that grand party on +Bess's twenty-five dollars, is going to be pulled down and a big new one +built? + +"That the dormitories are being redecorated and that corridor four where +we have rooms is going to have all the walls done over and that serapes +will look especially nice hanging on them? + +"And that, and this is the biggest piece of news of all, Linda Riggs is +someplace in Mexico?" + +"No!" the exclamation was Bess's. If it was possible to say that one +girl in the room disliked the proud Linda more than the rest, Bess was +that girl. + +"I hate her. I just hate her." Bess had said vehemently many times. And +well she might, for often in the days that followed the registration of +Bess and Nan at Lakeview, Linda had purposely embarrassed and humiliated +them. At first, Bess, because she naturally coveted wealth, and Linda +was a very wealthy girl, had tried to make friends with "Her Highness" +as Laura dubbed Linda. But her efforts always ended disastrously. + +Nan, as all those who have followed the fortunes of the young girl know, +time and again tried to help Linda. Once or twice she was instrumental +in saving her life. But despite this, whenever Linda was in a position +to do so, she managed to belittle Nan, to snub her rudely, to make her +just as uncomfortable as she possibly could. + +So Nan and Bess had particular reasons for disliking the girl who had +even been expelled from school for one bit of meanness that caused an +explosion which might easily have cost the lives of many of the Lakeview +Hall students. Linda, in other words, was cordially hated by most of the +students of the fashionable boarding school. + +Now, the news that she was in Mexico brought consternation to the group. + +"It's just as I've always said," Bess fumed. "It's impossible to go +anyplace without having her turn up." + +"Probably likes you and just won't admit it." Laura could well afford to +add fuel to the flame. Linda generally avoided her. + +"She doesn't like me and you know it, Laura Polk," Bess exclaimed. "Why +she had to come down here when there's all the rest of the world for her +to travel in, I don't know. But you can just be sure of this, no good +will come of it." + +"Sh! Bess," Nan warned as she looked over to one side where Adair +MacKenzie, Alice, and Walker Jamieson were deep in consultation. + +"I'm sorry, Nan," Bess lowered her voice, "but I just don't seem to be +able to control myself when that girl comes to mind. She's caused us so +much unhappiness that I can't stand her." + +"I know," Nan was genuinely sympathetic, "but don't you worry, we +probably won't see her at all. Mexico, after all, is a pretty big +place." + +"Yes, it has twenty-seven states, besides the Federal District and the +Territory of Lower California." Laura quoted the guidebook glibly. + +"Doesn't make any difference," Bess said firmly. "If she's anywhere in +the country, there's no escaping her. We'll meet her." She ended +positively. + +How truly Bess spoke, the crowd was soon to find out, but the +circumstances and the far-reaching results must be left to other +chapters. + + + + +CHAPTER XIII + +NAN TURNS PHOTOGRAPHER + + +"Well, what's on the program this morning?" Adair MacKenzie was in a +genial mood the day after the telegram had informed the girls that +Rhoda's mother was going to recover. + +He had had a good night's sleep and a generous well-cooked breakfast in +the fashionable hotel where he had chosen to take his brood. Though he +had complained about the coffee in no uncertain terms, as is the custom +of most Americans traveling in foreign countries, the rest of the food +had seemed good and now he acted as though he was entirely at the +disposal of his guests. + +"What do you say, Jamieson?" He turned to the young newspaper man. "Got +any ideas?" + +"Only those that we talked over at Wells Fargo's yesterday." Walker +Jamieson assumed a mysterious air. + +"Oh, that, that has to wait until the afternoon," Adair MacKenzie looked +mysterious too. + +"Then we might just explore the city, take the buses and street cars +and find out how the natives get around. We might let the girls get a +glimpse of The Cathedral, one of the most important in all of the +Americas. It was built over the old Aztec Templo Mayor and it took two +and a half centuries to build." + +"Two and a half centuries to build a church!" Laura exclaimed. + +"What can you expect?" Adair MacKenzie asked in a tone that indicated he +was not the least bit surprised, "of a nation that has 'manana' for its +motto?" + +Walker Jamieson laughed heartily at this. "Well, maybe you are right," +he admitted, "but I don't think you'll find your interpretation in any +guidebook. They say merely that the Indians contributed a third of the +cost and all the work and that 'many died each day due to the long hours +of unaccustomed strenuous work.'" + +"That's right, they'll never admit they are wrong," Adair shook his +head as though this fact grieved him deeply. "Never be afraid, you Nan," +he pointed his finger sternly at his young cousin, "to admit you are +wrong. Best medicine in the world. If you are wrong say so. It's good +for you." Adair MacKenzie had a habit of talking thus in circles, +agreeing with himself over some great truth. Now he nodded his head with +great satisfaction as though he himself made a practice of admitting his +mistakes. + +Walker looked at Alice. Alice looked at Walker. They both laughed. Both +knew that the old man had never in his life admitted that he had made a +mistake. Both at this moment thought him charming and lovable. + +"Well, shall we leave The Cathedral out then?" Walker Jamieson was +always willing to give in in little particulars. "There's plenty else to +see, palaces, parks, markets. Why, there's a whole new city to explore." + +"Won't leave anything out," Adair MacKenzie looked at his watch as he +spoke, "but we've got to do everything up in a hurry. Haven't got much +time to stay in this city. Got a telegram this morning from the +caretaker at the Hacienda. Expects us there within the next couple of +days." + +"Oh, daddy," Alice laughed. "That's the way you always are. Always +wanting to move on just as soon as we arrive at a place." + +"And you," he twitted, "manana is always good enough for you. You're +just a lazy beggar. Now, what do you want to do today." + +"Oh, everything, just everything," Alice looked as though she would +like to do it all and do it now. She had that happy faculty that some +people have of always having a good time no matter what happens. + +Nan had it too. The word "bore" which slips so easily from the tongues +of many young people who really shouldn't know what boredom is, had +never crossed her lips. Life seemed too full of adventure, too full of a +number of things to do for her to even think of applying it to herself. +Linda Riggs might have used the word, but never Nan, and never Alice. + +"Well, there's your answer," Adair MacKenzie turned to Walker when Alice +answered that she wanted to do "just everything." "It's a typical +woman's answer. Now, do what you want to with it." + +"O-kay." Walker Jamieson assumed the responsibility willingly enough. +"Now, listen here," he turned to the girls and assumed a serious air and +a stern one that unfortunately didn't impress them at all, and said, +"we've got just about four hours in this day to do with as you want to +do." + +"Four hours!" Nan exclaimed, "why, how short the days are here! It's +only nine o'clock now, or is Amelia's watch slow?" She had been looking +at Amelia's wrist as she spoke. + +"I said four hours." Walker repeated, still sternly. + +"He said four hours." Adair MacKenzie was equally stern. + +"Then, why don't you get started," Alice teased. + +"Come on, here. We are." Walker pretended that he was angry and that +Alice's remark was just the last straw. He took her by the arm and with +the others following after, they all left the dining room, walked +through the lounge and then out into the morning sunshine. + +The four hours flew by. They shopped in the busy Mexican markets, +bartered with natives, dressed in brilliantly colored blankets and huge +sombreros, bought serapes, beautiful Indian pottery, some opals that +were sold by the dozen, handwoven baskets and a million and one little +things that Walker declared would fill a trunk. + +Nan took her camera along and snapped pictures of everyone, pretty +Mexican senoritas selling flowers, little Mexican boys who were +boot-blacks, proud of the American slang they had learned in the movies, +and whole families complete with shawls, squatting over low fires making +tortillas for whomsoever would buy. + +She took pictures until in her enthusiasm she forgot herself entirely +and asked Adair MacKenzie if he would please hold a little Mexican baby +while she photographed it. + +As soon as the question was out of her mouth, she realized that she had +made a mistake. + +What a torrent it brought forth! Adair MacKenzie blustered as he had +never blustered before. He would see himself tied and hung before she +would ever find him even touching one of those kids. Why, the idea. Did +she think he was an embassador of good will, that he was down there to +kiss babies and wear serapes to show that he was just one of the people. +Did--d--did she think he was--why, what did she think he was? He +stuttered in his surprise. + +Finally, Nan and Walker and Alice and all the rest broke down in +laughter, for Adair MacKenzie was certainly outdoing himself. + +With this, he stopped in amazement. And they were laughing at him! "No +respect any more at all," he muttered and then he laughed too. + +"You, Walker, you," he took the remaining bit of his impatience out on +that able young man, "you've no sense at all in that head of yours. Let +the girls get out of hand all the time. Now, I'm going to take charge of +the party. Had enough of your nonsense. Come on, you," he turned to Nan +and the rest with this, "there'll be no more pictures today. We're going +back to the hotel now." + +"And then what?" Alice ventured to ask. + +"You'll see. Just wait. You'll see. This is my party now." So, he +right-about-faced and went striding from the market with the others +following him. + + + + +CHAPTER XIV + +SMUGGLERS + + +"A bullfight, Bess, we're going to a bullfight," Nan exclaimed as she +and Bess dressed for the afternoon excursion with Adair MacKenzie. + +"Why, Nancy Sherwood, I never in all the world thought you were the +bloodthirsty creature that you are," Bess laughed at her pal. + +"Oh, you are just the same, Elizabeth Harley," Nan returned. "When +Cousin Adair told us at the luncheon table what we were going to do this +afternoon, you were just as excited as the rest of us." + +"I know it," Bess confessed. "But I expect to hold my ears and close my +eyes through the worst parts. They do say they can be very gory +spectacles with blood streaming all over everything." + +"That's right," Nan admitted. "It scares me to think of that part, but I +want to see it anyway." As the girls talked, they dressed, combed their +hair, and then tidied up the room. + +"Ready?" Laura stuck her head through the door and asked. "Amelia and +Grace are already downstairs. We better get started, or Grace will be +backing down. Really, I think she's scared to death, but is afraid to +admit it. Me, I'm going to love this." + +"Me, too," Nan admitted. "I can hardly wait. I've read about them so +often. Remember the lecturer at Lakeview who had all those slides about +bullfights in Spain. I've wanted to see one ever since then." + +"Yes, Mrs. Cupp was so angry over that. She didn't think it was the +proper sort of thing for young ladies to see. She thought it would +coarsen them," Laura finished primly. "Wait until we get back to +Lakeview, will we ever have some tales to tell her that will make her +hair stand on end! She'll have to go to bed for a week to recover." + +"Oh, Laura," Nan laughed, "you sound as though you'd be brave enough to +tell her all about it yourself." + +"Well, if I'm not," Laura joined in the laughter, "because we aren't +exactly bosom pals, you know, she'll find out. Nothing escapes her." + +"Truer words were never spoken," Nan agreed as she adjusted her hat in +front of the mirror. "Come on, now, I'm ready. Are you, Bess?" + +"Just a second." Bess was rummaging through her purse. "There's +everything here except the thing I want." + +"Looks almost like an over-night bag," Laura commented as Bess poured +the contents out on the dresser. + +"What in the world are you looking for?" Nan asked somewhat impatiently. +Bess never could find things in her purse because she had a habit of +saving everything and never cleaning the pocket-book out. + +"Oh, my passport--I mean my visitors' pass." Bess really did look +worried. "I had it this morning. I know I did." + +"All I can say is," Laura commented dryly, "if you've lost that, you +might just as well go out and drown yourself, because if you don't, Mr. +MacKenzie will roar so loud when you tell him that the earth will just +open up and swallow us all." + +"I know it." Bess was almost in tears. She didn't like to be roared at. +She took scoldings harder than anyone else in the crowd, because at home +she had always been made to feel that what she did was right. + +"Bessie, you're such a silly," Nan laughed. "You've got the wrong +pocket-book. That isn't the one you had with you this morning. You had +the little black one and that's over there on your trunk. Remember, you +put it there when you came in so that you would be sure to know where it +was when you wanted it again." + +Bess laughed too now. "Isn't that just like me, always hunting for +something and always finding it just where it ought to be?" + +"I do that too," Laura sympathized as they three left the room. And so +does everyone, but Bess had a habit of getting confused and impatient as +soon as things went wrong and using all her energy in getting excited. +Nan generally remained calm and found things. Laura was calm too and +that because she never took anything very seriously. If she couldn't +find one thing, another would do, and so she always went happily on her +way. + +Bess was thinking of this, as Nan pushed the button for the automatic +elevator. "But you couldn't have substituted anything for the visitors' +pass." She directed her remark to Laura as though they had been talking +over the thing she was thinking about. + +"Whatever are you talking about?" Laura laughed. "Or, is it a secret? +You know what happens to people in this country who go around talking to +themselves? They throw them to the bulls. Now, come on, Bessie," she +finished. "You may be a harum-scarum child, but we love you. Cheer up." + +At this, the elevator jolted and settled to its place on the first +floor and the three girls stepped out to find Adair, Alice, Walker +Jamieson and the rest all waiting for them. + +"Thought you had cold feet, and were backing out." Walker Jamieson +greeted them with this sally as they all walked down the entrance stairs +and out to their waiting car. + +"Look!" Nan pointed at a street car they were passing. + +"At what?" Laura questioned. + +"Oh, you were too late," Nan answered while she adjusted her camera so +that it would be ready for her to take pictures when she wanted to. +"There was a sign on that car which said, 'Toreo.'" + +"What does that mean?" Grace questioned. + +"Bullfight, darling, that's where you are going now," Laura answered. +"See, there's the sign that Nan saw again. It's on the front of that bus +that's stopped across the street. This must be a holiday. Practically +everyone seems to have dusted off his best sombrero and come out on the +streets." + +"It's a holiday everyday here." Adair MacKenzie turned around to join in +the conversation. "Saw a calendar of festivals posted in the hotel +lobby. No end to it. No wonder the people never get anything done." + +"I saw that too," Walker Jamieson remarked. "Saw something else posted +on a bulletin board that was interesting. It was a warning to everyone +to take good care of his visitor's pass. Right beside it was the +announcement of a reward being offered to anyone who could give +information as to the whereabouts of one Antonio Mazaro, an American +citizen and former aviator, who is suspected of being an accomplice in +an international smuggling ring." + +"They must be the smugglers Mr. Nogales told us about at the border," +Nan remarked. + +Walker Jamieson said nothing further. The truth, was, however, that he +had just an hour before received an assignment from a big New York +newspaper to cover certain aspects of this smuggling ring story, and he +was already wondering whether or not it was going to be possible for him +to go on to the Hacienda as he had planned. + +"These Mexicans will never catch anyone, much less a band of American +crooks." Adair MacKenzie looked around again. "Need a couple of good +G-men down here, if they're going to find out anything at all." + +"Think so too," Walker agreed, "they are sending some down, I +understand." + +"You got your nose in the story?" Adair MacKenzie asked abruptly, and +everyone looked at Walker, waiting for his answer. + + + + +CHAPTER XV + +A BULLFIGHT + + +"Oh, always interested in whatever goes on," Walker answered +off-handedly. "You know how it is. See a story breaking, you want to be +in on the kill. Just can't help yourself. Gets in your blood, after +you've worked on any paper for a while. + +"Back four years ago, I went up into northern Canada for a vacation. +Chose that spot because I thought it would be far away from newspapers +and stories of all kinds. I guess I was feeling rather disgusted with +everything and wanted to get away, so when an old newspaper buddy who +had struck out a claim for himself asked me to go up and do a little +prospecting for gold with him, I jumped at the chance. + +"It looked like an ideal set-up. We were to go alone to his cabin which +was miles away from civilization and stay there for the summer. We +stocked up with plenty of food, some books I had been wanting to read +for a long time, and took a radio along. + +"I had a book I wanted to write, something I had started and never +found time to finish. Oh, it was nothing," he added as Nan and the rest +looked impressed. "All newspaper people think that some day they'll +write a book that will take the world by storm. + +"Well, I thought I would finish that, do some prospecting and just have +a nice quiet time for myself. The chap I was going up with was a nice +sort of fellow, quiet like myself. + +"We went by train as far as we could go, and then got an old Indian to +paddle us the rest of the way in a canoe. It was nice going. We took it +leisurely, stopped and fished along the banks of the river, and camped +for three days in a gorgeous spot that seemed as remote from +civilization as any place could possibly be. + +"Things went along quite perfectly until one night--this was after we +had been in the camp for a couple of weeks--there was a radio call +'Plane carrying doctor and infantile paralysis serum to Canadian outpost +in Northwest down. Position approximately'--Oh, I've forgotten what it +was now, but it was not far from our camp. + +"The next morning we were up at daybreak and by the next afternoon we +had located the plane. The pilot was dead, but the doctor, though +suffering from a broken leg and shock, was still living. After we had +fixed him up, we spent the night trying to get the plane's radio to the +point where it would function, so that we could get the news back to +civilization. + +"But things were so radically wrong with it, that my pal finally decided +that he would set out for the nearest outpost, traveling as we had when +we came, walking and by canoe. In the meantime, the doctor was fretting +and stewing because he couldn't get to the station that was in such +urgent need of medical aid, so partly on this insistence, partly because +I'm a stubborn fool when I start out to do anything, I kept tinkering +around with the radio. + +"Finally, the thing came to life, and we were able to get in touch with +the outside world. You know as well as I what happens in such cases. It +wasn't long before I was up to my neck, sending exclusive stories back +to my old sheet and then, when another plane came to take the doctor and +brought with it a whole flock of reporters, I was swamped with work. + +"I grumbled, but I loved it, and when the story died down and I was +called back to work on an assignment that I was more than proud to +accept I was like a kid with a new toy. Never so glad to get back into +harness in my life. + +"I feel now, a little the way I did then. Mexico and the land of manana +spelled romance and rest to me in the city room where I do my daily +stint. But now I want neither of them. I smell a story." + +With this, he sniffed the air as though he was actually trying to get +the direction of the scent. Alice laughed and held her hand on the +handle of the door. "Maybe you do," she said, "but you're not leaving us +today, at least not this minute. Walker Jamieson, we're headed for a +bullfight and you're going along with us whether you want to or not." + +There was no protest, and Walker was glad afterwards when he pieced the +little sections of the plot together that he hadn't struck out on the +trail of the story before that memorable bull-fight. + +"And what's the man with the wheelbarrow doing in the parade?" Nan asked +the question of Walker Jamieson. + +They were all sitting now in the huge arena, "Plaza de Toros," the most +important bull-fighting ring in all Mexico. The place was packed and Nan +thought as she looked out over the people that she had never in her life +seen such a gay colorful crowd, nor one in such an excited mood. + +They were sitting on the shady side of the ring, "Sombra" it was called, +the seats of which cost twice the price of those on the sunny side, or +"Sol." + +It was four o'clock exactly and the cuadrilla or parade that precedes +every bull-fight had just entered the arena. Everyone was standing up +shouting, waving his sombrero, and cheering for his favorite. + +"That's a secret, not to be divulged until later," Walker answered Nan's +question. + +"I didn't know it would be like this," Grace, generally so quiet and +shy, said. Her face was all alight and she was waving the pillow that +had been bought for her to sit on, as were all the rest of the girls and +women in the place. Laura was waving hers too, and so were Bess and Nan +and Amelia. + +Down in the ring below them the parade was marching around. First came a +man on a spirited horse that pranced and danced and bowed its head to +the ground again and again as the rider circled the ring. Then followed +the matadores or bullfighters themselves in brilliant costumes that +proclaimed to everyone that they were the heroes of the hour. It was for +them that pillows were waved and cheers echoed back and forth across the +ring. + +"Oh, they're gorgeous, simply gorgeous," Nan was carried away with the +excitement. "What are they called?" she pointed her finger to a number +of men now riding on horseback and directed her question to Walker. + +"And look, what are they?" Laura turned to him at the same time. She was +pointing to men in white suits, red sashes, and caps who came in on +mules. + +"One at a time, please," Walker laughed at their excitement. "Nan's +first. Those men on horseback are the picadores. Watch them later. And +you, Senorita," he turned to Laura, "you asked about the wise monkeys, +'monosabios' we Mexicans call them. When the fight's over they'll drag +out the dead bull." + +"Oh!" The exclamation was Grace's. She had forgotten that a bullfight +meant that there would be blood and killing. + +Walker looked at her questioningly and then at Alice. "Here was a girl," +the glances they exchanged said, "that would have to be watched at the +killing." + +Now, below them, the horseman leading the procession bowed before the +judge of the bullfight, the formation disbanded, and the ring cleared +for the entrance of the first bull. + +It came in, charging from a door that was opened below the ring, went +bellowing madly across the arena, and charged straight into a target +that maddened it further. + +Now the prettiest, most graceful part of the whole spectacle began. + +Two helpers carrying lovely bright capes stepped from the side into the +arena. One of them waved his cape, attracting the attention of the bull +which came rushing toward the bright moving object. The helper danced +gracefully aside. The bull turned and rushed at him again, putting his +head down and going for him with his horns. But the man was graceful and +daring and teasing and avoided him. + +Now the other helper waved his cape and was equally provocative and the +bull went for him with the same lack of success. + +So they played back and forth, tantalizing the bull, attracting it with +one cape and distracting it with another until it was thoroughly +maddened. + +Then the rider came in on his horse and the rider and the horse teased +the bull further. So it went until the climax when the third and most +important part of the fight began--the actual killing of the bull. + + + + +CHAPTER XVI + +END OF THE FIGHT + + +The ring was in a furor when Bess clutched Nan's arm. "Look, Nan, look," +she said. "It's she. It's Linda. Look, Nan." + +Nan's eyes were riveted on the ring, where the bullfighter with his +spear was waiting for a propitious moment to plunge it into the mad +bleeding animal that was lunging at him. + +"Just a minute, Bess," Nan hadn't heard what her friend had said. The +horror and cruelty and yet the excitement of the scene before her was +holding all her attention. + +Down there before her the bullfighter was fighting a championship fight. +He was playing with the bull, teasing him toward him and then skillfully +dancing away. The end was imminent. The fighter was waiting only for an +opportunity to make the clean, quick plunge that would finish the fight +with one stroke. + +Now, the moment seemed near and everyone, Nan and her friends, and the +more than twenty thousand other people in the great ring stood up, +cheering for the finish. + +The fighter closed in and then drew back to make the lunge, but there +was blood on the ground beneath his feet and he slipped. The bull gave a +mighty roar and went toward him, his horns lowered. The fight had +turned. There could be only one possible end now. Death for the fighter. + +But wait. That fighter is clever. He gracefully pulls aside so the +menacing horns glance across his arm. He jumps up from the ground, pulls +his arm back, and before the bull has had a chance to recover from his +surprise, that fighter is, with one mighty thrust, plunging the spear +straight through the bull's heart. + +There, it's over now. The fighter has fought the fight that will surely +bring him the trophy, a pair of little gold ears. The throng, wild with +excitement, throws hats, scarfs, pillows, everything loose that it can +lay its hands on into the ring as the hero of the hour slowly walks +around and bows with arms thrown out wide as though to embrace the whole +cheering multitude. + +Everything is gay and happy now. Even the man that follows after the +hero and picks up the hats, scarfs, and pillows that litter the ground +and tosses them lightly back to the owners above is laughing. Yes, even +the man that pushed the wheelbarrow in the grand opening procession is +happy, basking in reflected glory, as he trundles his burden around the +ring, sprinkling sawdust over the blood spots. + +It was not until the monosabios, "wise monkeys", came to drag out the +bull, destined now for food for a nearby hospital, that Bess again tried +to attract Nan's attention. + +"Nan, I tell you that that's Linda Riggs down there below us," she said +insistently this time. "Look at the way she's tossing her head and +talking to that man that's next to her. You would think that he was a +prince, a handsome prince, the way she is acting." + +"Why, Bess, you're right. That is Linda." Nan at last drew her eyes away +from the ring and looked at the girl Bess was pointing to. + +"Yes, and I'm sure she saw us a while ago," Laura contributed. She too +had been watching the girl that the Lakeview crowd had grown to dislike +so cordially. "You know the way she always looks around her to see +whether there is anyone she really ought to be decent to, anyone that +might be able to do something for her. Well, she did that when she first +came in. I saw her, but I wasn't going to say anything because I didn't +want to spoil the fun we were having." + +"I'll bet she sneered when she saw us," Bess said. "She's always hated +us and especially since we had the laugh on her on the boat last +summer." + +"Oh, Bess, that wasn't exactly a laugh," Nan protested. "The girl almost +drowned." + +"Yes, and you went and saved her. And what thanks did you get?" Bess +could always be indignant when she thought of Linda Riggs. "You should +have let her alone. I would have. I would have enjoyed seeing the waves +wash her over-board. I would have looked over the rail and laughed when +I saw her screaming and waving her arms and trying to keep herself from +going under." + +"You little fiend!" Nan exclaimed. "How can you say such things?" + +"Because they are true," Bess retorted. "People like her shouldn't be +allowed to clutter up things. She makes everybody that knows her +unhappy, so what good is she anyway? Her father is always trying to get +her out of trouble. Look at her down there now. You can see by the way +she's holding her head that she's mean and proud and deceitful." + +"Bess, be quiet!" Nan warned. "You'll have everyone looking at you. +Linda is a little prig and she does make trouble and I don't like her +any more than you do, but there's no use making things unpleasant +because she's happened to turn up here where we are. Forget her." + +"Forget her!" Bess exclaimed. "You can't forget a thorn that's forever +sticking in your flesh. Trying to forget her doesn't do any good. She +always makes trouble. It's best to watch her so that you will be +prepared for what happens." + +Perhaps Bess was right. Certainly, if at other times Nan and Bess had +been more watchful they might have been able to avoid trouble. But Nan +always believed that there was some good in everyone and she was always +trustful. She felt often that Linda, because of her wealth and the fact +that her mother was dead and her father tried to give her everything she +wanted, was not entirely to blame for her actions. And Bess, well, +Bess's attitude toward Linda had changed considerably since their first +meeting. + +Then Bess had thought that the daughter of the railroad magnate would +be a nice person to have for a friend, for Bess was decidedly impressed +by her wealth, by the way she ordered people around, and the way she +dressed. Bess had even written home in the first days at school and told +her mother that she didn't have at all the proper kind of clothes to +wear, if she was going to chum around with people that amounted to +something. She had Linda in mind when she wrote it, Linda's clothes and +Linda's social position. But Linda had soon shown Bess that there was no +room for her in her world. + +Girls that Linda called friend, if there was any such word in her +vocabulary, had to bow to all her wishes. She liked them only if they +thought everything she did and said was right. No girl could be her +friend and have a will of her own. No girl could be her friend and have +other friends too. Linda wanted to be the very center of everyone's +attention. As a consequence she had no real friends at all. + +Bess never analyzed this to herself, but after one or two attempts to go +around with Linda, she gave up entirely and grew to dislike her very +much, as all the readers of the Nan Sherwood series know. She disliked +her particularly because of the mean things she had done to Nan, for if +Bess had no other outstanding characteristic, she did have a sense of +justice that was almost as strong as Nan's. + +This she had although her sympathies were not as deep nor as +understanding as Nan's. Bess was apt to accept or reject things and +people on account of appearances. Nan never did this. She liked everyone +and had always had some sort of sixth sense that made her look beneath +surfaces and find the true person. Thus she made friends with all sorts +of people. + +This was the reason that Nan led such an adventurous life. This was the +reason everyone liked her. Everyone called Linda snobbish. A few people +called Bess the same. But no one ever thought of applying the word to +Nan. + +And Nan seldom talked about people. So now, as the girls sat in the +arena in Mexico City waiting for the next bullfighter to come into the +ring, Nan was doing her best to quiet her friend. + +"There's no reason whatsoever to get so excited," she said in an +undertone to Bess. "She's sitting way down below us so we won't have to +even talk to her when we go out. We'll be up the stairs and out the exit +before she does. We'll probably never even see her again while we're +here." + +"That's right," Laura agreed, talking in a whisper too. "And though you +might think that you could prepare yourself for what might happen if you +did encounter Linda, you never could. No one ever knows what that girl +might do. And, Elizabeth Harley, you're not smart enough to guess." +Laura being Laura with her red hair and her love for battle couldn't +resist adding this thrust. + +"Well, I could try anyway," Bess retorted. + +"Say, what are you people all talking about so quietly?" Amelia leaned +over and asked now. "Why, you didn't even pay any attention when Mr. +Jamieson took Grace out." + +"Took Grace out!" Nan exclaimed, noticing now for the first time that +two in the party were missing. "Why?" + +"She almost fainted when she saw all the blood streaming from the bull, +so just before he was killed, Walker Jamieson took her by the arm and +said they were going for a walk and would be back soon." + +"I don't blame her," Bess said emphatically. "I would have fainted +myself--" + +"--if you had been watching the bullfight instead of Linda Riggs," Nan +supplied the end of the sentence. + +"I guess you are right," Bess laughed. "That girl certainly does have a +habit of getting in my hair. I'm always on pins and needles whenever she +is around." + +"There, Bessie," Nan tried to smooth her friend's ruffled feelings. +"Just you sit quietly and watch the next fight and you'll feel better. +We'll see that Linda doesn't cross your path." + +"She hadn't better," Bess replied and then did try to devote herself to +watching the next fight on the program. + + + + +CHAPTER XVII + +A HASTY DEPARTURE + + +"Sit quietly and watch a bullfight!" Adair MacKenzie had heard Nan's +counsel to Bess. "Never heard of such a thing. Never saw such a thing +happen. Couldn't possibly sit quietly and watch a bullfight. Too +exciting. Too much blood and gore. No place to bring a woman." + +Adair had been upset by Grace's fainting spell and now he was sorry he +had ever brought the girls here. Already he was casting about in his +mind for something else to do that would wipe the memory of the +unpleasantness of the spectacle out of their minds. He was oblivious of +the fact that none of them outside of perhaps Nan and Amelia had +witnessed the fight with their whole attention. He didn't yet know the +story of Linda. The fact that her presence distracted them consequently +had gone unobserved. + +"Got your things? Come on. We're going now." Abruptly he made up his +mind and plunged into action without further ado. + +"But father," Alice demurred. + +"Don't 'but' me," Adair answered. "We're going to get out of this +outlandish place right away. Can't have you all fainting on my hands. +Ready?" He was already halfway out the row and effectively blocking the +view of the ring of all the people who had seats behind his party. But +it didn't matter to him. In fact, he was so concerned with his own +immediate problem that no one else in the world existed. Now he turned +around again to see if the girls were following him. + +"Fine spectacle for civilized people to put on," he muttered. "Hurry, +you people. Can't be all day getting out of here." + +"That's right." The voice that agreed with him was an American voice and +it startled him. Adair looked up. "What's that?" he asked the question +gruffly. + +"I said, 'that's right,'" the stranger answered. He was sitting about +three rows behind where Adair was standing. + +"What do you mean?" Adair looked more belligerent than ever. + +"I mean you can't be all day getting out of here." The voice in back +answered positively. + +"W-w-why, you old--old--old," Adair spluttered. He could think of no +epithet appropriate and yet forceful enough to call his critic in the +presence of the girls. So his spluttering died away as he brandished his +cane and just stood and looked. + +"Daddy, daddy," Alice put a soft hand on his arm. "Do come. We are +blocking the view." + +"Nothing to see down there anyway," Adair returned. "These Americans," +he went on talking loudly and looking back at the man above him, "come +down here and think they can run everything. Want to tell us to move on. +Who do they think they are anyway?" + +"Sh, daddy." Alice was worried for fear her father would start a fight, +even while she was secretly amused that he was accusing a fellow +countryman of doing the very thing that he was guilty of. "We must get +down and out so that we can find how Grace is," she added tactfully. + +"Well, I'm hurrying just as fast as these Mexicans will let me," Adair +answered. "I always said they were the slowest, most inconsiderate +people in the world." + +Adair was wrong in what he said, and he knew it. As he was now +sputtering about them being inconsiderate, so often he had sputtered +because of their patient consideration for other people. Then he had +said that they were too polite. + +However, Adair prided himself on his willingness to change his mind. +"Only dunces never contradict themselves," he often said. + +Now, Alice and the girls were themselves moving along as fast as they +could behind him, so, though he continued to mutter and even brandish +his cane at others whom he suspected of calling at him in Spanish, he +was soon safely out in the aisle and they all hurried up the stairs and +out. + +"O-o-ooh, but that was close," Laura's eyes were dancing at the +recollection of the scene in the stands as she and Nan stepped out into +the street. + +"Wasn't it though?" Nan was laughing too, now, though at the time, she, +like Alice, had been worried for fear Adair would come to blows with the +American. + +"Two Americans come to blows at a bullfight," Laura said, "and the +bullfight is forgotten." + +"That's just what I was afraid of," Nan whispered. "These people in this +country are so hot-headed that I was afraid there would be a general +riot, before we got out of there. They were all worked up so over the +first fight that they would have entered our private little fray without +any question." + +"That's what I thought too," Laura agreed. "And did you see the +expression on Bess's face?" + +"No," Nan returned, "but I can just imagine what it was like. She hates +scenes of any kind. I do too, but this one was almost funny. Cousin +Adair is so quick tempered that he glides in and out of trouble with the +greatest of ease." + +"Doesn't he though?" Amelia contributed. "It fascinates me when I see +one of his explosions coming. Every time he opens his mouth, he gets in +deeper." + +"That is funny when you see it happen to someone else," Laura agreed +somewhat ruefully. "But when it happens to you, if you have a sensitive +soul, like mine, it's pretty embarrassing." Laura was in earnest, for +her quick tongue often did its work before she had a chance to stop it. +"Oh Laura," her mother had more than once shaken her head over her +daughter's failing, "you need to count to a hundred at least when you +feel your cheeks flushing and your head getting hot with anger. And you +need to button your mouth up tight, or you'll always be terribly +unhappy." + +Laura thought of this now, and giggled. + +"Well, I don't know what's so funny," Bess remarked. She still felt +irritated at what had happened. "Maybe if you had seen Linda Riggs +looking around at us, you wouldn't be giggling the way you are. I wish I +could have just gone right through that floor." + +"But it was concrete and you couldn't." Laura pretended to be very +practical. + +"That is, not without hurting herself," Amelia appended. + +"Oh, it isn't funny." Bess was genuinely upset. She would have hated the +scene anyway, and when it occurred in Linda's presence, she hated it +doubly. "You should have seen the look of pity and disgust and triumph +on her face when she saw that it was our party that was making all the +fuss," Bess went on, growing more vehement the more she talked. "It was +positively humiliating." + +More than any of the others, Bess cared about what other people thought +of her. Always conscious of herself and eager to make a good impression, +she was always upset when things went wrong at all. When they did not +run just according to the way she thought they should, in public +especially, she felt like hiding her head and running. "It's the way I +am and I can't help it," she retorted once when Nan accused her of being +over-sensitive, and so she never made the proper effort to overcome her +failing. + +"Who cares what Linda thinks?" Laura said airily as Walker and Grace +joined the party, and the incident was forgotten, for the moment, while +everyone made a fuss over Grace. + +"You're just a sissy," Laura teased. "See a little bit of blood and you +go off in a faint. What will you do when we start dissecting things in +biology at school next fall?" + +"I don't know." Grace looked worried as though she was going to have to +do the dissecting right away. + +"Tut! Tut! We'll worry about that when the time comes," Adair MacKenzie +answered as though it was his problem to be handled in due course. "How +are you now?" He looked at Grace closely while he asked the question. +"Feeling all right again, are you?" He spoke gently, as he might have +spoken to Alice, his daughter, and a warm feeling of sympathy toward him +went through all those standing around. + +"Why," Nan said afterward, and Bess had to agree, "I believe he was +irritable up in the stands because he was worried about Grace." + +"I suppose so." Bess was much less tolerant of other people's failings +than her friend. "But that was no excuse for him to get all riled up. I +can't forget the way Linda looked." + +"Bessie, forget it." Nan spoke sharply. "It's not important at all. It +doesn't matter what Linda thinks of us. And it is important that we not +criticise Cousin Adair. After all, we are his guests." + +"You are right," Bess agreed. She could, on occasion, be generous in +yielding when she knew she was in the wrong. + +As they talked these things over, the whole party walked toward the +waiting car. Again, it was a voice from the United States that arrested +them, but one more softly spoken than that they had heard in the +grandstands. + +"I beg your pardon," it said. Nan and her Lakeview Hall companions +looked up startled. The speaker who had accosted them was accompanied by +none other than Linda Riggs! + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII + +LINDA PERFORMS AN INTRODUCTION + + +"I beg your pardon." Linda Riggs' companion spoke again, "but could you +direct us to Avenida Chapultepec?" + +Before anyone could answer Linda rushed over to Nan and took her by the +arm. "Why, Nancy Sherwood!" she exclaimed as though Nan was the best +friend she had in the world. "I'm so surprised to see you here. When did +you arrive? Isn't this city just perfectly gorgeous? More quaint, don't +you think, than anything we saw in Europe?" + +Nan was at a loss as to what to say. Deep within her she was entirely +out of patience with the situation. Linda was being disgustedly +affected. She was talking slowly, dragging her vowels and gesturing with +her hands, acting as a person twice her age might act and even then be +nauseous. But Linda disregarded Nan's coolness. + +"And you, Bess," Linda turned to Elizabeth Harley. "Imagine seeing you +here. Isn't it all too romantic for words, a whole crowd of Lakeview +Hall people meeting in this far-off corner of the globe. The most +astounding things do happen, don't they?" + +"Yes, they do," Laura remarked dryly, looking Linda up and down as she +did so. + +"And you, Laura Polk. Why, you are all together, I do believe." Linda +acted as though she had made a brilliant observation. She was having a +difficult time, even for her, in the situation, for her effusions were +being received rather coldly to say the least. + +"I'd like to have you meet my friend, Arthur Howard," she went on, +forcing Nan to introduce her and her companion to her cousin and Alice. + +"Hm! Glad to meet you." Adair MacKenzie said abruptly. "Got to be going +now. Sorry, don't know the way to Avenida whatever-it-was-you-said. +Can't keep any of these streets straight in my mind. They're all mixed +up." With this, he summarily herded his daughter, Nan, Laura, Bess, and +Amelia toward the car where Walker Jamieson and Grace who had gone on +alone together were waiting. Linda and her companion were thus left +behind. + +"Nan," Grace hardly waited until the girls were in the car beside her +before she asked the question, "was that Linda Riggs that you were +talking to out there?" + +"None other," Laura answered. "And why are you giggling so, Bess. A few +moments ago you were all hot and bothered about Linda and now you're +laughing. Will you please make up your mind about what you're thinking." + +"Oh, it's so funny." Bess was off again. "Did you see the way she looked +when Mr. MacKenzie walked away so suddenly. I do believe that she +thought we would fall all over her the way she was falling all over us. +Oh, dear, did that do my heart good!" Bess sounded positively gleeful. + +"Mine too." Laura was laughing with her. + +"And do you remember," Bess went on, "how, when Mr. MacKenzie analyzed +all of us when he first met us, we wished that some day he would have +the chance to do it to Linda. Well, that wish almost came true down +there. I do believe that if we had stayed a moment longer he would have +done it. I was hoping--" + +"Elizabeth Harley! I thought you didn't like Cousin Adair," Nan, too, +was tickled at the whole situation. + +"Oh, I do now," Bess capitulated. "I just love him. Do you know that's +the first time since we've known her, that we've seen her as embarrassed +as she makes us sometimes. How I wish we had stayed just a moment +longer." + +"What's this about your just loving someone?" Adair turned around to +join in the conversation. + +Bess blushed. + +"Well, all I can say is," he went on when she failed to answer. "I hope +it's not that girl back there that we just met that you're being so +enthusiastic about. Don't like her at all myself. No character. She's +snippy. She's deceitful. Can't even talk without putting on airs. Can't +stand her. Hope she's no friend of yours." He turned to Nan as he said +this last. + +Nan shook her head and said nothing further. She felt, and rightly so, +that it was unnecessary to discuss Linda among people who did not know +her. This was a consideration that Linda would never have shown Nan. In +fact, time and again, Linda had purposely attempted to blacken Nan's +character in front of strangers. This was one reason that Bess, loyal as +she was to Nan, disliked Linda so much. + +"Can't tolerate people who are affected," Adair MacKenzie went on +blustering as the car drove out into the street. "And didn't like that +man she was with either. He didn't have a very honest look about him." + +"But he was nice-looking." Bess let the words out before she realized +what she was doing, and the wrath of Adair MacKenzie descended upon her. + +"Nice-looking! That's all you think of. Nice-looking, bah! Can't judge +people by their looks. It's what's in their eyes and their hearts that +counts. Have to see that before you can accurately decide what they are. +Anybody can dress up and make a good appearance. You, Bessie," he +lowered his tone at a look from Alice, "you've got to learn something +about true values before you get much older. You're a nice sort of girl, +but you put too much emphasis on money and worldly goods. You'll have to +be taught sometime that they are not so important as you think. + +"That goes for all of you," he ended, sweeping them all with his glance. +"You've all had easy lives, so you don't know yet, really, what's worth +while and what isn't." + +"Now, that girl back there," he resumed his talk after a few moments of +silence, "she has no conception what-so-ever of worth. What's her name, +anyway?" he asked. + +"Linda Riggs," Nan answered. + +"Not the daughter of the railroad king?" + +"That's right." Nan nodded her head. + +"Knew him, when he was a young fellow," Adair paused, remembering his +own youth. "He was a nice chap then. Can't understand how he could have +reared such a poor excuse for a daughter. We belonged to the same +college fraternity. He was president of it at one time I think. Always +helping people out. Everybody liked him. That's how he happened to get +on in the world the way he did. Met up with someone who had lots of +dough and no son to carry on the family name. Riggs seemed to fill the +bill, so the wealthy old codger took him into his business and taught +him the ropes. + +"Riggs wore well, and when the old man died he inherited the fortune. +Sounds like a fairy story, but those things happen. Jamieson here must +know the tale." + +Walker nodded in agreement. "Do. Interviewed the old bird one time under +particularly difficult circumstances. There was a big railroad merger +story about to break, and nobody wanted to talk. I got wind of it +through a hot tip from a stooge in New York. Tried everything in order +to get the story, and finally in desperation went to Riggs himself. It +was rumored that he had the controlling interest in the stock. I had to +go through a dozen secretaries before I finally got to him. + +"Then he didn't want to talk either. However, some little thing I said +in passing, captured his fancy, and before I knew it, I was laying all +my cards on the table and he was putting them together so that they made +sense. When we were finished, I realized that I had one of the biggest +stories of the year and was about to grab my hat and run out to put it +on the wires, when he put out a restraining hand. 'Sorry,' he said, 'but +I must ask you to keep this quiet for twenty-four hours longer. If you +promise, I assure you that no one else will get the release until your +paper has the scoop all sewed up.' + +"In a way I was up a tree, because I knew that if the story had leaked +out to me, someone else was very likely to get wind of it too. I +hesitated. He stuck out his hand as though to shake mine and he did it +in such a frank friendly fashion, that I agreed to what he asked, even +though I knew it was a dumb thing to do under the circumstances. + +"But there was something about the man that inspired confidence and +regard." + +"Lived up to the agreement, didn't he?" Adair said positively. + +"Sure did," Walker assented, "and under difficulty too. Just as I +suspected, some other paper did get wind of the story and sent one of +their ace men out to get the details. Riggs let him in, quizzed him to +find out what he knew, excused himself, and then called me to tell me +that the time was up, that I'd better shoot the yarn right through if I +wanted to scoop the rest of the dailies. + +"Well, after he did that, he went back into his office and told the +other reporter the whole story he had told me. It took him three hours +to tell it, and when my competitor came out of the office our extras +were already on the street." + +"That was the Midwestern merger, wasn't it?" Adair questioned. + +"Right!" Jamieson agreed. "Remember it, don't you? But you chits," he +turned his attention to the girls who had been listening with their +customary attention to his tale, "you wouldn't remember. You were hardly +out of your cradles then. Nan here was probably still creeping around in +rompers. Bess, well, Bess probably didn't creep, that was too dirty for +her, but she was probably beginning to put her hands up to her father +and saying, 'gimme'." + +This brought a laugh from everyone, including Adair MacKenzie. + +"Can't understand," he returned to the question of Linda, "how a girl +with a father like Riggs could be such an obnoxious person." + +"Oh, there are lots of explanations," Walker answered. "I happen to know +that his wife died when the girl was just a baby. He was all broken up +and turned to the child for comfort. Guess he lavished all his attention +on her and spoiled her." + +"Sounds plausible," Adair agreed, and then looked at Alice. "See how I +ruined my daughter with kindness," he twitted. "Let her get out of hand +completely. Now I can't do anything with her." + +"Want to get rid of her?" Walker winked at Alice, as he asked the +question. + +"What's that?" Adair was startled. + +"Oh, nothing, dad," Alice frowned at Walker. "Where are we going now." + +"Don't know." Adair took out his watch as he shook his head. He +frowned. "Guess we can make it though," he continued, laughing with the +others at his own inconsistency. + + + + +CHAPTER XIX + +FLOATING GARDENS + + +"Xochimilco or place of flowers. How lovely," Nan spoke softly in the +presence of the beauty before her. + +Adair MacKenzie in his desire to introduce the girls to something that +would make them forget the bullfight had brought them to one of the +prettiest places in all Mexico. Now, he was looking exceedingly pleased +with himself. + +"Oh, daddy," Alice too was thrilled at the spectacle before them. "Many, +many times I've heard of the floating gardens of Mexico and I've always +wanted to see them." + +"Well, there they are," Adair said as off-handedly as possible under the +circumstances. "Now you see them." + +They laughed at his matter-of-factness. + +"If you will allow me," Walker Jamieson who had deserted the party +immediately after the car had been parked, now brought a canoe he had +rented and paddled up one of the many canals before them to a stop at +their feet. He stood up and held out his arm to Alice. + +"Fair lady, you come first." He said as he helped her in and assisted +her to a seat opposite him. "And now, Nan." So one after the other he +helped the members of the party to places in the large canoe. + +"H-h-hm," Adair MacKenzie cleared his throat as he seated his bulk. +"Now, I'd say this is more in keeping with what young ladies should +like. How about it?" He addressed his question to Grace who was beaming +beside him. + +She nodded in agreement. + +Everyone was completely happy as Walker pushed the canoe off. So the +rest of the afternoon was whiled away in paddling lazily through the +flower-bordered canals. + +"Why are they called floating gardens?" Nan addressed her question to +Walker who seemed a fountainhead of information about all sorts of +things. + +"Simply because they float," Walker answered as he disentangled his +paddle from some lily stems along the side. + +"But you can't actually see them move," Nan said as she peered earnestly +at one of the many islands. + +"No, you can't, now," Walker agreed. "But there was a time, Miss +Curiosity, ages ago when these beautiful gardens actually did float from +place to place, a time when you didn't know from one day to the next +just where you'd wake up and find a certain particularly beautiful one." + +"Why?" The subject was an intriguing one and Nan wanted to know all +about it. + +"Oh, they say," Walker continued quietly, "that the earth of the gardens +lies on interlacing twigs. Naturally before the water filled in as it is +now, these twigs moved with the current and carried their burden of +earth and flowers along with them. + +"This was always a beautiful spot," he continued, "even back before the +Aztecs found the eagle on the cactus and conquered the region and +settled their capitol. When they did all this and found themselves with +leisure on their hands, the nobles made of this place a playground, and +the Aztec papa and mama came here with the Aztec child for Sunday +picnics. + +"Today, if I hadn't been as energetic as I am," he paused and grinned at +the snort that this brought forth from Alice's father, "a descendant of +these same Aztecs, who still, by the way, speaks the tongue of his +forefathers, would have been plying this gondola. The Aztecs still live +around here and still preserve many of the ancient customs of their +people." + +He rested the paddle on the side of the canoe as he finished and, as +water dripped from it making little rings in the canal, he sat idly +dreaming. The canoe drifted along and came to rest under an over-hanging +willow. No one spoke. It was a magic moment, for the sun was setting and +sending low rays over the water. Tropical birds were singing +full-throated songs and in the distance they could hear, faintly, the +sound of music. + +Finally, Alice spoke. "It can't be very different," she said, "than it +was centuries ago. For the same exotic flowers ran wild here then that +do now, and the same birds sang. How queer that makes me feel. Century +after century has unrolled and yet this is the same." + +"I know." Walker looked across at her. "Makes you feel, doesn't it, that +time isn't so important after all, that a philosophy in which 'manana' +is the all-important word is perhaps not such a bad one after all." + +"Here, here," Adair MacKenzie broke the spell. "Don't go preaching that +manana business to these girls. They are lazy enough as it is. Look at +them now, will you?" + +In truth, the girls did all look comfortable and lazy, entirely at peace +with themselves and the world and not at all like the busy energetic +beings that they were at school. + +"The world doesn't seem real, does it?" Nan looked at Bess as she made +this observation. + +"No," Bess answered. "Not real at all. This, I believe, is the most +romantic spot we have ever been in." + +"Yes," Nan agreed idly, and for some reason or other her thoughts +drifted back towards home and school and then to Walter, Grace's +brother. + +"I've been meaning to tell you," Grace broke in on her train of thought +as though she knew what had been going on in Nan's mind. "Mother said in +that letter I got at Wells Fargo's this morning that she had consented +to let Walter go on a motor trip through the West and Mexico with his +Spanish teacher." + +"Yes." Nan's voice betrayed her interest, and she was conscious as she +spoke that all the girls were suddenly more alert. The piece of news was +one they were interested in too. + +"It seems," Grace went on, pleased that she had the attention of +everyone, "that every year he takes a group down through this district +so that they can hear Spanish spoken by the people whose tongue it is. +Walter likes Spanish and so he's going along with them." + +"When will he be here," Bess asked the question which she knew Nan +wanted to ask but wouldn't in face of the interest that everyone was +showing in the matter. + +"Oh, mother wasn't sure," Grace answered. "It all depends on so many +things. They'll be gone the whole summer and will linger at the places +the boys seem to like the best. It seems that the teacher leaves the +itinerary almost entirely up to them." + +"Sounds like fun." Nan tried to be casual and general as she spoke, but +she didn't altogether succeed. + +"What's all this about?" Adair MacKenzie had caught the drift of the +conversation. "Who is this Walter anyway?" + +"He is Grace's brother," Nan answered. + +"Yes?" Adair was not to be put off so easily. + +"And he went with us to Rose Ranch a few summers ago and met us in +London with Grace's mother and dad last year." Nan thought it would be +better for her to answer the questions. + +"Hm-m-m. Think I understand." Adair appeared to be devoting much thought +to this "understanding" business for he said nothing further for a +while. Finally, as though he suddenly remembered what they had been +talking about, he returned to the subject. + +"Why can't the young hoodlums--I have no doubt but what they are young +hoodlums, all boys are--stop at the hacienda with us for a few days?" he +asked. + +Grace's face beamed at this. "Why, how nice!" she exclaimed, "but just +think, there will be five of them at least." + +"What of it?" Adair dismissed this as an objection. "Got lots of room. +We'll make a party of it when they come and serve them a real Mexican +meal." Adair seemed to have forgotten entirely that he personally +despised Mexican cooking. "Hot tamales, tortillas, everything." He waved +his hand grandly as though the whole world would be at the disposal of +the boys for the asking. + +"Like boys anyway," Adair went on. "Girls are a nuisance. Always +fainting. Oh, it doesn't matter," he glossed over this last part of +conversation as he saw the blood mounting to Grace's cheeks. "Just like +to have boys around." He ended rather weakly. "Now, let's see. It's +getting pretty dark, better move on." He motioned to Walker who +obediently took the paddle in hand and began the leisurely journey back. + + + + +CHAPTER XX + +GOOD-BY TO MEXICO CITY + + +"Oh, yesterday was a grand day!" Nan stretched her arms wide and high as +she sat up in her bed the next morning. + +"Yes, wasn't it?" Bess rolled over in her bed and looked at Nan. "It was +just full of surprises. I don't know what I liked the best." + +"I do," Nan said promptly. + +"What?" + +"Oh, Cousin Adair. I think he's a darling." + +"He'd probably roar a mighty roar if he heard you say that," Bess +laughed at the prospect, "but you know, I quite agree with you, even if +it isn't my friend that he has invited to stop at the hacienda." + +"But Walter's a friend to all of us," Nan protested. + +"Yes, yes, of course," Bess agreed. "He's a friend to all of us and a +particular friend to you." + +"Bessie, if this big pillow wasn't so soft," Nan looked at the pillow +she was holding in her hand speculatively, "I'd heave it over at you so +fast that you wouldn't know what had struck you." + +"That's all right, Nancy," Bess laughed. "I understand. You don't like +to be teased." + +"Wasn't it fun last night?" Nan changed the subject completely. + +"What was fun?" Bess could remember so many nice things that she really +didn't know which one Nan was talking about. + +"Dinner on the bank of the canal at Xochimilco," Nan answered promptly. +"I'll never forget it. The lights. The flowers. The music. Who would +ever think to look at him and hear him talk that Cousin Adair would be +romantic enough to think up anything like that?" + +"I know it." Bess idly watched an insect that was buzzing around the +room. "I was much surprised. Then I began to wonder if it wasn't Walker +Jamieson's idea after all. You know he has a clever way of suggesting +things to your cousin, so that when your cousin decides what to do it +appears as though he thought up the idea originally." + +"Why, Bess." Nan appeared to be horrified at the thought. + +"Oh, you know it's so." Bess looked over at Nan. "It's lots of fun to +watch him do it. Do you know, sometimes I think that he's almost clever +enough to make Mr. MacKenzie think that the idea of his marrying Alice +was his, Mr. MacKenzie's I mean, originally. Do you suppose?" + +"Bess, if you don't stop speculating about that, I don't know what I'm +going to do to you." Nan laughed. "You know you might spoil everything +by talking about it," she ended seriously. "For all you know the idea +has never once entered Walker Jamieson's head." + +Bess hooted at this. "Don't you ever think that," she said finally, +"because it isn't true and you know it isn't." + +"Say, what are you two people doing in bed at this hour?" Laura stuck +her head in the doorway and inquired. "Don't you know that it's long +past time to get up." + +"Oh, bed's so nice," Nan answered, "I just hate to get up." + +"Well, all I can say is," Laura finished before she closed the door, +"the temperature downstairs is slightly chilly, and if you know what's +good for you, you'll be out of there in a jiffy." + +"Right-o." Nan jumped up at this bit of information. "Hi! Laura," she +called after her friend, "come back here a minute. Was there any mail +this morning," she asked as Laura's red head reappeared. + +"Nothing for us," Laura answered, "but your cousin got something that +made him blow up. That's why I'm telling you to hurry. I gather from +certain orders I overheard him giving the chauffeur that he wants to +start immediately, if not sooner, for the hacienda." + +"Really?" Bess asked, as she too jumped out of bed. "You mean we are +going to leave Mexico City today." + +"That's the impression I'm trying hard to convey," Laura responded. "And +I think that if you two lugs want any breakfast at all, you better get a +hustle on." With this she closed the door definitely and disappeared. + +Needless to say, Nan and Bess hurried as they had not hurried for a long +time. "Getting ready for an early morning class in the winter has +nothing on this," Bess laughed as she tied a bright three-cornered scarf +around her neck and pulled it in place. + +"I'll say it hasn't," Nan agreed, quickly tying the laces in her white +oxfords. "A lick and a promise and we're ready to go." With this she +bounded across the room and opened the door wide for her friend. + +"Such energy!" Bess exclaimed as though horrified. She was never one to +be as exuberant as Nan. She was always more dignified and more correct. +Nan was more natural and more full of fun. She did what she liked to do, +for the most part, simply because it was fun. Bess was more apt to do +things because other people did them. Nan was a leader, and Bess, the +follower. That was, perhaps, the reason they had been friends for so +long. They were alike in some respects, but totally different in others. + +Now, as they came down the broad stairway of the big hotel lobby +together, this difference was most plain. Adair MacKenzie, pacing up and +down the lobby even as he did in his office when he was at work, stopped +to look at them. + +"She'll get by," he thought with satisfaction as he noted Nan's bright +face and free, graceful walk. "'bout time you two made your appearance," +he said aloud and assumed a grim appearance. "Finished a day's work +myself already. Guess it's another to get you people started." + +"Started?" Nan questioned. + +"Can't stay here all the time." Adair answered her question. "Anyway, I +just got word that the housekeeper is arriving tomorrow and I've got to +get down there and have things straightened around before she puts in an +appearance. These ornery housekeepers, you know, have to be babied. If +you don't, they leave every time you turn around. Someday, someone will +invent a robot that will do the work, and then--" + +"You won't have a housekeeper to scold anymore, daddy," Alice +interrupted and finished for him. + +"Serve her right," Adair answered as though the housekeeper would be the +loser. "Can't see that she's any good anyway." + +"So we're leaving." Walker Jamieson joined the rest in the lobby. He had +been out for an early morning walk and looked fresh and full of life as +he came in. "Got your camera, Nan?" he turned to her when he spoke. + +"Upstairs," Nan answered. + +"Let's take a few pictures," Walker suggested. In the face of Adair's +morning state, this seemed a daring thing to suggest, and Nan looked at +Adair to see his reaction. He seemed not to be listening. + +"Run along," Alice gave Nan a little shove. "Dad's going to be busy for +the next half hour or so, finishing up some business here, so if we +hurry, we can take all the pictures we want to." + +At this Nan did go upstairs for her camera. She was anxious enough to, +but she had hesitated because she never liked to be the one to arouse +her cousin. + +Now, she almost petted the camera as she returned with it. She loved it +and was already looking forward to the day when she could own one +herself, for she had made up her mind, since Walker had been giving her +instructions to learn all she possibly could about taking pictures. This +was the reason she took pictures of everyone and everything she saw +until Walker declared that the authorities would be questioning her on +suspicion that she was a spy of some sort. + +"Me, a spy?" Nan laughed at the thought. + +"Well, you do look harmless," Walker agreed, "but then strange things do +happen, especially to people who spend all their time taking pictures. +How many have you got now?" + +"Oh, I don't know," Nan laughed. + +"Come on, 'fess up'," Walker urged. + +"Let's see there must be a dozen rolls upstairs," Nan admitted. "It will +cost a fortune to develop them, won't it?" + +"What do you say to my buying some developer and pans and whatever else +is needed and taking them along to the hacienda with us?" Walker asked. +"We could develop all your films there then, for practically nothing." + +"I'd like that," Nan agreed enthusiastically, "but I thought you had +some big story you were going to work on down there." + +"Oh, that can wait." Walker Jamieson acted as though stories did wait +for people and laughed at himself while he did it. "Anyway it will +only take a jiffy to teach you all I know about the photography +business." + +"All right then," Nan agreed. + +So it came about that Nan and Walker went to the hacienda supplied with +everything to develop pictures. How fortunate this was! But then that +story belongs to later chapters. + +"Well, eagle eye, how's the camera working this morning?" Laura inquired +as Nan and Walker went out into the lovely patio of their hotel. "Want +to take some pictures of me draped around one of those tall white +pillars?" + +"Do one of you strung from that balcony, up there, kid," Walker offered +generously. + +"Thank you, kind sir," Laura replied graciously, "but since I'm going to +need my neck for a little while longer, I must refuse--with regret of +course." + +"On second thought, perhaps that is best," Walker agreed. "It would be a +shame to spoil this lovely scene this fine morning." + +"It is pretty, isn't it?" Nan looked about her with great satisfaction. +The patio or courtyard so familiar to Spain is a part of the Mexican +scene too, and this one where Nan was taking pictures was particularly +lovely with its gay flowers, deep green foliage, and pond all surrounded +by the pinkish colored walls of the hotel itself. + +"Oh, but I hate to leave all this," Nan remarked when the pictures were +taken and she and Laura and Walker were returning to the hotel lobby. + +"And so do we," the other girls chorused, as the party all came +together. + +"Ah, you go, but you return." Walker sounded quite poetic as he said +this. "And then, remember, you have no conception of the adventures the +hacienda holds in store for you." + +"Have you?" The girls looked suspiciously at Walker, when Nan asked this +question. + +His answer was a mysterious look. + + + + +CHAPTER XXI + +THE HACIENDA + + +"That must be it over there," Walker Jamieson pointed to a low rambling +building nestled among the hills, as the car swung around a curve in the +road. + +The party had, despite sundry irritating delays, left Mexico City in the +middle of the forenoon, and now, as evening approached they did sight +the hacienda, their destination and proposed home for the summer. + +"About time," Adair MacKenzie said curtly. "Hundred miles from Mexico +City. Humph! That's what they told me in Memphis. Hundred miles maybe, +as the crow flies, but on this treacherous piece of bandit-infested +highway it's at least two hundred." + +He looked about him, as he finished, as though he was daring someone to +gainsay him. No one accepted the dare. + +"What's the matter?" he surveyed the silent group. "All worn out?" +Again, there was no answer. + +"Say, you," he looked directly at Nan now, "are you backing down on +your old cousin? Don't know what's happened," he continued. "Can't even +get anyone to fight with me any more." He really sounded pathetic. + +At this, the whole group broke down in laughter. + +"What is this?" Adair laughed too now, but his face bore a puzzled +expression. + +"Nothing, dad." Alice wiped the tears from her eyes. + +"Don't say nothing to me, child." Adair brandished his cane as though he +was going to take Alice over his knee and spank her. "What were you +trying to do," he jumped to the correct conclusion immediately, "give me +the silent treatment?" + +Alice nodded her head half guiltily, half roguishly. The idea had been +hers. + +"Your mother tried that years ago," Adair reminisced. "It didn't work +then, and it's not working now. It's better to give me an opportunity to +explode," he advised. "Volcanoes have to erupt or something terrible +happens." + +"That's what I said, sir." Walker Jamieson agreed with the old man. + +"You mean to say, to sit right there and say," Adair exploded "that you +had the gall to liken me to a volcano?" + +Walker nodded his head in agreement. + +"You-you-you, why, I like you!" Adair thrust out his hand and shook that +of the young reporter. "You say what you think no matter how dire the +consequences. Maybe you're not such a bad reporter after all." He said +this as though he was making a great concession. + +"Yes, sir. No, sir." Walker hardly knew what to say in the face of all +this unexpectedness. + +"Now, come on here," Adair turned around and addressed this to the +driver. "Can't this old jallopie do more than 15 miles an hour even when +it sees its berth in the distance." He too, pointed to the white +buildings that stood out from the green foliage around them. + +"Not a bad looking place, from here." He went on contentedly. "Supposed +to be one of the finest in the district, but you never can tell about +such comparisons. Been fooled too many times to believe much of what I +hear now. Take everything with a grain of salt. + +"Hear that, girl?" He turned to Nan. "Best always not to believe what +you hear. Discount at least fifty percent and then draw your own +conclusions. That right, Jamieson?" + +Walker nodded his head in complete agreement. It was one of the first +lessons he had learned as a cub reporter. + +Now, as they talked, the car climbed a steep hill. At the top, they +turned to the right and came upon the hacienda. + +"How perfectly lovely!" Alice's face was all aglow as she caught her +first real glimpse of the place. The buildings were in Spanish style of +a stucco material of a color bordering on the pink. There were iron +balconies, large windows, and a courtyard or patio complete with palms, +a fountain, and seats. + +The girls had thought that there could be nothing in the world so pretty +as the patio in their hotel in Mexico City, but here already was one +that surpassed it. + +"Humph!" Adair MacKenzie was as pleased as the others at his first sight +of the place, but more cautious than they and more reluctant to let his +real feelings be known, he let his "Humph!" be his only comment as he +descended from the car and walked with the others through the archway +into the courtyard. + +There crowds of natives awaited the arrival of the new master, and the +overseer of the place hurried forth to greet him. + +"Eet ees a pleasure, senor," he said as he took Adair's hand and bowed +deeply. The rest in the party smiled and hung back at this bit of +Mexican courtesy. Walker grinned broadly. + +"You, Senorita, are next," he whispered in Alice's ear. "Are you +prepared to have your hand kissed by a servant who would consider it an +honor to die in your service?" + +"Be still," Alice murmured, and then smiled as the overseer did come +forward, take her hand and bow deeply. "Buenos dias, senorita," he +greeted her. "May your stay here be as pleasant to you as your honoring +us with your presence has been to us." + +"Come on, now," Adair was always impatient with the elaborate courtesies +of the south, impatient probably because he never felt at ease with +them. "I always suspect," Alice laughed once when she and Walker were +talking about Adair's abruptness, "that he's more than a little afraid +that some day some one of these strangers will break down and kiss him +on the cheek." + +"I wonder what he would do?" Walker paused in speculation. + +"You might try it yourself, sometime, and find out," Alice retorted. + +"Do you want to have me ousted bag and baggage from your presence, fair +lady?" Walker questioned, but Alice never had a chance to answer, for +just at that moment her father came upon the two and demanded all their +attention. + +Alice smiled over this in recollection now as they went through the +door of the main building and into a spacious entrance hall with its big +winding stairway, its high-beamed ceiling, and its pretty tiled floor. +Walker caught the smile and guessed at its origin, but he said nothing +as they were all escorted up the broad steps to their quarters. + +"Ours, all ours?" Bess questioned when the Lakeview Hall girls were +conducted to a suite of five rooms overlooking on one side the patio and +the other, a river, broad fields, and mountains in the distance. + +"Si, si, Senoritas," the smiling Mexican maid, Soledad, who was to be +theirs during their stay, hadn't understood the question, but "Si, si," +seemed the proper answer. Now she bustled about trying to help them +until her curiosity as to what was going on downstairs got the better of +her and on some slight pretext she left. + +"Just think of it!" Bess exclaimed when she had disappeared. "A whole +suite of rooms of our own, a maid, and everything, oh, everything we can +wish for. It's a magic country and Adair MacKenzie is the presiding +genie." + +"Well, he is in one way," Laura admitted dryly. "When he waves his wand +things happen." + +"Yes, and he goes up in smoke," Nan added. + +"Right," Laura laughed, "and there's no one that can do it more +expertly." + +Alone now, the girls went from one to another of their rooms enjoying +everything. Even Grace, accustomed as she was to luxury, was greatly +impressed. She had never been in a house like this before. + +The rooms were big and spacious with heavy oaken furniture, thick rugs, +tapestries, and beds so high that it was necessary to climb up a little +ladder in order to get to them. Each room had big double windows opening +out onto the patio. + +Bess stood out on hers and looked down on the courtyard below where +maids were already busy setting a table under a tree centuries old. "Do +they ever serenade people here," she directed her question toward those +inside. + +"I hear that they do, sometimes," Nan called back. "But you have to wait +for a clear night, with a sky that's blue as blue can be, a moon big and +silver, shining low over these pretty buildings, and stars that are +bigger and closer to earth than any you have ever seen." + +"Why, Nan Sherwood," Bess came into the room now. "Where did you learn +all these things?" + +"Oh," Nan shrugged her shoulders, "this atmosphere gets into your blood +and you just can't help yourself. There is only one regret that I have." + +"And that?" Bess couldn't imagine anyone having any regrets at this +time. The world seemed just perfect to her now. + +"That Rhoda isn't here with us," Nan replied promptly. She had been +thinking of Rhoda a great deal in the past few days that had been such +fun. + +"I know," Grace agreed with Nan softly. "I have been thinking of her +too. We should be hearing from her now in a few days because in those +last letters that we sent we told her to direct all future mail to this +place." + +"I wonder how you get your mail here," Laura said. "Do you suppose a +Mexican caballero comes dashing up on a donkey, sweeps his hat in a wide +arc toward the ground, and then deposits the bills and things as though +they were special messages from the king of Spain?" + +"Oh, Laura, don't be silly," Bess was taking her romance seriously and +didn't want it to be spoiled with laughter. "Do you suppose," she turned +to Nan now, "that all those people that we saw down there in the +courtyard live on this estate." + +"Probably those and many more," Nan assented, "but we'll have to wait +for the tour of the estate that's been promised before we know for sure. +And there are a million other things, at least that I want to know +about." + +"Me too," Laura agreed, and the rest chimed in, for this Mexican +hacienda was something that captured the imagination of all of them. + + + + +CHAPTER XXII + +STUBBORN FOOLS + + +"Oh, Bess, you should see yourself now," Nan laughed the next morning. +It was early and the girls were all mounted on mules as they passed +through the archway of the patio and out into the gardens with their +huge palms and brilliant flowers and birds. + +"Feel like a fool myself," Adair grumbled as he tried to adjust his +position on the beast he was riding. And truly, he was a ridiculous +figure. + +"Well, dad," Alice pretended that she was trying to mollify him, "you +just weren't made to ride a mule. Nor were you," she looked at Walker +Jamieson's long dangling legs as she spoke. + +"Nor you either," Walker retorted laughing. "You're too little. Hey, +you," he broke off his conversation with Alice quickly and called to +Nan, "don't do that." + +"What?" Nan asked innocently. + +"You know. Don't look so innocent." + +"Nan Sherwood!" Bess guessed at what Walker was driving at. "You're not +taking pictures of us in _these_ outfits are you?" + +"She not only is, but she has," Walker answered before Nan could say +anything. "I saw her sliding that little camera back into its case." + +"Nan, please," Alice joined in the protest, "have mercy on us and think +how our children and grandchildren will laugh if they ever see pictures +of us riding mule-back. We're all perfect sights." + +But Nan had already taken the pictures, so the protests came too late. +Now it was Adair MacKenzie who diverted their attention. "Get along +there. Get a move on, you slow poke." Adair was kicking the sides of his +mule with real force. But the mule was accustomed to such treatment and +he only raised his ears lazily, turned his head slowly and looked at his +rider sleepily. Then he stopped, dead in his tracks. + +"Get along there, get along, I say," Adair kicked the mule again. "Can't +you understand plain English?" + +"Understands only Spanish, I guess, Mr. MacKenzie," Walker said. "Try +that on him." + +"If he can't understand English, the best language in the world, he +can't understand anything," Adair was as stubborn as the mule he was on, +but for once all his railing, all his sputtering, all the ordering that +he could do, didn't accomplish a thing. The mule just wouldn't move. + +"Here you," Adair called ahead to their guide who had philosophically +shrugged his shoulders at the outburst of the new master, and sat now, +on his mule on the trail above waiting for the party to move on. At the +call, he ambled back to see what was wrong. + +"Hey, you," Adair was impatient with everyone and everything now. "Get a +hustle on. It's today we want to see this blasted estate, today. Not +manana." + +The guide understood one word, 'manana.' His face broke into a broad +grin. "Si, si, senor. Si, Senoritas." He was more than glad that these +strangers could speak his language. Now, he broke out into a voluble +explanation, all in Spanish of course, as to how to treat a mule. + +Walker stood off laughing heartily at the whole situation. Adair +MacKenzie did not understand one single word of what was being said to +him, but it was coming forth so fast that he could neither interrupt nor +stop the flow. For once in his life he looked utterly helpless. + +Alice was as amused as Walker. "Poor dear," she said, "to think that he +should come all of this way to be baffled by a mule and a man whose +philosophy says 'tomorrow', we will do it 'tomorrow'." + +Adair saw their smiles. It was more than he could stand, more than any +man could stand. Awkwardly, he dismounted from his beast, walked around +in front and shook his ever present cane at him. The beast did nothing +but blink. + +"Why, wh-wh-why, you good-for-nothing, senseless, no-count, beast you," +he burst forth in a torrent, "if you think you can stop me, you're +mistaken. You'll go up there if I have to carry you and you'll not take +a picture of that either," Adair turned to Nan with this last. It was +somehow much more satisfying to explode to Nan than to either the beast +or the Mexican. + +"No, cousin," Nan answered as seriously as she could. + +"And don't be meek either." He brandished his cane again. "Never get +anyplace like that." There was no satisfying the man now. Neither +agreement nor disagreement could placate him. Nan kept still. + +It was Alice finally, who smoothed his ruffled feelings and got him back +on the mule. "Now, daddy," she said quietly, "if you'll just sit quietly +and wait, the mule will go, but you can't beat him into action the way +you do me." Saying this she laughed up at him. He stooped over and +kissed her. + +It was nice to see this father and daughter together. They seemed to +understand one another perfectly. Adair, explode as he might, could +never frighten Alice. She knew how soft-hearted and kind he was +underneath all his crust. She had known from babyhood that he wouldn't +intentionally, for all his angry outbursts, hurt anyone. + +Now, having smoothed his ruffled feelings some, she let Walker assist +her back on her mule. The party moved slowly along the narrow stony +trail while huge limbs of great palm trees waved slightly above them. + +Reaching the top of a high hill on the estate they looked out over the +countryside. + +"What's that?" Laura, ever curious, indicated a point in the distance, +something that showed black against the sky and that clearly had been +built by man. + +Walker drew forth his field glasses and directed his glance toward the +object. "Can't be sure," he rendered his verdict after some thought, +"but think it might be a pyramid. There are several in the district you +know. Perhaps the most famous of them all is the one that a hunter down +from New York discovered three or four years ago. It's rather +inaccessible, but such an old one that some old codger in the East with +a lot of money on his hands donated a considerable sum to have it +opened." + +"What did they find?" Nan asked. + +"Oh, lots of dried up bones." + +"That all?" Nan sounded disappointed. + +"Well, not exactly," Walker admitted and then stopped. He enjoyed +teasing these youngsters. + +"Well, what did they find then," Nan persisted. + +"Some jewels. Some gold. Some exceptionally fine pottery." + +"And--" Nan saw that he was still holding out. + +"Some poison spiders that killed three members of the excavation party. +Now you satisfied?" Walker grinned down at her. + +"Well, yes," Nan agreed. "But I still want to visit a pyramid sometime." + +"Visit those in Egypt," Walker advised. "There's nothing more +impressive." + +"You been there?" Nan questioned. The path was wide enough so that they +could ride now with their mules side by side. + +"Yes, years ago, with my father," Walker answered. "He had a bad case of +the wanderlust, so whenever he could scrape a few dollars together, off +he would go to some outlandish place." + +"Taking your mother with him?" + +"Oh, sometimes. She went up into Alaska when he went to pan gold from +the streams. She went down into South America when he went as an +engineer on a big industrial project. And she went when he set out for +Russia after the revolution, but after that she gave up." + +"You must be like your father," Nan commented. + +"Oh, a little," Walker admitted. "But I haven't quite got the wanderlust +as much as he has. He could go into raptures over anything that was far +away from him. I've been thinking of him a lot today, riding over this +estate. He spent some time down here in Mexico, and never grew tired of +extolling the country. This was after my mother died. + +"Though we are not entering the country at all that he was fondest of, +I've been thinking of his descriptions of it, especially after seeing +that pyramid in the distance. + +"It was down in Oaxaca and was called, I believe, Tehuantepec. It took +days to get there by horseback, according to his account, and the route +was through tropical jungles more dense than any others in the world. +You see my father never saw mediocre things," he explained by the way. + +"The City itself lay on a river by the same name in a gorgeous tropical +setting surrounded by orchards and many gardens, all shaded by flowering +trees and palms. + +"The population was largely Indian, a tribe that had its own language +and preserved its own traditions, but it seems that above all this +particular tribe was known for its beautiful women, more independent, +more lovely, and more beautifully dressed than any of the women in other +tribes. + +"He described them as being tall, well-built, and industrious. Their +dresses consisted of long full skirts made of bright colors with a deep +white flounce at the bottom, that swept the ground and covered their +bare feet. The blouse was short and square-necked and for adornment they +wore much jewelry, earrings and long heavy chains hung with ten and +twenty American gold pieces. + +"They had a graceful carriage, walking straight and firmly with an ease +that only those women who have been trained to carry things on their +head have. These people, he said, carry their flowers, fruit, and foods +to the market in painted gourd bowls perched firmly on the crowns of +their heads. + +"Ah, yes, those people were perfect, more perfect my father said than +any he had ever come across. But then, my father," Walker admitted +boyishly, "always did tell a grand tale." + +"So that's why you became a newspaper man," Nan concluded. + +"Yes, I suppose so," Walker admitted. "You know this taste for queer +places and queer things is often bred right in your bones." + +"Say, what are you two talking about back there?" Adair MacKenzie +suddenly became conscious of the fact that two in his party were paying +no attention whatsoever to him and his troubles with his mule. Had he +had a horse, he would liked to have galloped back beside them, but with +a mule there was no galloping. As it was he turned the mule's head +sharply. + +It was just too much. The mule was tired of his burden anyway, so +before anyone realized at all what was happening, Adair was deposited +firmly on the ground and the mule, with more intelligence perhaps than +he had been given credit for, was gazing at him soberly. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIII + +IN A PATIO + + +"Are you hurt? Daddy, are you hurt?" Alice cried, but even as she did, +tears of laughter were rolling down her cheeks. She had never in her +life seen her father in such a ridiculous position, which was saying +something, for Adair MacKenzie had a knack of getting himself in more +absurd situations than anyone else in the world. + +"Stop your blubbering." Adair was thoroughly irritated this time. "I'll +conquer you yet." He scolded the mule. "Think you can vanquish Adair +MacKenzie, do you? I'll show you." But to all of this scolding that fell +dully on the tropical verdure about them, that sounded harsh and out of +place in the soft greenness of the scene, the mule never blinked an +eyelash. + +"Daddy, are you hurt?" Alice repeated her question as she took hold of +one arm while Walker Jamieson took the other. + +But their offers of assistance went unappreciated. Adair MacKenzie +merely shook off their hands, used his own to push himself up, and then +stood, brushing himself off while he continued his tirade. + +"Now, you're going home, and you're going to stay there." Adair +spluttered off into the kind of scolding that he might have given an +erring child. With this, he about faced and walked, leading the mule +beside him the three miles back to the hacienda. + +It was a quiet party, but one full of suppressed mirth, that wound its +way back over the path. The Lakeview Hall girls could scarcely contain +themselves until they got in their apartments. + +"It was just perfect." Laura laughed heartily. + +"Did you see the way he looked, and the way the donkey looked?" Amelia +asked. + +"They just stared at one another until I thought that cousin Adair would +beat the beast with his cane." + +"I thought of that, too," Bess said. "But I guess he's too kind-hearted +to do anything like that." + +Bess was right. Adair MacKenzie had never in his life made any attempt +to hurt a dumb animal in any way until that morning when he had dug his +heels in irritation into the mule's side. At home, he always had animals +about him, a dog that was now well along in years, a stable full of +horses, and yes, a mule that he once bought on the street when he saw +its master trying to beat it into moving along. + +"The crust of that mule," Laura said slangily. "Did it ever do my heart +good to see its stubbornness matched against Mr. MacKenzie's! I wonder +what kind of a character sketch he would make of it, if he had the +chance, that is, I mean, if the mule could understand him." + +"Probably, 'stubborn fool' and let it go at that," Nan answered. "Anyway +his troubles with that mule will never be forgotten." + +"And 'stubborn as a mule', will always mean something to us now," Nan +added. "Now, we've got to get ready and get downstairs. Dinner's going +to be ready very shortly." + +So the girls changed their clothes, washed, combed and presented +themselves downstairs all clean and neat. + +There was no one around. They walked through the great hall and out into +the patio. Still they found no one except the servants. + +"I never saw so much help in all my life," Grace remarked. "Why, just +millions of people work here. I haven't seen the same person twice at +all." + +"Didn't you hear Walker Jamieson say that labor's cheap in this +country?" Nan explained. "Everyone has one or two or three servants. But +I wonder where cousin Adair and everyone is now." + +She hadn't long to wait, for just as she spoke they heard loud voices +from the direction of the kitchen at the back, and shortly Adair, Alice +and Walker appeared. + +"There that's done," Adair slapped his hands together as though he had +just disposed of a mighty problem. "Trouble, trouble all the while," he +looked at the girls as he spoke. "If it isn't one thing, it's another. +One moment it's a mule and the next it's a woman." He looked utterly +worn out, and Nan felt sorry for him. + +"Oh, daddy, don't take Mrs. O'Malley too seriously," Alice tried to ease +his worry. + +"Too seriously! Well, I like that," Adair exclaimed. "When the best +housekeeper in all Christendom threatens to walk out on you, tell me +now, what are you supposed to do? Say, all right, go ahead? Just what +would you do, now?" He looked at Alice. + +She hesitated. + +"There," he didn't give her a chance to answer, "she'd walk out on you +before you did anything. You can't hesitate in serious matters like +this. You have to act. But never mind," he turned to his guests, "you +don't need to worry. I have acted. Mrs. O'Malley has promised to stay. +The Chinese cook has promised to stay. Everyone's staying. There'll be +no deserting the ship on this trip." + +"That's fine, daddy," Alice complimented him. "And now when do we have +dinner?" + +"Dinner? Where's dinner?" Adair was off again. He picked up a bell and +rang it forcefully. Everyone, except the famous Mrs. O'Malley and the +Chinese cook came running. People came out of doors, in through the +arches of the patio, and stuck their heads out from windows. Everyone +thought that there was something radically wrong. When they saw that it +was just the American again, they disappeared as quickly as they came. + +The old women shook their heads. Would he never learn, they wondered, +that there was no necessity to rush anything, that if you let things +just go their own quiet, placid way, they would eventually work +themselves out. They couldn't understand this man who had come to them +as their master. Already, thanks to the guide of the morning, legends +about him and his wrath were spreading around the place. The wireless +that civilization knows is fast, but the grapevine among the Mexican +Indians was even more effective. + +When he saw the commotion he had caused, Adair MacKenzie sat down, and +shortly dinner appeared, as it would have appeared even though he had +done nothing. + +The dinner was good and the cool fruit juices that followed it were +good. And everyone sat, as long as the warmth of the day permitted, in +the patio under the tropical sky and talked some, sat silent more, for +it was all very peaceful. + +"So you're not going to work on that smuggling story after all?" Adair +MacKenzie asked Walker just before they all got up to go in. + +"Well, I wouldn't say that," Walker answered carefully. "Feel the need +of a little rest now and I like this place and I like the people and +it's hard to tear myself away." + +"We thank you, don't we?" Adair took his daughter's hand in his. He +felt vaguely that there was something more serious in all of this than +appeared on the surface, but just now he was too tired to question. He +squeezed Alice's hand. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIV + +STOLEN! + + +"Nan, it's a letter from Rhoda," Bess repeated the information twice +before she got any response at all, and then it was only a grunt. It was +the morning after the famous mule-back excursion, and Nan was in her +room alone until Bess's entrance. + +"Whatever are you doing?" Bess asked when she saw that Nan, strangely +enough, didn't seem to be interested in her bit of information. + +"Oh, Bess, I can't find it anyplace," Nan looked as though the world had +come to an end. She had all that she could do to keep from crying. + +"Find what?" + +"Oh, my ring. You know the one I mean, the one old Mr. Blake gave me in +Scotland last summer. He said it was a family heirloom and that I should +keep it as long as I lived and then see that it was passed on down to my +children. Now, it's gone and I'm sure I left it in this room when we +went away yesterday." + +"Are you sure, Nan?" Bess looked worried too, now. The ring was a +lovely thing with the bluest of blue sapphires in an old-fashioned gold +setting. Bess had coveted it herself, and often wanted to wear it. But +she respected Nan's sentiment about the bit of jewelry enough to have +not even asked to try it on. + +Now it was gone! + +"When did you wear it last?" + +"Bess, I had it on yesterday morning before we went on that trip by +muleback and I took it off because I was afraid I would lose it. I left +it in this box I'm sure, and it isn't here now. I've looked through it a +dozen times." As she finished, she proffered the box to Bess, who took +it, opened it up, and carefully looked through the trinkets contained +therein. The ring wasn't there. + +"Have you told anybody, yet?" Bess questioned. + +"No, but if it doesn't come to light pretty soon, I'm going to tell +cousin Adair. I'm almost afraid to do that, because he values the ring +almost as much as I. He saw it once, he said, when he was in Scotland, +and he was proud to think that it came to me. Now I've lost it, and I'm +sure he'll think that I've been very careless." + +"It doesn't matter what he thinks," Bess said firmly. "You'd better +tell him right away. If someone has stolen it, he's the only one that +can find the culprit. Come on, let's go downstairs now. Or do you want +me to hunt first?" + +"Yes, do that." Nan did dread telling Adair MacKenzie of her loss. + +Bess looked thoroughly, but nowhere could she find the ring. + +So together, the two girls went down the stairs, Bess this time in the +role of comforter. + +They found Adair out in the gardens talking as best he could with an old +gardener who knew at least a few words of English. Adair looked up at +their entrance. + +"So you like flowers, too," he greeted them. Nan nodded her head, and +then couldn't say anything for a few minutes. + +"Why, what's the matter, Nancy child," Adair was all sympathy as he +noted the worried look on the girl's face. "Nothing serious, I hope." + +"I'm afraid it is," Nan answered. "You know my ring--" + +"The sapphire ring that you brought home from Scotland?" Adair said. + +"Yes," Nan nodded her head to indicate that he was right. "It's +missing." + +"What do you mean, missing?" Adair asked. "Have you lost it?" + +"No, it was in my room, and it's gone now." Nan said this very +positively. + +"Gone, gone where?" Adair flared up as usual. + +"That's what I don't know," Nan was having a difficult time being +patient. "I wish I did." + +"You think it's stolen." Adair now had the girls by the arm and was +taking them back to the hacienda. + +"I don't like to say that," Nan hedged. + +"If that's what happened, speak up." Adair wanted to get to the bottom +of this right away and although he was very fond of Nan he wasn't going +to spare her or her feelings any now. The ring, he felt, was a personal +loss to him too and as he went into the house, he was determined to find +it. + +First he quizzed all the girls to find out, if by chance, they knew of +anything that would indicate that Nan was mistaken. They didn't. No one +had seen her wearing it after the time at which she said she had put it +away. + +Then he quizzed all of the upstairs' servants. This was done with +Walker's help, since he was the only one in the crowd that knew any +Spanish at all. Again, there was no light cast on the mystery. + +He called in all the rest of the house servants, with no results. Then +he blustered and fumed and threatened, but this to no avail. + +Finally, with one last grand threat that he would find out who the +culprit was in spite of everybody, he sent everyone from the room. + +The girls went up to their quarters together. + +"Now, who do you suppose could have done anything like that?" Bess +wondered as they all sat around listlessly and hopelessly, for there was +nothing that they could do. "Do you suspect anyone, Nan?" + +"No one in this whole wide world." Nan answered wholeheartedly. "The +servants since we have been here have all been just as nice as they +could be. I don't think there is a one of them that would stoop to +anything like that." + +"It doesn't seem possible," soft-spoken Grace agreed, "but then someone +has taken it. We're sure of that." + +"As sure as we are of anything," Nan said. + +"Is it very valuable, Nan?" Amelia asked. + +"Oh, I don't know that," Nan answered. "I think, however, that the value +is mostly sentimental. It was originally given to one of the Blakes as a +reward by the king. It was supposed then to have the power to bring the +king's soldiers to the help of the person wearing it, in whatever +trouble he might be. + +"There is a story that once, someone who owned it committed treason and +was about to be beheaded when he brought forth the ring. It saved him, +even then, and instead of killing him they banished him to another +country for ten years. Ordinarily, it would have been death or a life +banishment, but the ring's power was mighty." + +"Maybe then," Laura suggested, "if you or your cousin will offer a +reward, the ring will turn up. The person that stole it probably thought +that it was valuable." + +"I thought of that," Nan answered, "but cousin Adair says 'no,' that he +will get the ring back without any such monkey business. So I guess +we'll just have to leave it up to him." + + + + +CHAPTER XXV + +BESS HAS SUSPICIONS + + +They did leave it up to Adair MacKenzie, and for several days nothing +happened. The house was like a morgue, for everyone suspected everyone +else and the servants were all under suspicion. + +Finally, Nan couldn't stand it any longer, and decided to do a little +investigating on her own. It was Bess who put her on the track. + +"I don't trust Chinamen," Bess had confided and then felt foolish +immediately afterward, for if there was one thing that Nan resented +above all others, it was race prejudice in any form. + +"Oh, Bess, don't be silly," Nan dismissed the statement shortly. + +"But I don't," Bess persisted. + +"Elizabeth Harley," Nan exclaimed, "if you make that remark again, I'll +never speak to you as long as I live." Nan was cross and irritable these +days, because nothing seemed to be going right and she felt that if she +hadn't said anything about the ring in the first place, everyone would +be enjoying themselves. + +"But Nan," Bess put her arm around her friend. "I don't mean it all the +way you think. I haven't liked the cook ever since that first day when +he had a fight with Mrs. O'Malley and she's such a dear too." + +"Oh, but Bess, you know how that happened," Nan protested. "Mrs. +O'Malley went into the kitchen that he had run for some twenty years and +tried to tell him what to do. He just wouldn't stand for it." + +"Even then, I don't like him." Bess persisted. "He's been horrid and +mean to all of us ever since we've been here. I think he stole your +ring, and if you don't do something about it, I'm going to tell Mr. +MacKenzie myself." + +"See here, Bess," Nan was very serious now. "If you don't keep quiet +about what you have just been saying to me, I'm going to be very angry. +I don't want suspicions being cast on people who haven't done anything, +and I don't think he has, honestly." + +Bess paused and thought before she said anything further. + +"And Bess," Nan said more softly now, "don't resent the way I've talked +to you these days. I feel very troubled." + +Bess felt badly too now. It wasn't very often that Nan let her temper +get away with her, and since she had, Bess thought, she must be more +troubled than any of us realize. So the subject was dropped between the +two friends. + +But Bess's remarks had done their work. When Nan was alone, the thought +of what Bess had said, came back to her again and again. She dismissed +it impatiently at first, but then little things about the cook began to +come to her attention constantly. + +Finally she determined to do something about it all and so, one day when +she was alone, she went back to the kitchen. + +She was just about to open the door and go through when she heard loud +voices. + +"I tell you it's not enough," one, an American voice was saying. + +"Alle samee, it's all I can get." The voice of the cook came to her in +reply. + +Nan stopped, startled. This, why, this verified Bess's suspicions. Nan +stood back and listened further, but heard nothing. She had come in on +the end of the argument. Shortly, she heard a door slam on the other +side of the kitchen, and then there were no more sounds at all. + +She waited for some time, and then cautiously opened the door and went +in. + +Over in one corner, the cook, alone, was busy preparing the evening +meal. He looked up as the girl entered, and was on the point of +reprimanding her for invading his quarters when he stopped, recognizing +her. He waited then, resentfully, for her to speak. + +Nan was equally wary however, so there was a moment of embarrassed +silence, before either said anything. Then, as they stood waiting, a +call outside distracted their attention. + +The cook answered it, and when he returned, they both felt more at ease. +He brought her a stool to sit on and offered her some of his choice +cookies, so before long they were talking to one another. They talked +about little things, and Nan went away without mentioning the ring or +the conversation she had heard at all. + +But she went back the next day. Following this procedure it wasn't long +before the cook poured out his whole sorry tale. + +Nan later, when she got Walker Jamieson alone, told it and swore him to +secrecy. + +"Then he took the ring," Walker concluded, when the story had all been +told. + +"He hasn't said so," Nan was being very careful that the facts were all +understood as they were, not as other people might imagine them to be. + +"No, not in so many words," Walker agreed, "but then, he did. You and I +know that, and it's not necessary to tell anyone at all anything about +this yet. It's a bigger story than you realize," he ended, "and it has +many, many more angles than this particular one. Let me work on it +awhile without any interference." + +Nan agreed to this, and so the two conspirators parted. + + + + +CHAPTER XXVI + +SERENADERS + + +"What's going on downstairs?" Laura came into Nan's room quietly. "Of +course, it's none of my business," she went on, "but everything seems to +be in an uproar. Your cousin is ranting around as I've never seen him +rant before, and Walker Jamieson is there and he looks as though +everything is wrong with the world." + +"Why, I don't know," Nan looked up from the diary she was writing, a +diary in which she kept a day by day account of her trip. But she looked +worried. Had Walker, after all, told the story that they had promised to +keep a secret and was her cousin insisting on getting to the bottom of +everything right away? + +"What were they talking about?" she asked Laura. + +"I don't know," Laura answered. "When I came through the room, they +stopped, and seemed to be waiting until I got out, before continuing. I +got the point and hurried. I was only after a magazine that I had left +in the room, anyway. But even for the short time I was in there, the air +seemed so heavy with emotion that you could cut it." + +"And you didn't hear anything?" Nan repeated the thought of her former +question. + +"I said, 'no'." Laura insisted. "Why, what did you expect me to hear?" +She looked at her friend intently. As Bess often did in similar +circumstances, Laura now felt that Nan knew much more about what was +going on downstairs than she wanted to reveal. + +"Oh, nothing," Nan managed to say this airily, as though she truly had +had nothing in view when she asked the question. So saying, she screwed +the top on her fountain pen, put her diary away, and stamped a letter +she had just written home. With these little things done, she turned +again to Laura, "Do you know that Grace's brother and his friends are +expected here at the hacienda tomorrow?" she asked. + +"Are they? Tomorrow?" Laura had been out in the courtyard watching some +Mexican youngsters at play when Grace had told Nan. Now, the information +was a surprise to her. "What's been planned? How many will there be? How +long will they stay?" The questions rolled off her tongue one after the +other, until Nan stopped her. + +"Oh, Laura," she said, "one at a time, please. We've not planned +anything definite yet and we don't know how many nor how long, but we're +hoping that they can stay at least a week. Isn't it all going to be +fun!" + +"Yes," Laura was almost as excited as Nan. "It's going to be grand to +have them all here. Now, let's go and get the other girls and plan +something." + +But before they could get out of the room, the others came bursting in. +"Oh, do you know," Bess got the words out first, "Walter and his friends +probably will arrive tonight." Amelia and Grace nodded their heads in +unison. + +"How do you know?" Nan asked. + +"Here's a telegram." Grace waved it in the air. "It says," she read, +"'Arriving tonight. Six of us. Anxious to see you. Walter.' I wonder +when they'll get here." Saying this, she went over to the windows and +looked down into the courtyard as though she expected them at once. Then +she turned toward the others again, "How good it's going to be!" she +exclaimed. "I've been a little lonesome for someone from home ever since +Rhoda's mother became so ill." + +"Have you, Gracie?" Nan put her arm affectionately around the more +timid girl's shoulder. "I guess we all have been. It will be good to see +Walter because he has seen all our parents since we left. Now let's go +downstairs and tell cousin Adair." + +But the girls lingered a little while longer, talking and planning. "It +must have been fate that kept us there," Laura laughed afterwards, for +one of the very nicest things of all their trip happened just before +they departed. + +It was Nan who heard it first, that faint far-away sound of the +strumming of a guitar. "Sh! Quiet!" she broke in on the hubbub in the +room. "What's that I hear?" They all listened for a second. + +"Oh, nothing." Laura waved the question aside, "and do you think we can +get Mr. MacKenzie to go with us again on a mule ride over the estate?" +she went on with the planning of entertainment for the boys. + +"It is too something," Nan insisted, for she heard again the sound of +music. "Listen!" + +"Oh, Nan, you're hearing things," Laura perhaps was more impatient than +any of the others, for she was intrigued with the idea of asking Adair +to get on a mule again, and she wanted to talk about it. + +"She isn't either." Bess heard the strains now. "I hear something too." + +"Come--oh, look!" Nan was at a balcony window beckoning the others +eagerly. They all clustered round her, and there in the moonlit +courtyard below them Walter and his friends were serenading the girls. +When they all appeared, the music grew louder, stronger, and the boys +harmonized their voices as they sang for the second time, + + "Soft o'er the fountain, + Ling'ring falls the southern moon; + Far o'er the mountain, + Breaks the day too soon! + + In thy dark eyes' splendor, + Where the warm light loves to dwell, + Weary looks, yet tender, + Speak their fond fare-well. + Nita! Juanita!--" + +As they swung into the chorus, the girls, laughing but enjoying it all +thoroughly, pulled flowers that they had picked that day from the garden +from their dresses and threw them down. The chorus ended, and the girls +clapped. The boys laughed up at them, and others in the courtyard who +had been attracted by the music called for more. + +It was all very gay and happy. The boys did sing an encore, and then as +Alice and Adair came out on the veranda they broke off, and Walter went +up the steps and introduced himself and his friends. The girls came down +and they all had a merry evening together, talking over the million and +one things that had been happening. + +It was not until the afternoon of the next day, that Nan and Walter had +a moment alone together. Then she told him the story of her missing +ring. + +"Then the cook didn't actually tell you that he took it?" Walter asked +at the end. + +"No, but he implied it," Nan answered, "and I'm as sure he did as I am +certain that he is not to be blamed." + +Walter couldn't restrain the smile that came at this. Nan always +trusted people, always felt that there was good in everyone. This was +one of the things that first attracted Walter to her. Somehow, she, +unlike many others her own age, never found enjoyment in criticising +others. She seemed to understand their faults and to be able to explain +them sympathetically no matter what they were. Now, in talking of the +man whom she felt sure had stolen her ring, she honestly believed that, +in doing so, he had been influenced by conditions over which he had no +control. She felt sorry for him, and didn't want to do him any injury. +This was one of the big reasons why she had pledged Walker Jamieson to +secrecy. + +"And what does Mr. MacKenzie think of all of this?" Walter asked just +before Nan left him to dress for dinner. + +"Oh, he doesn't know anything about it at all," Nan hastened to explain, +"and I don't want you to say a thing. This is all a secret +until--until--until--" + +"Until what?" Walter looked at the young girl curiously, as she stopped +midway in her sentence. + +"Until it's solved," Nan smiled at her friend, and then refused to +explain further. + +"Nancy Sherwood," Walter spoke seriously now, "if you're not careful, +you're going to get yourself all involved in a plot that might hurt you. +Come, be sensible for once. Either forget the ring entirely, or tell +your cousin all that you know about it. Promise?" + +Nan shook her head. She couldn't tell Walter that she and Walker had +already made certain promises about the ring and the Chinaman's part in +its disappearance. She couldn't tell him that the reporter sensed a big +story and asked her to protect the details until he had arrived at a +solution. She couldn't tell him, but she wanted to. + +Now it was Grace who saved what otherwise might have been an +embarrassing situation. She came out into the corner of the patio where +Nan and Walter were standing. + +"Nan," she asked, "did you know that Walker Jamieson left the hacienda +early this afternoon and that he took his bags with him?" + +"Left the hacienda!" Nan exclaimed, "are you sure, Grace?" + +"As sure as I am of anything," Grace replied, "and if you don't believe +me you can either wait to see if he appears at dinner, or you can go in +right now and ask Bess." + + + + +CHAPTER XXVII + +WALKER DEPARTS + + +However, it was Bess who sought Nan out, and that before Grace had +barely had time to finish divulging her bit of news. + +"What did I tell you?" Bess greeted Nan as soon as she could find her. + +"What do you mean?" Nan retorted. + +"I mean that talk we had some time ago up in your room." + +"What talk?" Nan pretended to have forgotten. + +"You know as well as I," Bess responded impatiently. "I mean that talk +about Walker and Alice. It was nice, but it's all over now." + +"What do you mean?" + +"I mean that Walker talked to your cousin sometime yesterday, that your +cousin was simply furious, and that Walker Jamieson has left, never to +return!" + +"Oh, Bess, don't get romantic about it," Nan said abruptly. "Now get +your breath and tell me actually what you know." + +"I have," Bess insisted. "Walker wanted to marry Alice and Adair +MacKenzie said 'no!' Walker left without saying goodby to anyone and +nobody knows when he is going to return if at all. Alice has gone to her +room, and everybody in the house is all broken up, except the old +housekeeper. All she does is shake her head and say 'You just wait. This +will all be all right in the end. Young people are too hasty.' + +"Imagine that!" Bess ran on indignantly. "She says young people are too +hasty, when all the trouble here is caused by Mr. MacKenzie and he +certainly isn't young!" + +"Elizabeth Harley, you be careful!" Nan warned her friend. "You don't +know for sure whether what you are saying is true or not. You'll have +everybody in trouble if you don't watch out." + +"But Nan, I could just cry," Bess protested. "He is such a nice person +and so is she. And now it's all spoiled." + +"Hush, Bess," Nan spoke more softly now. Then she looked over at Walter +as though begging him to leave them for a few moments which he did. + +"Now, see here," she spoke sternly to Bess when he disappeared. "If +there is anything at all in what you say, and I doubt it, there is +nothing in the world to be gained by crying and talking and +interfering." + +"I'm not interfering!" Bess was indignant. + +"Well, then talking about it," Nan corrected herself. "We can't do +anything about it except sit around and wait. I don't believe that +Walker has gone away for the reason you say he has at all, and if he +has, he'll be back." + +"Well, if he hasn't gone away for that reason, why has he gone at all?" +Bess demanded. + +"You can't tell," Nan answered lamely. Why was it, she thought, that she +was forever running into the secret that she had promised Walker she +would keep. She had done the same thing ten minutes ago with Walter. Now +she was doing it with her best friend. "You've just got to wait and find +out," she added. + +"Come on, Bess," she made a decided effort to change the subject, "let's +go in and get the camera. I want to take some pictures of the boys. +Anyway we are neglecting them by staying out here like this." + +"Neglecting them!" Bess exclaimed. "They've done nothing all day but sit +around and loaf. They're a lazy bunch, and we all had such high hopes." +She let her sentence die away tragically. + +"Why," she wrinkled up her nose at Nan, as she spoke, "are boys in +general so dumb? Oh, Walter's all right, but all the rest are just like +bumps on a log." + +"No, they aren't," Nan denied. "Don't you remember last night when they +were all out there below our balconies? You didn't think they were bumps +on a log then, did you?" + +Bess shook her head and her eyes shone. "No, that was grand," she said. +"But today, they just don't do anything." + +"Maybe they think that we're neglecting them?" Nan suggested. + +"Well, let them," Bess flounced away from Nan and into the house. + +Nan looked bewilderedly after her. "What can be wrong with Bess," she +asked herself and then did go after her camera. If Bess didn't want any +pictures of the visitors, she did. + +A few hours later, after an afternoon siesta and a long cool refreshing +drink of fruit juices beneath the palms of the courtyard, everyone felt +better. Alice's eyes were red and swollen with crying, but she made an +appearance. Adair MacKenzie was even more terse than usual, but he was +kinder too. And Bess who had but three hours before found the boys so +disagreeable now was surrounded by them. She was telling them in low +tones of the donkey episode of the day before. + +It was all very cheerful and pleasant despite the emptiness that was +felt because of Walker's absence. However, no one mentioned his name. In +fact, he might have remained away from the hacienda, away from Alice, +indefinitely, if it hadn't been for Adair himself, Adair and Nan. + +"Well, well, girls, how do you like your new home now?" Adair MacKenzie +was feeling somewhat talkative after his long refreshing drink of +loganberry juice. "A pretty nice place, isn't it?" He looked about +himself with a satisfied sort of appreciation. Adair MacKenzie for all +of his Scotch blood and his leanings toward economy really liked the +good things of life. This southern home pleased him. + +"It's grand, Cousin Adair," Nan answered for them all. "Perfectly grand. +There's only one thing that's lacking." + +"And that?" + +"We're missing Rhoda. She was so excited about the plans to come down +here that she could hardly contain herself, and now we won't see her all +summer. We won't see her until we get back to school in the fall." + +"Who said you wouldn't?" Adair asked suddenly. "Don't jump to +conclusions like that. Just to show you how wrong you are--you're +leaving tomorrow morning by plane to visit with this Hammond girl over +the week end, and then if it's at all possible, she is to come back with +you to stay here for a week or two. Now, how's that?" + + + + +CHAPTER XXVIII + +NAN'S BIG ADVENTURE + + +Nan couldn't answer for a moment, then unexpectedly, even to herself, +she threw her arms around Adair MacKenzie's neck and kissed him. + +"Tut! Tut!" he straightened his necktie and adjusted the soft white +collar of his shirt after her hug. "Can't stand for this. What's the +matter? Aren't you pleased?" + +"Oh, dear!" Nan's face was flushed and her eyes bright as she answered. +"There was never in all this wide world a nicer cousin than you are +being to me." + +"Wait a second," Adair was immensely pleased at this outburst. "What +will these young men all think of you? Want to make them jealous of an +old codger like me? Better watch out." + +Nan looked at the boys sitting around the ground and in the big +comfortable chairs and blushed furiously. She had completely forgotten, +at the announcement of her proposed journey that anyone else was present +beside the girls whom she knew so well. + +But her embarrassment couldn't last long in the face of the excitement. + +Nan was going for Rhoda! Nan was going by plane to get Rhoda and bring +her back. Nan was going to start the next morning and by Monday she +would be back, having flown half the length of Mexico to the border and +then from there to Rose Ranch. + +It was exciting to think of, but then a thousand, a million times more +exciting in reality, for all sorts of unexpected things were to come +about as the result of that ride. + +Now, Nan could scarcely contain herself as she sat in the group and +listened to the little everyday things they were talking about. The only +thing that really penetrated her consciousness was the fact that she was +leaving and that when she returned Walter and his friends would have +left. + +Adair brought this fact to life. In his free open, hospitable style, he +tried to induce the youngsters to linger. He liked them, liked the +excitement they had caused, for in spite of Bess's complaint to Nan that +they were a dull lot, they kept things moving from the moment they +serenaded their hostesses until they left. + +Through the days there had been hikes, parties, a visit into the +interior by auto, and an excursion to a small village where the Indians +were celebrating a native holiday. They had seen them dressed in native +dress, dancing native dances with all the abandon of a people freed from +the daily routine, and they had witnessed one of their elaborate +religious rites in which the ritual of the church and the ritual of +pagan ancestors who had worshipped the Sun God were mingled with one +another to result in a queer worship that was unlike anything any place +else in the world. + +Then they all went to a moving picture show where Roberta Taylor, the +pretty little American actress whom everybody adored spoke in Spanish. +How queer that seemed! They had all seen the film--it was an old one--in +a theatre in Chicago, but how different it seemed now with all the +conversation translated into Spanish. They giggled when the heroine +looked up at her tall American hero and murmured "Senor, Senor," and +when he greeted her with "Buenos Dias" and other common Spanish phrases. +It was all very charming and amusing and everyone had a grand time. + +But now Nan was going to leave and the boys were going to leave. The +evening, in spite of the excitement about Nan's proposed journey, turned +a little sad when they all gathered around Walter and his guitar to sing +as they had each night since he arrived. The songs they sang were all +sad little songs. + +By next morning all this was forgotten. The girls were all thrilled +over Rhoda's coming. They had telegraphed to tell her what was happening +and she had wired back that her mother was well enough now so that she +could carry out the plans that Adair MacKenzie had made with such +enjoyment, for he did enjoy doing things for other people. He liked +being Santa Claus the year round. + +So, by ten o'clock the next day a whole caravan drew up to the airport +and Walter, his friends, Bess, Laura, Grace, Amelia, Adair and Alice saw +Nan off. How exciting it was, getting the ticket, standing by while the +plane's motors were warmed up, and then, when the passengers started to +get in, taking pictures of the plane, of the people around it, and of +the crew. + +Finally, she was off and Nan was soaring over the heads of all her +friends. She looked out the window and waved a big white handkerchief, +but already she seemed part of the clouds and those below, waving too, +couldn't see her. + +How much fun it was climbing, climbing, climbing. Nan wasn't worried at +all. She looked out. Around her were clouds and beneath her the +mountains of Mexico were stretched out. She was higher than the +mountains! Her spirits soared with the thought and she looked around at +her fellow passengers, two men who were in earnest conversation, a woman +with a small child beside her, and another man who seemed to be alone. + +None of them looked particularly interesting and Nan returned to her +watching of the landscape, so when, after they had traveled for some +time, there was a commotion up in the pilot's cabin and the one traveler +who seemed alone stood up and quietly ordered everyone to put his hands +up, Nan was taken completely by surprise. + +"Hands up, there, you!" The remark was addressed to Nan when she failed +to comply with the first request. She put her hands up. The woman with +the baby screamed. The baby cried. Nan put her hands down and moved to +help the two. + +"Put your hands up there!" the order came again in good American +diction. Nan did. The voice meant business. + +Now the plane began to rock. It slowed down some and glided down a hill +of air to taxi across a field in a place far removed from civilization. + +Now, for the first time, Nan was really frightened. Somehow, up in the +air, she hadn't been very scared. It had all happened too suddenly. Now, +with her feet on the ground, however, she felt as though she was going +to faint. She clenched her fists at her side, gritted her teeth, and +stood waiting for the next move. + +It came, quickly. Everyone was ordered to surrender his pass to cross +the border, told to remove his luggage, and then together, they were +hurried over the rough ground to a cabin and locked in. + +Shortly, they heard the motors of the great plane again and then the +drone as it swung around over head and went off in the direction it was +headed for before anything happened--the United States. + +The passengers, they were only Nan and the woman with the baby--the men +had all been involved in the plot--looked at one another in +consternation. What had happened? Were they being kidnapped and why? How +long would they be left in this deserted spot? + +They tried the doors and the windows. Someone outside yelled a warning +to them. They paced the floor and the baby cried a pathetic little cry. +They tried to help it, but still it cried, a baffled little cry. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIX + +HAPPILY EVER AFTER! + + +"Passenger plane X 52 headed toward the border missing. Nan Sherwood--" + +Walker Jamieson in a newspaper office in Mexico City got no further as +the news came over the wire. He grabbed a phone, asked for long +distance, and called the hacienda. + +Yes, they had received the news. No, they didn't know anything beyond +what Walker did. Nan was traveling alone. Walker breathed a deep sigh of +relief at this. He had been afraid that Alice was with her. + +It was all a complete mystery. Couldn't Walker do something? This plea +came from Alice herself and it wrung his heart. + +"I'll try." These were the words with which he hung up and somehow they +comforted the young woman on the phone. She turned to her father and +said simply, "It was Walker. He'll help." + +And Walker did. While government planes swooped back and forth again +and again across the country looking for a wrecked plane, Walker was +busy working out his own theories. + +"I tell you," he was calling his New York editor, "there's a whale of a +good story here, one that's bigger than anyone has guessed. This is no +mere plane accident. + +"How do I know? Oh, just smart that way. Can't tell you more now. Want +to go through with it? It will cost plenty of dough. Need a plane and a +couple of darn good pilots. + +"Sky's the limit, you say? Okey-doke." With this he slammed the receiver +down and was off. + +He went to the United States Embassy, called the hacienda again, hired a +plane and zoomed off in the direction X52 was headed for when it +disappeared. + +For hours he and his pilot combed the district and found nothing that +satisfied Walker. Then, along about nightfall a lone shack in a deserted +district attracted his attention. The plane dropped down. + +Nan heard it, from her shack prison she heard it and thought that it +was the X52 returning. While she waited, she didn't know what she wanted +the more--to have the plane come or have it stay away. If it stayed +away, she thought, that somehow, some way they could get out of the +cabin, but to what end she couldn't imagine. In the meantime, she was +concerned over the child and the fear that it would starve. + +She waited tensely as the motor died, as she heard footsteps approaching +the cabin. + +A voice called. + +Where had she heard it before? Could it possibly be--Walker! Was she +dreaming? She heard it again. This time she answered and a great flood +of relief came over her. It was he! She ran to the door and shook it, +although she had done it a dozen times before during the day and nothing +had happened. Because Walker was here now, because there was someone out +there that she knew, she felt that almost anything might come true. She +pushed and shouted and beat upon the door. + +Walker called to her again. This time she answered. His relief was as +great as hers. She was alive. His hunch was right! He too beat upon the +door with all his strength, pulled and pushed, but to no avail. Then he +and the pilots got a beam and rammed it into the unresisting blockade. +After what seemed hours, the door moved on its hinges, then gave way and +Walker found Nan, the pluckiest little girl in the world he said later, +unharmed by her experience. + +"But Mr. Jamieson," Nan questioned him as the plane he had brought took +to the air with the pilots and the other prisoners, the woman and child, +"how did you guess what had happened?" + +He didn't hear her at first. He was already busy planning the release on +the tale he had pieced together. + +The lead--"Plucky Nan Sherwood Found Alive in Deserted Shack in +Wilderness. Gang of smugglers exposed in daring attempt to take plane +load of Chinese across the border." + +Sounded good, he was thinking, but they really hadn't been exposed as +yet. He knew how they worked, but he didn't know who they were. He +turned now to Nan to see if he could find a clue. + +"What did the men who imprisoned you look like?" he questioned her. + +Nan described them briefly. + +"Did you hear or see anyone besides the people you saw in the plane?" he +questioned. + +Nan hadn't, but as he talked she had an inspiration. "Oh, I know, maybe +I can help you!" she exclaimed. Then she told him of the pictures she +had snapped before boarding the transport. + +The rest of the plane ride was a dash toward a place where the pictures +could be developed. One by one they were brought forth from the +developing fluid, until it seemed as though the inspiration had not been +such a fortunate one after all. But Walker didn't give up. It was the +last one that brought the desired results. + +"Why, I know that man." Walker Jamieson summoned forth from his long +experience as a newspaperman, the recollection of a story about an +aviator who had been discharged from the airplane mail service because +of irregularities. Here was a picture of the man. + +Nan took it up and studied it. "Why, I know him too!" she exclaimed. + +"Of course you do," Walker agreed. "He was one of the men who held up +the plane, wasn't he?" + +"Yes, and not only that," Nan now divulged a surprising bit of +information, "he was present at the bull fight in Mexico City a few days +ago." + +"What do you mean?" Walker looked at her intently. + +"He was there with a former schoolmate, a Linda Riggs, and he was +introduced to Cousin Adair by her." + +"His name?" + +Nan searched back in her memory before she answered. "Arthur--" + +"Howard?" Walker supplied the name. + +"That's right." Nan was smiling now, thinking of Bess's glee when she +found out what a position Linda would be in when this story came out. + +"So, you perhaps can even locate him," Walker looked at the amazing +youngster beside him. + +"Linda is staying--oh, I don't know." Nan looked disappointed as she +remembered that they hadn't exchanged addresses with the girl. But it +didn't matter, before the night was over, Linda Riggs, thoroughly +frightened because she had unwittingly entertained and been entertained +by an international crook, revealed all she knew about his whereabouts. +And before the morning run of the great metropolitan daily that Walker +was associated with had gone to press, the story was completed. + +Arthur Howard using visitors' passes stolen at the border and altered to +suit his needs passed back and forth freely between the United States +and Mexico. He was engaged in smuggling Chinese across and in this +particularly daring attempt to finish up a big job had, after he held up +the plane on which Nan had been a passenger, loaded it heavily with men +who had paid high prices to make the trip. + +The Chinese cook at the hacienda had been involved because he had paid a +high price to try to get a relative of his across. The ring stolen from +Nan was his last desperate effort to finish his payments, payments which +had been draining all of his resources for months and had taken all of +his life's savings. This was the part of his story that he had told Nan +after she had won his confidence. + +Needless to say, Arthur Howard and his gang were rounded up by a group +of United States G-men and he received a long prison sentence after a +startling trial. + +But to Nan and her friends at the hacienda, the most important result of +the whole complicated affair was a certain wedding. + +"Your cousin just couldn't be mean after Walker found you," Bess hugged +Nan in her excitement. "And there is to be that wedding that we talked +about, and you are going to be maid of honor and we're all going to be +bridesmaids. It will be in the garden and there will be lots of guests +from all over the country and maybe Walter will be back here. Oh, Nan, +I'm so excited!" + +"And that isn't the half of it," Nan finished. "Cousin Adair has given +this place to Walker and Alice and he's settled a large sum of money on +them and he's inviting Momsey and Papa down for the wedding. Oh, Bess, +and Rhoda's going to come too, but not by plane," she added. "Everything +is just perfectly grand!" + +So, let's leave Nan Sherwood and her friends to a happy, happy time, to +finish out a summer in Mexico that was more exciting than they ever +imagined a summer could possibly be. + + + + +Transcriber's Notes + + +Obvious printer's errors were silently corrected. Otherwise spelling, +hyphenation, interpunction and syntax of the original have been +preserved. + + + + + + +Line 1142: some-place should be non-hyphenated. + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Nan Sherwood on the Mexican Border, by +Annie Roe Carr + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK NAN SHERWOOD ON THE MEXICAN BORDER *** + +***** This file should be named 36202.txt or 36202.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/3/6/2/0/36202/ + +Produced by Stephen Hutcheson, eagkw, Roger Frank and the +Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/36202.zip b/36202.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..16dbd87 --- /dev/null +++ b/36202.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830d168 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #36202 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/36202) |
